Table of Contents

 


 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

or

 

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

         For the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002

 

Commission file number: 333-36234

 


 

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

94-0905160

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, California 94111

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(415) 501-6000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes   þ     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (¶229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes   ¨   No   þ

 

The Company is privately held. Nearly all of its common equity is owned by members of the families of several descendants of the Company’s founder, Levi Strauss. There is no trading in the common equity and therefore an aggregate market value based on sales or bid and asked prices is not determinable.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Common Stock $.01 par value—37,278,238 shares outstanding on February 1, 2003

 

Documents incorporated by reference: None

 



Table of Contents

 

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO FORM 10-K

 

FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 24, 2002

 

 

PART I

    
        

Page


Item 1.

 

Business

  

3

Item 2.

 

Properties

  

16

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  

17

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  

17

PART II

    

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

  

18

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  

19

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  

21

Item 7A.    

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  

50

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

55

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

95

PART III

    

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

  

96

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  

100

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

105

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  

108

Item 14.

 

Controls and Procedures

  

109

PART IV

    

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

  

111

SIGNATURES

  

120

CERTIFICATIONS

  

122

Independent Auditors’ Report on Financial Statement Schedule

  

124

Financial Statement Schedules

  

125

Supplemental Information

  

126

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.     BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are one of the world’s leading branded apparel companies with sales in more than 100 countries. We design and market jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories for men, women and children under our Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands. Our products are distributed in the United States primarily through chain retailers and department stores and abroad primarily through department stores and specialty retailers. We also maintain a network of approximately 900 franchised or independently owned stores dedicated to our products outside the United States and operate a small number of company-owned stores. Sales from company-owned stores represented approximately 1% of our total net sales for 2002.

 

We believe there is no other apparel company with a comparable global presence in either the jeans or casual pants segment of the apparel market. Since our founder, Levi Strauss, invented the blue jean in 1873, Levi’s ® jeans have become one of the most successful and widely recognized brands in the history of the apparel industry. According to a study conducted by NPDFashionworld in December 2001, in the United States, the Levi’s ® brand rated #1 among apparel companies in terms of brand awareness and brand retention (defined as the percent of all past-12-month purchasers who plan to buy the brand in the future). Our Dockers ® brand of casual pants, introduced in 1986, is widely recognized in the United States and a growing number of markets abroad. Sales of our Levi’s ® brand products and sales of our Dockers ® brand products represented approximately 74% and 26%, respectively, of our total net sales for 2002. Jeans, casual and dress pants represented approximately 86% of our total units sold in 2002.

 

In October 2002, we announced that we will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand. We created the brand for value-conscious consumers who shop in mass channel retail stores. The Levi Strauss Signature brand will initially feature a range of denim and non-denim pants and shirts as well as denim jackets. We anticipate that the products will be available initially at Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. locations across the United States beginning in July 2003. According to data from Knowledge Networks and NPDFashionworld, the mass channel is the largest and fastest growing retail channel in the United States, reaching approximately 160 million shoppers and selling more than 31% of all jeans sold in 2001. Our entry into the mass channel reflects our strategy of reaching consumers in all segments of the population, wherever they buy their clothing, whether it is through high-end specialty stores, department stores, national chains or mass channel retailers.

 

We currently organize our business into three geographic divisions: the Americas, consisting of the United States, Canada and Latin America; Europe, including the Middle East and Africa; and Asia Pacific. We conduct our operations in the United States primarily through Levi Strauss & Co. and outside the United States primarily through foreign subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by Levi Strauss & Co. In 2002, we had approximately 3,300 retail customers operating more than 20,400 locations in the United States and Canada. In 2002, we had net sales of $4.1 billion, of which the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific accounted for 65%, 26% and 9%, respectively.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Business Turnaround Update

 

From 1998 to 2002, we experienced a decrease in net sales from $6.0 billion to $4.1 billion due to both industry-wide and company-specific factors. In response, we have taken these actions:

 

    reduced overhead expenses and eliminated excess manufacturing capacity through extensive restructuring initiatives, including, beginning in 1997, closing 37 of our owned and operated production and finishing facilities worldwide;

 

    shifted the vast majority of our production to independent contract manufacturers;

 

    put in place a new management team, including our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and senior management team members in our Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific divisions;

 

    overhauled our product lines with new fits, fabrics and finishes in our core products, including more relevant fits and styles for women such as Levi’s ® Superlow jeans, and introduced new market-leading innovations such as Dockers ® Go Khaki pants and Dockers ® Mobile pants;

 

    improved our relationships with retailers by providing them with market-right products, better economics, service and collaborative planning, and improved our product presentation at retail by upgrading and rolling out new retail formats;

 

    broadened product availability by opening new franchise or other dedicated stores outside the United States, by entering additional multi-brand specialty stores and image department stores in the United States, by introducing lower-priced Levi’s ® and Dockers ® products in Europe and Asia, by entering new countries in Asia, and by positioning ourselves to enter the mass channel in the United States;

 

    improved our operational processes by implementing a more disciplined and quicker “go-to-market” process (the steps from initial product concept to placement of the product on the retailer’s shelf), by improving our supply-chain capabilities, by implementing more efficient sales and operational planning, and by implementing demand-driven product replenishment programs; and

 

    created and begun implementing throughout our organization a new operating model, guided by our values, for leading our company through collaborative leadership principles and disciplined business and human resources planning.

 

We believe that through these initiatives we have successfully gained control of our business and are in the process of stabilizing and positioning our company to resume profitable growth. Our actions have enabled us to strengthen the overall financial health of the company. We have:

 

    reduced our total debt as of fiscal year end 2002 by more than $800 million since the end of 1999;

 

    achieved positive quarterly net sales growth on a constant currency basis for the last half of 2002 compared to the same period in 2001, despite continued weak economic and retail conditions worldwide; and

 

    lowered our cost of goods sold and operating expenses, while increasing the variability of these costs.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our vision is to market the most appealing and widely-worn casual clothing in the world. We are continuing to execute against the core business strategies underlying our business turnaround. We aim to continue to increase our financial strength and flexibility and resume profitable growth. We are focusing on the following key business strategies:

 

Innovate and lead from the core.

 

We believe that an integrated presentation of new and innovative products and marketing programs targeted to specific consumer and retail segments is crucial to generating consumer demand and increasing sales of our products. We continue to focus on:

 

    updating our core products with market-leading fits, fabrics, finishes and features that draw both on our long heritage of originality in product design and fabrication and on the latest technical innovations;

 

    continually creating product concepts and innovations that we can commercialize across our channels of distribution to appeal to a wide range of consumers in styles and at prices that meet their expectations;

 

    revitalizing our women’s line through targeted products such as Levi’s ® Superlow jeans and a design and merchandising process better aligned with the needs of the women’s market; and

 

    executing product-focused marketing programs that integrate advertising, packaging and point of purchase communications to help drive brand equity and sales.

 

Achieve operational excellence.

 

We are implementing processes and initiatives to lower our worldwide sourcing costs, to shorten our time to market, to more effectively and reliably fulfill product demand, and to leverage our global scale. We continue to focus on:

 

    improving our “go-to-market” process through disciplined planning, standardized milestones and metrics, and clear accountability across our brand, marketing, supply chain, sales and other functions around the world;

 

    improving the linkage of product supply to consumer demand through expanding demand-driven replenishment programs based on collaborative data-sharing and planning with our retail customers and responsive value-added services;

 

    reducing product costs by operating a sourcing network consisting largely of independent contract manufacturers, engaging in continual product value engineering and product line rationalization, and pursuing lower cost raw materials and manufacturing sources that meet our quality and other standards; and

 

    improving our business efficiencies and decision-making processes by upgrading over the next several years our global information systems, including rolling out an integrated enterprise resource planning system for finance and supply chain functions in the United States and Asia.

 

Revitalize retailer relationships and improve our presence at retail.

 

We distribute our products in a wide variety of retail formats around the world including chain and department stores, franchise stores dedicated to our brands, specialty retailers, and, beginning in July 2003, a mass channel retailer in the United States. We must ensure that the economics for our retail customers are attractive, that the right products are available and in stock at retail, and that our products are presented in ways that enhance brand appeal and attract consumers. We continue to focus on:

 

    generating better economics for our retail customers by providing market-right products and executing effective pricing, incentive, promotion and service programs;

 

    improving our collaborative planning with our retail customers and enhancing our sales teams’ capabilities to help customers achieve better product assortment, improved product availability and inventory management, and category growth; and

 

    making our products easier to find and easier to buy through new retailing formats, integrated advertising, packaging and point of purchase materials such as in-store graphics and fixtures, and other sales-area upgrades.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Sell where they shop.

 

We want to sell products to consumers where they shop. To do this, we must make relevant products accessible through multiple channels of distribution at price points that meet consumer expectations. We continue to focus on:

 

    entering the mass channel in the United States through the Levi Strauss Signature brand;

 

    opening new franchise or other dedicated stores and entering more multi-brand specialty stores and other accounts;

 

    identifying and executing additional opportunities to grow our sales in existing channels by selling a broader range of products to our current retail customers, obtaining additional floor space and placing products in existing customer locations not currently featuring our products; and

 

    continuing to introduce lower-priced products in Europe and Asia.

 

We believe that our business strategies are directly aligned with industry forces and that we are building the right core capabilities and operating processes to execute these strategies in a manner consistent with our values.

 

Our Brands and Products

 

We market a broad range of branded jeanswear, casual wear and dress pants that appeal to diverse demographic groups in markets around the world. Through a number of sub-brands and product lines under the Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands, and, beginning in July 2003, under the Levi Strauss Signature brand, we target specific consumer segments and provide product differentiation for our retail customers. We focus on creating new, innovative products relevant to our target consumers, as well as ensuring that our core traditional products are updated with new fits, finishes, fabrics and features. For example, our revamped U.S. product line reflects extensive fit testing involving over 14,000 consumers. We strive to leverage our global brand recognition, product design and marketing capabilities by taking products and design concepts developed in one region and introducing them in other geographic markets. We also design and market global products, including, for example, the Levi’s ® Type 1 jeans, which we introduced in Asia Pacific in late 2002 and introduced in Europe and the United States in January 2003.

 

Levi’s ® Brand

 

Since the invention of jeans by our founder Levi Strauss in 1873, the Levi’s ® brand has become one of the most successful and widely recognized brands in the history of the apparel industry. Levi’s ® brand products are now sold in more than 100 countries around the world. In fiscal 2002, sales of our Levi’s ® brand products represented approximately 74% of our net sales, and accounted for 65% of net sales in the Americas, 91% of net sales in Europe and 96% of net sales in Asia Pacific.

 

Our Levi’s ® brand features a wide range of product offerings:

 

    Levi’s ® Red Tab products are the core lines of the brand. They encompass a variety of jeans with different fits, fabrics and finishes intended to appeal to a wide range of consumers. Our core line is anchored by the classic 501 ® button-fly jean, the best-selling five-pocket jean in history. Other products include Levi’s ® Superlow and Too Superlow jeans for juniors, Nouveau fit jeans for misses, Levi’s ® 569 ® jeans, and the 529 and 527 jeans for men in low, straight and slim-fitting bootleg styles. In Europe, we offer Red Tab products in a number of new finishes, including the Optic Blue finish, a worn-in finish with a fresh, bright appearance. In Japan, we re-released the 501 ® jean during 2002, incorporating a range of new features, including slight changes in construction to improve the fit for Japanese women customers.

 

    Levi’s ® Vintage Clothing and the Levi’s ® Red collections showcase our trend-initiating products designed to emphasize the Levi’s ® heritage with a focus on detail inspired by modern design concepts. These premium lines are available through high-end specialty stores and independent retailers in Europe, Asia and the United States.

 

    Levi’s ® Engineered Jeans ® products, developed in Europe, have a three-dimensional shape that we believe provides innovative design, unique style, superior comfort and ease of movement. We target Levi’s ® Engineered Jeans ® to 15- to 24-year-olds primarily in Europe and Asia through independent retailers and specialty stores.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

    Levi’s ® Premium Red Tab line and the Special Edition Levi’s ® Red Tab products are developed for consumers who prefer our core fits but are looking for enhanced finish detail. These products are available primarily through image specialty and image department stores in the United States.

 

    Levi’s ® Silvertab ® products target 15- to 19-year-olds, offering an urban-inspired product range featuring premium denim finishes and technologically advanced fabrics, such as micro canvas and “slicky” twill. We distribute Silvertab ® jeans and other products primarily through department stores and Levi’s ® Store retail shops in the Americas.

 

    Levi’s ® Type 1 , Levi’s ® Pure Blue and Levi’s ® Directional Denim are new products we plan to release in all of our regions in the first half of 2003. These lines reflect a modern interpretation of the brand’s historical products. The Levi’s ® Type 1 jean reflects the trademarked components of the 501 ® jean, with enlarged branded rivets and buttons, exaggerated Arcuate Stitching Designs on back pockets and a bold back patch with an enlarged Levi’s ® Tab Device. Directional Denim products incorporate details from our archives with a modern spin, and Pure Blue products feature a clean, rich, indigo shade inspired by the optical brighteners of the 1970s.

 

    Other Levi’s ® products include tops, such as shirts and t-shirts, jackets and outerwear. We also work with established licensees to develop and market complementary products under the Levi’s ® brand, including accessories, such as belts and bags.

 

Dockers ® Brand

 

We market casual clothing, primarily pants and tops, under the Dockers ® brand, in more than 50 countries. We launched the brand in 1986 to address an emerging consumer interest in khaki pants. We believe that the Dockers ® brand, through its product offering and marketing, played a major role in the resurgence of khaki pants and the movement toward casual attire in the U.S. workplace by helping create a standard for business casual clothing. In 2002, sales of Dockers ® brand products represented approximately 26% of our net sales, accounting for approximately 35% of net sales in the Americas, approximately 9% of net sales in Europe and approximately 4% of net sales in Asia Pacific.

 

Our Dockers ® brand offerings are primarily targeted to men and women ages 25 to 39 and include:

 

    Dockers ® Brand.     Dockers ® brand products include a broad range of cotton and blend casual and dress casual pants that are the core lines of the brand, complemented by a variety of tops and seasonal pant products in a range of fits, fabrics, colors, styles and performance features. In 2002, we introduced the Dockers ® Go Khaki pants and shirts with Stain Defender finish, a new stain repellent performance khaki treated with DuPont ® Teflon ® . Other Dockers ® product lines include the Dockers ® Dress Mobile and Flat Front Mobile pants, offering multiple hidden pockets for a streamlined look; the Ideal Stretch pant for women, introducing a lower rise to the traditional women’s stretch products; and the Dockers ® Versatile Pant made of Synatural , a synthetic wicking fiber. We distribute Dockers ® brand products in the Americas, Europe and Asia through a variety of channels, including department stores and chain stores.

 

    Dockers ® Premium.     The Dockers ® Premium pant line includes a range of pants constructed from premium fabrics with sophisticated details in a range of finishes, fits, styles and colors. We distribute these products through department stores in the United States and throughout Europe.

 

    Slates ® , A Dockers ® Brand.     This Dockers ® endorsed line of dress pants for men offers style and premium fabrics that are appropriate for more formal occasions. We position the brand between casual pants and tailored clothing and design and market it to meet the 30- to 39-year-old consumer’s desire for stylish value. We distribute this line to department stores and specialty stores in the United States.

 

    Licensed Products.     We work with established licensees to develop and market complementary products under the Dockers ® brand, including outerwear and leather goods, men’s and women’s footwear, men’s sweaters, hosiery, golf apparel and kids’ apparel. We plan to debut a Dockers ® Home collection in spring of 2003.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

Levi Strauss Signature Brand

 

In October 2002, we announced that we will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand. We created the brand for value-conscious consumers who shop in mass channel retail stores.

 

    Market Opportunity.     According to data from Knowledge Networks and NPDFashionworld, the mass channel is the largest and fastest growing retail channel in the United States, reaching approximately 160 million shoppers and selling more than 31% of all jeans sold in 2001. By adding the Levi Strauss Signature brand to our portfolio of Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands, we believe we will have jeanswear that will meet the needs of a broad range of consumers, with distinctive products in fits, fabrics and finishes that will be available where consumers shop and at prices that meet their expectations.

 

    Products.     The Levi Strauss Signature brand will initially feature a range of denim and non-denim pants and shirts as well as denim jackets. Each season, we expect that the brand will offer products with a different identity from our Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands, with distinct finishes and differentiated designs, construction and styling that we believe will be relevant to mass channel consumers. Levi Strauss Signature products will have a distinctive logo, packaging and back waistband patch and they will not have the Tab Device or Arcuate Stitching Design trademarks of the Levi’s ® brand. As a result, we intend that our customers and consumers will easily see the differences between the new brand and the Levi’s ® brand and that their perception of our core Levi’s ® brand will not be adversely affected.

 

    Distribution.     The Levi Strauss Signature brand will only be available through the mass channel and not through our current distribution channels. Based on our arrangement with Wal-Mart, we anticipate that Levi Strauss Signature products will be available initially at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003.

 

    Customers.     Our entry into the mass channel does not affect our commitment to our current customers and brands. We continue to focus on creating innovative Levi’s ® and Dockers ® products for our customers, such as our Dockers ® Go Khaki pants and shirts with Stain Defender finish we introduced in 2002 and our Levi’s ® Type 1 jeans we plan to introduce worldwide in early 2003. In addition, as part of our strategy of revitalizing our relationships with these customers, we are committed to continue to provide them with better economics through effective wholesale pricing, incentive, promotion and service programs. Our aim is to minimize any impact of our entry into the mass channel on our existing customer relationships.

 

    Operations.     We have implemented several measures designed to provide us with the necessary organizational resources to meet the operational requirements or expectations of both our current customers and our mass channel customer. We have created a new dedicated mass channel team to manage design, merchandising and marketing of the new Levi Strauss Signature brand. We are also aligning our supply chain capabilities with the expectations of mass retailers, as well as leveraging these processes and capabilities to continue to deliver improved service to our current customers. These actions include broadening our source base and making changes in our U.S. logistics operations so as to better meet the replenishment requirements of our entire customer base and to improve efficiencies in our distribution centers.

 

Our Go-to-Market Process

 

We refer to the process from initial product concept to placement of the product on the retailer’s shelf as the “go-to-market process.” This process is the foundation of our operational model and is a key element of our strategy to achieve operational excellence. We work to integrate design, research and development, merchandising, marketing, supply chain and sales functions through disciplined planning, standardized milestones and metrics and clear accountability. Our goal is to translate consumer insight into relevant strategic direction and to deliver the right product at the right time in the most efficient way. We are continually evaluating ways to make this process faster, more disciplined and efficient and to adapt better to reflect our global breadth.

 

At the beginning of our go-to-market process for every season, our brand merchandisers, designers and research and development teams explore fabric and design concepts driven by consumer preferences, brand direction and market trends to set the creative direction for the season. The product’s strategic direction is then communicated throughout our organization. Our demand planners evaluate volume potential. Our sales teams begin developing product positioning and sell-in strategies. Our supply chain organization analyzes potential sources, manufacturing capacities and costs.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

We then develop and merchandise a line, including recommendations about product features such as fabric, finish, sundries and patterns, make final decisions about products to be included in the line and develop integrated marketing plans. Once the product line is determined, our supply chain organization focuses on production and logistics execution, while our sales team focuses on retail operations, sell-in activities and order management to ensure proper assortment and placement of products at retail. During the final stage of the process, we ship the final product to our customers and launch consumer and retail marketing programs.

 

Sourcing, Manufacturing and Logistics

 

Fabric and Raw Materials .    We purchase the fabric and raw materials used in our business, particularly denim and twill, from several suppliers, including Cone Mills, Galey & Lord, including its Swift Denim subsidiary, American Cotton Growers and Burlington Industries, Inc. In addition, we purchase thread, trim, buttons, zippers, snaps and various other product components from numerous suppliers, and we regularly engage in collaborations with fiber, fabric, finishing and components suppliers on developing and commercializing new product innovations. We have rigorous quality, safety and product integrity standards for fabric and other components of our products.

 

We do not have long-term raw materials or production contracts with any of our principal suppliers, except for Cone Mills, which until March 2003 is the sole worldwide supplier of the denim used for our 501 ® jeans, and which supplied approximately 22%, 25% and 26% in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, of the total volume of fabrics we purchased worldwide. Our supply agreement with Cone Mills provides for a rolling five-year term, with the current term ending in 2007, unless either Cone Mills or we elect not to extend the agreement, upon which the agreement will terminate at the end of the then-current term. The contract also aims to ensure our supply for three years following a change of control of Cone Mills. We may terminate the Cone Mills contract at any time upon 30 days notice. On May 13, 2002, we amended the exclusivity and requirements features of our supply agreement with Cone Mills. The amendment provides that, after March 30, 2003, we may purchase these denims from other suppliers and Cone Mills may sell these denims to other customers. The amendment also allows us to purchase these denims for our European business from non-U.S. sources prior to March 30, 2003 if the European Union implements material tariffs against U.S.-produced denim. The amendment does not change any other provision of the supply agreement.

 

In 2002, we purchased approximately 75% of our total volume of fabrics from U.S. fabric mills. The U.S. textile industry continues to experience financial difficulty and several mills are operating under bankruptcy protection. We believe that the difficulties in the U.S. textile industry do not present a significant risk to us as we maintain a diverse source base and continually explore opportunities to reduce our reliance on U.S. sources by sourcing fabrics from suppliers located around the world. We have not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining fabric and other raw materials to meet production needs in the past.

 

Manufacturing and Finishing .    We obtain our products from a combination of independent manufacturers and company-owned facilities. Since 1997, we have shifted our sourcing base substantially toward outsourcing by closing 37 company-owned production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe, including six plants in the United States and two plants in Europe in 2002. We believe that outsourcing allows us to maintain production flexibility, in terms of both location and nature of production, while avoiding the substantial capital expenditures and costs related to operating a large internal production capability. We continue to own and operate 13 plants located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia and South Africa.

 

In the majority of cases, our purchased fabrics are shipped directly from fabric manufacturers to our own manufacturing plants, or directly to third party contractors for garment construction. In these traditional “Cut-Make-Trim” arrangements, we retain ownership of the fabric throughout the manufacturing and finishing process. We use numerous independent manufacturers, principally in Latin America and Asia, for the production and finishing of our garments. We also use contractors who both produce or purchase fabric, sew and finish the garments. These “package” contractors represent a growing portion of our production and enable us to reduce working capital relating to work-in-process inventories. We typically conduct business with our contractors on an order-by-order basis. We inspect fabrics and finished goods as part of our quality control program to ensure that consumers receive products that meet our high standards.

 

We require all third party contractors who manufacture or finish products for us to abide by a stringent code of conduct that sets guidelines for employment practices such as wages and benefits, working hours, health and safety, working age and disciplinary practices, and for environmental, ethical and legal matters. We regularly assess manufacturing and finishing facilities to see if they are complying with our code of conduct. Our program includes periodic on-site facility inspections and continuous improvement activities. We also hire independent monitors to supplement our efforts.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

In April 2000, we were named as an additional defendant in a class action suit that was filed by non-resident garment workers, who currently or formerly worked in Saipan (a U.S. commonwealth in the Northern Mariana Islands), against several manufacturers operating on the island. The claims challenge working conditions for the operators in Saipan facilities and allege violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act, the Alien Tort Claims Act and state common and international law. All other defendants settled the lawsuit in September 2002. We have refused to join the settlement as we believe that the allegations about us in the lawsuit are not true and we intend to vigorously defend this case.

 

Logistics .    We operate dedicated distribution centers in a number of countries and we also outsource distribution activities to third party logistics providers. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods from our plants and contractors, inspecting those products and shipping them to our customers. In the United States, we are entering into an arrangement with a third party logistics provider to operate warehouse facilities at three major U.S. ports of entry. The objective of this arrangement is to improve product flows into, and the efficiency of, our U.S. distribution centers, and to facilitate product warehousing and shipment to mass channel and other customers. We continually explore opportunities in all of our regions to improve efficiencies in both our in-bound and out-bound logistics activities.

 

Sales, Distribution and Customers

 

We distribute our products in a wide variety of retail formats around the world including chain and department stores, franchise stores dedicated to our brands, specialty retailers, and, beginning in July 2003, a mass channel retailer in the United States. Our distribution strategy focuses on ensuring that the economics for our retail customers are attractive, that the right products are available and in stock at retail and that our products are presented in ways that enhance brand appeal and attract consumers. This involves:

 

    identifying and executing opportunities to broaden our product distribution, such as entering the mass channel;

 

    generating better economics for our retail customers by providing market-right products and executing effective pricing, incentive, promotion and service programs;

 

    improving our collaborative planning with our retail customers and enhancing our sales teams’ capabilities to help customers achieve better product assortment, improved product availability and inventory management and category growth; and

 

    making our products easier to find and easier to buy through new retailing formats, integrated advertising, packaging and point of purchase materials such as in-store graphics and fixtures, and other sales-area upgrades.

 

Americas

 

In the Americas, we distribute our products through national and regional chains, department stores, specialty stores and Levi’s ® Store retail shops. We have approximately 3,300 retail customers operating more than 20,400 locations in the United States and Canada. Sales of Levi’s ® and Dockers ® products to our top five and top 10 customers in the United States accounted for approximately 35% and 45% of our total net sales in 2002, and approximately 53% and 69% of our Americas net sales in 2002, as compared to approximately 37% and 47% of our total net sales in 2001, and approximately 55% and 71% of our Americas net sales in 2001. Our top 10 customers in 2002, on both an Americas and total company basis, were (in alphabetical order): Costco Wholesale Corporation, Casual Male Retail Group, Inc. (formerly Designs, Inc.), Dillards, Inc., Federated Department Stores, Inc., Goody’s Family Clothing, Inc., J.C. Penney Company, Inc., Kohl’s Corporation, The May Department Stores Company, the Mervyn’s unit of Target Corporation and Sears, Roebuck & Co. J.C. Penney Company, Inc. is the only customer that represented more than 10% of our total net sales, accounting for approximately 12%, 13% and 12% of our total net sales in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. It is possible that Wal-Mart may become one of our largest customers as a result of purchases of Levi Strauss Signature products. We also target limited distribution premium products like Levi’s ® Vintage Clothing to independent, image-conscious specialty stores in major metropolitan areas who cater to more fashion-forward, trend-initiating consumers.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

We regularly explore entry into new customers and development of new brands and products for both existing and potential customers. For example, during 2002 we entered Pacific Sunwear, a multi-brand specialty store. We also entered a number of image department stores including the Bloomingdales unit of Federated Department Stores, Inc., Neiman Marcus Group Inc., Nordstrom Inc. and Saks Incorporated. In addition, as part of our ongoing effort to build our business, we announced in October 2002 that we will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand, for consumers who shop at mass channel retail stores. We anticipate that the products will be available initially at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003.

 

Europe

 

Our European customers include large department stores, such as Corte Ingles in Spain, Galeries Lafayette in France and Karstadt/Hertie in Germany; dedicated, single-brand Levi’s ® Store and Dockers ® Store retail shops; mail-order accounts; and a substantial number of independent retailers operating either a single or small group of jeans-focused stores or general clothing stores. During 2002, nearly half our European sales were by these independent retailers, who are under increasing pressure from both vertically integrated specialty stores and department stores. The more varied and fragmented nature of European retailing means that we are less dependent on major customers than we are in the United States. In 2002, our top 10 European customers accounted for approximately 11% of our total European net sales.

 

Asia Pacific

 

During 2002, in Asia Pacific we generated over half of our sales through the specialty store channel, which includes multi-brand as well as independently owned Levi’s ® Store retail shops. The rest of our products are sold through department stores and general merchandise stores. As in Europe, the varied and fragmented nature of Asian retailing means we are less dependent on individual customers in the region. Our Asia Pacific business is heavily weighted toward Japan, which represented approximately 53% of our 2002 net sales in the region.

 

Dedicated Stores

 

We have a network of approximately 900 franchised or other independently owned stores selling Levi’s ® brand or Dockers ® brand products under the “Original Levi’s ® Store,” “Levi’s ® Store,” “Selvedge” and “Dockers ® ” Store names in Europe, Asia, Canada and Latin America. These dedicated-format stores are strategically important as vehicles for demonstrating the breadth of our product line, enhancing brand image and generating sales. These stores also are an important distribution channel in newer and smaller markets in Eastern Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. We own and operate a small number of stores dedicated to the Levi’s ® brand, including stores in the United States located in New York, Chicago, Orange County (near Los Angeles), San Francisco, San Diego, Boston and Seattle and in Europe in London, Milan, Paris and Berlin. Sales from company-owned stores represented approximately 1% of our total net sales for 2002.

 

We also own in the United States and Japan, and license third parties in the United States and abroad to operate, outlet stores for the disposition of closeout, irregular and return goods. Sales through our outlet channels in the United States represented less than 5% of our total net sales in 2002. We use the outlet store channel to support our brands by moving closeout and irregular goods as quickly as possible through the stores and by reducing the flow of goods to channels that are not consistent with our brand image and distribution strategies.

 

Internet

 

We operate websites devoted to the Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands as marketing vehicles to enhance consumer understanding of our brands. We do not sell products directly to consumers through these internet websites. In the United States, our products are currently sold online through specifically authorized third party internet sites that meet our standards, such as www.macys.com , operated by Federated Department Stores, Inc., www.jcpenney.com and www.kohls.com , and visitors can link to authorized on-line retailers through our sites. In Canada and Europe, authorized dealers and mail order accounts who meet our standards relating to customer service, return policy, site content, trademark use and other matters may sell our products to consumers through their own internet sites.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

Advertising and Promotion

 

We make substantial expenditures on advertising, retail and promotion activities in support of our brands to increase consumer relevance and to drive consumer demand. We expensed approximately $307.1 million, or 7.4% of total net sales, in 2002 on these activities. We advertise through a broad mix of media, including television, national publications, billboards and other outdoor vehicles. We execute region-specific marketing programs that are based on globally consistent brand values. This approach allows us to achieve consistent brand positioning while giving us flexibility to optimize program execution in local markets.

 

Our marketing strategy focuses on:

 

    developing clear consumer value propositions for product development and messaging in order to differentiate our brands and products;

 

    developing integrated marketing programs that effectively coordinate product launches and promotions with specific traditional and non-traditional advertising and retail point of sales activities;

 

    creating superior quality, product-focused advertising; and

 

    enhancing presentation of product at retail through innovative merchandising.

 

We also use less traditional marketing vehicles, including event and music sponsorships, product placement in television shows, music videos and films and alternative marketing techniques, including street-level and nightclub events and similar targeted, small-scale activities. In 2002, our marketing activities have included: “Levi’s ® Girlfriends,” the brand’s first major campaign aimed at women in Europe, conducted in collaboration with MTV and Sony; “Dockers ® Defender of the Week,” an integrated marketing program with Fox Sports; and tie-ins between the Levi’s ® brand in Korea and the World Cup and Korean soccer star Song Chong Gug.

 

Competition

 

The worldwide apparel industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In all three of our regional markets we compete with numerous branded manufacturers, retailer private labels, designers and vertically integrated specialty store retailers.

 

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to:

 

    develop products with innovative fits, finishes, fabrics and performance features;

 

    anticipate and respond to changing consumer demands in a timely manner;

 

    offer attractively priced products;

 

    maintain favorable brand recognition;

 

    generating better economics for our retail customers by providing market-right products and executing effective pricing, incentive, promotion and service programs;

 

    ensure product availability through effective planning and replenishment collaboration with retailers;

 

    provide strong and effective marketing support; and

 

    obtain sufficient retail floor space and effective presentation of products at retail.

 

We believe our competitive strengths include:

 

    strong worldwide brand recognition;

 

    competitive product innovation, quality and value;

 

    long-standing relationships with leading retailers worldwide;

 

    our network of franchised and other dedicated retail shops in Europe, Asia, Canada and Latin America; and

 

    our commitment to ethical conduct and social responsibility.

 

12


Table of Contents

 

Americas

 

We face intense competition across all of our brands from vertically integrated specialty stores, mass merchants, retailer private labels, designer labels and other branded labels. We sell both basic and fashion-oriented products under the Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands to retailers in diverse channels across a wide range of retail price points. As a result, we face a wide range of competitors, including:

 

    other jeanswear manufacturers, including VF Corporation, marketer of the Wrangler, Lee and Rustler brands;

 

    fashion-oriented designer apparel marketers, including Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation, Calvin Klein, Nautica Enterprises, Guess?, Inc. and Tommy Hilfiger Corp.;

 

    vertically integrated specialty stores, including Gap Inc., Abercrombie & Fitch, American Eagle Outfitters Inc., J. Crew and Eddie Bauer, Inc.;

 

    fashion-forward jeanswear brands that appeal to the youth market including L.E.I., MUDD, FUBU, Lucky and Diesel brands, among others;

 

    casual wear manufacturers, including Haggar Corp., Liz Claiborne, Inc., Jones New York and TSI International, maker of Savane and Farah products;

 

    retailer private labels, including J.C. Penney’s Arizona brand and Sears, Roebuck & Co.’s Canyon River Blues and Canyon River Khakis brands; and

 

    exclusive labels developed and sold by mass merchants, including Wal-Mart, Target Corporation and Kmart Corporation.

 

Europe

 

While there is no one single brand with a strong presence across the entire European region, strong local brands and retailers exist in certain markets, including Diesel, G-Star and Miss Sixty. Our most significant competitors are vertically integrated specialty retailers, such as Zara, Hennes & Mauritz AB, Next and Celio. Athletic wear companies such as Adidas-Salomon AG also offer competitive products and are an increasing force in the European market. Companies based in the United States, such as Gap, Inc. and VF Corporation also compete in Europe. The casual apparel market in Europe is fragmented and there is currently no significant pan-European branded competitor of our Dockers ® brand in Europe.

 

Asia Pacific

 

Japan continues to be our largest market in Asia Pacific, representing approximately 53% of regional net sales in 2002. Asia Pacific is a fragmented market with no strong pan-regional competitor. Competitors in the jeanswear market consist of regional brands, such as Edwin, Something and Bobson in Japan, and U.S. brands, such as Gap, Inc., VF Corporation and Earl Jeans. We also face competition from vertically integrated specialty stores, such as UNIQLO and Giordano. Athletic wear companies such as Adidas-Salomon and Nike, Inc. compete in tops and casual pants.

 

Trademarks

 

Substantially all of our global trademarks are owned by Levi Strauss & Co. We regard our trademarks as our most valuable assets and believe they have substantial value in the marketing of our products. Levi’s ® , Dockers ® , Levi Strauss Signature , Silvertab ® , 501 ® , Slates ® , the Wings and Anchor Design, the Arcuate Stitching Design, the Tab Device and the Two Horse ® design are among our core trademarks. We protect these trademarks by registering them with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and with governmental agencies in other countries, particularly where our products are manufactured and/or sold. We work vigorously to enforce and protect our trademark rights by engaging in regular market reviews, helping local law enforcement authorities detect and prosecute counterfeiters, issuing cease-and-desist letters against third parties infringing or denigrating our trademarks and initiating litigation as necessary. We also work with trade groups and industry participants seeking to strengthen laws relating to the protection of intellectual property rights in markets around the world. We grant licenses to other parties to manufacture and sell products with our trademarks in product categories and in geographic areas in which we do not operate.

 

13


Table of Contents

 

Seasonality and Backlog

 

Although the fourth quarter is typically our highest sales quarter, our sales do not vary substantially by quarter in any of our three regions, as the apparel industry has become less seasonal due to more frequent selling seasons and offerings of both basic and fashion oriented merchandise throughout the year.

 

All of our orders are subject to cancellation. As a result, our order backlog may not be indicative of future shipments.

 

Government Regulation

 

Our operations are subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Caribbean Basin Initiative, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Generally, these trade agreements benefit our business by reducing or eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular country. However, trade agreements can also impose requirements that adversely affect our business, such as limiting the countries from which we can purchase raw materials and setting quotas on products that may be imported from a particular country. We continuously monitor these trade-related matters pending with the U.S. government for potential positive or negative effects of these matters on our business. Imported products are also subject to customs duties which can represent a significant portion of the cost of the merchandise.

 

In addition, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission in the United States relating principally to the labeling and advertising of our products. We are also subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations affecting our business, including, in the United States, those promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the Flammable Fabrics Act, the Textile Fiber Product Identification Act, the rules and regulations of the Consumer Products Safety Commission and comparable laws abroad. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with these regulations, as well as applicable federal, state, local, and foreign rules and regulations governing the discharge of materials hazardous to the environment. We do not expect any significant capital expenditures for environmental matters in the near future.

 

Social Responsibility

 

We have a long-standing corporate culture characterized by ethical conduct and social responsibility. Our culture and our core values are reflected in policies and initiatives that we believe distinguish us from others in the apparel industry. We were a pioneer in many social and cultural areas:

 

    We were the first multinational apparel company to develop a comprehensive code of conduct for our contract manufacturers intended to ensure that workers making our products anywhere in the world would do so in safe and healthy working conditions and be treated with dignity and respect.

 

    Our commitment to social justice is highlighted by a unique initiative that addresses racial prejudice and seeks to improve race relations by supporting community organizations working together to eliminate racism.

 

    We were among the first companies to offer employee benefits such as flexible time-off policies and domestic partner benefits.

 

    We have been a leader in promoting HIV/AIDS awareness and education since 1982.

 

    We responded immediately to the needs of those affected by the tragedies of the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 by providing grants to numerous agencies and providing product donations for the rescue workers.

 

    We conducted our third annual Volunteer Day in 2002 and expanded it across the United States, Canada and some parts of Latin America and Asia. More than 2,300 employees volunteered for over 10,000 hours of community service benefiting 66 non-profit agencies.

 

Our strong commitment to workers rights is reflected in our history of public advocacy for responsible trade policies. In 2001, we expressed our support for incorporating workplace standards and workers rights provisions within the context of trade agreements to members of the U.S. Congress, the U.S. Trade Representative and various other government entities.

 

We are active in the communities where we have a presence. Together with the Levi Strauss Foundation, we contributed $13.7 million during 2002 to community agencies in over 40 countries to support employee volunteerism and programs to advance HIV/AIDS prevention and care, economic development opportunities for women and youth and access to education. In addition, we support approximately 70 community involvement teams worldwide that facilitate employee volunteerism and raise funds for community projects.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

Employees

 

As of November 24, 2002, we employed approximately 12,400 people, approximately 4,770 of whom were located in the United States. Most of our production and distribution employees in the United States are covered by various collective bargaining agreements. Outside the United States, most of our production and distribution employees are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. We consider our relations with our employees to be good and have not recently experienced any material job actions or labor shortages.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

Item 2.     PROPERTIES

 

Properties

 

We conduct manufacturing, distribution and administrative activities in owned and leased facilities. We have renewal rights for most of our property leases. We anticipate that we will be able to extend these leases on terms satisfactory to us or, if necessary, locate substitute facilities on acceptable terms. We believe our facilities and equipment are in good condition and are suitable for our needs. Information about manufacturing, finishing and distribution facilities and other key operating properties in use as of November 24, 2002 is summarized in the following table:

 

Location


  

Primary Use


    

Leased/Owned


United States

           

Little Rock, AR

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Hebron, KY

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Canton, MS

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Henderson, NV

  

Distribution

    

Owned

San Antonio, TX

  

Finishing

    

Owned

San Antonio, TX

  

Manufacturing

    

Owned

Westlake, TX

  

Data Center

    

Leased

Other Americas

           

Buenos Aires, Argentina

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Etobicoke, Canada

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Stoney Creek, Canada

  

Manufacturing

    

Owned

Brantford, Canada

  

Finishing

    

Leased

Edmonton, Canada

  

Manufacturing

    

Leased

Naucalpan, Mexico

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Europe

           

Schoten, Belgium

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Les Ulis, France

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Heustenstamm, Germany

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Kiskunhalas, Hungary

  

Manufacturing, Finishing and Distribution

    

Owned

Milan, Italy

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Amsterdam, Netherlands

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Plock, Poland

  

Manufacturing and Finishing

    

Leased

Warsaw, Poland

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Northhampton, U.K

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Cape Town, South Africa

  

Manufacturing, Finishing and Distribution

    

Leased

Sabedell, Spain

  

Distribution

    

Leased

Bonmati, Spain

  

Manufacturing

    

Owned

Olvega, Spain

  

Manufacturing

    

Owned

Helsingborg, Sweden

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Corlu, Turkey

  

Manufacturing, Finishing and Distribution

    

Owned

Asia Pacific

           

Adelaide, Australia

  

Manufacturing and Distribution

    

Leased

Dongguan, China

  

Manufacturing

    

Leased

Karawang, Indonesia

  

Finishing

    

Leased

Hiratsuka Kanagawa, Japan

  

Distribution

    

Owned

Makati, Philippines

  

Manufacturing

    

Leased

 

Our global headquarters and the headquarters of our Americas business are both located in leased premises in San Francisco, California. Our Europe and Asia Pacific headquarters are located in leased premises in Brussels, Belgium and Singapore. We also lease or own 94 administrative and sales offices in 35 countries, as well as lease a small number of warehouses in 4 countries.

 

In addition, we have 53 company-operated retail and outlet stores in leased premises in 10 countries. We have 20 stores in the Americas region, 28 stores in the Europe region and 5 stores in the Asia Pacific region. In 2002, we opened 5 company-operated stores and closed 10 stores. We also own or lease several facilities we formerly operated and have closed.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Item 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In the ordinary course of business, we have pending various cases involving contractual matters, employee-related matters, distribution questions, product liability claims, trademark infringement and other matters. We do not believe there are any pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

Item 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders during our 2002 fiscal fourth quarter.

 

17


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

(a)  Our shares of common stock are held by members of the families of several descendants of our founder, Levi Strauss, and by several former members of our management. There is no established public trading market for our shares and none of our shares are convertible into shares of any other class of stock or other securities.

 

All shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., Robert D. Haas and F. Warren Hellman. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold “voting trust certificates,” not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation.

 

The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. If Peter E. Haas, Sr. ceases to be a trustee, his successor will be his spouse, Miriam L. Haas. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal.

 

Our common stock, as noted, and the voting trust certificates, are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders’ agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and to us. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares, certificates or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders’ agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders.

 

We may hold “annual stockholders’ meetings” to which all voting trust certificate holders are invited to attend. These meetings are not a “meeting of stockholders” in the traditional corporate law sense; under the voting trust agreement, the trustees, not the voting trust certificate holders, elect the directors and vote the shares on most other corporate matters. In addition, the meetings are not official formal meetings, under the voting trust agreement, of the voting trust certificate holders. Instead, these annual gatherings are opportunities for the voting trust certificate holders to interact with the board of directors and management and to learn more about our business.

 

(b)  As of January 1, 2003, there were 167 record holders of voting trust certificates.

 

(c)  We did not declare or pay any dividends in our two most recent fiscal years. Our current bank credit facility prohibits our declaring or paying any dividends without first obtaining consents from our lenders. In addition, in January 2001 and December 2002 we entered into indentures relating to our 11.625% senior notes due 2008 and 12.25% senior notes due 2012, respectively, that limit our paying any dividends. For more detailed information about our bank credit facilities and senior notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

Item 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table summarizes our selected financial data. The following selected statements of income data and cash flow data for 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet data of such period is derived from our financial statements that have been audited by KPMG LLP. The following selected statements of income data and cash flow data for 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998 and the consolidated balance sheet data of such periods are derived from our financial statements that have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. For a discussion of the risks relating to Arthur Andersen LLP’s audit of our financial statements, please see “Factors That May Affect Future Results—Risks relating to Arthur Andersen LLP.”

 

The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements, included elsewhere in this report. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2002 presentation.

 

    

Year Ended


 
    

November 24,

2002


    

November 25,

2001


    

November 26,

2000


    

November 28,

1999


    

November 29,

1998


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Statements of Income Data:

                                            

Net sales

  

$

4,136,590

 

  

$

4,258,674

 

  

$

4,645,126

 

  

$

5,139,458

 

  

$

5,958,635

 

Cost of goods sold

  

 

2,451,785

 

  

 

2,461,198

 

  

 

2,690,170

 

  

 

3,180,845

 

  

 

3,433,081

 

    


  


  


  


  


Gross profit

  

 

1,684,805

 

  

 

1,797,476

 

  

 

1,954,956

 

  

 

1,958,613

 

  

 

2,525,554

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

  

 

1,332,798

 

  

 

1,355,885

 

  

 

1,481,718

 

  

 

1,629,845

 

  

 

1,834,058

 

Other operating (income)

  

 

(34,450

)

  

 

(33,420

)

  

 

(32,380

)

  

 

(24,387

)

  

 

(25,310

)

Restructuring charges, net of reversals(1)

  

 

124,595

 

  

 

(4,286

)

  

 

(33,144

)

  

 

497,683

 

  

 

250,658

 

Global Success Sharing Plan(2)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(343,873

)

  

 

90,564

 

    


  


  


  


  


Operating income

  

 

261,862

 

  

 

479,297

 

  

 

538,762

 

  

 

199,345

 

  

 

375,584

 

Interest expense

  

 

186,493

 

  

 

230,772

 

  

 

234,098

 

  

 

182,978

 

  

 

178,035

 

Other (income) expense, net

  

 

25,411

 

  

 

8,836

 

  

 

(39,016

)

  

 

7,868

 

  

 

34,849

 

    


  


  


  


  


Income before taxes

  

 

49,958

 

  

 

239,689

 

  

 

343,680

 

  

 

8,499

 

  

 

162,700

 

Income tax expense

  

 

24,979

 

  

 

88,685

 

  

 

120,288

 

  

 

3,144

 

  

 

60,198

 

    


  


  


  


  


Net income

  

$

24,979

 

  

$

151,004

 

  

$

223,392

 

  

$

5,355

 

  

$

102,502

 

    


  


  


  


  


Statements of Cash Flow Data:

                                            

Cash flows from operating activities

  

$

191,748

 

  

$

141,900

 

  

$

305,926

 

  

$

(173,772

)

  

$

223,769

 

Cash flows from investing activities

  

 

(59,353

)

  

 

(17,230

)

  

 

154,223

 

  

 

62,357

 

  

 

(82,707

)

Cash flows from financing activities

  

 

(140,316

)

  

 

(139,890

)

  

 

(527,062

)

  

 

224,219

 

  

 

(194,489

)

Balance Sheet Data:

                                            

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

96,478

 

  

$

102,831

 

  

$

117,058

 

  

$

192,816

 

  

$

84,565

 

Working capital

  

 

574,103

 

  

 

651,256

 

  

 

555,062

 

  

 

770,130

 

  

 

637,801

 

Total assets

  

 

3,017,284

 

  

 

2,983,486

 

  

 

3,205,728

 

  

 

3,670,014

 

  

 

3,867,757

 

Total debt

  

 

1,846,977

 

  

 

1,958,433

 

  

 

2,126,430

 

  

 

2,664,609

 

  

 

2,415,330

 

Stockholders’ deficit(3)

  

 

(995,584

)

  

 

(935,943

)

  

 

(1,098,573

)

  

 

(1,288,562

)

  

 

(1,313,747

)

Other Financial Data:

                                            

EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses(4)

  

$

507,077

 

  

$

555,630

 

  

$

596,599

 

  

$

473,257

 

  

$

845,579

 

Capital expenditures

  

 

59,088

 

  

 

22,541

 

  

 

27,955

 

  

 

61,062

 

  

 

116,531

 

 

(1)   We reduced overhead expenses and eliminated excess manufacturing capacity through extensive restructuring initiatives executed since 1997, including closing 37 of our owned and operated production and finishing facilities worldwide and reducing the number of our employees worldwide by approximately 23,600. Due to lower than anticipated costs, we reversed reserve balances relating to these activities of $27.1 million, $26.6 million, and $33.1 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. During the period 1997 to 1999 we did not record any reversals to the restructuring reserves.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

(2)   In 1996, we adopted a Global Success Sharing Plan that provided for cash payments to our employees in 2002 if we achieved pre-established financial targets. We recognized and accrued expenses in 1996, 1997 and 1998 for the Global Success Sharing Plan. During 1999, we concluded that, based on our financial performance, the targets under the plan would not be achieved. As a result, in 1999 we reversed into income $343.9 million of expenses that had been accrued in prior years, less related miscellaneous expenses, and we did not recognize any expense in 2000, 2001 or 2002. Consequently, no cash payments were, or will be, made under the Global Success Sharing Plan.

 

(3)   Stockholders’ deficit resulted from a 1996 recapitalization transaction in which our stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements for us, including the voting trust and stockholders’ agreement.

 

(4)   EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses equals net income before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, other (income) expense, net, net charges associated with our restructuring activities discussed in note (1) above, restructuring related expenses, and charges and reversals associated with our Global Success Sharing Plan discussed in note (2) above. “Restructuring related expenses” is a defined term under our 2001 bank credit facility and consists of expenses incurred in connection with our restructuring initiatives, primarily for workers’ compensation and pension enhancement in the United States, and are not included in restructuring charges, net of reversals line item in our consolidated financial statements. In 2002, we added back restructuring related expenses in calculating EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses for purposes of calculating covenant compliance under our 2001 bank credit facility, and in 2003 it will also be added back under our 2003 bank credit facility. We recorded restructuring related expenses in cost of goods sold.

 

       We believe that our investors find EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses to be a useful analytical tool for measuring our ability to service our debt and for measuring our ability to generate cash for other purposes. In 2002, EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses was the primary basis on which financial covenants were measured under our 2001 bank credit facility. EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses is a non-GAAP measure and should not be considered in isolation from, and is not intended to represent an alternative measure of, operating income or cash flow or any other measure of performance determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Other companies may calculate EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses differently, and our EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses calculations are not necessarily comparable with similarly titled figures for other companies.

 

The calculation for EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses is shown below:

 

    

Year Ended


    

November 24,

2002


  

November 25,

2001


    

November 26,

2000


    

November 28,

1999


    

November 29,

1998


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Net income

  

$

24,979

  

$

151,004

 

  

$

223,392

 

  

$

5,355

 

  

$

102,502

Interest expense

  

 

186,493

  

 

230,772

 

  

 

234,098

 

  

 

182,978

 

  

 

178,035

Income tax expense

  

 

24,979

  

 

88,685

 

  

 

120,288

 

  

 

3,144

 

  

 

60,198

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

71,071

  

 

80,619

 

  

 

90,981

 

  

 

120,102

 

  

 

128,773

Other (income) expense, net

  

 

25,411

  

 

8,836

 

  

 

(39,016

)

  

 

7,868

 

  

 

34,849

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

124,595

  

 

(4,286

)

  

 

(33,144

)

  

 

497,683

 

  

 

250,658

Restructuring related expenses

  

 

49,549

  

 

*  

 

  

 

*  

 

  

 

*  

 

  

 

*

Global Success Sharing Plan

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(343,873

)

  

 

90,564

    

  


  


  


  

EBITDA before net restructuring charges and related expenses

  

$

507,077

  

$

555,630

 

  

$

596,599

 

  

$

473,257

 

  

$

845,579

    

  


  


  


  


*   We did not separately identify restructuring related expenses until 2002.

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Item 7.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Except for the historical information contained in this report, certain matters discussed in this report, including (without limitation) statements under “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Although we believe that, in making any such statements, our expectations are based on reasonable assumptions, any such statement may be influenced by factors that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected.

 

These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our anticipated financial performance and business prospects and/or statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “could,” “plans,” “seeks” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date stated and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements will not be realized. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations may not prove to be correct or we may not achieve the financial results, savings or other benefits anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which may be beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements, including, without limitation:

 

    changes in the level of consumer spending or preferences in apparel;

 

    changing domestic and international retail environments;

 

    dependence on key distribution channels, customers and suppliers;

 

    risks related to our expected entry into the U.S. mass channel retail market;

 

    the impact of competitive products and other competitive pressures in the apparel industry;

 

    changing fashion trends;

 

    our supply chain executional performance;

 

    risks related to the impact of consumer and customer reactions to new products;

 

    the effectiveness of our promotion and incentive programs with retailers;

 

    conditions in the bank loan and capital markets;

 

    trade restrictions and tariffs; and

 

    political or financial instability in countries where our products are manufactured.

 

For more information on these and other factors, see “Factors That May Affect Future Results.” We caution you to not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements and factors that may affect future results contained throughout this report.

 

21


Table of Contents

 

Overview

 

From 1998 to 2002, we experienced a decrease in net sales from $6.0 billion to $4.1 billion due to both industry-wide and company-specific factors. Industry-wide factors included changing customer preferences and weak economies and retail markets. Company-specific factors included brand equity erosion, insufficient product innovation, poor presentation of our product at retail, operational problems in our supply chain and weakness in our key distribution channels.

 

In response, we have completed several significant strategic, operational and management initiatives, including closing 37 of our owned and operated production and finishing facilities worldwide, shifting the vast majority of our production to independent contract manufacturers, putting in place a new management team, overhauling our product lines and introducing new products, improving our relationships with retailers, broadening our product availability, improving our operational processes and implementing a new operating model based on disciplined and integrated planning and execution.

 

We believe that through these initiatives we have successfully gained control of our business and are in the process of stabilizing and positioning our company to resume profitable growth. Our actions have enabled us to strengthen the overall financial health of the company. We have:

 

    reduced our total debt as of fiscal year end 2002 by more than $800 million since the end of 1999;

 

    achieved positive quarterly net sales growth on a constant currency basis for the last two quarters of 2002 compared to the same quarters in the prior year, despite continued weak economic and retail conditions worldwide; and

 

    lowered our cost of goods sold and operating expenses, while increasing the variability of these costs.

 

In October 2002, we announced that we will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand. We created the brand for value-conscious consumers who shop in mass channel retail stores. The Levi Strauss Signature brand will initially feature a range of denim and non-denim pants and shirts as well as denim jackets. We anticipate that the products will be available initially at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our consolidated statements of income, expressed as a percentage of net sales (amounts may not total due to rounding).

 

      

Year Ended


 
      

November 24,

2002


      

November 25,

2001


      

November 26,

2000


 

Net sales

    

100.0

%

    

100.0

%

    

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

    

59.3

 

    

57.8

 

    

57.9

 

      

    

    

Gross profit

    

40.7

 

    

42.2

 

    

42.1

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

    

32.2

 

    

31.8

 

    

31.9

 

Other operating (income)

    

(0.8

)

    

(0.8

)

    

(0.7

)

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

    

3.0

 

    

(0.1

)

    

(0.7

)

      

    

    

Operating income

    

6.3

 

    

11.3

 

    

11.6

 

Interest expense

    

4.5

 

    

5.4

 

    

5.0

 

Other (income) expense, net

    

0.6

 

    

0.2

 

    

(0.8

)

      

    

    

Income before taxes

    

1.2

 

    

5.6

 

    

7.4

 

Income tax expense

    

0.6

 

    

2.1

 

    

2.6

 

      

    

    

Net income

    

0.6

%

    

3.5

%

    

4.8

%

      

    

    

Net Sales Segment Data:

                          

Geographic

                          

Americas

    

65.1

%

    

67.1

%

    

67.8

%

Europe

    

26.4

 

    

25.0

 

    

23.8

 

Asia Pacific

    

8.5

 

    

7.9

 

    

8.4

 

 

22


Table of Contents

 

Year Ended November 24, 2002 as Compared to Year Ended November 25, 2001

 

Consolidated Net Sales.     Net sales in 2002 decreased 2.9% to $4,136.6 million, as compared to $4,258.7 million in 2001. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from 2001, net sales would have decreased approximately 3.2% for 2002 compared to 2001. The decrease primarily reflected the impact of the weak retail and economic climates in many of the markets in which we operate. In the first half of 2002 we were in the early stages of introducing many of the products and programs whose marketplace impact we believed would increase over time. In the second half of 2002, net sales stabilized as these products and programs began to take hold.

 

Despite the continuation of weak economic and retail conditions in most major markets around the world, we anticipate that 2003 constant currency net sales will increase between 2% to 5% compared to 2002. We expect to continue expanding our reach to a broad range of consumers in 2003, including the faster growing women’s market, by offering relevant products at a wide range of price points. We introduced Levi’s ® Type 1 jeans, a modern interpretation of the quintessential Levi’s ® jeans, in Asia Pacific in late 2002 and in Europe and the United States in January 2003. In addition, we will be introducing the Levi Strauss Signature brand, which we expect to be available at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003. We anticipate that the majority of our net sales growth in 2003 will be in the second half of the year as we continue to build our core business with new fabrics, fits and finishes and launch the Levi Strauss Signature brand.

 

Americas Net Sales.     In the Americas, net sales in 2002 decreased 5.7% to $2,692.1 million, as compared to $2,856.1 million in 2001. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from 2001, net sales would have decreased approximately 4.9% for 2002 compared to 2001. This decrease primarily reflected the challenging U.S. retail and economic climate. The decline was mitigated by a number of factors in the Americas that continued to improve and have a positive impact during the year. These factors include:

 

    positive reactions from both retailers and consumers to our overhauled product lines, including new fits, fabrics and finishes in core products;

 

    a revitalized women’s jeans product line, including Levi’s ® Superlow jeans;

 

    new market leading innovations, such as Dockers ® Go! Khakis with Stain Defender;

 

    more effective product-focused advertising; and

 

    new retailer programs resulting in improved economics for our customers, including lower wholesale prices on selective products, volume incentives, and better service.

 

We regularly explore entry into new customers and development of new brands and products for both existing and potential customers. For example, we entered Pacific Sunwear, a multi-brand specialty store, and entered a number of image department stores including the Bloomingdales unit of Federated Department Stores, Inc., Nordstrom Inc. and Saks Incorporated.

 

Europe Net Sales.     In Europe, net sales in 2002 increased 2.5% to $1,093.1 million, as compared to $1,066.3 million in 2001. On a constant currency basis, net sales would have decreased 1.4% for 2002, compared to 2001. Net sales reflected a competitive and challenging marketplace, particularly in the United Kingdom, Italy and Germany where we experienced weak consumer demand, high retail inventories and increasing apparel price deflation. We stabilized our performance in Europe despite the challenging economic environment by taking various actions including:

 

    introduction of new products and finishes, such as the “Shaped and Worn” vintage-inspired jeans products;

 

    the roll-out of lower entry-priced products in both the Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands;

 

    wholesale price reductions on selective products;

 

    aggressive promotions of 501 ® and 525 jeans in core finishes; and

 

    the continued upgrade of the presentation of our products at retail.

 

Asia Pacific Net Sales .    In our Asia Pacific region, net sales in 2002 increased 4.5% to $351.4 million, as compared to $336.2 million in 2001. If exchange rates were unchanged from 2001, net sales would have increased approximately 6.4% for 2002 compared to 2001. Sales growth reflected the positive impact of our product innovation, marketing programs and improved retail distribution in an environment characterized by economic weakness and apparel price deflation across much of the region.

 

In Japan, which accounted for approximately 53% of our business in Asia during 2002, net sales in 2002 increased approximately 4.0% compared to the prior year period on a constant currency basis. The results in Japan reflected the positive impact of our premium and super premium product lines, entry into the standard or lower priced segment, and the opening of additional independently-owned retail stores dedicated to the Levi’s ® brand.

 

23


Table of Contents

 

Gross Profit.     Gross profit in 2002 was $1,684.8 million compared to $1,797.5 million in 2001. Gross margin decreased in 2002 to 40.7%, as compared to 42.2% in 2001.

 

Gross margin in 2002 was adversely affected by expenses of $49.5 million associated with plant closures in the United States and Scotland. Most of those expenses were for workers’ compensation and pension enhancements in the United States. Excluding these restructuring related expenses, gross margin for 2002 would have been 41.9% compared to 42.2% for 2001.

 

Our gross margins benefited from our lower sourcing and fabric costs and the favorable impact of foreign currency movements as well as lower inventory markdown expenses. Negatively affecting our margins were retailer promotions and incentives in the United States, which were recorded as a reduction of net sales, selective wholesale price reductions in the United States and Europe, entry into lower priced segments in all regions, and more expensive finishes, particularly in Europe.

 

Our largest supplier, Cone Mills Corporation, has been the sole supplier of the denim used worldwide for our 501 ® jeans. On May 13, 2002, we amended the exclusivity and requirements features of our supply agreement with Cone Mills. The amendment provides that, after March 30, 2003, we may purchase these denims from other suppliers and Cone Mills may sell these denims to other customers. The amendment also allows us to purchase these denims for our European business from non-U.S. sources prior to March 30, 2003 if the European Union implements significant tariffs against U.S. produced denim. The amendment does not change any other provisions of the supply agreement.

 

For 2003, we expect gross margins in the range of 40% to 42%. This range reflects cost savings associated with our 2002 plant closures. We plan to use these savings to provide our retail customers with better margins, while also investing in our products. In addition, our expected gross margins for 2003 do not reflect postretirement medical benefits related to manufacturing employees. Because we have closed most of our manufacturing plants, we will reflect these costs in marketing, general and administrative expenses starting in 2003.

 

Cost of goods sold is primarily comprised of cost of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost of goods sold also includes the cost of inbound freight, internal transfers, and receiving and inspection at manufacturing facilities as these costs vary with product volume. We include substantially all the costs related to receiving and inspection at distribution centers, warehousing and other activities associated with our distribution network in marketing, general and administrative expenses. Our gross margins may not be comparable to those of other companies in our industry, since some companies may include costs related to their distribution network in cost of goods sold.

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses.     Marketing, general and administrative expenses in 2002 decreased 1.7% to $1,332.8 million compared to $1,355.9 million in 2001. These expenses as a percentage of sales in 2002 increased to 32.2% compared to 31.8% in 2001. The dollar decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses in 2002 was primarily due to lower advertising expense and our continuing cost containment efforts, partially offset by higher employee incentive plan accruals. In addition, expenses in 2001 included a reversal of prior period accruals, in the amount of $18.0 million, associated with an employee long-term incentive plan as a result of changes in employee turnover assumptions based on actual experience.

 

Advertising expense in 2002 decreased 14.0% to $307.1 million, as compared to $357.3 million in 2001. Advertising expense as a percentage of sales in 2002 decreased to 7.4%, as compared to 8.4% in 2001. The decrease in advertising expense reflected lower media costs and our strategic decision to shift some of our U.S. advertising spending into sales incentive programs with retailers. The cost of those programs was recorded as a reduction of net sales. Cooperative advertising expense for 2002 and 2001 was $3.9 million and $21.5 million, respectively.

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses also include distribution costs, such as costs related to receiving and inspection at distribution centers, warehousing, shipping, handling and certain other activities associated with our distribution network. These expenses totaled $183.7 million and $182.0 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

We expect marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales for 2003 to be in the range of 32% to 34%, up slightly from 2002. This reflects increased costs for the sales, marketing and supply chain functions associated with our entry into the mass channel. We also expect advertising and promotion expenses to be higher than 2002, reflecting our ongoing commitment to investing in product and marketing for the Levi’s ® Red Tab jeans business, but we expect expenses to remain at 7% to 8% of net sales. In addition, due to closing most of our manufacturing plants, marketing, general and administrative expenses for 2003 will reflect the inclusion of postretirement medical benefits related to manufacturing employees. In 2002 and prior years, we recorded these expenses in cost of goods sold.

 

24


Table of Contents

 

We expect to record in the first quarter of 2003 a non-cash charge of approximately $20 million relating to a cumulative effect of a change in accounting for rent expense. We believe that the cumulative effect of the non-cash charge is not material to our historical operations in any period or to the trend of reported results of operations. In addition, we will discontinue amortization expense, a non-cash charge, for our goodwill and trademarks due to a new accounting standard effective the first quarter of 2003.

 

Other operating income.     Royalty income in 2002 increased to $34.5 million as compared to $33.4 million in 2001. The increase reflected an expansion of licensed accessory categories.

 

Restructuring charges, net of reversals.     In 2002, we recorded charges of $151.7 million associated with plant closures in the United States and Scotland and a restructuring initiative in Europe. These charges were offset by reversals of $27.1 million in 2002, based on updated estimates. In 2001, we reversed charges of $26.6 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years’ restructuring initiatives. This reversal was offset by recorded charges of $22.4 million associated with various overhead restructuring initiatives in 2001 that resulted in workforce reductions in the United States and Japan. (See “Restructuring Charges” below.)

 

Operating income.     Operating income in 2002 was $261.9 million, as compared to $479.3 million in 2001. This decrease was primarily due to lower gross profit and the net restructuring charge of $124.6 million. This decrease was slightly offset by lower marketing, general and administrative expenses.

 

Interest expense.     Interest expense in 2002 decreased 19.2% to $186.5 million, as compared to $230.8 million in 2001. This lower interest expense was primarily due to lower average debt levels combined with lower market interest rates. In addition, interest expense in 2001 included the write-off of fees totaling $10.8 million related to our prior credit agreement dated January 31, 2000. We replaced that credit agreement with a new credit facility on February 1, 2001. The weighted average cost of borrowings for 2002 and 2001 was 9.14% and 9.47%, respectively, excluding the write-off of fees.

 

Other (income) expense, net.     Other (income) expense, net in 2002 was a net expense of $25.4 million, as compared to a net expense of $8.8 million for the same period in 2001. This increase in net expense was primarily due to higher net losses from derivative instruments used for foreign currency management activities, including sourcing, that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The increase in net expense was partially offset by a refund for a legal settlement associated with custom duties in Mexico and the related interest income on the refund.

 

Income tax expense.     At November 24, 2002, we calculated that our effective income tax rate for 2002 was 50% compared to 37% for 2001. The increase in our annual effective income tax rate was primarily due to the combined effects of the computational impact of expenses not deductible for tax purposes and lower earnings for 2002 resulting from the restructuring charges and related expenses. Income tax expense in 2002 was $25.0 million compared to $88.7 million in 2001.

 

We reached a settlement on most issues with the Internal Revenue Service during 2002 in connection with the examination of our income tax returns for the years 1990 to 1995. We have completed an evaluation of the impact of this settlement on our deferred tax assets as well as accrued taxes and long-term tax liabilities. As a result of this review, we reclassified approximately $90.0 million from long-term liabilities to accrued taxes to reflect the estimated impact of the settlement and our deferred tax assets were increased for Internal Revenue Service audit adjustments for benefits reversing in future years. Our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for 1996 to 1999 are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. We expect this examination to be completed by early 2004.

 

Net income.     Net income in 2002 was $25.0 million compared to $151.0 million in 2001. The decrease in 2002 was primarily attributable to lower earnings resulting from the net restructuring charges of $124.6 million and related expenses of $49.5 million, lower net sales and higher net losses from derivative instruments in 2002. The impact of these factors was partially offset by lower interest expense and lower marketing, general and administrative expenses.

 

Year Ended November 25, 2001 as Compared to Year Ended November 26, 2000

 

Consolidated Net Sales.     Total net sales in 2001 decreased 8.3% to $4.3 billion, as compared to $4.6 billion in 2000. If currency exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales for 2001 would have declined approximately 6.5%. This decrease reflected volume declines primarily due to weak economies and retail markets in the United States and Japan and the impact of a weaker euro and yen.

 

Although year over year total net sales continued to decline, the rate of decline narrowed to 8.3% in 2001 as compared to 9.6% in 2000 and 13.7% in 1999. We believed that the narrowed sales decline, in view of the then current economic and retail environment, reflected ongoing progress in our business turnaround and efforts to improve performance.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

We anticipated difficult retail and economic conditions to continue into 2002, along with the need for continued executional improvements, including greater focus on core products and innovation to the U.S. product line. As a result, in 2001, we believed our 2002 constant currency net sales would decline in the low single digits and we planned our production and operating expenses accordingly.

 

Americas Net Sales .    In the Americas, net sales in the United States accounted for approximately 93% of our Americas net sales in 2001. Net sales in the Americas decreased 9.3% to $2.9 billion, as compared to $3.1 billion in 2000, due primarily to a drop in volume. This decrease was primarily attributable to the weak economy and retail apparel market in the United States. We believed retailers were reducing their open-to-buy and overall inventory levels in response to economic uncertainty and our improved ability to deliver products on time. Where we introduced updated and relevant products, such as our Levi’s ® Superlow jeans and Dockers ® Mobile pant, supported by the right advertising and retail programs, our data showed improved sell-through to consumers. Our performance in the United States also reflected our targeted retailer promotions and incentives that drove sales volumes during the fourth quarter of 2001.

 

Europe Net Sales .    In Europe, net sales decreased 3.5% to $1.07 billion, as compared to $1.1 billion in 2000. The small decrease in net sales was primarily due to the effects of translation to U.S. dollar reported results. If exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, net sales would have increased by approximately 0.7% in 2001 compared to the prior year period. In 2001, we believed the constant currency results indicated that our business in Europe was beginning to stabilize as indicated by modest growth in net sales on a constant currency basis for the last three consecutive quarters of 2001 compared to 2000. We believed this reflected the impact of our updated and innovative products, retail presentation programs and improved delivery performance in the region for 2001.

 

Asia Pacific Net Sales .    In the Asia Pacific region, net sales decreased 14.3% to $336.2 million, as compared to $392.4 million in 2000. If exchange rates were unchanged from the prior year period, the reported net sales decrease would have been approximately 5.0% in 2001 compared to the prior year period. The decrease was primarily driven by the economic uncertainty in Japan and the effects of translation to U.S. dollar reported results. In Japan, which accounted for approximately 55% of our business in Asia in 2001, difficult business conditions resulted in the loss of some key customers due to retail consolidation, closure of retail store locations and bankruptcies. Except for Japan, our net sales in Asia Pacific increased for 2001 compared to 2000.

 

Gross profit.     Gross profit in 2001 of $1.8 billion was 8.1% lower than the same period in 2000. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or gross margin, was essentially unchanged, increasing slightly to 42.2% in 2001, as compared to 42.1% in 2000. The increase in margin was due to lower sourcing and fabric costs and reduced inventory markdowns. We value inventories at the lower of average cost or market value and include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. In determining inventory values, we give substantial consideration to the expected product selling price. These items were somewhat offset by costs associated with production down-time taken in our plants in response to the weak retail market in 2001, as well as costs due to a product recall in Europe. The Caribbean Basin Initiative trade act was a key reason for the sourcing cost improvements.

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses.     Marketing, general and administrative expenses for 2001 decreased 8.5% to $1.4 billion, as compared to $1.5 billion for 2000. Marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales for 2001 decreased slightly to 31.8% as compared to 31.9% in 2000. The dollar decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to our continuing cost containment efforts, including a lower level of incentive plan accruals and advertising expenses, as well as lower volume-related costs. The lower incentive plan accruals included a reversal of $18.0 million associated with forfeitures under an employee long-term incentive plan in 2001. Marketing, general and administrative expenses for 2000 also included a pension curtailment benefit of $18.0 million. In 2001, we continued to look for opportunities to streamline our organization, in line with our core product focus and related initiatives to reduce business complexity.

 

Advertising expense for 2001 decreased 11.3% to $357.3 million, as compared to $402.7 million in the same period in 2000. Advertising expense as a percentage of sales in 2001 decreased 0.3 percentage points to 8.4%, as compared to 8.7% for the same period in 2000. Advertising expense as a percentage of sales for 2001 was consistent with our 2001 target range of 8% to 9%.

 

Other operating income.     For 2001, licensing income increased 3.2% to $33.4 million, as compared to $32.4 million for the same period in 2000. This increase was primarily due to an increase in royalties from sales of merchandise, such as outerwear, shoes, belts, headwear and handbags, by licensees of our trademarks.

 

Restructuring charges, net of reversals.     For 2001, we reversed charges of $26.6 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years’ restructuring initiatives. This reversal was offset by recorded charges of $22.4 million associated with various overhead restructuring initiatives in 2001 that resulted in workforce reductions in the United States and Japan. In 2000, we reversed charges of $33.1 million primarily due to updated estimates related to prior years’ restructuring initiatives.

 

26


Table of Contents

 

Operating income.     For 2001, operating income decreased $59.5 million to $479.3 million, as compared to $538.8 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales, partially offset by lower marketing, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we recorded a net reversal of $4.3 million in restructuring charges in 2001 as compared to a $33.1 million reversal of restructuring charges in 2000.

 

Interest expense.     Interest expense for 2001 decreased 1.4% to $230.8 million, as compared to $234.1 million for the same period in 2000. This decrease was due to lower average debt levels, partially offset by a write-off of fees related to a credit agreement that was replaced by a new credit facility in February 2001.

 

Other (income) expense, net.     For 2001, we recorded $8.8 million of other expense, net, as compared to other income, net of $39.0 million for the same period in 2000. The net expense for 2001 was primarily attributable to lower interest income and net losses from foreign currency exposures and the contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. In addition, the income reported in 2000 included a $26.1 million gain from the sale of two office buildings in San Francisco located next to our corporate headquarters.

 

Income tax expense.     Income tax expense for 2001 was $88.7 million compared to $120.3 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease for 2001 was primarily due to lower earnings than in 2000, partially offset by a higher effective tax rate of 37% in 2001 compared to 35% in 2000. The lower tax rate in 2000 was due to a reevaluation of potential tax assessments.

 

Net income.     Net income for 2001 decreased by $72.4 million to $151.0 million from $223.4 million for the same period in 2000. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales, the impact of our foreign currency management activities and a lower net reversal in restructuring charges in 2001. Included in 2000 was a pre-tax gain of $26.1 million from the sale of office buildings. The decrease was partially offset by a higher gross margin and lower marketing, general and administrative expenses.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

Since late 1997 we have implemented extensive restructuring activities to reduce overhead expenses and eliminate excess manufacturing capacity, as well as closing 37 manufacturing facilities worldwide between 1997 and 2002, including closing in 2002 two manufacturing plants in Scotland and six manufacturing plants in the United States. The U.S. closures reflected our continuing shift from a manufacturing to a marketing and product-driven organization. We closed the plants in Scotland in order to reduce average production costs in Europe. We believe these actions will improve our competitiveness and enable us to invest more resources in product, marketing and retail initiatives. These actions also increase the variable nature of our cost structure, which we believe will help us maintain strong gross margins in a highly competitive and price deflationary environment. We do not anticipate closing any more manufacturing or finishing facilities in the near future, although we cannot assure that we will not take further restructuring initiatives in the future.

 

The following is a summary of the actions taken and related charges associated with these restructuring activities. Restructuring charges include certain costs associated with plant closures and business reorganization activities and are recorded upon approval of, and commitment to, a restructuring plan by executive management. These costs primarily include employee severance, certain employee termination benefits and contractual obligations. Our restructuring charges also include property, plant and equipment write-offs. These costs are not associated with, nor do they benefit, continuing activities. We review and evaluate these activities periodically.

 

    From 1997 to 1999, we closed 29 of our owned and operated production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe and instituted restructuring initiatives to reduce costs, eliminate excess capacity and align our sourcing strategy with changes in the industry and in consumer demand. For 2002, we reversed aggregate charges of $18.0 million from initial charges of $530.9 million. These reversals were primarily due to lower than anticipated employee benefits and other plant closure related costs.

 

    In November 2001, we instituted various reorganization initiatives in the United States that included simplifying product lines and realigning our resources to those product lines. We recorded an initial charge of $20.3 million in November 2001 reflecting an estimated displacement of 500 employees. During 2002, we reversed charges of $6.7 million from the initial charge of $20.3 million. This reversal was due to a change in the estimate of the number of employees to be affected from approximately 500 to approximately 335 primarily due to attrition.

 

    In November 2001, we instituted various reorganization initiatives in Japan. These initiatives were prompted by business declines as a result of the prolonged economic slowdown, political uncertainty, major retail bankruptcies and dramatic shrinkage of the core denim jeans market in Japan. We recorded an initial charge of $2.0 million in November 2001. The charge reflected an estimated displacement of 22 employees, all of whom have been displaced. During 2002, we reversed charges of $0.3 million from the initial charge of $2.0 million.

 

27


Table of Contents

 

    For the plant closures in Scotland, we recorded an initial charge in the second quarter of 2002 of $20.5 million, consisting of $3.1 million for asset write-offs, $15.7 million for severance and employee benefits and $1.7 million for other restructuring costs. The charge reflected an estimated displacement of 650 employees, all of whom have been displaced. The two manufacturing plants were closed by the end of the second quarter of 2002. During the third quarter of 2002, we reversed the remaining balance of $2.1 million due to the earlier than anticipated sale of the manufacturing plants.

 

    For the plant closures in the United States, we recorded an initial charge in the second quarter of 2002 of $129.7 million, consisting of $22.7 million for asset write-offs, $89.6 million for severance and employee benefits and $17.4 million for other restructuring costs. The charge reflects an estimated displacement of 3,300 employees at the affected plants and approximately 250 employees at our remaining U.S. finishing facility, where we anticipated needing to reduce our capacity due to decreased inflow of products from our manufacturing facilities. We closed the six manufacturing plants in three phases: two plants were closed in June 2002, two plants were closed in July 2002 and the final two plants were closed in September 2002.

 

    In November 2002, we announced a reorganization initiative in Europe that includes realigning our resources with our European sales strategy to better service customers and reduce operating costs. This strategy affects our operations in several countries and involves our moving from a country or regional-based sales organization to a key account structure. We recorded an initial charge of $1.6 million reflecting an estimated displacement of 40 employees. As of November 24, 2002, approximately 10 employees have been displaced. We expect to record additional employee displacement costs in 2003 that are part of this initiative once labor negotiations are complete.

 

The following table summarizes the plant closures and restructuring charges and the resulting cash and non-cash reductions. Non-cash reductions include reversals and asset write-offs.

 

    

Initial

Provision


  

Cash

Reductions


  

Non-cash

Reductions


  

Balance as of

November 24,

2002


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

1997 to 1999 Plant Closures and Restructuring Initiatives

  

$

1,135,133

  

$

937,102

  

$

198,031

  

$

—  

2001 Japan Restructuring Initiative

  

 

2,031

  

 

1,734

  

 

297

  

 

—  

2001 Corporate Restructuring Initiatives

  

 

20,331

  

 

11,521

  

 

6,689

  

 

2,121

2002 U.S. Plant Closures

  

 

129,676

  

 

44,933

  

 

22,654

  

 

62,089

2002 Scotland Plant Closures

  

 

20,477

  

 

15,324

  

 

5,153

  

 

—  

2002 Europe Restructuring Initiative

  

 

1,568

  

 

202

  

 

—  

  

 

1,366

    

  

  

  

Total as of November 24, 2002

  

$

1,309,216

  

$

1,010,816

  

$

232,824

  

$

65,576

    

  

  

  

 

The total balance of the reserves at November 24, 2002 was $65.6 million, of which $52.4 million represented reserves for severance and employee benefits. We expect to utilize the majority of the remaining reserve balances during 2003.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our principal capital requirements have been to fund working capital and capital expenditures. As of November 24, 2002, our total cash and cash equivalents were $96.5 million, compared with the $102.8 million cash balance reported as of November 25, 2001.

 

We recently completed the following financing transactions:

 

    On January 31, 2003, we entered into a new $750.0 million senior secured credit facility to replace the 2001 credit facility that matures in August 2003. The facility consists of $375.0 million of term loans and a $375.0 million revolving credit agreement. As of January 31, 2003, we had $207.5 million of additional borrowing capacity under our 2003 bank credit facility. The term loans mature on July 31, 2006, while the revolving credit facility matures on March 31, 2006. The new bank agreement requires that we set aside sufficient funds to refinance all outstanding 6.80% notes due November 2003. The new facility will provide working capital for implementing our mass channel initiative and for general corporate purposes.

 

    On December 4, 2002 we issued $425.0 million of 10 year 12.25% notes due December 2012 to qualified institutional investors. We issued the notes at a discount of $6.0 million, to be amortized over the life of the notes. The notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed at any time after December 15, 2007. We used the proceeds of this offering to repay the remaining term loans under the 2001 credit facility. We also used a portion of the proceeds to repurchase $72.8 million of our 6.80% notes due November 2003. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds to refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) a portion of our 6.80% notes due November 2003 and other indebtedness and for working capital or other general corporate purposes.

 

    On January 22, 2003 and on January 23, 2003, we issued an additional $100 million of 12.25% notes due December 2012 at a premium of $3.0 million and we issued an additional $50 million of these notes at a discount of $0.7 million. We will amortize both the discount and premium over the term of the notes. The notes issued in these additional offerings were issued under the same indenture as, have the same terms as, and constitute the same issue of, the December 2002 notes. We will use the proceeds of these notes to refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) a portion of the 6.80% notes due November 2003. We purchased an additional $27.0 million of the 6.80% notes due November 2003 with the proceeds of these notes, bringing the total 6.80% notes repurchased to $99.8 million as of January 22, 2003.

 

During 2003, we expect to have between $200 million and $300 million of the following primary cash requirements:

 

    Working capital requirements associated with our mass channel launch and seasonal requirements;

 

    Net cash payments of approximately $90 million to the Internal Revenue Service as a result of a tax settlement;

 

    Net cash payments of approximately $70 million resulting from plant closures in 2002 and other restructuring initiatives; and

 

    Capital expenditures of approximately $70 million.

 

We anticipate that we will meet these obligations primarily through these financings and from cash provided by operations. We will obtain additional liquidity through our revolving 2003 bank credit facility, which will also be used to support letters of credit, and through cash on hand. We anticipate that net debt (gross debt less cash on hand) at the end of 2003 will approximate year end 2002 levels.

 

Total debt, other cash obligations and commitments.     As of November 24, 2002, our total debt was $1.847 billion, compared with $1.958 billion as of November 25, 2001. As of January 31, 2003, our total debt was approximately $2.578 billion.

 

As of November 24, 2002, our 2001 credit facility consisted of $110.1 million of term loans and a $615.7 million revolving credit facility, of which $5.0 million of borrowings under the revolving credit facility was outstanding. Total availability under the revolving credit facility was reduced by $239.8 million of letters of credit allocated under the revolving credit facility, yielding a net availability of $370.9 million. Included in the $239.8 million of letters of credit at November 24, 2002 are $213.3 million of standby letters of credit with various international banks, of which $48.5 million serve as guarantees by the creditor banks to cover U.S. workers’ compensation claims. We pay fees on the standby letters of credit and borrowings against letters of credit are subject to interest at various rates.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

At November 24, 2002, we had unsecured and uncommitted short-term credit lines available totaling $13.4 million at various rates. These credit arrangements may be canceled by the bank lenders upon notice and generally have no compensating balance requirements or commitment fees.

 

We have other current cash obligations for various liabilities categorized on the balance sheet as accounts payable, accrued liabilities, accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits and accrued taxes for our normal business operations. During 2002, we reclassified from long-term employee benefits to accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits, expected liabilities in 2003 of approximately $65 million under our long-term incentive compensation plan.

 

During 2002, we reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service on most of the issues in connection with the examination of our income tax returns for the years 1990 through 1995. As a result, during 2002 we reclassified approximately $90.0 million from long-term tax liabilities into accrued taxes. We anticipate paying the Internal Revenue Service an amount of approximately $115 million during the second quarter of 2003. After taking into account potential refunds from prior years’ overpayments and the tax effects of the interest deduction from this payment, we expect the net cash payment to be approximately $90 million.

 

We have numerous noncontributory pension plans covering substantially all of our employees. Our pension plan assets are principally invested in equity securities and fixed income securities. Based on the fair value of plan assets and interest rates estimated as of November 24, 2002, we recorded a charge of $86.0 million, net of tax of $49.9 million to stockholders’ deficit. This charge reflects the after tax additional minimum pension liability due to pension obligations exceeding assets. As a result of the projected deficit, we expect to make additional pre-tax contributions to the pension plans during the next four fiscal years, including a cash contribution of approximately $25 million in 2003.

 

We currently expect our debt levels less cash on hand at the end of 2003 to be approximately equal to our 2002 year-end debt level of approximately $1.85 billion. We expect peak borrowings, net of cash on hand, during 2003 to be approximately $200 to $300 million higher than this amount, reflecting seasonal working capital requirements and growth associated with our expected entry into the mass channel in the United States in the third quarter.

 

We have no off-balance sheet debt obligations or material unconditional purchase commitments. Our total short-term and long-term debt principal payments, and minimum operating lease payments for facilities, office space and equipment as of November 24, 2002 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

    

Principal Payments*


  

Minimum Operating Lease Payments


Year


  

(Dollars in Thousands)

2003

  

$

95,225

  

$

64,211

2004

  

 

118,521

  

 

58,375

2005

  

 

56,203

  

 

55,051

2006

  

 

448,173

  

 

52,646

2007

  

 

—  

  

 

47,887

Thereafter

  

 

1,128,855

  

 

189,832

    

  

Total

  

$

1,846,977

  

$

468,002

    

  

 

*   The principal payments reflect the effects of refinancing the outstanding 6.80% notes due November 2003 and amounts outstanding on the 2001 bank credit facility.

 

Cash provided by operating activities .    Cash provided by operating activities in 2002 was $191.7 million, as compared to $141.9 million in the same period in 2001. Trade receivables increased during 2002 primarily due to higher net sales in November 2002 compared to November 2001. Inventory decreased during 2002. We achieved the inventory reduction through retailer promotional and incentive programs and better inventory management. For the first half of 2003, we anticipate inventory to be higher than at year end 2002 as we prepare for the launch of the Levi Strauss Signature brand beginning in July 2003. Net deferred tax assets increased during 2002 primarily due to timing of unrealized foreign exchange gains/losses and the additional minimum pension liability.

 

        Restructuring reserves increased during 2002 primarily due to restructuring charges associated with the United States plant closures. Accrued salaries, wages, and employee benefits increased during 2002 primarily due to higher employee incentive costs than in 2001. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased during 2002 primarily due to lower contractor and advertising accruals. Accrued taxes increased and long-term tax liabilities decreased during 2002 primarily due to a reclassification of approximately $90.0 million in anticipation of a payment to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with an examination of our income tax returns for the years 1990 to 1995. Long-term employee benefits increased primarily due to an increase in our pension liability for anticipated contributions over the next four years.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

Cash provided by operating activities in 2001 was $141.9 million, as compared to $305.9 million in the same period in 2000. Trade receivables decreased during 2001 primarily due to lower net sales. Inventory decreased during 2001, primarily in the fourth quarter. We achieved the inventory reduction through reduced production levels and increased retailer promotional and incentive activities in the United States.

 

Other current assets decreased during 2001 primarily due to reimbursements of income and payroll taxes for overpayments made in 2000. Other long-term assets increased during 2001 primarily due to the capitalization of underwriting and other fees for the senior notes due 2008 issued in January 2001 and fees associated with the credit facility we entered into on February 1, 2001. Net deferred tax assets decreased during 2001 primarily due to inventory adjustments and tax on unremitted foreign earnings.

 

Restructuring reserves decreased during 2001 primarily due to spending and accrual reversals related to prior years’ restructuring initiatives, partially offset by 2001 restructuring charges. Accrued salaries, wages, and employee benefits decreased during 2001 primarily due to the payment of annual employee incentives, partially offset by employee incentive accruals. Long-term employee benefits increased primarily due to increased accruals for long-term incentive plans. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased during 2001 primarily due to lower accruals for contractors and raw material purchases resulting from lower production needs. Accrued taxes decreased during 2001 primarily due to a payment of approximately $40 million in the first quarter of 2001 to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with an examination of our income tax returns for the years 1986 to 1989.

 

Cash used for investing activities.     Cash used for investing activities during 2002 was $59.4 million as compared to $17.2 million during 2001. Cash used for investing activities for 2002 resulted primarily from purchases of property, plant and equipment and realized losses on net investment hedges, partially offset by proceeds received on sales of property, plant and equipment. The purchases primarily related to sales office capital improvements and systems upgrades. We expect capital spending of approximately $70 million in 2003, primarily for system enhancements. The proceeds received on the sale of property, plant and equipment arose mainly from the sale during the first quarter of 2002 of an idle distribution center located in Nevada.

 

Cash used for investing activities during 2001 was $17.2 million, as compared to cash provided by investing activities of $154.2 million during the same period in 2000. Cash used for investing activities during the year resulted primarily from purchases of property, plant and equipment. In 2000, cash provided by investing activities was primarily attributable to proceeds received from the sale of office buildings and realized gains on net investment hedges. Our capital expenditures for 2001 were $22.5 million, as compared to $28.0 million for 2000.

 

Cash used for financing activities.     Cash used for financing activities for 2002 was $140.3 million as compared with $139.9 million in 2001 and $527.1 million in 2000. We used cash in 2002 primarily for repayment of existing debt. In fiscal 2001, cash used for financing activities was primarily for repayment of existing debt offset by the senior notes issued in January 2001 and the U.S. receivables securitization transaction completed in July 2001. In 2000, cash used for financing activities was for repayment of existing debt.

 

Financial Condition

 

2003 Bank Credit Facility.     On January 31, 2003, we entered into a $750.0 million senior secured credit facility to replace our then existing 2001 credit facility.

 

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the new bank credit facility.

 

Our new bank credit facility consists of a $375.0 million revolving credit facility and a $375.0 million Tranche B term loan facility. We will use the borrowings under our new bank credit facility for working capital or general corporate purposes. The revolving credit facility will expire on March 31, 2006.

 

31


Table of Contents

 

Our Tranche B term loan facility is subject to repayment based on a specified scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding due on July 31, 2006. We are required to make principal amortization payments on the Tranche B term loan facility at a quarterly rate beginning in May 2003, with the substantial majority of the quarterly payments being due from the quarter ending in November 2005. Our bank credit facility also requires mandatory prepayments in certain events, such as if there are asset sales. The interest rate for our revolving credit facility varies, for eurodollar rate loans, from 3.25% to 4.00% over the eurodollar rate (as defined in the credit agreement) or, for base rate loans, from 2.25% to 3.00% over the higher of the Citibank base rate and the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, with the exact rate depending upon our performance under specified financial criteria. The interest rate for our Tranche B term loan facility is 4.00% over the eurodollar rate or 3.00% over the base rate. The bank credit facility also requires that we set aside sufficient funds to satisfy all principal and interest payments on the outstanding 6.80% notes due November 2003. We will use any remaining proceeds to refinance other outstanding indebtedness or for working capital or other general corporate purposes.

 

Our bank credit facility is guaranteed by certain of our material domestic subsidiaries and is secured by domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock in certain domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. Excluded from the assets securing the bank credit facility are all of our most valuable real property interests and all of the capital stock and debt of our affiliates in Germany and the United Kingdom and any other affiliates that become restricted subsidiaries under the indenture governing our notes due 2003 and 2006.

 

The bank credit facility contains customary covenants restricting our activities as well as those of our subsidiaries, including limitations on our, and our subsidiaries’, ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into capital leases or certain leases not in the ordinary course of business; enter into transactions involving related parties or derivatives; incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on our assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in our corporate structure. The credit agreement also contains financial covenants that we must satisfy on an ongoing basis, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum coverage ratios.

 

The credit agreement contains customary events of default, including payment failures; failures to satisfy other obligations under the credit agreements; material judgments; pension plan terminations or specified underfunding; substantial voting trust certificate or stock ownership changes; specified changes in the composition of our board of directors; and invalidity of the guaranty or security agreements. If an event of default occurs, our lenders could terminate their commitments, declare immediately payable all borrowings under the credit facilities and foreclose on the collateral, including our trademarks.

 

2001 Bank Credit Facility.     On February 1, 2001, we entered into a $1.05 billion senior secured credit facility to replace our then existing 2000 bank credit facility on more favorable terms. The facility was amended on July 11, 2001 to permit us to enter into the domestic receivables securitization transaction, on January 29, 2002 to amend several of the financial covenants in conjunction with our anticipated plant closures, on July 26, 2002 to permit us to adopt a deferred compensation plan to be effective in 2003, and on November 25, 2002 to permit us to use a portion of the net proceeds from notes issuances to refinance a portion of our $350.0 million 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003 and also to provide that, for purposes of determining compliance with the leverage ratio financial covenant under the bank credit facility, the amount of debt taken into account for purposes of that computation will be reduced by an amount of any net proceeds from the notes issuances segregated in separate designated bank or investment accounts.

 

The 2001 bank credit facility originally consisted of a $700.0 million revolving credit facility and $350.0 million of term loans. The $350.0 million of term loans includes two tranches, Tranche A for $100.0 million and Tranche B for $250.0 million. As of November 24, 2002, our credit facility consisted of $110.1 million of term loans and a $615.7 million revolving credit facility, of which $5.0 million of borrowings under the revolving credit facility was outstanding. Total availability under the revolving credit facility was reduced by $239.8 million of letters of credit allocated under the revolving credit facility, yielding a net availability of $370.9 million. Included in the $239.8 million of letters of credit at November 24, 2002 are $213.3 million of standby letters of credit with various international banks, of which $48.5 million serve as guarantees by the creditor banks to cover U.S. workers’ compensation claims.

 

On January 31, 2003, we entered into a new bank credit facility to replace the 2001 bank credit facility that was due to mature on August 29, 2003.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2003 and 2006. In 1996, we issued $800.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. We issued the notes in two series: $350.0 million seven-year notes maturing in November 2003 and $450.0 million ten-year notes maturing in November 2006. The seven-year notes bear interest at a rate of 6.80%. The ten-year notes bear interest at a rate of 7.00%. These notes are unsecured and rank equally with all of our other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The indenture governing these notes contains customary events of default and restricts our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries and future subsidiaries, to:

 

    incur liens;

 

    engage in sale and leaseback transactions; and

 

    engage in mergers and sales of assets.

 

In May 2000, we filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer for the notes. The exchange offer gave holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange the notes for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered.

 

The exchange offer ended on June 20, 2000. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $20,000 of the $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.80% old notes due 2003 were exchanged for the 6.80% new notes due 2003, and all $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.00% old notes due 2006 were exchanged for the 7.00% new notes due 2006.

 

We were not obligated by any agreement including the 2001 bank credit facility agreements to engage in the exchange offer. We initiated the exchange offer to give holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange the old notes for registered notes.

 

Our 6.80% notes due 2003 mature on November 1, 2003, at which time we will be required to repay or refinance these notes. On December 4, 2002, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 12.25% notes due December 2012 to repurchase $72.8 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003. We intend to use a portion of the remaining net proceeds from the December 2002 notes issuance, plus the $47.3 million net proceeds from the January 2003 issuance of an additional $50.0 million of these notes and the $99.8 million net proceeds from the January 2003 issuance of an additional $100.0 million of these notes, to refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) all of the remaining aggregate principal amount of our 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003. On January 22, 2003, we purchased approximately $27.0 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003.

 

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2008.     On January 18, 2001, we issued two series of notes payable for an aggregate of $497.5 million to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. These notes are unsecured obligations, rank equally with all of our other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt, and may be redeemed at any time after January 15, 2005. The issuance was divided into two series: U.S. $380.0 million notes and 125.0 million euro notes. Both series of notes are seven-year notes maturing on January 15, 2008 and bear interest at 11.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in January and July of each year. These notes are callable beginning January 15, 2005. These notes were offered at a discount of $5.2 million to be amortized over the term of the notes. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $14.4 million on the original issue are amortized, using an approximate effective-interest rate method, over the term of the notes. We used net proceeds from the offering to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under our then effective credit facility.

 

The indentures governing these notes contain covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to us and our subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or our subsidiaries’ assets. If we experience a change in control as defined in the indentures governing the notes, then we will be required under the indentures to make an offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. If these notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s and we and our subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indentures, then we and our subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indentures.

 

33


Table of Contents

 

In March 2001, we filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer for these notes. The exchange offer gave holders the opportunity to exchange the notes for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act. The indenture governing these notes contains the same covenants as for the original issuance under Rule 144A of the Securities Act.

 

The exchange offer ended on April 6, 2001. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $200 thousand of the $380.0 million aggregate principal amount of old dollar notes were exchanged for new dollar notes, and all but €595 thousand of the €125.0 million aggregate principal amount of old euro notes were exchanged for new euro notes.

 

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2012.     On December 4, 2002, we issued $425.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. These notes are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of our other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. These notes are 10-year notes maturing on December 15, 2012 and bear interest at 12.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on December 15 and June 15, commencing on June 15, 2003. These notes are callable beginning December 15, 2007. We issued these notes at a discount of $6.0 million to be amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. We will amortize costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of approximately $12.6 million over the term of notes. We used approximately $125.0 million of the net proceeds from the offering to repay remaining indebtedness under our 2001 bank credit facility as of the close of business on December 3, 2002. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repurchase $72.8 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003.

 

On January 22, 2003 and on January 23, 2003, we issued an additional $100 million of these notes at a premium of $3.0 million and an additional $50.0 million of these notes at a discount of $0.7 million. We will amortize both the discount and premium over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. The notes issued in these additional offerings were issued under the same indenture as, have the same terms as, and constitute the same issue of, the December 2002 notes. We intend to use a portion of the remaining net proceeds from the December 2002 notes issuance, plus the $47.3 million net proceeds from the issuance of an additional $50 million of these notes and the $99.8 million net proceeds from the issuance of an additional $100 million of these notes to refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) all of the remaining aggregate principal amount of our 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003. We will use any remaining proceeds to refinance other outstanding indebtedness or for working capital or other general corporate purposes. On January 22, 2003, we purchased approximately $27.0 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003.

 

Credit Ratings .    On August 14, 2002, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our 2001 bank credit facility from “Ba3” to “B1” and our notes due 2003, 2006 and 2008 from “B2” to “Caa1.” According to a press release announcing the downgrade, Moody’s based this decision on its concerns relating to our level of cash generation, our ability to refinance debt, including our 2001 bank credit facility maturing in August 2003 and our notes maturing in November 2003, and our ability to pay costs associated with plant closures we undertook in 2002. On November 25, 2002, Moody’s upgraded our outlook from negative to stable and announced it would upgrade its ratings for our notes due 2003, 2006 and 2008 to “B3” upon completion of the issuance of the $425.0 million senior notes payable on December 4, 2002. On January 7, 2003, Moody’s upgraded our senior unsecured debt ratings to “B3” from “Caa1.” The “B2” senior implied rating and the “B1” rating on our 2001 bank credit facility were confirmed.

 

On November 12, 2002, Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service downgraded our long-term corporate credit rating from “BB” to “BB-” and our 2001 bank credit facility from “BB+” to “BB,” while reaffirming our senior unsecured debt rating as “BB-” and upgraded our outlook from negative to stable. According to a press release announcing its action, Standard and Poor’s based this decision on its expectation that our credit measures will not improve significantly in the near term. Standard and Poor’s expressed concerns relating to our entry into the mass channel, including significant execution risk associated with logistics, production and delivery response to serve the mass channel, the potential effect on our brand franchise, and the potential reaction of our existing retailers. Standard and Poor’s also noted that the ratings reflected our leveraged financial profile, the highly competitive nature of our industry, and the inherent fashion risk in our industry.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

Yen-denominated Eurobond Placement

 

In November 1996, we issued a ¥20 billion principal amount eurobond (equivalent to approximately $180.0 million at the time of issuance) due November 22, 2016, with interest payable at 4.25% per annum. The bond is redeemable at our option at a make-whole redemption price, based on market rates at the time of redemption, commencing in November 2006 and on any subsequent semi-annual interest payment date. We treat the bond as a hedge of our net investment in our Japanese subsidiary.

 

The bond includes customary events of default and covenants limiting our activities similar to the events of default and covenants contained in the indenture governing our senior unsecured notes due in 2003 and 2006.

 

European Receivables Financing

 

In February 2000, several of our European subsidiaries, including Levi Strauss Germany GmbH, Levi Strauss (U.K.) Limited, Levi Strauss Continental S.A., Levi Strauss Italia s.r.l., and Levi Strauss De Espana, S.A., each entered into a receivables-backed securitization financing agreement with ABN AMRO BV and other lenders to borrow up to $125.0 million. Borrowings under the facilities were used to reduce the commitment levels under our 2001 bank credit facility. Interest rates under this agreement are variable based on commercial paper market conditions, and the debt ratings of the underlying conduit. Borrowings are collateralized by a security interest in the receivables of these subsidiaries.

 

As of November 24, 2002, an equivalent of $51.2 million was outstanding under these facilities. We have borrowed the following amounts under these facilities:

 

    November 2000: 36.5 million euro (or approximately $30.7 million at the time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 6.72%;

 

    December 2000: 10.4 million euro (or approximately $9.3 million at the time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 6.70%; and

 

    April 2002: £2.5 million (or approximately $3.6 million at the time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 1.70%.

 

The securitization agreements contain covenants governing the activities of the subsidiaries and the quality of the receivables that may be used to support the borrowings, including, among other things, a requirement that our subsidiaries service the receivables securing their borrowings.

 

We provide a limited guaranty to support borrowings under the agreements. We guaranty performance by the subsidiaries of their servicing obligations. We also guaranty the collectibility of the receivables in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding amount as of the termination date under the securitization agreements.

 

The securitization agreements contain customary termination events for these arrangements, including the subsidiaries’ failure to make payments or otherwise comply with their obligations under the securitization agreements, bankruptcy events, material adverse changes in financial position or receivables collection procedures, cross default to other indebtedness, failure of the portfolio to meet certain performance standards or a change in control.

 

The facilities, which have an annual renewable option upon agreement of all parties, mature on February 28, 2003. We will not renew these facilities.

 

Customer Service Center Equipment Financing

 

In December 1999, we borrowed $89.5 million from a group of lenders under a five-year credit facility secured by most of the equipment located at our customer service centers in Nevada, Mississippi and Kentucky. These customer service centers are our principal product distribution facilities in the United States. The equipment in the customer service centers securing this facility is not part of the collateral securing our 2003 bank credit facility. As of November 24, 2002, there was approximately $71.8 million principal amount outstanding under this facility. Approximately $19.7 million in excess collateral equipment value remains available to secure additional third party funding. Borrowings of $44.8 million under the first tranche bear interest at a fixed rate equal to the yield on four-year U.S. Treasury notes at the time of funding plus an incremental borrowing spread. Borrowings of $27.0 million under the second tranche bear interest at a floating quarterly rate equal to the 90-day London Interbank Offered Rate plus an incremental borrowing spread based on our leverage ratio at the time of the interest payment. The borrowings amortize over five years, with 50% and 80% of the principal amount of the first tranche and second tranche, respectively, due at maturity.

 

35


Table of Contents

 

The credit facility is structured as a lease intended as security. This means that we retain ownership of the equipment, the lenders have a security interest in the equipment and the transaction is considered a secured financing, and not a lease, for tax, accounting, bankruptcy, financial reporting and commercial law purposes.

 

The transaction documents include customary covenants governing our activities, including, among other things, limitations on our ability to sell, lease, relocate or grant liens in the equipment held in these customer service centers.

 

In some circumstances, we are permitted to sell or, with the lenders’ approval, obtain a release of the lenders’ security interest in, the equipment in the customer service centers upon repayment of a portion of the debt attributable to that equipment. We can also enter into agreements with third party “outsource” providers to operate one or more of the customer service centers.

 

The transaction documents include customary events of default. If we default, the lenders could accelerate the maturity date of our loans, enter these customer service centers and take possession of our equipment held there.

 

Domestic Receivables Securitization

 

On July 31, 2001, we completed a receivables securitization transaction involving receivables generated from sales of products to our domestic customers. The transaction involved the issuance by Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, our indirect subsidiary, of $110.0 million of secured term notes. The notes, which are secured by trade receivables originated by Levi Strauss & Co., bear interest at a rate equal to the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate plus 0.32% per annum, and have a stated maturity date of November 2005. Net proceeds of the offering were used to repay a portion of the outstanding debt under our 2001 bank credit facility. The purpose of the transaction was to lower our interest expense and diversify funding sources. The notes were issued in a private placement transaction in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Under the securitization arrangement, collections on receivables remaining after payment of interest and fees relating to the notes are used to purchase new receivables from Levi Strauss & Co. The securitization agreements provide that, in specified cases, the collections will not be released but will instead be deposited and used to pay the principal amount of the notes. Those circumstances include, among other things, failure to maintain the required level of overcollaterization due to deterioration in the credit quality, or overconcentration or dilution in respect of, the receivables, failure to pay interest or other amounts which is not cured, breaches of covenants, representations and warranties or events of bankruptcy relating to us and certain of our subsidiaries. Non-release of collections in these limited circumstances could have an adverse effect on our liquidity.

 

On April 25, 2002, we obtained an amendment to the domestic receivables securitization agreements. Before the amendment, the manner in which sales incentives were treated in the calculation of net eligible U.S. trade receivables decreased net eligible receivables as well as substantially increased the targeted amount. The amendment revises the way sales incentives are treated in calculating the amount of net eligible receivables.

 

Industrial Development Revenue Refunding Bond

 

In 1995, the City of Canton, Mississippi issued an industrial development revenue refunding bond with a principal amount of $10.0 million, and the proceeds were loaned to us to help finance the cost of acquiring a customer service center in Canton. Interest payments are due monthly at a variable rate based upon the J.J. Kenny Index, reset weekly at a maximum rate of 13.00%, and the principal amount is due June 1, 2003. The bond is secured by a letter of credit that expires on June 15, 2003, which we have the opportunity to extend or renew. We do not anticipate renewing this financing.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates and income and expense accounts are translated at average monthly exchange rates. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for foreign operations in countries with highly inflationary economies and certain other subsidiaries. The translation adjustments for these entities are included in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

Effects of Inflation

 

We believe that inflation in the regions where most of our sales occur has not had a significant effect on our net sales or profitability.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our critical accounting policies upon which our financial position and results of operations depend are those relating to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, restructuring reserves, income tax assets and liabilities, and derivatives and foreign exchange management activities. We summarize our most critical accounting policies below.

 

Revenue recognition .    We recognize revenue when the goods are shipped and title passes to the customer provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is probable. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives when the sale is recorded.

 

We recognize allowances for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives when the sale is recorded. Allowances principally relate to our U.S. operations and are primarily comprised of volume-based incentives and other returns and discounts. For volume-based retailer incentive programs, reserves for volume allowances are calculated based on a fixed formula applied to sales volumes. We estimate non-volume- based allowances using historical customer claim rates, adjusted as necessary for special customer and product-specific circumstances. Actual allowances may differ from estimates due primarily to changes in sales volume based on retailer or consumer demand. Actual allowances have not materially differed from estimates.

 

We entered into cooperative advertising programs with certain customers. The majority of cooperative advertising programs were discontinued in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. We recorded payments to customers under cooperative advertising programs as marketing, general and administrative expenses because an identifiable benefit was received in return for the consideration and we could reasonably estimate the fair value of the advertising received. Cooperative advertising expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $3.9 million, $21.5 million and $25.0 million, respectively.

 

Inventory valuation.     We value inventories at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory costs are based on standard costs, which are updated periodically and supported by actual cost data. We include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead in the cost of inventories. In determining inventory market values, we give substantial consideration to the expected product selling price based on historical recovery rates. In determining our expected selling prices, we consider various factors including estimated quantities of slow-moving inventory by reviewing on-hand quantities, outstanding purchase obligations and forecasted sales. We then estimate expected selling prices based on our historical recovery rates for sale of slow-moving inventory through various channels and other factors, such as market conditions and current consumer preferences. Our estimates may differ from actual results due to the quantity and quality and mix of products in inventory, consumer and retailer preferences and economic conditions.

 

Restructuring reserves.     Upon approval of a restructuring plan by management with the appropriate level of authority, we record restructuring reserves for certain costs associated with plant closures and business reorganization activities. Such costs are recorded as a current liability and primarily include employee severance, certain employee termination benefits, including out-placement services and career counseling, and contractual obligations. The principal components of the reserves relate to employee severance and termination benefits, which we estimate based on agreements with the relevant union representatives or plans adopted by us that are applicable to employees not affiliated with unions. These costs are not associated with nor do they benefit continuing activities. Inherent in the estimation of these costs are assessments related to the most likely expected outcome of the significant actions to accomplish the restructuring. Changing business conditions may affect the assumptions related to the timing and extent of facility closure activities. We review the status of restructuring activities on a quarterly basis and, if appropriate, record changes based on updated estimates.

 

Income tax assets and liabilities.     In establishing our deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we make judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance that are applicable to our operations. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluate the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. The likelihood of a material change in our expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks, final U.S. and foreign tax settlements, and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. We are also subject to examination of our income tax returns for multiple years by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Changes to our income tax provision or in the valuation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities may affect our annual effective income tax rate.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

Derivatives and foreign exchange management activities.     We recognize all derivatives as assets and liabilities at their fair values. The fair values are determined using widely accepted valuation models and reflect assumptions about currency fluctuations based on current market conditions. The fair values of derivative instruments used to manage currency exposures are sensitive to changes in market conditions and to changes in the timing and amounts of forecasted exposures. We actively manage foreign currency exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long-term. Not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair values of those derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in “Other (income) expense” in the consolidated statement of operations. As a result, our net income may be subject to volatility. The derivative instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting currently hedge our net investment position in our subsidiaries. For these instruments, we document the hedge designation, by identifying the hedging instrument, the nature of the risk being hedged and the approach for measuring hedge effectiveness. Changes in fair values of derivative instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” section of Stockholders’ Deficit.

 

We are exposed to interest rate risk. It is our policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. For transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting or in which management has elected not to designate transactions for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings.

 

New Accounting Standards

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” dated June 2001. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead be reviewed annually for impairment using a fair-value based approach. Intangible assets that have a finite life will continue to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 142 during the first quarter of 2003. Goodwill and trademarks have indefinite lives and will no longer be amortized starting November 25, 2002 but instead will be reviewed periodically for impairment. Amortization expense for goodwill and trademarks for 2002 was $8.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively. We believe that the majority of the amortization in prior periods relates to assets which would not be subject to amortization under SFAS 142.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” dated June 2001. SFAS 143 changes the way companies recognize and measure retirement obligations that are legal obligations and result from the acquisition, construction, development, or normal operation of a long-lived asset. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 143 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 143 will have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” dated August 2001. This statement supercedes SFAS 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 30, “Reporting Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions.” SFAS 144 requires that the same accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and it broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 144 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 144 will have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections,” dated April 2002. SFAS 145 states that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt that do not meet the criteria for classification as extraordinary items in APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,” should not be classified as extraordinary items. Accordingly, SFAS 145 rescinds SFAS 4 “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” and SFAS 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements.” SFAS 145 is effective for us on the first day of fiscal year 2003. We do not believe SFAS 145 will have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations, except that certain reclassifications may occur on our statement of income.

 

38


Table of Contents

 

The FASB issued SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” dated June 2002. SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. In summary, SFAS 146 requires that the liability and cost shall be recognized and measured initially at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for one-time termination benefits that meet certain requirements. SFAS 146 is effective prospectively for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 146 will have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

 

Risks relating to our substantial debt

 

We have substantial debt and interest payment requirements that may restrict our future operations and impair our ability to meet our obligations under the notes.

 

As of November 24, 2002, our total debt was $1.847 billion and we had $370.9 million of additional borrowing capacity under our 2001 bank credit facility. As of January 31, 2003, our total debt was approximately $2.578 billion and we had $207.5 million of additional borrowing capacity under our 2003 bank credit facility and approximately $635 million of cash on hand. Our substantial debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could:

 

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to our 7.00% senior notes due 2006, 11.625% senior notes due 2008 and 12.25% senior notes due 2012;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, including the notes, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes;

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of our competitors that have less financial leverage; and

 

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes.

 

All borrowings under our 2003 bank credit facility are, and will continue to be, at variable rates of interest. As a result, increases in market interest rates may require a greater portion of our cash flow to be used to pay interest.

 

Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow or that future financings will be available to provide sufficient proceeds to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy.

 

Restrictions in our notes indentures and our 2003 bank credit facility may limit our activities.

 

The indentures relating to our senior unsecured notes due 2003, 2006, 2008 and 2012 and our 2003 bank credit facility contain customary restrictions, including covenants limiting our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, make investments, consolidate, merge or acquire other businesses, sell assets, pay dividends and other distributions, make capital expenditures, and enter into transactions with affiliates. We also are required to meet specified financial ratios under the terms of our 2003 bank credit facility. These restrictions may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or to compete in the worldwide apparel industry with companies not similarly restricted.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to refinance our 2003 bank credit facility and our 7.00% notes due 2006 prior to maturity, we may be forced to take actions that would not otherwise be in our long-term economic interest.

 

Our 2003 credit facility term loans mature on July 31, 2006 and our revolving 2003 credit facility matures on March 31, 2006, at which time we will be required to repay or refinance the facility. In addition, our 7.00% notes due 2006 mature on November 1, 2006, at which time we will be required to repay or refinance these notes. If we are unable to obtain acceptable replacement financing, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations under our 2003 bank credit facility or the 7.00% notes and may be required to take other actions to avoid defaulting under that facility and our 7.00% notes, including selling assets or surrendering assets to our lenders, which would not otherwise be in our long-term economic interest.

 

Since our notes are effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt and the liabilities of our subsidiaries, we may not have sufficient assets to pay amounts owed on our notes if a default occurs.

 

Our senior notes due 2003, 2006, 2008 and 2012 are general senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. Our notes are effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt. As of November 24, 2002, we had $1.847 billion of debt, of which approximately $380.2 million was secured by most of our assets, including our trademarks and the assets and stock of our material U.S. subsidiaries. As of January 31, 2003, we had approximately $2.578 billion of debt.

 

Because our 2003 bank credit facility is a secured obligation, failure to comply with its terms or our inability to pay our lenders at maturity would entitle those lenders immediately to foreclose on most of our assets, including our trademarks and the capital stock of all of our U.S. and most of our foreign subsidiaries, and the assets of our material U.S. subsidiaries, which serve as collateral. In that event, those secured lenders would be entitled to be repaid in full from the proceeds of the liquidation of those assets before those assets would be available for distribution to other creditors, including the holders of our capital stock.

 

Our notes are also structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries since holders of the notes will only be creditors of Levi Strauss & Co. and not of our subsidiaries. As of November 24, 2002, the liabilities of our subsidiaries were approximately $820 million. The ability of our creditors to participate in any distribution of assets of any of our subsidiaries upon liquidation or bankruptcy will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors, and any prior or equal claim of any equity holder of that subsidiary. In 2001, an indirect subsidiary of ours issued notes pursuant to a domestic receivables securitization facility, which notes were secured by U.S. trade receivables we had sold to the subsidiary. In addition, in 2000 several of our European subsidiaries entered into a receivables-backed securitization financing agreement where borrowings are collateralized by a security interest in the receivables of these subsidiaries. Our notes are structurally subordinated to the obligations of these subsidiaries under these arrangements. In addition, the ability of our creditors to participate in distributions of assets of our subsidiaries will be limited to the extent that the outstanding shares of capital stock of any of our subsidiaries are either pledged to secure other creditors, such as under our 2003 bank credit facility, or are not owned by us.

 

If our foreign subsidiaries are unable to distribute cash to us when needed, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations under our notes.

 

We conduct our foreign operations through foreign subsidiaries, which in 2002 accounted for approximately 39% of our net sales. As a result, we depend in part upon dividends or other intercompany transfers of funds from our foreign subsidiaries for the funds necessary to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on the notes. We only receive the cash that remains after our foreign subsidiaries satisfy their obligations. If those subsidiaries are unable to pass on the amount of cash that we need, we will be unable to make payments to our noteholders. Any agreements our foreign subsidiaries enter into with other parties, as well as applicable laws and regulations limiting the right and ability of non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates to pay dividends and remit earnings to affiliated companies, may restrict the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

Our ability to borrow may be adversely affected by changes in our credit ratings.

 

The credit ratings assigned to our indebtedness affect both our ability to borrow and the terms of our borrowings. On August 14, 2002, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our 2001 bank credit facility from “Ba3” to “B1” and our notes due 2003, 2006 and 2008 from “B2” to “Caa1.” According to a press release announcing the downgrade, Moody’s based this decision on its concerns relating to our level of cash generation, our ability to refinance debt, including our 2001 bank credit facility maturing in August 2003 and our notes maturing in November 2003, and our ability to pay costs associated with plant closures we undertook in 2002. On November 25, 2002, Moody’s upgraded our outlook from negative to stable and announced it would upgrade its ratings for our notes due 2003, 2006 and 2008 to “B3” upon completion of this offering. On January 7, 2003, Moody’s upgraded our senior unsecured debt ratings to “B3” from “Caa1.” The “B2” senior implied rating and the “B1” rating on our 2001 bank credit facility were confirmed.

 

On November 12, 2002, Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service downgraded our long-term corporate credit rating from “BB” to “BB-” and our 2001 bank credit facility from “BB+” to “BB,” while reaffirming our senior unsecured debt rating as “BB-” and upgraded our outlook from negative to stable. According to a press release announcing its action, Standard and Poor’s based this decision on its expectation that our credit measures will not improve significantly in the near term. Standard and Poor’s expressed concerns relating to our entry into the mass channel, including significant execution risk associated with logistics, production and delivery response to serve the mass channel, the potential effect on our brand franchise, and the potential reaction of our existing retailers. Standard and Poor’s also noted that the ratings reflected our leveraged financial profile, the highly competitive nature of our industry, and the inherent fashion risk in our industry.

 

Although these downgrades did not trigger any material obligations or provisions under our contractual relationships, it is possible that these or other rating agencies may further downgrade our credit ratings or change our outlook in the future. The risks associated with our entry into the mass channel, including the potential negative effect on our existing customers or our brands and the significant working capital required, together with our substantial debt have been cited as some of the reasons for the recent revisions in our credit ratings. If we are unable to execute successfully our mass channel initiative, our credit ratings could be further downgraded in the future which could adversely impact our ability to borrow and the terms, including interest rates, of our borrowings. If our credit ratings are further downgraded, we could be required to, among other things, provide additional guarantees, collateral, letters of credit or cash to support our contractual obligations, including hedging obligations and indebtedness, and it could increase our cost of capital, make our efforts to raise capital more difficult and have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

 

Risks relating to the industry in which we compete

 

Our sales are heavily influenced by general economic cycles.

 

Apparel is a cyclical industry that is heavily dependent upon the overall level of consumer spending. Purchases of apparel and related goods tend to be highly correlated with cycles in the disposable income of our consumers. Our customers anticipate and respond to adverse changes in economic conditions and uncertainty by reducing inventories and canceling orders. As a result, any substantial deterioration in general economic conditions or increases in interest rates, or acts of war, terrorist or political events that diminish consumer spending and confidence in any of the regions in which we compete, could reduce our sales and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Intense competition in the worldwide apparel industry could reduce our sales and prices.

 

We face a variety of competitive challenges from other domestic and foreign jeanswear and casual apparel marketers, fashion-oriented apparel marketers, specialty retailers and retailers of private label jeanswear and casual apparel products, some of which have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. We compete with these companies primarily on the basis of:

 

    developing products with innovative fits, finishes, fabrics and performance features;

 

    anticipating and responding to changing consumer demands in a timely manner;

 

    offering attractively priced products;

 

    maintaining favorable brand recognition;

 

    generating better economics for our retail customers by providing market-right products and executing effective pricing, incentive, promotion and service programs;

 

    ensuring product availability through effective planning and replenishment collaboration with retailers;

 

    providing strong and effective marketing support; and

 

    obtaining sufficient retail floor space and effective presentation of products at retail.

 

Increased competition in the worldwide apparel industry, including from international expansion of vertically-integrated specialty stores, from mass channel retailers developing exclusive labels or expanding the brands they carry and from internet-based competitors, could reduce our sales and prices and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

The worldwide apparel industry continues to experience price deflation, which has, and may continue to, affect our results of operations.

 

The worldwide apparel industry has experienced price deflation in recent years. The deflation is attributable to increased competition, increased product sourcing in lower cost countries, growth of the mass merchant channel of distribution, commoditization of the khaki market in the United States and reduced relative spending on apparel and increased value-consciousness on the part of consumers reflecting, in part, general economic conditions. Downward pressure on prices has, and may continue to:

 

    require us to introduce lower-priced products;

 

    require us to reduce wholesale prices on existing products;

 

    result in reduced gross margins;

 

    increase customer demands for allowances, incentives and other forms of economic support that could adversely affect our profitability; and

 

    increase pressure on us to further reduce our production costs and our operating expenses.

 

Because of our high debt level, we may be less able to respond effectively to these developments than our competitors who have less financial leverage.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

The success of our business depends upon our ability to offer innovative and upgraded products.

 

The worldwide apparel industry is characterized by constant product innovation due to changing consumer preferences and by the rapid replication of new products by competitors. As a result, our success depends in large part on our ability to continuously develop, market and deliver innovative products at a pace and intensity competitive with other brands in our segments. In addition, we must create products that appeal to multiple consumer segments at a range of price points. Any failure on our part to regularly develop innovative products and update core products could:

 

    limit our ability to differentiate, segment and price our products;

 

    adversely affect retail and consumer acceptance of our products;

 

    limit sales growth; and

 

    leave us with a substantial amount of unsold inventory, which we may be forced to sell through markdowns.

 

The increasing importance of product innovation in apparel requires us to strengthen our internal research and commercialization capabilities, to rely more on successful commercial relationships with third parties such as fiber, fabric and finishing providers and to compete and negotiate effectively for new technologies and product components. The exposure of our business to changes in consumer preferences is heightened by our increasing reliance on offshore manufacturers, as offshore outsourcing may increase lead times between production decisions and customer delivery. In addition, our focus on tight management of inventory may result, from time to time, in our not having an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand and cause us to lose sales. Moreover, if we misjudge consumer preferences, our brand image may be significantly impaired.

 

Increases in the price of raw materials or their reduced availability could increase our cost of sales and decrease our profitability.

 

The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, synthetics, wools and blends. The prices we pay for these fabrics are dependent on the market price for raw materials used to produce them, primarily cotton. The price and availability of cotton may fluctuate significantly, depending on a variety of factors, including crop yields, weather, supply conditions, government regulation, economic climate and other unpredictable factors. Any raw material price increases could increase our cost of sales and decrease our profitability unless we are able to pass higher prices on to our customers. Moreover, any decrease in the availability of cotton could impair our ability to meet our production requirements in a timely manner.

 

Our business is subject to risks associated with importing products.

 

We import raw materials and finished garments into all of our operating regions. Substantially all of our import operations are subject to tariffs imposed on imported products and quotas imposed by trade agreements. In addition, the countries in which our products are manufactured or imported may from time to time impose additional new quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on our imports or adversely modify existing restrictions. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions, or our or our suppliers’ failure to comply with customs or similar laws, could harm our business. We cannot assure that future trade agreements will not provide our competitors with an advantage over us, or increase our costs, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

Our operations are also subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Caribbean Basin Initiative, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Generally, these trade agreements benefit our business by reducing or eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular country. However, trade agreements can also impose requirements that adversely affect our business, such as limiting the countries from which we can purchase raw materials and setting quotas on products that may be imported into the United States from a particular country. In addition, the World Trade Organization may commence a new round of trade negotiations that liberalize textile trade by further eliminating quotas or reducing tariffs. The elimination of quotas on World Trade Organization member countries by 2005 and other effects of these trade agreements could result in increased competition from developing countries which historically have lower labor costs, including China and Taiwan, both of which recently became members of the World Trade Organization. This increased competition could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

43


Table of Contents

 

Our ability to import products in a timely and cost-effective manner may also be affected by problems at ports or issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as labor disputes. These problems could require us to locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to our customers. These alternatives may not be available on short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

 

Risks relating to our business

 

We may not have recovered from continuing declines in net sales which have impaired our competitive and financial positions.

 

Our business has declined in recent years. Net sales declined from $6.0 billion in 1998 to $4.1 billion in 2002, a decrease of 30.6%. Our market research indicated that during that period we experienced significant brand equity and market position erosion in all of the regions in which we operate, including a substantial deterioration in the perception of the Levi’s ® brand by younger consumers. In response to these trends, we have made extensive strategic, operational and management changes designed to improve our performance, but these changes may not have the desired sustained effect on our business or on our financial condition.

 

In addition, our declining business, and the actions we took in response to that decline, prevented us from repaying the substantial debt we incurred in our 1996 reorganization as quickly as we then intended. As a result, our financial condition remains highly leveraged, reducing our operating flexibility and impairing our ability to respond to developments in the worldwide apparel industry as effectively as competitors that do not have comparable financial leverage.

 

We may be unable to maintain or increase our sales through our primary distribution channels.

 

In the United States, chain stores and department stores are the primary distribution channels for our products. We may be unable to increase sales of our apparel products through these distribution channels, since other channels, including vertically integrated specialty stores and mass channel retailers, account for a large portion of sales in jeanswear and casual wear sales in the United States. Our lack of a substantial presence in the vertically integrated specialty store market, where companies such as Gap Inc., Abercrombie & Fitch Co. and American Eagle Outfitters compete, weakens our ability to market to younger consumers. Although we plan on entering the mass channel in the United States through sales of Levi Strauss Signature products to Wal-Mart in 2003, we may not experience the increase in sales we anticipate. Entry into new distribution channels or expansion of existing channels requires investment, imposes new capability and service requirements and creates the risk of reduced sales and support from existing customers.

 

In Europe, we depend heavily on independent jeanswear retailers, which account for approximately half of our sales in that region. Independent retailers in Europe have experienced increasing difficulty competing against large department stores and increasingly prevalent vertically integrated specialty stores. Further competition in the independent retailer channel may adversely affect the sales of our products in Europe. In addition, we do not currently sell products to mass channel retailers in Europe, who participate in a market segment that is growing in importance as consumer value-consciousness and price pressure continue to take hold in the region.

 

In Asia, we experienced declines in recent years in our core department stores channels in Japan and Australia, our two largest businesses in the region. In 2001, a number of our customers in Japan declared bankruptcy. As a result, we face increasing pressure to open new distribution channels throughout the region. If we are unable to do so, our sales in the region may decline.

 

We also do not have a large portfolio of company-owned stores and internet distribution channels, unlike some of our competitors. Although we own a small number of stores located in selected major urban areas, we operate those stores primarily as “flagships” for marketing and branding purposes and do not expect them to produce substantial unit volume or sales. As a result, we have less control than some of our competitors over the distribution and presentation at retail of our products, which we believe has adversely affected our performance and could make it more difficult for us to implement our strategy.

 

Our expected entry into the U.S. mass channel creates risks for us and may not be successful.

 

In October 2002, we announced that we will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand. We created the brand for value-conscious consumers who shop in mass channel retail stores. We anticipate that the products will be available initially at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003. We face a number of risks with respect to our mass channel initiative, any of which may adversely affect our sales, business and financial condition.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

    We will need considerable organizational resources and discipline to ensure that our Levi Strauss Signature products are manufactured and delivered in accordance with the service requirements of Wal-Mart and other mass channel retail customers, while at the same time meeting the requirements of our existing customers. These service requirements will require us to ensure that our products are manufactured in large volumes in accordance with appropriate quality controls and are delivered in a timely manner. If Wal-Mart is dissatisfied with our products or performance for any reason, or if sales are less than expected, Wal-Mart may elect not to continue our arrangement, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition and make it more difficult for us to pursue similar arrangements with other mass channel retailers.

 

    Our existing relationships with our current customers may be adversely affected by our entry into the mass channel if we are unable to continue to meet their service requirements or if they react adversely to our selling our products through another distribution channel. Either of these developments could result in decreased sales of our products to these customers.

 

    Sales of Levi Strauss Signature products through the mass channel may result in reduced sales of our other brands. If these reductions are greater than anticipated, they could have an adverse impact on our sales and margins. In addition, by offering a new less expensive brand in the mass channel, we may adversely affect the perception of our core Levi’s ® brand by both consumers who purchase our products and by our current customers who sell our products, which could result in an overall decrease in sales of our products.

 

    Creating and launching a new brand in the mass channel involves considerable investment, particularly in the inventory and organization necessary to meet product launch as well as ongoing service requirements. As a result, our working capital requirements associated with the mass channel will be substantial and will initially be made prior to our receipt of any information regarding actual consumer acceptance of our new brand. In addition, we anticipate that we will not begin generating revenues from sales of Levi Strauss Signature products until the second half of 2003. As a result, we will incur operating expenses and will need considerable working capital until that time and we will not begin recouping investment until after that time.

 

We depend on a group of key U.S. customers for a significant portion of our sales. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer’s financial position could harm our business and financial condition.

 

Net sales to our ten largest customers, all of which are located in the United States, totaled approximately 45% and 47% of total net sales for 2002 and 2001, respectively. One customer, J.C. Penney Company, Inc., accounted for approximately 12% and 13% of net sales for 2002 and 2001, respectively. It is possible that Wal-Mart may become one of our largest customers as a result of purchases of Levi Strauss Signature products. Moreover, we believe that consolidation in the retail industry has centralized purchasing decisions and given customers greater leverage over suppliers like us, and we expect this trend to continue. If this consolidation continues, our net sales and results of operations may be increasingly sensitive to a deterioration in the financial condition of, or other adverse developments with, one or more of our customers.

 

While we have long-standing customer relationships, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them, including J.C. Penney, or our new customer, Wal-Mart. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and the relationship, as well as particular orders, can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by a major customer, whether motivated by competitive considerations, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, to decrease its purchases from us or to change its manner of doing business with us, could adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, during recent years, various retailers, including some of our customers, have experienced significant changes and difficulties, including consolidation of ownership, increased centralization of purchasing decisions, restructurings, bankruptcies and liquidations. For example, several of our key retail customers in Japan filed for bankruptcy in 2001.

 

These and other financial problems of some of our retailers, as well as general weakness in the retail environment, increase the risk of extending credit to these retailers. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume more credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables, limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous purchases by that customer, or result in required prepayment of our U.S. and European receivables securitization arrangements, all of which could harm our business and financial condition.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

Our revenues are dependent on sales of branded jeans products. If our sales of these products significantly decline, our market share and our results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Our revenues are derived mostly from sales of branded jeans products. Our Levi’s ® brand, which consists primarily of denim bottoms, generated approximately 74% of our total net sales in 2002. In 2002, net sales of Levi’s ® brand products accounted for approximately 65% of net sales in the Americas, approximately 91% of net sales in Europe and approximately 96% of net sales in Asia Pacific. We expect the relative percentage of our total net sales represented by jeans products will increase following our expected entry in 2003 into the mass channel in the United States with our Levi Strauss Signature brand. Because of our dependence on branded jeans products, any significant decrease in our sales of these products could adversely affect our market share and harm our business and financial condition.

 

Our dependence on independent manufacturers reduces our ability to control the manufacturing process, which could harm our sales, reputation and overall profitability.

 

We have in recent years substantially increased our use of independent contract manufacturers. As a result, we depend on independent contract manufacturers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity in an environment characterized by declining prices, continuing cost pressure and increased demands for product innovation and speed-to-market. This dependence could subject us to difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of products of acceptable quality. In addition, a contractor’s failure to ship products to us in a timely manner or to meet the required quality standards could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers. The failure to make timely deliveries may cause our customers to cancel orders, refuse to accept deliveries, impose non-compliance charges through invoice deductions or other charge-backs, demand reduced prices or reduce future orders, any of which could harm our sales, reputation and overall profitability. We do not have material long-term contracts with any of our independent manufacturers and any of these manufacturers may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time. In addition, the recent trend in the apparel industry towards outsourcing has intensified competition for quality contractors, some of which have long-standing relationships with our competitors. To the extent we are not able to secure or maintain relationships with manufacturers that are able to fulfill our requirements, our business would be harmed.

 

We require contractors to meet our standards in terms of working conditions, environmental protection and other matters before we are willing to place business with them. As such, we may not be able to obtain the lowest-cost production. In addition, the labor and business practices of independent apparel manufacturers have received increased attention from the media, non-governmental organizations, consumers and governmental agencies in recent years. Any failure by our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or appropriate labor or business practices, and the potential litigation, negative publicity and political pressure relating to any of these events, could harm our business and reputation.

 

We rely on a few key suppliers for a large portion of our fabric purchases. A significant adverse change in a supplier relationship or in a supplier’s financial position could harm our business and financial condition.

 

Three vendors, Cone Mills Corporation, Burlington Industries, Inc. and Galey & Lord, Inc., including its Swift Denim subsidiary, supplied approximately 49% of our total volume of fabric purchases worldwide in 2002. Cone Mills, our largest supplier, supplies various fabrics to us and, until March 30, 2003, is the sole supplier of the denim used for our 501 ® jeans. Purchases from Cone Mills accounted for approximately 22% of our total fabric purchases in 2002.

 

We do not have long-term supply agreements with any principal suppliers other than Cone Mills, and we compete with other apparel companies for supply capacity and product innovations. We may not be able to obtain adequate supply if there occurs a significant disruption in any of our supplier relationships, including any disruption caused by a change of control, bankruptcy or other financial or operating difficulty of any of our suppliers. We may also not be able to obtain adequate supply if there occurs a significant disruption in the markets for the fabrics or other raw materials we purchase, including disruptions arising from mill closures, consolidation resulting from excess industry capacity, trade restrictions or otherwise. Any of these disruptions could impair our ability to deliver products to customers in a timely manner and harm our business and financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

We are implementing substantial changes in our information systems. These actions could disrupt our business.

 

We are installing, on a phased basis over the next four years, an enterprise resource planning system in the United States and Asia. In addition, in the United States we are entering into an arrangement with a third party logistics provider to operate warehouse facilities at three major U.S. ports of entry in order to improve product flows into, and the efficiency of, our U.S. distribution centers, and to facilitate product warehousing and shipment to mass channel and other customers. We are also entering the mass channel with our Levi Strauss Signature products. These actions require us to make substantial modifications to our information technology systems and business processes. We are aware of the inherent risks associated with replacing or upgrading core business systems, including cost, management time and business disruption. We cannot assure that we will successfully launch these new systems and processes or that they will occur without disruption. Any disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified employees.

 

We need talented and experienced personnel in a number of areas including our core business activities. Our success is dependent upon strengthening our management depth across our business at a rapid pace. An inability to retain and attract qualified personnel or the loss of any of our current key executives could harm our business. Our ability to attract and retain qualified employees is adversely affected by the San Francisco location of our corporate and Americas headquarters due to the high cost of living in the San Francisco area.

 

Our success depends on the continued protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights.

 

Our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and competitive position, and the loss or inability to enforce trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights could harm our business. We devote substantial resources to the establishment and protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis. We cannot assure that our efforts to establish and protect our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products. Moreover, we cannot assure that others will not assert rights in, or ownership of, our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property or that we will be able to successfully resolve those claims. In addition, the laws and enforcement mechanisms of some foreign countries may not allow us to protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as we do in the United States and other countries.

 

Our international operations expose us to political and economic risks.

 

In 2002, we generated approximately 39% of our net sales outside the United States, and a substantial amount of our products came from sources outside of the country of distribution. As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, including:

 

    currency fluctuations;

 

    changes in tariffs and taxes;

 

    restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the United States;

 

    less protective foreign laws relating to intellectual property;

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;

 

    political and economic instability; and

 

    disruptions or delays in shipments.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates affect the results of our operations and the value of our foreign assets, which in turn may adversely affect reported earnings and the comparability of period-to-period results of operations. For 2002, the decrease in net sales was 2.9% compared to 2001 but would have decreased 3.2% due to the effects of translating non-U.S. currency reported sales results into U.S. dollars. In addition, although we engage in hedging activities to manage our foreign currency exposures, our earnings may be subject to volatility since we are required to record in income the changes in the market values of our exposure management instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect the relative prices at which we and foreign competitors sell products in the same market. In addition, changes in the value of the relevant currencies may affect the cost of certain items required in our operations.

 

Adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns may affect our liquidity and annual effective income tax rate.

 

Our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the years 1986 through 1995 were the subject of an examination by the Internal Revenue Service. In 2001, we reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service that covered most of the issues for the years 1986 through 1989. During 2002, we reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service on most of the issues for the years 1990 through 1995. As a result, during 2002 we reclassified approximately $90.0 million from long-term tax liabilities into accrued taxes. We anticipate paying the Internal Revenue Service an amount of approximately $115 million during the second quarter of 2003. After taking into account potential refunds from prior years’ overpayments and the tax effects of the interest deduction from this payment, we expect the net cash payment to be approximately $90 million.

 

Our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the years 1996 to 1999 are presently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. We have not yet reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service for these years. We cannot assure that we will be able to reach a settlement for 1996 to 1999, and for other open issues, on terms that are acceptable to us. In addition, our income tax returns for other years may be the subject of future examination by tax authorities. An adverse outcome resulting from any settlement or future examination may lead to a deficiency in our provision for income taxes on our income statement and adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, changes to our income tax provision or in the valuation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities may affect our annual effective income tax rate.

 

Our approach to corporate governance may lead us to take actions that conflict with our creditors’ interests as holders of notes.

 

All of our common stock is owned by a voting trust described under “Principal Stockholders.” Four voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Although the voting trust agreement gives the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates the power to remove trustees and terminate the voting trust, three of the trustees, as a group based on their ownership of voting trust certificates, have the ability to block all efforts by the two-thirds of the holders of the voting trust certificates to remove a trustee or terminate the voting trust. In addition, the concentration of voting trust certificate ownership in a small group of holders, including these three trustees, gives this group the voting power to block stockholder action on matters for which the holders of the voting trust certificates are entitled to vote and direct the trustees under the voting trust agreement.

 

Our principal stockholders created the voting trust in part to ensure that we would continue to operate in a socially responsible manner while seeking the greatest long-term benefit for our stockholders, employees and other stakeholders and constituencies. We measure our success not only by growth in economic value, but also by our reputation, the quality of our constituency relationships and our commitment to social responsibility. As a result, we cannot assure that the voting trustees will cause us to be operated and managed in a manner that benefits the interests of the voting trustees or our principal equity holders will not diverge from our creditors.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Risks relating to Arthur Andersen LLP.

 

Holders of our notes may have no effective remedy against Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with a material misstatement or omission in any of our financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen.

 

Our consolidated financial statements for each of the two fiscal years ended November 25, 2001 were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants. On June 15, 2002, Arthur Andersen was convicted of federal obstruction of justice charges arising from the U.S. government’s investigation of Enron Corp. On August 31, 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP ceased practicing before the SEC.

 

Because our former key engagement team personnel have since left Arthur Andersen LLP, Arthur Andersen LLP did not participate in the preparation of this report, reissue its audit report with respect to the financial statements included in this report, or consent to the inclusion in this report of its audit report. As a result, holders of our notes may have no effective remedy against Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements to which its audit report relates. In addition, even if such holders were able to assert such a claim, as a result of its recent conviction of Federal obstruction of justice charges and other lawsuits, Arthur Andersen LLP may fail or otherwise have insufficient assets to satisfy claims made by investors that might arise under Federal securities laws or otherwise with respect to its audit report.

 

Issues related to Arthur Andersen LLP may impede our ability to access the capital markets.

 

If the SEC ceases accepting financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, we would be unable to access the public capital markets unless KPMG LLP, our current independent accounting firm, or another independent accounting firm, is able to audit the financial statements originally audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. In addition, investors in any subsequent offerings for which we use Arthur Andersen LLP’s audit reports will not be entitled to recovery against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any material misstatements or omissions in those financial statements. Furthermore, Arthur Andersen LLP will be unable to participate in the “due diligence” process that would customarily be performed by potential investors in our securities, which process includes having Arthur Andersen LLP perform procedures to assure the continued accuracy of its report on our audited financial statements and to confirm its review of unaudited interim periods presented for comparative purposes. As a result, we may not be able to bring to the market successfully an offering of our securities. Consequently, our financing costs may increase or we may miss attractive market opportunities.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Item 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

D ERIVATIVE F INANCIAL I NSTRUMENTS

 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange, interest rates and, indirectly through fabric prices, the price of cotton. We actively manage foreign currency and interest rate risks with the objective of reducing fluctuations in actual and anticipated cash flows by entering into a variety of derivative instruments including spot, forwards, options and swaps. We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the foreign exchange contracts. However, we believe these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions and do not anticipate nonperformance. We currently do not manage our exposure to the price of cotton with derivative instruments. We hold derivative positions only in currencies to which we have exposure.

 

The tables below give an overview of the fair values of derivative instruments reported as an asset or liability and the realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with our foreign exchange management activities reported in “Other (income) expense, net.” The derivatives expire at various dates through August 2003.

 

      

At November 24,

2002


      

At November 25, 2001


 

Risk Exposures


    

Fair value

asset (liability)


      

Fair value

asset (liability)


 

(Dollars in Thousands)

                 

Foreign Exchange Management

                     

Sourcing

    

$

(3,636

)

    

$

10,976

 

Net Investment

    

 

303

 

    

 

6,068

 

Royalties

    

 

1,189

 

    

 

729

 

Cash Management

    

 

(82

)

    

 

1,521

 

Euro Notes Offering

    

 

(625

)

    

 

(1,169

)

      


    


Total

    

$

(2,851

)

    

$

18,125

 

      


    


Interest Rate Management

    

$

—  

 

    

$

(2,266

)

      


    


 

50


Table of Contents

 

    

Year Ended

November 24, 2002


    

Year Ended

November 25, 2001


 
    

Other (income) expense, net


    

Other (income) expense, net


 

(Dollars in Thousands)


  

Realized


      

Unrealized


    

Realized


      

Unrealized


 

Foreign Exchange Management

                                       

Sourcing

  

$

60,716

 

    

$

13,851

 

  

$

10,696

 

    

$

4,176

 

Net Investment

  

 

10,132

 

    

 

(116

)

  

 

2,146

 

    

 

(60

)

Royalties

  

 

3,372

 

    

 

(1,037

)

  

 

(8,044

)

    

 

2,537

 

Cash Management

  

 

(18,172

)

    

 

(683

)

  

 

(2,228

)

    

 

(790

)

Transition Adjustments

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

828

 

    

 

—  

 

Euro Notes Offering

  

 

(10,167

)

    

 

(545

)

  

 

5,738

 

    

 

1,169

 

    


    


  


    


Total

  

$

45,881

 

    

$

11,470

 

  

$

9,136

 

    

$

7,032

 

    


    


  


    


Interest Rate Management

  

$

2,266

(1)

    

$

(2,266

)

  

$

—  

 

    

$

1,476

 

Transition Adjustments

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    

 

1,246

 

    


    


  


    


Total

  

$

2,266

 

    

$

(2,266

)

  

$

—  

 

    

$

2,722

 

    


    


  


    


(1)   Recorded as an increase to interest expense.

 

F OREIGN E XCHANGE R ISK

 

Foreign exchange market risk exposures are primarily related to cash management activities, raw material and finished goods purchases (sourcing), net investment positions and royalty flows from affiliates.

 

We use a variety of derivative instruments, including forward, swap and option contracts, to protect against foreign currency exposures related to sourcing, net investment positions, royalties and cash management.

 

We calculate our maximum allowable level of loss based on a percentage of the total forecasted currency exposures. The allowable percentage loss depends on various elements including our leverage ratio as defined in our foreign exchange policy. We implemented this policy in 2001. For 2001, the policy permitted a 6% loss against a set of benchmark rates. The allowable loss for 2002 and 2001 was approximately $45.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

 

At November 24, 2002, we had U.S. dollar spot and forward currency contracts to buy $972.9 million and to sell $238.3 million against various foreign currencies. We also had euro forward currency contracts to buy 7.9 million euro against various foreign currencies and to sell 9.9 million euro against various foreign currencies. We had no U.S. dollar option contracts outstanding at November 24, 2002. We had euro option currency contracts to sell 30.0 million euro against various foreign currencies. These contracts are at various exchange rates and expire at various dates through August 2003.

 

51


Table of Contents

 

We entered into option contracts to manage our exposure to numerous foreign currencies. At November 24, 2002, we bought Swedish Krona options resulting in a net long position against the euro of $ 29.0 million should the options be exercised.

 

The following table presents notional amounts, average exchange rates and fair values for forward and swap contracts by currency. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. The notional amount represents the total net position outstanding as of the stated date. A positive amount represents a long position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency, while a negative amount represents a short position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency. The net position is the sum of all buy transactions minus the sum of all sell transactions. The unrealized gain (loss) is the fair value of the outstanding position. The average forward rate is the forward rate weighted by the total of the transacted amounts. All transactions will mature before August 2003.

 

Outstanding Forward and Swap Transactions

 

(Dollars in Thousands Except Average Rates)

 

      

As of

November 24, 2002


      

As of

November 25, 2001


 

Currency


    

Average

Forward Rate


  

Notional

Amount


    

Fair

Value


      

Average

Forward Rate


  

Notional

Amount


    

Fair

Value


 

Australian Dollar

    

0.56

  

$

22,863

 

  

$

(388

)

    

0.51

  

$

24,488

 

  

$

(629

)

Argentine Peso

    

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    

0.94

  

 

1,847

 

  

 

(116

)

Brazilian Real

    

3.43

  

 

518

 

  

 

22

 

    

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Canadian Dollar

    

1.57

  

 

9,482

 

  

 

98

 

    

1.57

  

 

12,713

 

  

 

334

 

Swiss Franc

    

1.49

  

 

(16,639

)

  

 

5

 

    

1.66

  

 

(11,996

)

  

 

(19

)

Danish Krona

    

7.49

  

 

15,115

 

  

 

(12

)

    

8.33

  

 

11,879

 

  

 

(133

)

Euro

    

0.99

  

 

415,527

 

  

 

(1,764

)

    

0.89

  

 

180,309

 

  

 

8,662

 

British Pound

    

1.57

  

 

150,500

 

  

 

—  

 

    

1.42

  

 

114,831

 

  

 

805

 

Hungarian Forint

    

237.55

  

 

(12,616

)

  

 

(160

)

    

227

  

 

5,867

 

  

 

46

 

Japanese Yen

    

122.69

  

 

37,797

 

  

 

1,136

 

    

120.48

  

 

43,283

 

  

 

4,029

 

Mexican Peso

    

10.14

  

 

11,243

 

  

 

33

 

    

9.36

  

 

7,095

 

  

 

(133

)

Norwegian Krona

    

7.33

  

 

7,025

 

  

 

17

 

    

9.02

  

 

5,730

 

  

 

(55

)

New Zealand Dollar

    

0.50

  

 

(5,921

)

  

 

3

 

    

0.41

  

 

(3,008

)

  

 

26

 

Swedish Krona

    

9.19

  

 

87,888

 

  

 

(1,834

)

    

10.63

  

 

54,209

 

  

 

829

 

Singapore Dollar

    

1.76

  

 

1,045

 

  

 

3

 

    

1.81

  

 

(8,269

)

  

 

(96

)

Taiwan Dollar

    

35.07

  

 

6,301

 

  

 

(62

)

    

34.86

  

 

3,979

 

  

 

(38

)

South African Rand

    

9.27

  

 

4,584

 

  

 

52

 

    

9.57

  

 

2,808

 

  

 

285

 

           


  


         


  


Total

         

$

734,712

 

  

$

(2,851

)

         

$

445,765

 

  

$

13,797

 

           


  


         


  


 

The following table presents notional amounts, average strike rates and fair values of outstanding foreign currency options. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. The notional amount represents the total net position outstanding as of the stated date should the option be exercised. A positive amount represents a long position in U.S. dollars, while a negative amount represents a short position in U.S. dollars, versus the relevant currency. The market value is the fair value of the option transaction reported in our financial statements. The average strike rate is weighted by the total of the notional amounts. All transactions expired before December 2002.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Options Transactions

(Dollars in Thousands Except Average Rates)

 

      

As of

November 24, 2002


  

As of

November 25, 2001


 

Currency


    

Average

Strike Rate


  

Notional

Amount


    

    Fair    

    Value    


  

Average

Strike Rate


  

Notional

Amount


    

Fair

Value


 

Canadian Dollar

    

—  

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

  

1.57

  

$

(44,000

)

  

$

(3

)

Euro

    

—  

  

 

30,078

 

  

 

—  

  

0.89

  

 

61,344

 

  

 

4,559

 

Swedish Krona

    

8.68

  

 

(29,021

)

  

 

—  

  

11.12

  

 

21,673

 

  

 

(242

)

South African Rand

    

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

9.76

  

 

5,000

 

  

 

14

 

           


  

       


  


Total

         

$

1,057

 

  

$

—  

       

$

44,017

 

  

$

4,328

 

           


  

       


  


 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We have an interest rate risk management policy designed to manage the interest rate risk on our borrowings by entering into a variety of interest rate derivatives.

 

The following table provides information about our derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and interest rates by contractual maturity dates. The applicable floating rate index is included for variable rate instruments. Notional amounts are the amounts outstanding at the end of the stated period. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents.

 

Interest Rate Table as of November 24, 2002

(Dollars in Thousands Unless Otherwise Stated)

 

    

Year Ended


    

Fair

Value

2002


    

2002


    

2003


    

2004


    

2005


    

2006


    

2007


    

2008


    

Debt Instruments

                                                                     

Fixed Rate (US$)

  

$

1,239,658

 

  

$

868,465

 

  

$

861,571

 

  

$

830,000

 

  

$

380,000

 

  

$

380,000

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

1,158,064

Average Interest Rate

  

 

8.36

%

  

 

9.11

%

  

 

9.11

%

  

 

9.12

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

Fixed Rate (Yen 20 billion)

  

$

167,134

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

166,667

 

  

$

116,667

Average Interest Rate

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

—  

Fixed Rate (Euro 125 million)

  

$

130,933

 

  

$

126,250

 

  

$

126,250

 

  

$

126,250

 

  

$

126,250

 

  

$

126,250

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

114,414

Average Interest Rate

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

Variable Rate (US$)

  

$

262,628

 

  

$

135,741

 

  

$

24,365

 

  

$

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

262,628

Average Interest Rate*

  

 

3.77

%

  

 

2.61

%

  

 

4.55

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

Variable Rate (Euro)

  

$

51,161

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

51,161

Average Interest Rate*

  

 

3.39

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  


*   Assumes no change in short-term interest rates

 

53


Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Table as of November 25, 2001

(Dollars in Thousands Unless Otherwise Stated)

 

    

Year Ended


    

Fair

Value

2001


 
    

2001


    

2002


    

2003


    

2004


    

2005


    

2006


    

2007


    

Debt Instruments

                                                                       

Fixed Rate (US$)

  

$

1,244,705

 

  

$

1,224,774

 

  

$

868,571

 

  

$

861,571

 

  

$

830,000

 

  

$

380,000

 

  

$

380,000

 

  

$

985,523

 

Average Interest Rate

  

 

8.36

%

  

 

8.45

%

  

 

9.11

%

  

 

9.11

%

  

 

9.12

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

—  

 

Fixed Rate (Yen 20 billion)

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

164,413

 

  

$

113,115

 

Average Interest Rate

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

4.25

%

  

 

—  

 

Fixed Rate (Euro 125 million)

  

$

114,378

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

110,250

 

  

$

85,719

 

Average Interest Rate

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

11.63

%

  

 

—  

 

Variable Rate (US$)

  

$

401,429

 

  

$

147,076

 

  

$

25,741

 

  

$

24,365

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

401,429

 

Average Interest Rate*

  

 

6.84

%

  

 

4.21

%

  

 

7.59

%

  

 

7.59

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Variable Rate (Euro)

  

$

41,366

 

  

$

41,366

 

  

$

41,366

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

41,366

 

Average Interest Rate*

  

 

4.03

%

  

 

4.03

%

  

 

4.03

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Interest Rate Derivative

                                                                       

Financial Instruments

                                                                       

Related to Debt

                                                                       

Interest Rate Options

                                                                       

Combination Pay fix 8.10%/ Pay fix 6.72% vs. Receive 3 month LIBOR

  

$

75,000

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

(614

)

Collar = Locked fixed payer rate in average 6.75%-7.20% range

  

$

200,000

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

(1,652

)


*   Assumes no change in short-term interest rates

 

54


Table of Contents

 

Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

The Stockholders and Board of Directors

Levi Strauss & Co.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries as of November 24, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income and cash flows for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 balance sheets, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income and cash flows for the fiscal years ended November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements in their report dated December 21, 2001 (except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 20, as to which the date is January 29, 2002).

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the 2002 financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Levi Strauss & Co. as of November 24, 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP


KPMG LLP

 

San Francisco, CA

February 5, 2003

 

55


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

Levi Strauss & Co.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Levi Strauss & Co. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended November 25, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries as of November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended November 25, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. Schedule II listed in the index of financial statements (not presented herein) is presented for the purpose of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

 

 
   

/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP


   

A RTHUR A NDERSEN LLP

 

San Francisco, California

December 21, 2001 (except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 20, as to which the date is January 29, 2002).

 

56


Table of Contents

 

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data)

 

    

November 24,

2002


    

November 25,

2001


 

ASSETS

                 

Current Assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

96,478

 

  

$

102,831

 

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $24,857 in 2002 and $26,666 in 2001

  

 

660,516

 

  

 

621,224

 

Inventories:

                 

Raw materials

  

 

98,987

 

  

 

97,261

 

Work-in-process

  

 

74,048

 

  

 

50,499

 

Finished goods

  

 

418,679

 

  

 

462,417

 

    


  


Total inventories

  

 

591,714

 

  

 

610,177

 

Deferred tax assets

  

 

221,574

 

  

 

205,294

 

Other current assets

  

 

88,611

 

  

 

94,916

 

    


  


Total current assets

  

 

1,658,893

 

  

 

1,634,442

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $478,447 in 2002 and $527,647 in 2001

  

 

482,446

 

  

 

514,711

 

Goodwill and other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $187,480 in 2002 and $175,603 in 2001

  

 

243,410

 

  

 

254,233

 

Non-current deferred tax assets

  

 

573,844

 

  

 

484,260

 

Other assets

  

 

58,691

 

  

 

95,840

 

    


  


Total Assets

  

$

3,017,284

 

  

$

2,983,486

 

    


  


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

                 

Current Liabilities:

                 

Current maturities of long-term debt and short-term borrowings

  

$

95,225

 

  

$

162,944

 

Accounts payable

  

 

233,771

 

  

 

234,199

 

Restructuring reserves

  

 

65,576

 

  

 

45,220

 

Accrued liabilities

  

 

270,446

 

  

 

301,620

 

Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits

  

 

314,385

 

  

 

212,728

 

Accrued taxes

  

 

105,387

 

  

 

26,475

 

    


  


Total current liabilities

  

 

1,084,790

 

  

 

983,186

 

Long-term debt, less current maturities

  

 

1,751,752

 

  

 

1,795,489

 

Postretirement medical benefits

  

 

548,930

 

  

 

544,476

 

Long-term employee related benefits

  

 

527,418

 

  

 

384,751

 

Long-term tax liabilities

  

 

66,879

 

  

 

174,978

 

Other long-term liabilities

  

 

11,558

 

  

 

16,402

 

Minority interest

  

 

21,541

 

  

 

20,147

 

    


  


Total liabilities

  

 

4,012,868

 

  

 

3,919,429

 

    


  


Stockholders’ Deficit:

                 

Common stock—$.01 par value; 270,000,000 shares authorized; 37,278,238 shares issued and outstanding

  

 

373

 

  

 

373

 

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

88,808

 

  

 

88,808

 

Accumulated deficit

  

 

(995,881

)

  

 

(1,020,860

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  

 

(88,884

)

  

 

(4,264

)

    


  


Stockholders’ deficit

  

 

(995,584

)

  

 

(935,943

)

    


  


Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

  

$

3,017,284

 

  

$

2,983,486

 

    


  


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data)

 

    

Year Ended

November 24,

2002


    

Year Ended

November 25,

2001


    

Year Ended

November 26,

2000


 

Net sales

  

$

4,136,590

 

  

$

4,258,674

 

  

$

4,645,126

 

Cost of goods sold

  

 

2,451,785

 

  

 

2,461,198

 

  

 

2,690,170

 

    


  


  


Gross profit

  

 

1,684,805

 

  

 

1,797,476

 

  

 

1,954,956

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

  

 

1,332,798

 

  

 

1,355,885

 

  

 

1,481,718

 

Other operating (income)

  

 

(34,450

)

  

 

(33,420

)

  

 

(32,380

)

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

124,595

 

  

 

(4,286

)

  

 

(33,144

)

    


  


  


Operating income

  

 

261,862

 

  

 

479,297

 

  

 

538,762

 

Interest expense

  

 

186,493

 

  

 

230,772

 

  

 

234,098

 

Other (income) expense, net

  

 

25,411

 

  

 

8,836

 

  

 

(39,016

)

    


  


  


Income before taxes

  

 

49,958

 

  

 

239,689

 

  

 

343,680

 

Income tax expense

  

 

24,979

 

  

 

88,685

 

  

 

120,288

 

    


  


  


Net income

  

$

24,979

 

  

$

151,004

 

  

$

223,392

 

    


  


  


Earnings per share—basic and diluted

  

$

0.67

 

  

$

4.05

 

  

$

5.99

 

    


  


  


Weighted-average common shares outstanding

  

 

37,278,238

 

  

 

37,278,238

 

  

 

37,278,238

 

    


  


  


 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    

Common

Stock


  

Additional

Paid-In

Capital


    

Accumulated

Deficit


    

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)


    

Stockholders’

Deficit


 

Balance at November 28, 1999

  

$

373

  

$

88,812

 

  

$

(1,395,256

)

  

$

17,509

 

  

$

(1,288,562

)

    

  


  


  


  


Treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

 

(4

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(4

)

    

  


  


  


  


Net income

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

223,392

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

223,392

 

Other comprehensive loss (net of tax)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(33,399

)

  

 

(33,399

)

    

  


  


  


  


Total comprehensive income (loss)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

223,392

 

  

 

(33,399

)

  

 

189,993

 

    

  


  


  


  


Balance at November 26, 2000

  

 

373

  

 

88,808

 

  

 

(1,171,864

)

  

 

(15,890

)

  

 

(1,098,573

)

    

  


  


  


  


Net income

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

151,004

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

151,004

 

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

11,626

 

  

 

11,626

 

    

  


  


  


  


Total comprehensive income

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

151,004

 

  

 

11,626

 

  

 

162,630

 

    

  


  


  


  


Balance at November 25, 2001

  

 

373

  

 

88,808

 

  

 

(1,020,860

)

  

 

(4,264

)

  

 

(935,943

)

    

  


  


  


  


Net income

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

24,979

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

24,979

 

Other comprehensive loss (net of tax)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(84,620

)

  

 

(84,620

)

    

  


  


  


  


Total comprehensive income (loss)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

24,979

 

  

 

(84,620

)

  

 

(59,641

)

    

  


  


  


  


Balance at November 24, 2002

  

$

373

  

$

88,808

 

  

$

(995,881

)

  

$

(88,884

)

  

$

(995,584

)

    

  


  


  


  


 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    

Year Ended

November 24,

2002


    

Year Ended

November 25,

2001


    

Year Ended

November 26,

2000


 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                          

Net income

  

$

24,979

 

  

$

151,004

 

  

$

223,392

 

Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

                          

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

71,071

 

  

 

80,619

 

  

 

90,981

 

Asset write-offs associated with 2002 restructuring charge

  

 

25,708

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Gain on dispositions of property, plant and equipment

  

 

(1,600

)

  

 

(1,017

)

  

 

(24,683

)

Unrealized foreign exchange (gains) losses

  

 

13,579

 

  

 

(22,995

)

  

 

(5,194

)

Decrease (increase) in trade receivables

  

 

(2,554

)

  

 

30,541

 

  

 

54,032

 

Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable

  

 

(522

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

70,000

 

Decrease (increase) in inventories

  

 

41,362

 

  

 

41,933

 

  

 

(20,949

)

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

  

 

18,889

 

  

 

69,985

 

  

 

(17,974

)

(Increase) decrease in other long-term assets

  

 

16,581

 

  

 

(18,811

)

  

 

(22,436

)

(Increase) decrease in net deferred tax assets

  

 

(102,305

)

  

 

7,834

 

  

 

55,179

 

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  

 

(90,188

)

  

 

(123,404

)

  

 

33,073

 

(Decrease) increase in restructuring reserves

  

 

20,357

 

  

 

(26,375

)

  

 

(216,686

)

(Decrease) increase in accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits

  

 

95,250

 

  

 

(44,316

)

  

 

70,859

 

(Decrease) increase in accrued taxes

  

 

86,135

 

  

 

(36,038

)

  

 

49,618

 

Increase in long-term employee related benefits

  

 

69,151

 

  

 

24,749

 

  

 

43,320

 

Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities

  

 

(98,304

)

  

 

3,155

 

  

 

(52,075

)

Other, net

  

 

4,159

 

  

 

5,036

 

  

 

(24,531

)

    


  


  


Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

191,748

 

  

 

141,900

 

  

 

305,926

 

    


  


  


Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                          

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  

 

(59,088

)

  

 

(22,541

)

  

 

(27,955

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  

 

13,286

 

  

 

5,773

 

  

 

114,048

 

Cash inflow (outflow) from net investment hedges

  

 

(13,551

)

  

 

(462

)

  

 

67,978

 

Other, net

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

152

 

    


  


  


Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities

  

 

(59,353

)

  

 

(17,230

)

  

 

154,223

 

    


  


  


Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                          

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

  

 

653,935

 

  

 

1,913,872

 

  

 

376,196

 

Repayments of long-term debt

  

 

(795,843

)

  

 

(2,044,560

)

  

 

(903,371

)

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

  

 

1,592

 

  

 

(9,202

)

  

 

118

 

Other, net

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(5

)

    


  


  


Net cash used for financing activities

  

 

(140,316

)

  

 

(139,890

)

  

 

(527,062

)

    


  


  


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  

 

1,568

 

  

 

993

 

  

 

(8,845

)

    


  


  


Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

(6,353

)

  

 

(14,227

)

  

 

(75,758

)

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

  

 

102,831

 

  

 

117,058

 

  

 

192,816

 

    


  


  


Ending Cash and Cash Equivalents

  

$

96,478

 

  

$

102,83

 

  

$

117,058

 

    


  


  


Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

                          

Cash paid during the year for:

                          

Interest

  

$

157,637

 

  

$

182,156

 

  

$

202,355

 

Income taxes

  

 

103,770

 

  

 

106,923

 

  

 

65,892

 

Restructuring initiatives

  

 

78,531

 

  

 

22,089

 

  

 

183,542

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements of Levi Strauss & Co. and its wholly-owned and majority-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries (“LS&CO.” or “Company”) are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S.”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. LS&CO. is privately held primarily by descendants and relatives of its founder, Levi Strauss.

 

The Company’s fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the last Sunday of November in each year. The 2002, 2001 and 2000 fiscal years consisted of 52 weeks and ended November 24, 2002, November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000, respectively. The fiscal year end for certain foreign subsidiaries is November 30 due to certain local statutory requirements. All references to years relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years.

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

Nature of Operations

 

The Company is one of the world’s leading branded apparel companies with operations in more than 45 countries and sales in more than 100 countries. The Company designs and markets jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories, for men, women and children, under the Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands. The Company markets its Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brand products in three geographic regions: the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. As of November 24, 2002, the Company employed approximately 12,400 employees.

 

In October 2002, the Company announced that it will be introducing a new casual clothing brand, the Levi Strauss Signature brand. The Company created the brand for value-conscious consumers who shop in mass channel retail stores. The Levi Strauss Signature brand will initially feature a range of denim and non-denim pants and shirts as well as denim jackets. The Company anticipates that the products will be available initially at Wal-Mart locations across the United States beginning in July 2003.

 

The stockholders’ deficit resulted from a 1996 transaction in which the Company’s stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements, including a voting trust and stockholders’ agreement. As a result, shares of stock of a former parent company, Levi Strauss Associates Inc., including shares held under several employee benefit and compensation plans, were converted into the right to receive cash. The funding for the cash payments in this transaction was provided in part by cash on hand and in part from proceeds of approximately $3.3 billion of borrowings under bank credit facilities. The Company’s ability to satisfy its obligations and to reduce its total debt depends on the Company’s future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control.

 

The Company relies on a number of suppliers for its manufacturing processes. The Company’s largest supplier, Cone Mills Corporation, has been the sole supplier of the denim used worldwide for its 501 ® jeans. On May 13, 2002, the Company amended the exclusivity and requirements features of its supply agreement with Cone Mills. The amendment provides that, after March 30, 2003, the Company may purchase these denims from other suppliers and Cone Mills may sell these denims to other customers. The amendment also allows the Company to purchase these denims for its European business from non-U.S. sources prior to March 30, 2003 if the European Union implements material tariffs against U.S. produced denim. The amendment does not change any other provisions of the supply agreement.

 

In 2002, 2001 and 2000, Cone Mills Corporation supplied approximately 22%, 25% and 26%, respectively, of the total volume of fabrics purchased worldwide by the Company. The loss of Cone Mills Corporation or other principal suppliers could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

 

For 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company had one customer, J.C. Penney Company, Inc., that represented approximately 12%, 13% and 12%, respectively, of net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales. A group of key U.S. customers accounts for a significant portion of the Company’s total net sales. Net sales to the Company’s ten largest customers, all of which are located in the U.S., totaled approximately 45%, 47% and 48% of total net sales during 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related notes to the financial statements. Changes in such estimates, based on more accurate future information, may affect amounts reported in future periods.

 

During 2002, the Company identified the critical accounting policies upon which its financial position and results of operations depend as those relating to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, restructuring reserves, income tax assets and liabilities, and derivatives and foreign exchange management activities. The Company summarizes its critical accounting policies below.

 

  Revenue recognition .    The Company recognizes revenue when the goods are shipped and title passes to the customer provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is probable. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives when the sale is recorded.

 

       The Company recognizes allowances for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and incentives when the sale is recorded. Allowances principally relate to the Company’s U.S. operations and are primarily comprised of volume-based incentives and other returns and discounts. For volume-based retailer incentive programs, reserves for volume allowances are calculated based on a fixed formula applied to sales volumes. The Company estimates non-volume-based allowances using historical customer claim rates, adjusted as necessary for special customer and product-specific circumstances. Actual allowances may differ from estimates due primarily to changes in sales volume based on retailer or consumer demand. Actual allowances have not materially differed from estimates.

 

       The Company entered into cooperative advertising programs with certain customers. The majority of cooperative advertising programs were discontinued in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. The Company recorded payments to customers under cooperative advertising programs as marketing, general and administrative expenses because an identifiable benefit was received in return for the consideration and the Company could reasonably estimate the fair value of the advertising received. Cooperative advertising expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $3.9 million, $21.5 million and $25.0 million, respectively.

 

  Inventory valuation .    The Company values inventories at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory costs are based on standard costs, which are updated periodically and supported by actual cost data. The Company includes materials, labor and manufacturing overhead in the cost of inventories. In determining inventory market values, substantial consideration is given to the expected product selling price based on historical recovery rates. In determining its expected selling prices, the Company considers various factors including estimated quantities of slow-moving inventory by reviewing on-hand quantities, outstanding purchase obligations and forecasted sales. The Company then estimates expected selling prices based on its historical recovery rates for sale of slow-moving inventory through various channels and other factors, such as market conditions and current consumer preferences. Estimates may differ from actual results due to the quantity and quality and mix of products in inventory, consumer and retailer preferences and economic conditions.

 

  Restructuring reserves .    Upon approval of a restructuring plan by management with the appropriate level of authority, the Company records restructuring reserves for certain costs associated with plant closures and business reorganization activities. Such costs are recorded as a current liability and primarily include employee severance, certain employee termination benefits, including out-placement services and career counseling, and contractual obligations. The principal components of the reserves relate to employee severance and termination benefits, which the Company estimates based on agreements with the relevant union representatives or plans adopted by the Company that are applicable to employees not affiliated with unions. These costs are not associated with nor do they benefit continuing activities. Inherent in the estimation of these costs are assessments related to the most likely expected outcome of the significant actions to accomplish the restructuring. Changing business conditions may affect the assumptions related to the timing and extent of facility closure activities. The Company reviews the status of restructuring activities on a quarterly basis and, if appropriate, records changes based on updated estimates. (See “New Accounting Standards” below on the issuance of SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.”)

 

62


Table of Contents

 

  Income tax assets and liabilities .    In establishing its deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance that are applicable to its operations. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. The likelihood of a material change in the Company’s expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, its ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks, final U.S. and foreign tax settlements, and the effectiveness of its tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. The Company is also subject to examination of its income tax returns for multiple years by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The Company periodically assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. Changes to the Company’s income tax provision or in the valuation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities may affect its annual effective income tax rate.

 

  Derivatives, foreign exchange, and interest rate management activities .    The Company recognizes all derivatives as assets and liabilities at their fair values. The fair values are determined using widely accepted valuation models and reflect assumptions about currency fluctuations based on current market conditions. The fair values of derivative instruments used to manage currency exposures are sensitive to changes in market conditions and to changes in the timing and amounts of forecasted exposures. The Company actively manages foreign currency exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long-term. Not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair values of those derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in “Other (income) expense” in the consolidated statement of operations. As a result, net income may be subject to volatility. The derivative instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting currently hedge the Company’s net investment position in its subsidiaries. For these instruments, the Company documents the hedge designation, by identifying the hedging instrument, the nature of the risk being hedged and the approach for measuring hedge effectiveness. Changes in fair values of derivative instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” section of Stockholders’ Deficit.

 

       The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company’s policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. For transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting or in which management has elected not to designate transactions for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are classified into earnings.

 

Other Significant Accounting Policies

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold is primarily comprised of cost of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost of goods sold also includes the cost of inbound freight, internal transfers, and receiving and inspection at manufacturing facilities.

 

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses are primarily comprised of costs relating to advertising, marketing, selling, distribution, information resources and other corporate functions. Marketing, general and administrative expenses also include distribution costs, such as costs related to receiving and inspection at distribution centers, warehousing, shipping, handling and certain other activities associated with the Company’s distribution network. These expenses totaled $183.7 million, $182.0 million and $183.1 million for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Shipping and handling charges billed to the Company’s customers are insignificant.

 

Advertising Costs

 

In accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-7, “Reporting on Advertising Costs,” the Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense is recorded in marketing, general and administrative expenses. For 2002, 2001 and 2000 total advertising expense was $307.1 million, $357.3 million and $402.7 million, respectively.

 

63


Table of Contents

 

Other Operating Income

 

Other operating income represents royalties earned for the use of the Company’s trademarks in connection with the manufacturing, advertising, distribution and sale of products by the licensees. The Company enters into licensing agreements with the majority of the agreements having a term of at least one year. The amounts receivable under these licensing agreements are royalties based on sale of products by the licensees. Such amounts are earned and recognized as products are sold by licensees based on licensing rates as set forth in the licensing agreements. The earnings process is complete when the licensees sell the products.

 

Royalty income for the years ended November 24, 2002, November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 was $34.5 million, $33.4 million and $32.4 million, respectively.

 

Other (Income) Expense, net

 

Significant components of other (income) expense, net are summarized below:

 

    

Year Ended

November 24,

2002


    

Year Ended

November 25,

2001


    

Year Ended

November 26,

2000


 

Currency transaction (gains) losses

  

$

45,029

 

  

$

11,985

 

  

$

(960

)

Interest income

  

 

(7,911

)

  

 

(3,555

)

  

 

(12,311

)

Gains on disposal of assets

  

 

(1,600

)

  

 

(1,017

)

  

 

(24,683

)

Other

  

 

(10,107

)

  

 

1,423

 

  

 

(1,062

)

    


  


  


Total

  

$

25,411

 

  

$

8,836

 

  

$

(39,016

)

    


  


  


 

Currency transaction (gains) losses include gains and losses of our foreign exchange management contracts of $57.4 million and $16.2 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The remaining amounts primarily reflect (gains) losses for remeasurement of foreign currency transactions. The Company adopted SFAS 133 effective the first day of fiscal year 2001.

 

Minority Interest

 

Minority interest is included in “Other (income) expense, net,” and includes a 16.4% minority interest of Levi Strauss Japan K.K., the Company’s Japanese affiliate, and a 49.0% minority interest of Levi Strauss Istanbul Konfeksigon, the Company’s Turkish affiliate.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus all potential dilutive common shares. The Company does not have any potentially dilutive shares. Therefore, basic and diluted EPS are the same. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is 37,278,238 for all periods presented.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair market value.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The cost is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings are depreciated over 20 to 40 years, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the improvement or the initial lease term. Machinery and equipment includes furniture and fixtures, automobiles and trucks, and computers, and are depreciated over a range from three to 20 years. Capitalized internal-use software is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and is amortized over three years on a straight-line basis.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill and other intangibles are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Goodwill resulted primarily from a 1985 acquisition of LS&CO. by Levi Strauss Associates Inc., a former parent company that was subsequently merged into the Company in 1996. Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years through the year 2025. Other intangibles consist primarily of trademarks, which were valued as a result of the 1985 acquisition. Trademarks and other intangibles are being amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from six to 40 years. (See “New Accounting Standards” below on the issuance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. (“SFAS”) 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”)

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with SFAS 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” the Company reviews long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangibles, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows, the Company measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. (See “New Accounting Standards” below on the issuance of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” for implementation in 2003.)

 

Translation Adjustment

 

The functional currency for most of the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates and income and expense accounts are translated at average monthly exchange rates. Net changes resulting from such translations are recorded as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for foreign operations in countries with highly inflationary economies and certain other subsidiaries. The translation adjustments for these entities are included in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

Self-Insurance

 

The Company is partially self-insured for workers’ compensation and certain employee health benefits. Accruals for losses are made based on the Company’s claims experience and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. Actual losses could differ from accrued amounts.

 

Workers’ Compensation - The Company carries insurance deductibles of $200,000 per occurrence for workers’ compensation. Insurance has been purchased for significant claims in excess of $200,000 per occurrence up to statutory limits. Aggregate insurance in the amount of $5.0 million was purchased for claims occurring during the period December 1, 2000 through November 30, 2001, in excess of $20.0 million in the aggregate. Aggregate insurance in the amount of $5.0 million is under negotiation for claims occuring during the period December 1, 2001 through November 30, 2002, in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate.

 

65


Table of Contents

 

Health Benefits - The Company provides medical coverage to substantially all eligible active and retired employees and their dependents under a fully self-insured arrangement. There is stop-loss coverage for active salaried employees (as well as those salaried retirees who retired after June 1, 2001) who have a $2.0 million lifetime limit on their medical coverage. This stop-loss coverage provides payment on the excess of any individual claim incident over $500,000 in any given year.

 

Securitizations

 

The Company accounts for securitization of receivables in accordance with SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”

 

New Accounting Standards

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” dated June 2001. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead be reviewed annually for impairment using a fair-value based approach. Intangible assets that have a finite life will continue to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 142 during the first quarter of 2003. Goodwill and trademarks have indefinite lives and will no longer be amortized starting November 25, 2002 but instead will be reviewed periodically for impairment. Amortization expense for goodwill and trademarks for 2002 was $8.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The Company believes that the majority of the amortization in prior periods relates to assets which would not be subject to amortization under SFAS 142.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” dated June 2001. SFAS 143 changes the way companies recognize and measure retirement obligations that are legal obligations and result from the acquisition, construction, development, or normal operation of a long-lived asset. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 143 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 143 will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” dated August 2001. This statement supercedes SFAS 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 30, “Reporting Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions.” SFAS 144 requires that the same accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, and it broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 144 on the first day of fiscal year 2003. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 144 will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections,” dated April 2002. SFAS 145 states that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt that do not meet the criteria for classification as extraordinary items in APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,” should not be classified as extraordinary items. Accordingly, SFAS 145 rescinds SFAS 4 “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” and SFAS 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements.” SFAS 145 is effective for the Company on the first day of fiscal year 2003. The Company does not believe SFAS 145 will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations, except that certain reclassifications may occur on the statement of income.

 

The FASB issued SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” dated June 2002. SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. In summary, SFAS 146 requires that the liability and cost shall be recognized and measured initially at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for one-time termination benefits that meet certain requirements. SFAS 146 is effective prospectively for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 146 will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

 

Note 2: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

          

Transition

Adjustments


                            
   

Additional

Minimum Pension Liability


    

Cash Flow Hedges


    

Net Investment Hedges


    

Cash Flow Hedges


    

Net

Investment Hedges


    

Translation Adjustments


   

Totals


 
   

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 28, 1999

 

$

(778

)

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

2,681

 

  

$

15,606

 

 

$

17,509

 

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Gross changes

 

 

1,235

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

57,341

 

  

 

(70,302

)

 

 

(11,726

)

Tax

 

 

(457

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(21,216

)

  

 

—  

 

 

 

(21,673

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

778

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

36,125

 

  

 

(70,302

)

 

 

(33,399

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 26, 2000

 

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

38,806

 

  

 

(54,696

)

 

 

(15,890

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Gross changes

 

 

—  

 

  

 

(828

)

  

 

120

 

  

 

4,844

 

  

 

5,029

 

  

 

8,357

 

 

 

17,522

 

Tax

 

 

—  

 

  

 

306

 

  

 

(44

)

  

 

(1,792

)

  

 

(2,408

)

  

 

—  

 

 

 

(3,938

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Subtotal

 

 

—  

 

  

 

(522

)

  

 

76

 

  

 

3,052

 

  

 

2,621

 

  

 

8,357

 

 

 

13,584

 

Reclassification of cash flow hedges to other income/expense (net of tax of $1,151)

 

 

—  

 

  

 

522

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(2,480

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

 

 

(1,958

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

76

 

  

 

572

 

  

 

2,621

 

  

 

8,357

 

 

 

11,626

 

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 25, 2001

 

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

76

 

  

 

572

 

  

 

41,427

 

  

 

(46,339

)

 

 

(4,264

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Gross changes

 

 

(135,813

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(120

)

  

 

(239

)

  

 

(20,759

)

  

 

15,058

 

 

 

(141,873

)

Tax

 

 

49,860

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

44

 

  

 

88

 

  

 

7,682

 

  

 

—  

 

 

 

57,674

 

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Subtotal

 

 

(85,953

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(76

)

  

 

(151

)

  

 

(13,077

)

  

 

15,058

 

 

 

(84,199

)

Reclassification of cash flow hedges to other income/expense (net of tax of $248)

 

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(421

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

 

 

(421

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

(85,953

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(76

)

  

 

(572

)

  

 

(13,077

)

  

 

15,058

 

 

 

(84,620

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 24, 2002

 

$

(85,953

)

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

28,350

 

  

$

(31,281

)

 

$

(88,884

)

   


  


  


  


  


  


 


 

N OTE 3: R ESTRUCTURING R ESERVES

 

The following is a description of the actions taken associated with the Company’s reorganization initiatives. Severance and employee benefits relate to severance packages, out-placement services and career counseling for employees affected by the plant closures and reorganization initiatives. Reductions consist of payments for severance and employee benefits, other restructuring costs and foreign exchange differences. The balance of severance and employee benefits and other restructuring costs are included under restructuring reserves on the balance sheet.

 

2002 Reorganization Initiative

 

In November 2002, the Company announced a reorganization initiative in Europe intended to realign the Company’s resources with our European sales strategy to better service customers and reduce operating costs. This initiative affects the Company’s operations in several countries and involves moving from a country or regional-based sales organization to a key account structure. The Company recorded an initial charge of $1.6 million reflecting an estimated displacement of 40 employees. As of November 24, 2002, approximately 10 employees have been displaced. The table below displays the activity and liability balance of this reserve.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

Europe Reorganization Initiative

 

    

Balance

At

11/25/01


  

Charges


  

Reductions


      

Reversals


  

Balance

At

11/24/02


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Severance and employee benefits

  

$

0

  

$

1,568

  

$

(202

)

    

$

0

  

$

1,366

    

  

  


    

  

Total

  

$

0

  

$

1,568

  

$

(202

)

    

$

0

  

$

1,366

    

  

  


    

  

 

2002 P LANT C LOSURES

 

The Company announced in March 2002 the closure of two manufacturing plants in Scotland in order to reduce average production costs in Europe. The Company recorded an initial charge in the second quarter of 2002 of $20.5 million consisting of $3.1 million for asset write-offs, $15.7 million for severance and employee benefits and $1.7 million for other restructuring costs. The charge reflected an estimated displacement of 650 employees, all of whom have been displaced. The two manufacturing plants were closed by the end of the second quarter of 2002. During the third quarter of 2002 the remaining reserve balance of $2.1 million was reversed due to the earlier than anticipated sale of the manufacturing plants. The table below displays the activity of this reserve.

 

The Company announced in April 2002 the closure of six U.S. manufacturing plants. The decision reflected the Company’s continuing shift from a manufacturing to a marketing and product-driven organization. The Company recorded an initial charge in the second quarter of 2002 of $129.7 million consisting of $22.7 million for asset write-offs, $89.6 million for severance and employee benefits and $17.4 million for other restructuring costs. The charge reflects an estimated displacement of 3,300 employees at the affected plants and approximately 250 employees at the remaining U.S. finishing facility. The Company closed the six manufacturing plants in three phases: two plants were closed in June 2002, two plants were closed in July 2002 and the final two plants were closed in September 2002. As of November 24, 2002, approximately 3,295 employees had been displaced at the manufacturing plants and approximately 245 employees had been displaced at the finishing facility. The table below displays the activity and liability balance of this reserve.

 

2002 Scotland Plant Closures

 

    

Balance

At

11/25/01


  

Charges


  

Reductions


    

Reversals


    

Balance

At

11/24/02


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Severance and employee benefits

  

$

    —  

  

$

15,691

  

$

(14,703

)

  

$

(988

)

  

$

    —  

Other restructuring costs

  

 

—  

  

 

1,732

  

 

(621

)

  

 

(1,111

)

  

 

—  

    

  

  


  


  

Total

  

$

    —  

  

$

17,423

  

$

(15,324

)

  

$

(2,099

)

  

$

—  

    

  

  


  


  

 

2002 U.S. Plant Closures

 

    

Balance

At

11/25/01


  

Charges


  

Reductions


    

Balance

At

11/24/02


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Severance and employee benefits

  

$

    —  

  

$

89,625

  

$

(40,734

)

  

$

48,891

Other restructuring costs

  

 

—  

  

 

17,397

  

 

(4,199

)

  

 

13,198

    

  

  


  

Total

  

$

—  

  

$

107,022

  

$

(44,933

)

  

$

62,089

    

  

  


  

 

2001 Reorganization Initiatives

 

In November 2001, the Company instituted various reorganization initiatives in the U.S. that included simplifying product lines and realigning the Company’s resources to those product lines. The Company recorded an initial charge of $20.3 million in November 2001 reflecting an estimated displacement of 500 employees. During 2002, the Company reversed charges of $6.7 million from the initial charge of $20.3 million. The reversals were due to changes in the estimated number of employees to be affected from approximately 500 to approximately 335 primarily due to attrition. As of November 24, 2002, approximately 315 employees have been displaced. The table below displays the activity and liability balance of this reserve.

 

68


Table of Contents

 

In November 2001, the Company instituted various reorganization initiatives in Japan. These initiatives were prompted by business declines as a result of the prolonged economic slowdown, political uncertainty, major retail bankruptcies and dramatic shrinkage of the core denim jeans market in Japan. The Company recorded an initial charge of $2.0 million in November 2001. The charge reflected an estimated displacement of 22 employees, all of whom have been displaced. During 2002, the Company reversed charges of $0.3 million from the initial charge of $2.0 million. The reversals were primarily due to lower than anticipated contractor costs. The table below displays the activity and liability balances of this reserve.

 

Corporate Restructuring Initiatives

 

 

    

Balance

At

11/26/00


  

Charges


  

Reductions


    

Balance

At

11/25/01


  

Reductions


    

Reversals


    

Balance

At

11/24/02


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

      

Severance and employee benefits

  

$

    —  

  

$

20,331

  

$

(342

)

  

$

19,989

  

$

(11,179

)

  

$

(6,689

)

  

$

2,121

    

  

  


  

  


  


  

Total

  

$

    —  

  

$

20,331

  

$

(342

)

  

$

19,989

  

$

(11,179

)

  

$

(6,689

)

  

$

2,121

    

  

  


  

  


  


  

 

Japan Reorganization Initiatives

 

    

Balance

At

11/26/00


  

Charges


  

Reductions


    

Balance

At

11/25/01


  

Reductions


    

Reversals


    

Balance

At

11/24/02


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

      

Severance and employee benefits

  

$

    —  

  

$

1,657

  

$

    —  

 

  

$

1,657

  

$

(1,645

)

  

$

(12

)

  

$

    —  

Other restructuring costs

  

 

—  

  

 

374

  

 

(25

)

  

 

349

  

 

(64

)

  

 

(285

)

  

 

    —  

    

  

  


  

  


  


  

Total

  

$

    —  

  

$

2,031

  

$

(25

)

  

$

2,006

  

$

(1,709

)

  

$

(297

)

  

$

    —  

    

  

  


  

  


  


  

 

1997—1999 P LANT C LOSURES AND R ESTRUCTURING I NITIATIVES

 

From 1997 to 1999 the Company closed 29 of its owned and operated production and finishing facilities in North America and Europe and instituted restructuring initiatives to reduce costs, eliminate excess capacity and align its sourcing strategy with changes in the industry and in consumer demand. For 2002, the Company reversed charges of $18.0 million from initial charges of $530.9 million. These reversals were primarily due to lower than anticipated employee benefits and other plant closure related costs. In addition during 2002, the Company transferred $3.2 million of restructuring reserve balances to long-term liabilities. These transfers primarily represent the costs related to a building lease that will continue until 2007 and soil remediation that is believed to continue for many years. The transfers are included in the “Reductions” column in the table below.

 

S UMMARY

 

The total balance of the reserves at November 24, 2002 was $65.6 million compared to $45.2 million at November 25, 2001. The majority of the balances are expected to be utilized by the end of 2003. The following table summarizes the activities and liability balances associated with the 1997 – 2002 plant closures and restructuring initiatives:

 

Corporate Restructuring Initiatives

 

    

Balance as of

November 25,

2001


  

Charges


  

Reversals


  

Reductions


  

Balance as of

November 24,

2002


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

2002 Europe Restructuring Initiative

  

$

—  

  

$

1,568

  

$

    —  

  

$

202

  

$

1,366

2002 Scotland Plant Closures

  

 

—  

  

 

17,423

  

 

2,099

  

 

15,324

  

 

—  

2002 U.S. Plant Closures

  

 

—  

  

 

107,022

  

 

—  

  

 

44,933

  

 

62,089

2001 Corporate Restructuring Initiatives

  

 

19,989

  

 

—  

  

 

6,689

  

 

11,179

  

 

2,121

2001 Japan Restructuring Initiative

  

 

2,006

  

 

—  

  

 

297

  

 

1,709

  

 

—  

1997–1999 Plant Closures and Restructuring Initiatives

  

 

23,225

  

 

    —  

  

 

18,041

  

 

5,184

  

 

—  

    

  

  

  

  

Restructuring Reserves

  

$

45,220

  

 

126,013

  

$

27,126

  

$

78,531

  

$

65,576

    

         

  

  

2002 Plant Closures—Asset Write-offs

         

 

25,708

                    
           

                    

2002 Restructuring Charges

         

$

151,721

                    
           

                    

 

69


Table of Contents

 

Note 4: Income Taxes

 

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income before taxes are as follows:

 

    

2002


    

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

U.S.

  

$

(75,322

)

  

$

120,329

  

$

185,161

Non-U.S.

  

 

125,280

 

  

 

119,360

  

 

158,519

    


  

  

Total

  

$

49,958

 

  

$

239,689

  

$

343,680

    


  

  

 

The provision for taxes consists of the following:

 

    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Federal-U.S.

                          

Current

  

$

8,673

 

  

$

27,010

 

  

$

(9,417

)

Deferred

  

 

(46,020

)

  

 

(2,966

)

  

 

23,851

 

    


  


  


    

$

(37,347

)

  

$

24,044

 

  

$

14,434

 

    


  


  


State-U.S.

                          

Current

  

$

5,139

 

  

$

(4,322

)

  

$

3,758

 

Deferred

  

 

(3,640

)

  

 

11,513

 

  

 

6,552

 

    


  


  


    

$

1,499

 

  

$

7,191

 

  

$

10,310

 

    


  


  


Non-U.S.

                          

Current

  

$

67,231

 

  

$

49,707

 

  

$

62,249

 

Deferred

  

 

(6,404

)

  

 

7,743

 

  

 

33,295

 

    


  


  


    

$

60,827

 

  

$

57,450

 

  

$

95,544

 

    


  


  


Total

                          

Current

  

$

81,043

 

  

$

72,395

 

  

$

56,590

 

Deferred

  

 

(56,064

)

  

 

16,290

 

  

 

63,698

 

    


  


  


    

$

24,979

 

  

$

88,685

 

  

$

120,288

 

    


  


  


 

At November 24, 2002, cumulative non-U.S. operating losses of $206.5 million generated by the Company were available to reduce future non-U.S. taxable income. Approximately $85.5 million of the non-U.S. operating losses expire between the years 2003 and 2012 and the remainder of the non-U.S. losses carry forward indefinitely.

 

Income taxes related to net investment and cash flow hedges were $(8.1) million, $2.8 million and $21.2 million for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the balance sheet. Income taxes related to additional minimum pension liability were $(49.9) million and $0.5 million for 2002 and 2000, respectively, and are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the balance sheet.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001 were as follows:

 

    

2002

Deferred

Tax Assets

(Liabilities)


    

2001

Deferred

Tax Assets

(Liabilities)


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Postretirement benefits

  

$

217,949

 

  

$

215,535

 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

  

 

166,102

 

  

 

163,159

 

Inventory

  

 

25,334

 

  

 

32,955

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

(14,887

)

  

 

(14,461

)

Foreign exchange gains/losses

  

 

(3,200

)

  

 

(40,594

)

Restructuring and special charges

  

 

55,243

 

  

 

44,752

 

Tax on unremitted non-U.S. earnings

  

 

128,848

 

  

 

146,533

 

Additional minimum pension liability

  

 

49,802

 

  

 

—  

 

Prepaid royalty income

  

 

52,459

 

  

 

78,111

 

Foreign tax credit carryforward

  

 

70,539

 

  

 

52,473

 

Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward

  

 

22,774

 

  

 

9,501

 

Other

  

 

57,145

 

  

 

34,811

 

Less valuation allowance

  

 

(32,690

)

  

 

(33,221

)

    


  


    

$

795,418

 

  

$

689,554

 

    


  


 

The $32.7 million and $33.2 million deferred tax valuation allowances at November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001, respectively, represent the portion of the Company’s consolidated deferred tax assets for which the Company, based upon its projections as of those dates, does not believe that the realization is more likely than not.

 

At November 24, 2002, the Company had a foreign tax credit carryforward of $70.5 million to reduce future U.S. income taxes. An amount of $23.4 million can be carried forward through 2005 and the remaining amount of $47.1 million can be carried forward through 2007.

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2002, 2001 and 2000 differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

    

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 

Statutory rate

  

35.0

%

    

35.0

%

    

35.0

%

Changes resulting from:

                        

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

  

2.0

 

    

2.0

 

    

2.0

 

Change in valuation allowance

  

(1.1

)

    

0.2

 

    

0.7

 

Goodwill and trademarks amortization book and tax bases differences

  

7.4

 

    

1.5

 

    

1.1

 

Adjustments to tax accruals

  

4.4

 

    

(2.1

)

    

(3.6

)

Other, net

  

2.3

 

    

(0.4

)

    

(0.2

)

    

    

    

Effective rate

  

50.0

%

    

37.0

%

    

35.0

%

    

    

    

 

The consolidated U.S. income tax returns of the Company for 1996 through 1999 are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company expects this examination to be completed by early 2004. A settlement agreement covering most issues was reached with the IRS for the years 1990 through 1995 during 2002. The Company expects to make a payment to the IRS of approximately $115 million during the second quarter of 2003. After including potential refunds from prior years’ overpayments and taking into account the tax effects of the interest deduction from this payment, the Company expects the net cash payment to be approximately $90 million. The Company believes it has made adequate provision for income taxes and interest for all periods under review.

 

71


Table of Contents

 

Note 5: Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The components of property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) are as follows:

 

    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Land

  

$

32,540

 

  

$

33,429

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

  

 

354,752

 

  

 

406,660

 

Machinery and equipment

  

 

539,422

 

  

 

592,969

 

Capitalized internal-use software

  

 

2,373

 

  

 

—  

 

Construction in progress

  

 

31,806

 

  

 

9,300

 

    


  


Total PP&E

  

 

960,893

 

  

 

1,042,358

 

Accumulated depreciation

  

 

(478,447

)

  

 

(527,647

)

    


  


PP&E, net

  

$

482,446

 

  

$

514,711

 

    


  


 

As of November 24, 2002, the Company had approximately $2.7 million of PP&E, net, available for sale, consisting primarily of closed facilities.

 

Depreciation expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $60.1 million, $69.9 million and $80.2 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation in 2002 was decreased by approximately $109.3 million due to PP&E sales or disposals.

 

Construction in progress at November 24, 2002 related to various projects. The Company estimates that approximately $70 million in costs will be incurred to complete these projects in 2003. These projects primarily consist of systems upgrades. Construction in progress at November 25, 2001 primarily consisted of sales office capital improvements.

 

Note 6: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The components of goodwill and other intangible assets are as follows:

 

    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Goodwill

  

$

351,474

 

  

$

351,474

 

Trademarks and other intangibles

  

 

79,416

 

  

 

78,362

 

    


  


Total intangible assets

  

 

430,890

 

  

 

429,836

 

Accumulated amortization related to goodwill

  

 

(151,569

)

  

 

(142,782

)

Other accumulated amortization

  

 

(35,911

)

  

 

(32,821

)

    


  


Intangible assets, net

  

$

243,410

 

  

$

254,233

 

    


  


 

Amortization expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $10.9 million, $10.7 million and $10.8 million, respectively. (See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “New Accounting Standards.”)

 

72


Table of Contents

 

Note 7: Debt and Lines of Credit

 

Debt and lines of credit are summarized below:

 

    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Long-Term Debt:

                 

Unsecured:

                 

Notes:

                 

6.80%, due 2003

  

$

349,547

 

  

$

349,053

 

7.00%, due 2006

  

 

448,151

 

  

 

447,679

 

11.625% Dollar denominated, due 2008

  

 

376,749

 

  

 

376,119

 

11.625% Euro denominated, due 2008

  

 

125,668

 

  

 

109,643

 

Yen-denominated eurobond:

                 

4.25%, due 2016

  

 

166,667

 

  

 

163,934

 

    


  


    

 

1,466,782

 

  

 

1,446,428

 

Secured:

                 

Credit Facilities

  

 

115,115

 

  

 

252,558

 

Domestic Receivables-backed Securitization

  

 

110,000

 

  

 

110,000

 

Customer Service Center Equipment Financing

  

 

71,769

 

  

 

78,686

 

European Receivables-backed Securitization

  

 

51,161

 

  

 

41,366

 

Industrial development revenue refunding bond

  

 

10,000

 

  

 

10,000

 

Notes payable, at various rates, due in installments through 2006

  

 

884

 

  

 

1,088

 

    


  


Subtotal

  

 

358,929

 

  

 

1,940,126

 

Current maturities

  

 

(73,959

)

  

 

(144,637

)

    


  


Total long-term debt

  

$

1,751,752

 

  

$

1,795,489

 

    


  


Short-Term Debt:

                 

Short-term borrowings

  

$

21,266

 

  

$

18,307

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

  

 

73,959

 

  

 

144,637

 

    


  


Total short-term debt

  

$

95,225

 

  

$

162,944

 

    


  


Unused Lines of Credit:

                 

Short-term

  

$

384,285

 

  

$

531,333

 

    


  


 

1996 Notes Offering

 

In 1996, the Company issued two series of notes payable totaling $800.0 million to qualified institutional investors (the “Notes Offering”) in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and are not subject to redemption before maturity. The issuance was divided into two series: $350.0 million seven-year notes maturing in November 2003 and $450.0 million ten-year notes maturing in November 2006. The seven- and ten-year notes bear interest at 6.80% and 7.00% per annum, respectively, payable semi-annually in May and November of each year. Discounts of $8.2 million on the original issue are being amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. Net proceeds from the Notes Offering were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a 1996 credit facility agreement.

 

The indenture governing these notes contains customary events of default and restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries and future subsidiaries to incur liens; engage in sale and leaseback transactions and engage in mergers and sales of assets.

 

Notes Exchange Offer

 

In May 2000, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer of its 6.80% notes due 2003 and 7.00% notes due 2006 (see “1996 Notes Offering” above). The exchange offer gave holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange these old notes, which were issued on November 6, 1996 under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

The exchange offer ended on June 20, 2000. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $20 thousand of the $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.80% old notes due 2003 were exchanged for the 6.80% exchange notes due 2003; and all $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.00% old notes due 2006 were exchanged for the 7.00% exchange notes due 2006.

 

The Company was not obligated by any agreement including its then effective credit facility agreements to engage in the exchange offer. The Company initiated the exchange offer to give holders of these notes the opportunity to exchange the old notes for registered notes. (See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

Senior Notes Offering

 

On January 18, 2001, the Company issued two series of notes payable totaling the then-equivalent of $497.5 million to qualified institutional investors in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and may be redeemed at any time after January 15, 2005. The issuance was divided into two series: U.S. $380.0 million dollar notes (“Dollar Notes”) and 125.0 million euro notes (“Euro Notes”), (collectively, the “Notes”). Both series of notes are seven-year notes maturing on January 15, 2008 and bear interest at 11.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in January and July of each year. These Notes are callable beginning January 15, 2005. These Notes were offered at a discount of $5.2 million to be amortized over the term of the Notes. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $14.4 million on the original issue are amortized, using an approximate effective-interest rate method, over the term of the Notes. Net proceeds from the offering were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under the Company’s then effective credit facility.

 

The indentures governing the Notes contain covenants that limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to the Company and its subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries. If the Company experiences a change in control as defined in the indentures governing the Notes, the Company will be required under the indentures to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. If the Notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service and Moody’s Investors Service and the Company and its subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indentures, then the Company and its subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indentures.

 

Senior Notes Exchange Offer

 

In March 2001, the Company, as required under registration rights agreements it entered into when it issued the Notes, filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC relating to an exchange offer for the Notes. The exchange offer gave holders the opportunity to exchange the Notes for new notes that are registered under the Securities Act. The new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act. The exchange offer ended on April 6, 2001. As a result of the exchange offer, all but $200 thousand of the $380.0 million aggregate principal amount of old Dollar Notes were exchanged for new Dollar Notes, and all but 595 thousand euro of the 125.0 million aggregate principal amount of old Euro Notes were exchanged for new Euro Notes.

 

74


Table of Contents

 

Yen-denominated Eurobond Placement

 

In 1996, the Company issued a ¥ 20 billion principal amount eurobond (equivalent to approximately $180.0 million at the time of issuance) due in November 2016, with interest payable at 4.25% per annum. The bond is redeemable at the option of the Company at a make-whole redemption price commencing in 2006. Net proceeds from the placement were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a 1996 credit facility agreement.

 

The agreement governing these bonds contains customary events of default and restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries and future subsidiaries to incur liens; engage in sale and leaseback transactions and engage in mergers and sales of assets.

 

Credit Facilities

 

On February 1, 2001, the Company entered into a $1.05 billion senior secured credit facility to replace a credit facility dated January 31, 2000 on more favorable terms. The credit facility consisted of a $700.0 million revolving credit facility and $350.0 million of term loans. As of November 24, 2002, the credit facility consists of $5.0 million revolving credit and $110.1 million of term loans. This facility reduced the Company’s borrowing costs and extended the maturity of the Company’s principal bank credit facility to August 2003.

 

Collateral includes: domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock in domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at LIBOR or the agent bank’s base rate plus an incremental borrowing spread. Before the domestic receivables securitization transaction described below, the collateral also included domestic receivables. In connection with the securitization transaction, the lenders under the credit facility released their security interest in receivables sold in that transaction, and retained security interests in certain related assets. Proceeds from the domestic receivables securitization transaction were used to repay debt under this facility.

 

The facility contains customary covenants restricting the Company’s activities as well as those of its subsidiaries, including limitations on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into operating leases or capital leases; enter into transactions involving related parties, derivatives or letters of credit; enter into intercompany transactions; incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on the Company’s assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in the Company’s corporate structure. The facility also contains financial covenants that the Company must satisfy on an ongoing basis, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum coverage ratios. As of November 24, 2002, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the facility. (See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

Domestic Receivables Securitization Transaction

 

On July 31, 2001, the Company and several of its subsidiaries completed a receivables securitization transaction involving receivables generated from sales of products to the Company’s U.S. customers. The transaction involved the issuance by Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, of $110.0 million in secured term notes. The notes, which are secured by trade receivables originated by Levi Strauss & Co., bear interest at a rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 0.32% per annum, and have a stated maturity date of November 2005. Net proceeds of the offering were used to repay a portion of the outstanding debt under the Company’s 2001 bank credit facility. The transaction did not meet the criteria for sales accounting under SFAS 140 and therefore is accounted for on the balance sheet as a secured borrowing. The purpose of the transaction was to lower the Company’s interest expense and diversify its funding sources. The notes were issued in a private placement transaction in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Under the securitization arrangement, collections on receivables remaining after payment of interest and fees relating to the notes are used to purchase new receivables from Levi Strauss & Co. The securitization agreements provide that, in specified cases, the collections will not be released but will instead be deposited and used to pay the principal amount of the notes. Those circumstances include, among other things, failure to maintain the required level of overcollaterization due to deterioration in the credit quality, or overconcentration or dilution in respect of, the receivables, failure to pay interest or other amounts which is not cured, breaches of covenants, representations and warranties or events of bankruptcy relating to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.

 

75


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, under this arrangement, the Company is required to maintain the level of net eligible U.S. trade receivables at a certain targeted amount. If the targeted amount of net eligible U.S. trade receivables is not met, the trustee under the arrangement retains cash collections in an amount covering the deficiency. Under the agreements, the retention of cash by the trustee has the effect of reducing the deficiency. Amounts retained in this manner are not available to the Company until released by the trustee. The trustee receives daily reports comparing the net eligible receivables with the targeted amount and, if appropriate, releases retained cash accordingly. The amount of cash held by the trustee to cover any deficiency would be shown as “Restricted cash” on the balance sheet.

 

On April 25, 2002 the Company obtained an amendment to the domestic receivables securitization agreements. Before the amendment, the manner in which sales incentives were treated in the calculation of net eligible U.S. trade receivables decreased net eligible receivables as well as substantially increased the targeted amount. The amendment revises the way sales incentives are treated in calculating the amount of net eligible receivables. This permits the Company greater flexibility in offering sales incentives without affecting the securitization calculations and reduces the likelihood and amount of cash being retained. As of November 24, 2002, there was no deficiency and as a result, no restricted cash on the balance sheet.

 

Customer Service Center Equipment Financing

 

In December 1999 the Company entered into a secured financing transaction consisting of a five-year credit facility secured by owned equipment at customer service centers (distribution centers) located in Nevada, Mississippi and Kentucky. The amount financed in December 1999 was $89.5 million, comprised of a $59.5 million tranche (“Tranche 1”) and a $30.0 million tranche (“Tranche 2”). Borrowings under Tranche 1 have a fixed interest rate equal to the yield of a four-year Treasury note plus an incremental borrowing spread. Borrowings under Tranche 2 have a floating quarterly interest rate equal to the 90 day LIBOR plus an incremental borrowing spread based on the Company’s leverage ratio at that time. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to reduce the commitment amounts of the then-existing credit facilities.

 

European Receivables Securitization Agreements

 

In February 2000, several of the Company’s European subsidiaries entered into receivable securitization financing agreements with several lenders to borrow up to $125.0 million. During November 2000, 36.5 million euro (or approximately $30.7 million at time of borrowing) were borrowed under these agreements at initial interest rates of 6.72%. Interest rates under this agreement are variable based on commercial paper market conditions, and the debt ratings of the underlying conduit. In December 2000, 10.4 million euro (equivalent to approximately $9.3 million at time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 6.70% was borrowed under these agreements. In April 2002, 2.5 million British Pounds (equivalent to approximately $3.6 million at time of borrowing) at an initial interest rate of 1.70% was borrowed under these agreements. Borrowings are collateralized by a security interest in the receivables of these subsidiaries. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to reduce commitment levels under the Company’s then-effective bank credit facilities. The facilities, which have an annual renewable option upon agreement of all parties, mature on February 28, 2003. The Company will not renew those facilities. The Company adopted SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” in 2001. The securitizations did not meet the criteria for sales accounting under SFAS 140 and therefore have been accounted for as a secured borrowing.

 

Industrial Development Revenue Refunding Bond

 

In 1995, the City of Canton, Mississippi issued an industrial development revenue refunding bond with a principal amount of $10.0 million, and the proceeds were loaned to the Company to help finance the cost of acquiring a customer service center in Canton. Interest payments are due monthly at a variable rate based upon the J.J. Kenny Index, reset weekly at a maximum rate of 13.00%, and the principal amount is due June 1, 2003. The bond is secured by a letter of credit that expires in June 2003. The Company does not anticipate renewing this financing.

 

76


Table of Contents

 

Principal Short-term and Long-term Debt Payments

 

As of November 24, 2002, the required aggregate short-term and long-term debt principal payments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

    

Principal

Payments


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Year


    

2003

  

$

95,225

2004

  

 

118,521

2005

  

 

56,203

2006

  

 

448,173

2007

  

 

—  

Thereafter

  

 

1,128,855

    

Total

  

$

1,846,977

    

 

Short-Term Credit Lines and Stand-By Letters of Credit

 

At November 24, 2002, the Company had unsecured and uncommitted short-term credit lines available totaling $13.4 million at various rates. These credit arrangements may be canceled by the bank lenders upon notice and generally have no compensating balance requirements or commitment fees.

 

At November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001, the Company had $213.3 million and $131.7 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit with various international banks, of which $48.5 million and $52.5 million, respectively, serve as guarantees by the creditor banks to cover U.S. workers’ compensation claims. In addition, $151.5 million of these standby letters of credit under the 2001 bank credit facility support short-term credit lines at November 24, 2002. The Company pays fees on the standby letters of credit. Borrowings against the letters of credit are subject to interest at various rates.

 

Interest Rate Contracts

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company’s policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures. The Company currently has no derivative instruments managing interest rate risk outstanding as of November 24, 2002.

 

Interest Rates on Borrowings

 

The Company’s weighted average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding during 2002 and 2001, including the amortization of capitalized bank fees, interest rate swap cancellations and underwriting fees, was 9.14% and 9.47%, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding excludes interest payable to participants under deferred compensation plans and other miscellaneous items. The 2001 interest rate additionally excludes the write-off of fees that resulted from the replacement of a credit agreement dated January 31, 2000.

 

Dividends and Restrictions

 

Under the terms of the Company’s 2001 bank credit facility, the Company was prohibited from paying dividends to its stockholders. In addition, the terms of certain of the indentures relating to the Company’s unsecured senior notes limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends. There were no restrictions under the Company’s 2001 bank credit facility or its indentures on the transfer of the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries to the Company in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party.

 

77


Table of Contents

 

Note 8:  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts

 

At November 24, 2002, the Company had U.S. dollar spot and forward currency contracts to buy $972.9 million and to sell $238.3 million against various foreign currencies. The Company also had euro forward currency contracts to buy 7.9 million euro against various foreign currencies and to sell 9.9 million euro against various foreign currencies. In addition, the Company had no U.S. dollar option contracts outstanding at November 24, 2002. The Company had euro option currency contracts to sell 30.0 million euro against various foreign currencies. These contracts are at various exchange rates and expire at various dates through August 2003.

 

The Company has entered into option contracts to manage its exposure to numerous foreign currencies. At November 24, 2002, the Company had bought Swedish Krona options resulting in a net long position against the euro of $29.0 million should the options be exercised.

 

The Company’s market risk is generally related to fluctuations in the currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the foreign exchange contracts. However, the Company believes these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance.

 

Other Contingencies

 

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company has pending various cases involving contractual matters, employee-related matters, distribution questions, product liability claims, trademark infringement and other matters. The Company does not believe there are any pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

The operations and properties of the Company comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws enacted for the protection of the environment, and with permits and approvals issued in connection therewith, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or business operations. Based on currently available information, the Company does not consider there to be any circumstances existing that would be reasonably likely to form the basis of an action against the Company that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or business operations.

 

Note 9:  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

 

The carrying amount and estimated fair value (in each case including accrued interest) of the Company’s financial instrument assets and (liabilities) at November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001 are as follows:

 

78


Table of Contents

 

    

November 24, 2002


    

November 25, 2001


 
    

Carrying

Value (1)


    

Estimated

Fair Value


    

Carrying

Value (2)


    

Estimated

Fair Value


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

D EBT I NSTRUMENTS :

                                   

U.S. dollar notes offering

  

$

(1,193,806

)

  

$

(1,110,650

)

  

$

(1,193,012

)

  

$

(932,138

)

Euro notes offering

  

 

(130,933

)

  

 

(114,414

)

  

 

(114,378

)

  

 

(85,719

)

Yen-denominated eurobond placement

  

 

(167,134

)

  

 

(116,667

)

  

 

(164,413

)

  

 

(113,115

)

Credit facilities

  

 

(115,210

)

  

 

(115,210

)

  

 

(252,748

)

  

 

(252,748

)

Domestic receivables-backed securitization

  

 

(110,052

)

  

 

(110,052

)

  

 

(110,081

)

  

 

(110,081

)

Customer service center equipment financing

  

 

(73,203

)

  

 

(74,765

)

  

 

(80,278

)

  

 

(81,970

)

European receivables-backed securitization

  

 

(51,161

)

  

 

(51,161

)

  

 

(41,366

)

  

 

(41,366

)

Industrial development revenue refunding bond

  

 

(10,015

)

  

 

(10,015

)

  

 

(10,015

)

  

 

(10,015

)

Short-term and other borrowings

  

 

(22,150

)

  

 

(22,150

)

  

 

(19,395

)

  

 

(19,395

)

    


  


  


  


Total

  

$

(1,873,664

)

  

$

(1,725,084

)

  

$

(1,985,686

)

  

$

(1,646,547

)

    


  


  


  


(1)    Includes accrued interest of $26.7 million.

                                   

(2)    Includes accrued interest of $27.3 million.

                                   

C URRENCY A ND I NTEREST R ATE C ONTRACTS :

                                   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

  

$

(2,851

)

  

$

(2,851

)

  

$

13,797

 

  

$

13,797

 

Foreign exchange option contracts

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

4,328

 

  

 

4,328

 

    


  


  


  


Total

  

$

(2,851

)

  

$

(2,851

)

  

$

18,125

 

  

$

18,125

 

    


  


  


  


Interest rate option contracts

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

$

(2,266

)

  

$

(2,266

)

    


  


  


  


 

Quoted market prices or dealer quotes are used to determine the estimated fair value of foreign exchange contracts, option contracts and interest rate swap contracts. Dealer quotes and other valuation methods, such as the discounted value of future cash flows, replacement cost and termination cost have been used to determine the estimated fair value for long-term debt and the remaining financial instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, current assets, certain current and non-current maturities of long-term debt, short-term borrowings and taxes approximate fair value.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on information available to the Company as of November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001. These amounts have not been updated since those dates and, therefore, the current estimates of fair value at dates subsequent to November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001 may differ substantially from these amounts. In addition, the aggregation of the fair value calculations presented herein do not represent and should not be construed to represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

Note 10:  Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

The Company adopted SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” on the first day of fiscal year 2001. SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, the Company reported a net transition gain of $87 thousand in “Other (income) expense, net” for the three months ended February 25, 2001. The transition amount was not recorded on a separate line item as a change in accounting principle, net of tax, due to the minimal impact on the Company’s results of operations. In addition, the Company recorded a transition amount of $0.7 million (or $0.4 million net of related income taxes) that reduced “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).”

 

79


Table of Contents

 

Foreign Exchange Management

 

The Company manages foreign currency exposures primarily to maximize the U.S. dollar value over the long term. The Company attempts to take a long-term view of managing exposures on an economic basis, using forecasts to develop exposure positions and engaging in active management of those exposures with the objective of protecting future cash flows and mitigating risks. As a result, not all exposure management activities and foreign currency derivative instruments will qualify for hedge accounting treatment. For derivative instruments utilized in these transactions, changes in fair value are classified into earnings. The Company holds derivative positions only in currencies to which it has exposure. The Company has established a policy for a maximum allowable level of losses that may occur as a result of its currency exposure management activities. The maximum level of loss is based on a percentage of the total forecasted currency exposure being managed.

 

The Company uses a variety of derivative instruments, including forward, swap and option contracts, to protect against foreign currency exposures related to sourcing, net investment positions, royalties and cash management.

 

The derivative instruments used to manage sourcing exposures do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are recorded at their fair value. Any changes in fair value are included in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

The Company manages its net investment position in its subsidiaries in major currencies by using forward, swap and option contracts. Some of the contracts hedging these net investments qualify for hedge accounting and the related gains and losses are consequently categorized in the cumulative translation adjustment in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” section of Stockholders’ Deficit. At November 24, 2002, the fair value of qualifying net investment hedges was a $0.1 million net liability with the corresponding unrealized loss recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment section of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” At November 24, 2002, $1.5 million realized loss has been excluded from hedge effectiveness testing. In addition, the Company holds derivatives managing the net investment positions in major currencies that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The fair value of these derivatives at November 24, 2002 represented a $0.4 million net asset, and changes in their fair value are included in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

The Company designates a portion of its outstanding yen-denominated eurobond as a net investment hedge. As of November 24, 2002, a $5.3 million net asset related to the translation effects of the yen-denominated eurobond was recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment section of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).”

 

As of November 24, 2002, the Company holds no derivatives hedging forecasted intercompany royalty flows that qualify as cash flow hedges. The amount of matured cash flow hedges reclassified during the fiscal year ending November 24, 2002 from “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” to “Other (income) expense, net” amounts to a net gain of $0.7 million. The Company also enters into contracts managing forecasted intercompany royalty flows that do not qualify as cash flow hedges, and are recorded at their fair value. Any changes in fair value are included in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

The derivative instruments utilized in transactions managing cash management exposures are currently marked to market at their fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net.” The Company offsets relevant daily cash flows by currency among its affiliates. As a result, the Company hedges only its net foreign currency exposures with external parties.

 

The Company also entered into transactions managing the exposure related to the Euro notes issued on January 18, 2001. These derivative instruments are currently marked to market at their fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net.”

 

Interest Rate Management

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk. It is the Company’s policy and practice to use derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage and reduce interest rate exposures using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. The Company currently has no derivative instruments managing interest rate risk outstanding as of November 24, 2002.

 

Due to the adoption of SFAS 133, the Company adjusted the carrying value of the outstanding interest rate derivatives to their fair value, which resulted in a net loss of $1.2 million and was recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” during the first quarter of fiscal year 2001.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

The tables below give an overview of the realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with our foreign exchange management activities and reported in “Other (income) expense, net,” “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“Accumulated OCI”)” balances and the fair values of derivative instruments reported as an asset or liability. Accumulated OCI is a section of Stockholders’ Deficit.

 

    

Year Ended

November 24, 2002


    

Year Ended

November 25, 2001


    

Other (income) expense, net


    

Other (income) expense, net


    

Realized


    

Unrealized


    

Realized


  

Unrealized


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Foreign Exchange Management

  

$

45,881

 

  

$

11,470

 

  

$

8,308

  

$

7,032

Transition Adjustments

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

828

  

 

—  

    


  


  

  

Total

  

$

45,881

 

  

$

11,470

 

  

$

9,136

  

$

7,032

    


  


  

  

Interest Rate Management

  

$

2,266

(1)

  

$

(2,266

)

  

$

—  

  

$

1,476

Transition Adjustments

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

1,246

    


  


  

  

Total

  

$

2,266

 

  

$

(2,266

)

  

$

—  

  

$

2,722

    


  


  

  

 

  (1)   Recorded as an increase to interest expense.

 

    

At November 24, 2002


    

At November 25, 2001


 
    

Accumulated OCI gain (loss)


    

Accumulated OCI gain (loss)


 
    

Realized


    

Unrealized


    

Realized


    

Unrealized


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Foreign Exchange Management

                                   

Net Investment Hedges

                                   

Derivative Instruments

  

$

39,818

 

  

$

(96

)

  

$

53,314

 

  

$

5,664

 

Yen Bond

  

 

—  

 

  

 

5,277

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

6,780

 

Cash Flow Hedges

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

908

 

Transition Adjustments

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

120

 

Cumulative income taxes

  

 

(14,732

)

  

 

(1,917

)

  

 

(19,726

)

  

 

(4,985

)

    


  


  


  


Total

  

$

25,086

 

  

$

3,264

 

  

$

33,588

 

  

$

8,487

 

    


  


  


  


 

81


Table of Contents

 

    

At

November 24,

2002


    

At

November 25,

2001


 
    

Fair value

asset (liability)


    

Fair value

asset (liability)


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Foreign Exchange Management

  

$

(2,851

)

  

$

18,125

 

    


  


Interest Rate Management

  

$

—  

 

  

$

(2,266

)

    


  


 

Note 11:  Leases

 

The Company is obligated under operating leases for facilities, office space and equipment. At November 24, 2002, obligations under long-term leases are as follows:

 

    

Minimum

Lease

Payments


    

(Dollars in

Thousands)

2003

  

$

64,211

2004

  

 

58,375

2005

  

 

55,051

2006

  

 

52,646

2007

  

 

47,887

Remaining years

  

 

189,832

    

Total minimum lease payments

  

$

468,002

    

 

The amounts shown for total minimum lease payments on operating leases have not been reduced by estimated future income of $11.9 million from non-cancelable subleases. The amounts shown for total minimum lease payments on operating leases have not been increased by estimated future operating expense and property tax escalations.

 

In general, leases relating to real estate include renewal options of up to approximately 20 years, except for the San Francisco headquarters office lease, which contains multiple renewal options of up to 78 years. Some leases contain escalation clauses relating to increases in operating costs. Certain operating leases provide the Company with an option to purchase the property after the initial lease term at the then prevailing market value. Rental expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $76.2 million, $74.0 million and $78.1 million, respectively.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

Note 12:  Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The Company has several non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering substantially all employees. It is the Company’s policy to fund its retirement plans based on actuarial recommendations, consistent with applicable laws and income tax regulations. Plan assets, which may be denominated in foreign currencies and issued by foreign issuers, are invested in a diversified portfolio of securities including stocks, bonds, real estate investment funds and cash equivalents. Benefits payable under the plans are based on either years of service or final average compensation. The Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans at any time.

 

The Company also sponsors other retirement plans, primarily for foreign employees. Expense for these plans in 2002, 2001, and 2000 totaled $6.7 million, $6.2 million, and $5.0 million, respectively.

 

The Company maintains two plans that provide postretirement benefits, principally health care, to substantially all domestic retirees and their qualified dependents. These plans have been established with the intention that they will continue indefinitely. However, the Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans at any time. Under the Company’s current policies, employees become eligible for these benefits when they reach age 55 with 15 years of credited service. The plans are contributory and contain certain cost-sharing features, such as deductibles and coinsurance. The Company’s policy is to fund postretirement benefits as claims and premiums are paid. In November 2000, the Company announced a plan change for those who retire after March 31, 1989. These changes were effective January 1, 2001 and resulted in increased contributions from retirees for medical coverage and the elimination of any dental subsidies.

 

The Company instituted early retirement programs offered to those affected by the Company’s reorganization initiatives ( see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements ). A reduced benefit is payable under the programs based on reduced years of age and service. These programs resulted in the recognition of net curtailment gains and losses resulting from early retirement incentives.

 

    

Pension Benefits


    

Postretirement Benefits


 
    

November 24,

2002


    

November 25,

2001


    

November 24,

2002


    

November 25,

2001


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation:

                                   

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  

$

661,700

 

  

$

602,060

 

  

$

561,227

 

  

$

519,117

 

Service cost

  

 

14,540

 

  

 

15,249

 

  

 

5,918

 

  

 

6,040

 

Interest cost

  

 

48,814

 

  

 

47,443

 

  

 

40,874

 

  

 

38,576

 

Plan participants’ contributions

  

 

277

 

  

 

271

 

  

 

3,152

 

  

 

2,404

 

Plan amendments

  

 

(2,682

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(2,989

)

  

 

(21,131

)

Actuarial loss

  

 

55,218

 

  

 

35,440

 

  

 

193,362

 

  

 

51,475

 

Net curtailment (gain) loss

  

 

10,237

 

  

 

19

 

  

 

(12,287

)

  

 

—  

 

Settlement gain

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(177

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Special termination benefits

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

11,868

 

  

 

—  

 

Benefits paid*

  

 

(36,119

)

  

 

(38,604

)

  

 

(39,202

)

  

 

(35,254

)

    


  


  


  


Benefit obligation at end of year

  

 

751,985

 

  

 

661,701

 

  

 

761,923

 

  

 

561,227

 

    


  


  


  


Change in plan assets:

                                   

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  

 

565,657

 

  

 

639,950

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Actual return on plan assets

  

 

(46,808

)

  

 

(70,334

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Employer contribution

  

 

26,952

 

  

 

34,374

 

  

 

36,050

 

  

 

32,850

 

Plan participants’ contributions

  

 

274

 

  

 

271

 

  

 

3,152

 

  

 

2,404

 

Benefits paid*

  

 

(36,116

)

  

 

(38,604

)

  

 

(39,202

)

  

 

(35,254

)

    


  


  


  


Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  

 

509,959

 

  

 

565,657

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


  


Funded status

  

 

(242,026

)

  

 

(96,044

)

  

 

(761,923

)

  

 

(561,227

)

Unrecognized actuarial loss

  

 

174,853

 

  

 

22,198

 

  

 

203,733

 

  

 

20,254

 

Unrecognized prior service cost

  

 

4,632

 

  

 

11,220

 

  

 

(31,659

)

  

 

(44,746

)

    


  


  


  


Net amount recognized

  

$

(62,541

)

  

$

(62,626

)

  

$

(589,849

)

  

$

(585,719

)

    


  


  


  


 

*   Pension benefits are primarily paid by a trust. The Company pays postretirement benefits.

 

83


Table of Contents

 

Global capital market developments resulted in negative returns on the Company’s retirement benefit plan assets and a decline in the discount rates used to estimate the liability. As a result, the Company was required to record an additional minimum pension liability of $137.0 million and an intangible asset of $1.1 million for plans where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair market value of the respective plan assets. The additional minimum pension liability and intangible asset was included in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss ($86.0 million after tax).

 

    

Pension Benefits


    

Postretirement Benefits


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

                                   

Prepaid benefit cost

  

$

21,605

 

  

$

5,519

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

Accrued benefit cost (including short-term)

  

 

(89,584

)

  

 

(72,962

)

  

 

(589,849

)

  

 

(585,719

)

Additional minimum liability

  

 

(136,952

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Intangible asset

  

 

6,577

 

  

 

4,817

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  

 

135,813

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


  


Net amount recognized

  

$

(62,541

)

  

$

(62,626

)

  

$

(589,849

)

  

$

(585,719

)

    


  


  


  


Weighted-average assumptions:

                                   

Discount rate

  

 

7.0

%

  

 

7.5

%

  

 

7.0

%

  

 

7.5

%

Expected return on plan assets

  

 

9.0

%

  

 

9.0

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Rate of compensation increase

  

 

5.0

%

  

 

6.0

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

 

    

Pension Benefits


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                          

Service cost

  

$

14,540

 

  

$

15,249

 

  

$

18,661

 

Interest cost

  

 

48,814

 

  

 

47,443

 

  

 

43,678

 

Expected return on plan assets

  

 

(49,342

)

  

 

(52,255

)

  

 

(52,337

)

Amortization of prior service cost

  

 

2,093

 

  

 

2,505

 

  

 

2,052

 

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

  

 

(645

)

  

 

(1,895

)

  

 

(670

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

  

 

1,623

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Net curtailment (gain) loss

  

 

10,237

 

  

 

19

 

  

 

(18,184

)

Settlement gain

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(177

)

  

 

(187

)

    


  


  


Net periodic benefit cost

  

$

27,320

 

  

$

10,889

 

  

$

(6,987

)

    


  


  


 

    

Postretirement Benefits


    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                        

Service cost

  

$

5,918

 

  

$

6,040

 

  

$

7,006

Interest cost

  

 

40,874

 

  

 

38,576

 

  

 

34,943

Amortization of prior service cost

  

 

(3,522

)

  

 

(4,125

)

  

 

—  

Net curtailment gain

  

 

(12,554

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

Settlement loss

  

 

11,868

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

    


  


  

Net periodic benefit cost

  

$

42,584

 

  

$

40,491

 

  

$

41,949

    


  


  

 

84


Table of Contents

 

Pension benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

    

Pension Benefits


    

2002


  

2001


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Aggregate fair value of plan assets

  

$

509,959

  

$

375,273

Aggregate projected benefit obligation

  

$

751,985

  

$

472,556

 

Pension benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

    

Pension Benefits


    

2002


  

2001


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Aggregate fair value of plan assets

  

$

495,785

  

$

—    

Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation

  

$

685,826

  

$

52,777

 

For postretirement benefits measurement purposes, a 15.0% and 7.5% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care and Medicare Part B benefits, respectively, were assumed for 2002-2003, declining gradually to 5.0% by the year 2010-2011 and remaining at those rates thereafter.

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects to postretirement benefits:

 

      

U.S.

1-Percentage-Point

Increase


    

U.S.

1-Percentage-Point

Decrease


 
      

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

    

$

6,125

    

$

(5,358

)

Effect on the postretirement benefit obligation

    

 

86,132

    

 

(72,641

)

 

85


Table of Contents

 

Note 13:  Employee Investment Plans

 

The Company maintains three employee investment plans. The Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (“EIP”) and the Levi Strauss & Co. Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan (“ELTIS”) are two qualified plans that cover eligible compensated Home Office employees and U.S. field employees. The Capital Accumulation Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (“CAP”) is a non-qualified, self-directed investment program for highly compensated employees (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code).

 

Total amounts charged to expense for these plans in 2002, 2001, and 2000 were $13.3 million, $10.9 million, and $9.2 million, respectively.

 

EIP/ELTIS

 

Under EIP and ELTIS, eligible employees may contribute and direct up to 15% of their annual compensation to various investments among a series of mutual funds. The Company may match the contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plans. Employees are always 100% vested in the Company match. The EIP and the ELTIS allow employees a choice of either pre-tax or after-tax contributions. The ELTIS also includes a company profit sharing provision with payments made at the sole discretion of the board of directors.

 

In December 2000, the Company announced changes to the EIP plan that were effective January 1, 2001. These changes allow eligible employees to contribute and direct up to 15% of their annual compensation to various investments among a series of mutual funds. The Company may match contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plans up to the first 10% of eligible compensation.

 

In November 2001, the Company announced changes to the EIP that were effective December 2001. The changes provide that the Company may match eligible employee contributions on a graded scale from 0% to 75% for EIP. The level of the matching contribution will be determined at year end based upon business performance results.

 

The ELTIS was changed effective April 1, 2001 to allow eligible employees to contribute up to 15% of their annual compensation to the Plan. The Company may match 50% of the contributions made by employees to all funds maintained under the qualified plan up to the first 10% of eligible compensation.

 

CAP

 

The CAP allows eligible employees to contribute on an after-tax basis up to 10% of their eligible compensation to an individual retail brokerage account. The Company may match these contributions made by employees in cash to each employee’s account. Employees are always 100% vested in the Company match. All investment decisions, related commissions and charges, investment results and tax reporting requirements are the responsibility of the employee, not the Company. Associated with the changes in the EIP plan above that were effective January 1, 2001, eligible employees will be eligible to participate in the CAP plan after reaching certain contribution thresholds in the EIP plan and salary thresholds.

 

In November 2001, the Company announced changes to the CAP that were effective December 2001. The changes provide that the Company may match eligible employee contributions on a graded scale from 0% to 115% for CAP. The level of the matching contribution will be determined at year end based upon business performance results.

 

Note 14:  Employee Compensation Plans

 

Annual Incentive Plan

 

The Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) is intended to reward individual contributions to the Company’s objectives during the year. The amount of the cash bonus earned depends on business unit and corporate financial results as measured against pre-established targets and also depends upon the performance and salary grade level of the individual. Provisions for the AIP are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits. Total amounts charged to expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $48.4 million, $25.6 million and $65.1 million, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

The Leadership Shares Plan (“LS”) was introduced in early 1999 and replaces the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). The LS places greater emphasis on an individual’s ability to contribute to and affect the Company’s long-term strategic objectives. It is a performance unit plan pursuant to which units or “shares” may be granted at an initial value of $0 each. These “shares” are not stock and do not represent equity interests in the Company.

 

The unit value is determined by an internal measure in the form of Leadership Value Added (“LVA”). LVA measures earnings less taxes and capitals charges. The Company establishes a competitive five-year LVA target for each grant based on expected shareholder value growth at comparable companies. The actual unit value is determined based on cumulative performance against this measure. Performance at the target level will yield a unit value of $25. If performance does not meet the minimum threshold, then the units will have no value. Performance above target yields correspondingly larger unit values, with no limit on maximum value.

 

The number of units granted to executives is tied to competitive external long-term incentive pay so that the Company will pay its executives at competitive levels when the Company achieves competitive growth. The shares vest in one-third increments at the end of the third, fourth and fifth fiscal years of the performance period. Payments are made based on cumulative LVA performance. The Company accounts for the expense related to the LS on a straight-line basis based on estimates of future performance against plan targets.

 

The LTIP was a long-term incentive plan that ended for all employees during 1999. These incentives were awarded as performance units with each grant’s unit value measured based on the Company’s three-year cumulative earnings performance and return on investment against pre-established targets. Awards were based on an individual’s grade level, salary and performance and were paid in one-third annual increments beginning in the year following the three-year performance cycle of the grant. Final payments under the LTIP were made in 2002. Although there are outstanding grants, they will have no value based on weak performance against the pre-set targets. Accordingly, no further payments will be made under the LTIP.

 

The Special Long-Term Incentive Plan (“SLTIP”) was intended to provide incentive and reward performance over time for certain key senior employees. Awards under the SLTIP have the same grant unit value, vesting period and pay-out cycle as grants made under the LTIP. There will be no more grants under the SLTIP. A Long-Term Performance Plan (“LTPP”), pursuant to which awards were made in 1994 and 1995, were paid out in 2000.

 

Total net amounts charged to expense for these long-term incentive plans in 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $69.9 million, $53.2 million and $72.7 million, respectively.

 

Other Compensation Plans

 

Cash Performance Sharing Plan

 

The Company through its Cash Performance Sharing Plans awards a cash payment to production employees worldwide based on a percentage of annual salary and certain earnings and revenue criteria. The largest individual plan is the U.S. Field Profit Sharing Plan that covers approximately 2,700 U.S. employees. The total amounts charged to expense for this plan in 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $3.2 million, $1.8 million and $9.2 million, respectively.

 

Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan

 

The Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan (“KEP”) was adopted in 1996 and was designed to recognize and reward key employees for making significant contributions to the Company’s future success. Units awarded to employees under the KEP are subject to a four-year vesting period, which commenced in 1997. Units are exercisable in one-third increments at the end of 2001 through 2003 upon reaching a certain minimum cumulative earnings threshold at each fiscal year-end. Participating employees may elect to defer the exercise of each one-third increment until final payment in 2004. Payments may occur earlier under certain circumstances. Unit values will be directly related to the excess over the threshold of the cumulative cash flow (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain other items) generated by the Company at the end of 2001 through 2003. The Company did not recognize any KEP expense in 2002, 2001 or 2000. In 1999, the Company lowered its estimate of financial performance through the year 2003 and, consequently, decreased the KEP accrual rate to 0% and reversed prior years KEP accruals totaling $13.6 million. There will be no more grants under the KEP.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

Special Deferral Plan

 

The Special Deferral Plan (“SDP”) was adopted during 1996 and was designed to replace the Company’s Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (“SARs”). Existing SARs were transferred in to the SDP at a value of $265 per share. Grants were made under the SDP in 1992 and 1994, both of which are fully vested. The SDP bases the appreciation/depreciation of units on certain tracked mutual funds or the prime rate, at the election of the employee. There will be no more grants under SDP.

 

During 2002, 2001 and 2000, cash disbursements for SDP grants were $2.6 million, $1.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively. The amounts charged (net of forfeitures) to expense for the SDP in 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $0 million, $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The final payments under the SDP were made in 2002.

 

Note 15:  Long-Term Employee Related Benefits

 

Balances for long-term employee related benefits are as follows:

 

    

2002


  

2001


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

Workers’ compensation

  

$

59,512

  

$

41,685

Long-term performance programs

  

 

137,514

  

 

132,563

Deferred compensation

  

 

87,630

  

 

94,793

Pension programs

  

 

242,762

  

 

115,710

    

  

Total

  

$

527,418

  

$

384,751

    

  

 

Included in the liability for workers’ compensation are accrued expenses related to the Company’s program that provides for early identification and treatment of employee injuries. Changes in the Company’s safety programs, medical and disability management and the long-term effects of statutory changes have decreased workers’ compensation costs substantially from historical trends. Provisions for workers’ compensation of $24.3 million and $21.0 million were recorded during 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, in 2002, the Company recorded a one-time provision of $17.9 million associated with the 2002 plant closures. Workers’ compensation current liabilities represented approximately $26.8 million in 2002 and $33.0 million in 2001. Long-term performance programs include accrued liabilities for LS and LTIP ( see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements ). Deferred compensation represents non-qualified plans under which certain employees may defer income. The pension programs include the accrued benefit cost for the qualified pension plans and the liability accrued for the non-qualified pension programs (see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

Note 16:  Common Stock

 

The Company has a capital structure consisting of 270,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 37,278,238 shares are issued and outstanding.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

Note 17:  Related Parties

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Directors of the Company who are also stockholders or employees do not receive compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not stockholders or employees (Angela Glover Blackwell, James C. Gaither, Peter A. Georgescu, Patricia Salas Pineda, T. Gary Rogers and G. Craig Sullivan) receive annual compensation of approximately $90,000. This amount includes an annual retainer fee of $36,000, meeting fees of $1,000 per meeting day attended and long-term variable pay in the form of 1,800 Leadership Shares, with a target value of $45,000 per year ( see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements ). The actual amount for each of the above payments varies depending on the years of service, the number of meetings attended and the actual value of the granted units upon vesting. Directors, in their first five years of service, receive a cash amount equivalent to the target value of their long-term variable pay or $45,000. This amount is decreased by approximately 1/3 each year at the start of actual payments from the LS Plan. Directors who are not employees or stockholders also receive travel accident insurance while on Company business and are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan.

 

Messrs. Gaither, Georgescu, Rogers and Sullivan, and Ms. Blackwell and Ms. Pineda each received 1,800 Leadership Shares in 2002, 2001 and 2000. In 2002, Ms. Blackwell, Mr. Gaither and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $1,462 under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). In 2001, Ms. Blackwell, Mr. Gaither and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $9,727, under LTIP. In 2000, Mr. Gaither, Ms. Blackwell and Ms. Pineda each received payments of $30,637 under the LTIP and Long-Term Performance Plan combined.

 

Other Transactions

 

F. Warren Hellman, a director of the Company, is chairman and a general partner of Hellman & Friedman LLC, an investment banking firm that has provided financial advisory services to the Company in the past. The Company did not pay any fees to Hellman & Friedman LLC during 2002, 2001 and 2000. At November 24, 2002 and November 25, 2001, Mr. Hellman and his family, other partners, and former partners of Hellman & Friedman LLC beneficially owned an aggregate of less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the Company.

 

James C. Gaither, a director of the Company, is a senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. The firm provided legal services to the Company in 2002, 2001 and 2000 and received in fees approximately $18,000, $91,000 and $60,000, respectively.

 

Note 18:  Business Segment Information

 

The Company manages its apparel business, based on geographic regions consisting of the Americas, which includes the U.S., Canada and Latin America; Europe, the Middle East and Africa; and Asia Pacific. All Other consists of functions that are directed by the corporate office and are not allocated to a specific geographic region. Under Geographic Information for all periods presented, no single country other than the U.S. had net sales exceeding 10% of consolidated net sales.

 

The Company designs and markets jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories, for men, women and children, under the Company’s Levi’s ® and Dockers ® brands. Its products are distributed in the U.S. primarily through chain retailers and department stores and abroad through department stores, specialty retailers and franchised stores. The Company also maintains a network of approximately 900 franchised or independently owned stores dedicated to its products outside the U.S. and operates a small number of company-owned stores in ten countries. The Company obtains its products from a combination of independent manufacturers and company-owned facilities.

 

The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on regional profits or losses. The accounting policies of the regions are the same as those described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Regional profits exclude net interest expense, special compensation program expenses, restructuring charges, net of reversals and expenses that are controlled at the corporate level. Management financial information for the Company is as follows:

 

89


Table of Contents

 

    

Americas


  

Europe


  

Asia

Pacific


  

All Other


  

Consolidated


    

(Dollars in Thousands)

2002:

                                  

Net sales from external customers

  

$

2,692,129

  

$

1,093,110

  

$

351,351

  

$

—  

  

$

4,136,590

Intercompany sales

  

 

35,216

  

 

890,036

  

 

32,445

  

 

—  

  

 

957,697

Depreciation and amortization expense

  

 

50,470

  

 

16,532

  

 

4,069

  

 

—  

  

 

71,071

Earnings contribution

  

 

364,200

  

 

201,500

  

 

62,600

  

 

—  

  

 

628,300

Interest expense

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

186,493

  

 

186,493

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

124,595

  

 

124,595

Corporate and other expenses

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

267,254

  

 

267,254

Income before income taxes

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

49,958

Total regional assets

  

 

6,009,383

  

 

2,428,771

  

 

359,270

  

 

—  

  

 

8,797,424

Elimination of intercompany assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

5,780,140

Total assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

3,017,284

Expenditures for long-lived assets

  

 

46,125

  

 

10,028

  

 

2,935

  

 

—  

  

 

59,088

 

    

United

States


  

Foreign

Countries


  

Consolidated


Geographic Information:

                    

Net sales

  

$

2,504,681

  

$

1,631,909

  

$

4,136,590

Deferred tax assets

  

 

730,383

  

 

65,035

  

 

795,418

Long-lived assets

  

 

1,034,621

  

 

357,162

  

 

1,391,783

 

    

Americas


  

Europe


  

Asia

Pacific


  

All Other


    

Consolidated


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2001:

                                      

Net sales from external customers

  

$

2,856,086

  

$

1,066,345

  

$

336,243

  

$

—  

 

  

$

4,258,674

 

Intercompany sales

  

 

34,630

  

 

913,786

  

 

36,372

  

 

—  

 

  

 

984,788

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

  

 

57,686

  

 

18,572

  

 

4,361

  

 

—  

 

  

 

80,619

 

Earnings contribution

  

 

382,700

  

 

203,900

  

 

56,600

  

 

—  

 

  

 

643,200

 

Interest expense

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

230,772

 

  

 

230,772

 

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

(4,286

)

  

 

(4,286

)

Corporate and other expenses

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

177,025

 

  

 

177,025

 

Income before income taxes

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

239,689

 

Total regional assets

  

 

5,579,491

  

 

2,204,701

  

 

309,888

  

 

—  

 

  

 

8,094,080

 

Elimination of intercompany assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

5,110,594

 

Total assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

2,983,486

 

Expenditures for long-lived assets

  

 

13,708

  

 

6,372

  

 

2,461

  

 

—  

 

  

 

22,541

 

 

    

United

States


  

Foreign

Countries


  

Consolidated


Geographic Information:

                    

Net sales

  

$

2,656,745

  

$

1,601,929

  

$

4,258,674

Deferred tax assets

  

 

637,758

  

 

51,796

  

 

689,554

Long-lived assets

  

 

1,122,208

  

 

349,987

  

 

1,472,195

 

90


Table of Contents

 

    

Americas


  

Europe


  

Asia

Pacific


  

All

Other


    

Consolidated


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2000:

                                      

Net sales from external customers

  

$

3,148,219

  

$

1,104,522

  

$

392,385

  

$

—  

 

  

$

4,645,126

 

Intercompany sales

  

 

65,600

  

 

911,489

  

 

33,523

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1,010,612

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

  

 

64,109

  

 

21,151

  

 

5,721

  

 

—  

 

  

 

90,981

 

Earnings contribution

  

 

449,900

  

 

225,800

  

 

55,300

  

 

—  

 

  

 

731,000

 

Interest expense

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

234,098

 

  

 

234,098

 

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

(33,144

)

  

 

(33,144

)

Corporate and other expenses

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

186,366

 

  

 

186,366

 

Income before income taxes

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

343,680

 

Total regional assets

  

 

5,187,778

  

 

1,461,877

  

 

471,068

  

 

—  

 

  

 

7,120,723

 

Elimination of intercompany assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,914,994

 

Total assets

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,205,728

 

Expenditures for long-lived assets

  

 

16,900

  

 

8,323

  

 

2,732

  

 

—  

 

  

 

27,955

 

 

    

United

States


  

Foreign

Countries


  

Consolidated


Geographic Information:

                    

Net sales

  

$

2,923,799

  

$

1,721,327

  

$

4,645,126

Deferred tax assets

  

 

646,303

  

 

44,206

  

 

690,509

Long-lived assets

  

 

1,141,523

  

 

358,281

  

 

1,499,804

 

For 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company had one customer, J. C. Penney Company, Inc., that represented approximately 12%, 13% and 12%, respectively, of net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales.

 

91


Table of Contents

 

Note 19: Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

    

First

Quarter


    

Second

Quarter


    

Third

Quarter


    

Fourth

Quarter


 
    

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

2002:

                        

Net sales

  

$

935,285

 

  

$

923,518

 

  

$

1,017,744

 

  

$

1,260,044

 

Cost of goods sold

  

 

536,701

 

  

 

553,974

 

  

 

603,249

 

  

 

757,862

 

    


  


  


  


Gross profit

  

 

398,584

 

  

 

369,544

 

  

 

414,495

 

  

 

502,182

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

  

 

298,935

 

  

 

318,804

 

  

 

340,390

 

  

 

374,669

 

Other operating (income)

  

 

(6,113

)

  

 

(8,511

)

  

 

(6,015

)

  

 

(13,810

)

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

—  

 

  

 

141,078

 

  

 

(16,565

)

  

 

82

 

    


  


  


  


Operating income

  

 

105,762

 

  

 

(81,827

)

  

 

96,685

 

  

 

141,241

 

Interest expense

  

 

48,023

 

  

 

42,510

 

  

 

48,476

 

  

 

47,483

 

Other (income) expense, net

  

 

(9,677

)

  

 

9,499

 

  

 

20,791

 

  

 

4,799

 

    


  


  


  


Income before taxes

  

 

67,416

 

  

 

(133,836

)

  

 

27,418

 

  

 

88,959

 

Income tax expense

  

 

24,944

 

  

 

(58,154

)

  

 

13,709

 

  

 

44,479

 

    


  


  


  


Net income

  

$

42,472

 

  

$

(75,682

)

  

$

13,709

 

  

$

44,480

 

    


  


  


  


Earnings per share—basic and diluted

  

$

1.14

 

  

$

(2.03

)

  

$

0.37

 

  

$

1.19

 

    


  


  


  


2001:

                        

Net sales

  

$

996,382

 

  

$

1,043,937

 

  

$

983,508

 

  

$

1,234,846

 

Cost of goods sold

  

 

556,449

 

  

 

591,442

 

  

 

584,279

 

  

 

729,028

 

    


  


  


  


Gross profit

  

 

439,933

 

  

 

452,495

 

  

 

399,229

 

  

 

505,818

 

Marketing, general and administrative expenses

  

 

326,095

 

  

 

336,128

 

  

 

314,482

 

  

 

379,179

 

Other operating (income)

  

 

(7,174

)

  

 

(7,365

)

  

 

(8,377

)

  

 

(10,504

)

Restructuring charges, net of reversals

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(4,286

)

    


  


  


  


Operating income

  

 

121,012

 

  

 

123,732

 

  

 

93,124

 

  

 

141,429

 

Interest expense

  

 

69,205

 

  

 

53,898

 

  

 

55,429

 

  

 

52,240

 

Other (income) expense, net

  

 

4,868

 

  

 

899

 

  

 

13,850

 

  

 

(10,781

)

    


  


  


  


Income before taxes

  

 

46,939

 

  

 

68,935

 

  

 

23,845

 

  

 

99,970

 

Income tax expense

  

 

17,367

 

  

 

25,507

 

  

 

8,822

 

  

 

36,989

 

    


  


  


  


Net income

  

$

29,572

 

  

$

43,428

 

  

$

15,023

 

  

$

62,981

 

    


  


  


  


Earnings per share—basic and diluted

  

$

0.79

 

  

$

1.16

 

  

$

0.40

 

  

$

1.69

 

    


  


  


  


 

During the fourth quarter of 2002 the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $1.6 million for a European restructuring initiative. The restructuring charge was offset by reversals of $1.5 million for prior years’ restructuring costs. During the third quarter of 2002 the Company recorded reversals of $16.6 million of prior restructuring costs. During the second quarter of 2002 the Company recorded restructuring charges of $150.2 million for plant closures in the U.S. and Europe. The Company recorded a reversal of $9.1 million of prior years’ restructuring costs. ( See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

During the fourth quarter of 2001 the Company recorded the reversal of $26.6 million of prior years’ restructuring costs. This reversal was based on updated estimates. The Company also had charges of $22.4 million for various reorganization initiatives in the U.S. and Japan. (See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

92


Table of Contents

 

Note 20: Subsequent Events

 

Senior Notes Offering

 

On December 4, 2002, the Company issued $425.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. These notes are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. These notes are 10-year notes maturing on December 15, 2012 and bear interest at 12.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on December 15 and June 15, commencing on June 15, 2003. These notes are callable beginning December 15, 2007. These notes were offered at a discount of $6.0 million to be amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of approximately $12.6 million are amortized over the term of notes. Approximately $125.0 million of the net proceeds from the offering were used to repay remaining indebtedness under the Company’s 2001 bank credit facility as of the close of business on December 3, 2002. A portion of the net proceeds were used to pay $72.8 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003. The Company intends to use the remaining net proceeds to either (i) refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) a portion of the $350 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003, or other outstanding indebtedness, or (ii) for working capital or other general corporate purposes.

 

On January 22, 2003 and on January 23, 2003, the Company issued an additional $100.0 million of these notes at a premium of $3.0 million and an additional $50.0 million of these notes at a discount of $0.7 million. Both the discount and premium will be amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. The notes issued in these additional offerings were issued under the same indenture as, have the same terms as, and constitute the same issue of, the December 2002 notes. The Company intends to use a portion of the remaining net proceeds from the December 2002 notes issuance, plus the $47.3 million net proceeds from the issuance of an additional $50.0 million of these notes and the $99.8 million net proceeds from the issuance of an additional $100.0 million of these notes to refinance (whether through payment at maturity, repurchase or otherwise) all of the remaining aggregate principal amount of our 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003. Any remaining proceeds will be used to refinance other outstanding indebtedness or for working capital or other general corporate purposes. On January 22, 2003, the Company purchased approximately $27.0 million of the 6.80% notes due November 1, 2003.

 

The indenture governing these notes contain covenants that limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to the Company and its subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or its subsidiaries’ assets. If the Company experiences a change in control as defined in the indenture governing the notes, then the Company will be required under the indenture to make an offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. If these notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s and the Company and its subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indenture, then the Company and its subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indenture.

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On January 31, 2003, the Company entered into a new $750.0 million senior secured credit facility to replace the 2001 credit facility that matures in August 2003. The credit facility consists of a $375.0 million revolving credit facility and a $375.0 million Tranche B term loan facility. The Company will use the borrowings under the new bank credit facility for working capital or general corporate purposes.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

The $375.0 million revolving credit facility matures on March 31, 2006. The Company’s Tranche B term loan facility is subject to repayment based on a specified scheduled amortization, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding thereunder being due on July 31, 2006. The Company is required to make principal amortization payments on the Tranche B term loan facility at a quarterly rate beginning in May 2003, with the substantial majority of the quarterly payments being due from the quarter ending in November 2005. The Company’s bank credit facility also requires mandatory prepayments in certain events, such as if there are asset sales. The interest rate for the Company’s revolving credit facility varies, for Eurodollar Rate Loans, from 3.25% to 4.00% over the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the credit agreement) or, for Base Rate Loans, from 2.25% to 3.00% over the higher of (i) the Citibank base rate and (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% (the “Base Rate”), with the exact rate depending upon the Company’s performance under specified financial criteria. The interest rate for the Company’s Tranche B term loan facility is 4.00% over the Eurodollar Rate or 3.00% over the Base Rate. The bank credit facility also requires that the Company set aside sufficient funds to satisfy all principal and interest payments on the outstanding 6.80% notes due November 2003 and allows for repurchase of these bonds prior to their maturity.

 

The Company’s bank credit facility is guaranteed by certain of its material domestic subsidiaries and is secured by domestic inventories, certain domestic equipment, trademarks, other intellectual property, 100% of the stock in certain domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and other assets. Excluded from the assets securing the bank credit facility are all of the Company’s most valuable real property interests and all of the capital stock and debt of its affiliates in Germany and the United Kingdom and any other affiliates that become restricted subsidiaries under the indenture governing the Company’s notes due 2003 and 2006.

 

The bank credit facility contains customary covenants restricting the Company’s activities as well as those of its subsidiaries, including limitations on the Company’s, and its subsidiaries’, ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into capital leases or certain leases not in the ordinary course of business; enter into transactions involving related parties or derivatives; incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on the Company’s assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in the Company’s corporate structure. The credit agreement also contains financial covenants that the Company must satisfy on an ongoing basis, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum coverage ratios.

 

The credit agreement contains customary events of default, including payment failures; failures to satisfy other obligations under the credit agreements; material judgments; pension plan terminations or specified underfunding; substantial voting trust certificate or stock ownership changes; specified changes in the composition of the Company’s board of directors; and invalidity of the guaranty or security agreements. If an event of default occurs, the Company’s lenders could terminate their commitments, declare immediately payable all borrowings under the credit facilities and foreclose on the collateral, including the Company’s trademarks.

 

The following is a pro forma table as of November 24, 2002, of the required aggregate short-term and long-term debt principal payments for the next five years and thereafter that includes the senior notes offering and the senior secured credit facility.

 

Year


  

Principal

Payments


    

(Dollars in

Thousands)

2003

  

$

93,039

2004

  

 

122,271

2005

  

 

150,421

2006

  

 

722,392

2007

  

 

—  

Thereafter

  

 

1,240,452

    

Total

  

$

2,328,575

    

 

94


Table of Contents

 

Item  9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

The financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002 included in this report, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their audit report appearing herein. The financial statements for the fiscal years ended November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 included in this report, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their audit report appearing herein. Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of their audit report in this report. For a discussion of the risks relating to Arthur Andersen LLP’s audit of our financial statements, please see “Risk Factors—Risks relating to Arthur Andersen LLP.”

 

On May 2, 2002, our board of directors, on the recommendation of our audit committee, dismissed Arthur Andersen LLP as our independent public accountants and engaged KPMG LLP to serve as our independent public accountants for the fiscal year ending November 24, 2002. KPMG LLP has not been engaged to audit, and has not audited, any of the financial statements included in this report other than for the fiscal year ending November 24, 2002.

 

Arthur Andersen LLP’s reports on our consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 included elsewhere in this report, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

During the years ended November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 and through the date we dismissed Arthur Andersen LLP, there were no disagreements with Arthur Andersen LLP on any matter of accounting principle or practice, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved by Arthur Andersen LLP’s satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter in connection with their report on our consolidated financial statements for such years; and there were no reportable events as set forth in applicable SEC regulations.

 

We provided Arthur Andersen LLP with a copy of the above disclosures on May 6, 2002. In a letter dated May 6, 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP confirmed its agreement with these statements.

 

95


Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers as of November 24, 2002.

 

Name


  

Age


  

Office and Position


Peter E. Haas, Sr.

  

83

  

Director, Chairman of the Executive Committee

Robert D. Haas

  

60

  

Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Philip A. Marineau

  

56

  

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Angela Glover Blackwell

  

57

  

Director

Robert E. Friedman

  

53

  

Director

Tully M. Friedman

  

60

  

Director

James C. Gaither

  

65

  

Director

Peter A. Georgescu

  

63

  

Director

Peter E. Haas, Jr.

  

55

  

Director

Walter J. Haas

  

53

  

Director

F. Warren Hellman

  

68

  

Director

Patricia Salas Pineda

  

50

  

Director

T. Gary Rogers

  

60

  

Director

G. Craig Sullivan

  

62

  

Director

R. John Anderson

  

51

  

Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Asia Pacific

David G. Bergen

  

47

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

William B. Chiasson

  

50

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Joseph Middleton

  

46

  

Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East, Africa

Albert F. Moreno

  

58

  

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Fred Paulenich

  

38

  

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Human Resources

 

In addition, in December 2002, we announced the appointment of Paul Harrington as our Senior Vice President of the Worldwide Supply Chain, commencing on January 6, 2003.

 

All members of the Haas family are descendants of our founder, Levi Strauss. Peter E. Haas, Sr. is the father of Peter E. Haas, Jr. and the uncle of Robert D. Haas and Walter J. Haas. Robert E. Friedman is a descendant of Daniel E. Koshland, who joined his brother-in-law, Walter A. Haas, Sr., in our management in 1922.

 

Peter E. Haas, Sr. became Chairman of the Executive Committee of our board of directors in 1989 after serving as Chairman of our board since 1981. He has been a member of our board since 1948. He joined us in 1945, became President in 1970 and Chief Executive Officer in 1976. Mr. Haas is a former Director of American Telephone and Telegraph Co., Crocker National Corporation and Crocker National Bank.

 

Robert D. Haas is the Chairman of our board. He was named Chairman in 1989 and served as Chief Executive Officer from 1984 until 1999. Mr. Haas joined us in 1973 and served in a variety of marketing, planning and operating positions before becoming Chief Executive Officer.

 

Philip A. Marineau , a director since 1999, is our President and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Marineau was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America from 1997 to 1999. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Marineau was President and Chief Operating Officer of Dean Foods Company. From 1972 to 1996, Mr. Marineau held a series of positions at Quaker Oats Company including President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Marineau is currently a director of Meredith Corporation.

 

Angela Glover Blackwell , a director since 1994, is founder and president of PolicyLink, a nonprofit research, advocacy and communications organization devoted to eliminating poverty and strengthening communities. From 1995 to 1998, Ms. Blackwell was Senior Vice President of the Rockefeller Foundation where she oversaw the foundation’s domestic and cultural divisions. Ms. Blackwell was the founder of Oakland, California’s Urban Strategies Council, a nonprofit organization focused on reducing persistent urban poverty.

 

96


Table of Contents

 

Robert E. Friedman , a director since 1998, is founder and Chairman of the board of the Corporation for Enterprise Development, a Washington, D.C.-based not-for-profit economic development research, technical assistance and demonstration organization which he founded in 1979. The Corporation for Enterprise Development works with public and private policymakers in governments, international organizations, corporations, private foundations, labor unions and community groups to design and implement economic development strategies.

 

Tully M. Friedman , a director since 1985, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Friedman Fleischer & Lowe LLC, a private equity investment firm he founded in 1997. Formerly, Mr. Friedman was a founding partner of Hellman & Friedman, a private investment firm. Prior to forming Hellman & Friedman in 1984, he was a managing director and general partner of Salomon Brothers, Inc. Mr. Friedman currently serves on the board of directors of Archimedes Technology Group, CapitalSource LLC, The Clorox Company, Mattel, Inc. and McKesson Corporation.

 

James C. Gaither , a director since 1988, is Managing Director of Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital investment firm and senior counsel of the law firm of Cooley Godward LLP in San Francisco, California. Prior to joining Cooley Godward in 1969, he served as law clerk to the Honorable Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States, special assistant to the Assistant Attorney General in the U.S. Department of Justice and staff assistant to the President of the United States, Lyndon B. Johnson. Mr. Gaither is currently a director of Basic American, Inc., Nvidia Corporation, Siebel Systems, Inc., Kineto, Inc. and Satmetrix, Inc.

 

Peter A. Georgescu , a director since February 2000, is Chairman Emeritus of Young & Rubicam Inc. (now WPP Group plc), a global advertising agency. Prior to his retirement in January 2000, Mr. Georgescu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam since 1993 and, prior to that, as President of Y&R Inc. from 1990 to 1993, Y&R Advertising from 1986 to 1990 and President of its Young & Rubicam international division from 1982 to 1986. Mr. Georgescu is currently a director of IFF Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Inc. and EMI Group plc.

 

Peter E. Haas, Jr. , a director since 1985, is a director or trustee of each of the Levi Strauss Foundation, Red Tab Foundation, San Francisco Foundation, The Stern Grove Festival Foundation, Walter and Elise Haas Fund and the Novato Youth Center Honorary Board. Mr. Haas was one of our managers from 1972 to 1989. He was Director of Product Integrity of The Jeans Company, one of our former operating units, from 1984 to 1989. He served as Director of Materials Management for Levi Strauss USA in 1982 and Vice President and General Manager in the Menswear Division in 1980.

 

Walter J. Haas , a director since 1995, served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Oakland A’s Baseball Company from 1993 to 1995, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1991 to 1993 and in other management positions with the club from 1980 to 1991.

 

F. Warren Hellman , a director since 1985, has served as chairman and general partner of Hellman & Friedman LLC, a private investment firm, since its inception in 1984. Previously, he was a general partner of Hellman Ferri (now Matrix Partners) and managing director of Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb, Inc. Mr. Hellman is currently a director of NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., DN&E Walter & Co. and Sugar Bowl Corporation.

 

Patricia Salas Pineda , a director since 1991, is currently Vice President of Legal, Human Resources, Government Relations and Environmental Affairs and Corporate Secretary of New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc. She has held this position since 1996. Prior to assuming that position, she served as General Counsel from 1990 to 1996. Ms. Pineda is currently a trustee of the RAND Corporation and a director of the James Irvine Foundation.

 

T. Gary Rogers , a director since 1998, is Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer of Dreyer’s Grand Ice Cream, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of premium and super-premium ice cream products. He has held this position since 1977. He serves as a director of Shorenstein Company, L.P., Stanislaus Food Products and Gardonjim Farms.

 

G. Craig Sullivan , a director since 1998, is Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer of The Clorox Company, a major consumer products firm. Prior to his election as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Clorox in 1992, Mr. Sullivan was group vice president with overall responsibility for manufacturing and marketing, the company’s laundry and cleaning products in the United States, the international business, the manufacturing and marketing of products for the food service industry and the corporate purchasing and distribution functions. Mr. Sullivan currently serves on the board of directors of Mattel, Inc.

 

R. John Anderson , our Senior Vice President and President of our Asia Pacific Division since 1998, joined us in 1979. Mr. Anderson served as General Manager of Levi Strauss Canada and as President of Levi Strauss Canada and Latin America from 1996 to 1998. He has held a series of merchandising positions with us in Europe and the United States, including Vice President, Merchandising and Product Development for the Levi’s ® brand in 1995.

 

97


Table of Contents

 

David G. Bergen , our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, joined us in November 2000. He was most recently Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of CarStation.com. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Bergen was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of LVMH, Inc. Prior to joining LVMH, Inc., Mr. Bergen held a series of management positions at GAP Inc., including Vice President of Application Development.

 

William B. Chiasson , our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined us in 1998. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. Chiasson held various positions with Kraft Foods Inc., a subsidiary of Philip Morris Companies Inc., including Senior Vice President of Finance and Information Systems. Prior to joining Kraft Foods, he was Vice President and Controller for Baxter Healthcare Corporation, Hospital Group.

 

Joseph Middleton , our Senior Vice President and President of Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa since 1999, joined us in 1981. He held the position of General Manager of the Dockers ® brand in Europe from 1993 to 1999, General Manager of Levi Strauss New Zealand from 1990 to 1993 and a variety of other positions from 1981 to 1990.

 

Albert F. Moreno , our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since 1996, joined us in 1978. He held the position of Chief Counsel for Levi Strauss North America from 1994 to 1996 and Deputy General Counsel from 1985 to 1994. He is a member of the board of directors of Xcel Energy, Inc.

 

Fred Paulenich , our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, joined us in 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Paulenich was Vice President and Chief Personnel Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America from 1999 to 2000. At Pepsi-Cola, he has held a series of management positions including Vice President of Headquarters Human Resources from 1996 to 1998 and Vice President of Personnel from 1995 to 1996.

 

Paul Harrington , our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Supply Chain, joined us on January 6, 2003. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Harrington held various positions with Reebok International Ltd. (“RIL”), including, most recently, Senior Vice President, RIL Supply Chain. Prior to joining RIL, he worked with Ford Motor Company in various managerial capacities.

 

Our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has 14 members. In March 2001, we amended our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to create a staggered board arrangement. Our board is divided into three classes with directors elected for overlapping three-year terms. The term for directors in class 1 (Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. R.D. Haas) ends in 2005. The term for directors in class 2 (Mr. T. Friedman, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers, Mr. Hellman and Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr.) ends in 2003. The term for directors in class 3 (Ms. Blackwell, Mr. W. J. Haas, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Marineau and Mr. P.E. Haas, Sr.) ends in 2004. Directors in each class may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the trustees of the voting trust.

 

Committees .    Our board of directors currently has four committees.

 

    Audit.     Our audit committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, financial reporting processes, system of internal control, compliance with legal requirements and independence and performance of our internal and external auditors.

 

—Members: Mr. Gaither, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. Hellman, Ms. Pineda and Mr. Sullivan.

 

    Finance .    Our finance committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of our financial condition and management, financing strategies and execution and relationships with stockholders, creditors and other members of the financial community.

 

—Members: Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Georgescu, Mr. P.E. Haas, Jr., Mr. Hellman and Mr. Rogers.

 

    Human Resources .    Our human resources committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of our compensation, benefits and human resources programs and of senior management performance, composition and compensation.

 

—Members: Ms. Blackwell, Mr. T. Friedman, Mr. Gaither, Mr. Rogers and Mr. Sullivan.

 

    Corporate Social Responsibility .    Our corporate social responsibility committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of our values, ethics and social responsibility as demonstrated through our policies, practices and interactions with stockholders, employees, suppliers, customers, consumers, communities, governmental authorities and others having a relationship with us.

 

98


Table of Contents

 

—Members: Ms. Blackwell, Mr. R. Friedman, Mr. P.E. Haas, Sr., Mr. W. J. Haas and Ms. Pineda.

 

Mr. R.D. Haas and Mr. Marineau are ex-officio members of all standing committees of the board of directors, except the audit committee.

 

Compensation .    Directors who are also stockholders or employees do not receive compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not stockholders or employees, Mr. Gaither, Ms. Blackwell, Ms. Pineda, Mr. Rogers, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Georgescu, receive annual compensation of approximately $90,000. This amount includes an annual retainer fee of $36,000, meeting fees of $1,000 per meeting day attended and long-term variable pay in the form of 1,800 Leadership Shares, with a target value of $45,000 per year. The actual amount for each of the above payments varies depending on the years of service, the number of meetings attended and the actual value of the granted units upon vesting. Directors, in their first five years of service, receive a cash amount equivalent to the target value of their long-term variable pay or $45,000. This amount is decreased by approximately  1 / 3 each year at the start of actual payments from the Leadership Shares Plan. Directors who are not employees or stockholders also receive travel accident insurance while on Company business and are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan.

 

Human Resources Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Mr. Hellman is chairman and a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a private investment firm that has provided financial advisory services to us in the past. We did not pay any fees to Hellman & Friedman during 2002. Mr. Gaither is senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. Cooley Godward provided legal services to us in 2002 and received approximately $18,000 in fees.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

Item 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Executive Compensation

 

This table provides compensation information for our chief executive officer and other executive officers who were our most highly compensated officers in 2002.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

           

Annual Compensation


    

Long-Term

Compensation


    

All Other

Compensation (3)


Name/Principal Position


  

Year


    

Salary


    

Bonus (1)


    

LTIP Payouts (2)


    

Philip A. Marineau

President and Chief Executive Officer (4)

  

2002

2001 2000

    

$

 

 

1,161,538

1,000,000

1,000,000

    

$

 
 

1,272,600

450,000
2,250,000

    

$22,540,000

—  

—  

    

$   165,777

233,284

1,173,761

Robert D. Haas

Chairman of the Board

  

2002

2001 2000

    

 

 
 

750,000

798,077
1,050,000

    

 

 
 

715,838

350,000
1,800,000

    

2,070,000

—  

—  

    

106,950

180,433

78,750

William B. Chiasson

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  

2002

2001 2000

    

 

 
 

536,154

512,539
475,969

    

 

 

 

326,430

163,000

661,650

    

2,484,000

—  

—  

    

288,375

360,740

351,558

Joseph Middleton

Senior Vice President and President,

Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa

  

2002

2001 2000

    

 

 
 

497,786

461,185
411,002

    

 
 

 

100,000
167,000

428,026

    

2,484,000

—  

—  

    

137,929

55,908

56,528

R. John Anderson

Senior Vice President and President,

Levi Strauss, Asia Pacific Division

  

2002

2001 2000

    

 

 
 

396,535

383,413
351,211

    

 

 

 

420,420

163,000

446,160

    

1,380,000

—  
—  

    

42,861

41,129

56,785


(1)   We pay annual bonuses under our Annual Incentive Plan. The Annual Incentive Plan is intended to reward individual contributions to our objectives during the year. The plan is funded based on business unit and corporate financial results against pre-established targets. The amount of bonus earned depends upon the performance and salary grade level of the individual.

 

(2)   For 2002, this column reflects the first payments earned under the 2000 grant of our Leadership Shares Plan. These payments relate to the first three years of performance under the five-year measurement period (2000-2004).

 

We did not meet threshold performance for the 1999 grant under the Leadership Shares Plan. As a result, we will not make payments (which would otherwise have been payable in 2001 and 2002) with respect to these units.

 

We did not make any long-term compensation payments in 2000 because of our weak performance with respect to the 1998 grant under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. This performance unit plan was replaced by our Leadership Shares Plan in 1999.

 

100


Table of Contents

 

(3)   For Messrs. Marineau, Haas and Chiasson, the amounts shown include contributions we made on their behalf to our Capital Accumulation Plan. The Capital Accumulation Plan is a non-qualified savings plan that permits eligible employees to contribute up to 10% of their pay, on an after-tax basis, to an individual retail brokerage account established in the employee’s name. We established the Capital Accumulation Plan because Internal Revenue Code rules limit savings opportunities under tax-qualified plans for a number of our employees. For 2000 and 2001, we matched approximately 75% of the employee’s contributions. Beginning in 2002, matching contributions under this plan became dependent on business performance. Under the terms of the Plan, we may match up to 10% of eligible employee contributions on a scale from 0% to 115%. The level of the matching contribution is determined at the end of the year based upon business performance using the same measures that are used for the Annual Incentive Plan.

 

     For Mr. Marineau, the 2002 amount shown reflects a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $165,777. The 2001 amount shown includes a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $229,327 and reimbursement of additional relocation expenses of $3,958. The 2000 amount shown reflects relocation-related income of $1,095,877 as well as a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $77,885.

 

     For Mr. Chiasson, the 2002 amount shown reflects special payment of $217,500 to replace forfeited long-term grants from a previous employer and a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $70,875. The 2001 amount also reflects a special payment of $326,250 to replace forfeited long-term grants from a previous employer and a Capital Accumulation Plan contribution of $34,490. The 2000 amount shown reflects a special payment of $326,250 to replace forfeited long-term grants from a previous employer and a Capital Accumulation Plan match of $25,308.

 

     For Mr. Middleton, the 2002 amount shown reflects imputed income of $86,700 earned from the interest-free loan provided to him by the Company (see below), and allowances of $51,229 due to his global assignment. The 2001 amount shown reflects allowances of $45,074 due to his global assignment and compensation of $10,834 for losses due to exchange rate fluctuations. The 2000 amount shown consists of allowances of $29,303 due to his global assignment and compensation of $27,225 for losses due to exchange rate fluctuations.

 

     Mr. Middleton is a United Kingdom citizen who lives and works in Brussels, Belgium. Our approach for global assignee employees is to ensure that individuals working abroad are compensated as they would be if they were based in their home country. To achieve this goal, we offset expenses related to a global assignment. This covers all areas that are affected by the assignment, including salary, cost of living, taxes, housing, benefits, savings, schooling and other miscellaneous expenses. The amounts shown reflect amounts paid in British pounds, converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year reported.

 

     In April 2002, we made an interest-free loan to Mr. Middleton. The loan amount was $1,000,000 to assist in the purchase of a home and is to be repaid by February 28, 2005 or earlier in the event his employment terminates.

 

     For Mr. Anderson, the 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounts shown consist of allowances due to his global assignment. Mr. Anderson is an Australian citizen who lives and works in Singapore. We take the same compensation approach with Mr. Anderson as we do with Mr. Middleton because of his global assignment. The amounts shown reflect amounts paid in Australian dollars, converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year reported.

 

101


Table of Contents

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans—Awards in Last Fiscal Year (2002)

 

Name/Principal Position


    

Number of Leadership

Shares Awarded


  

Target (1)


  

Performance Period (2)


Philip A. Marineau

President and Chief Executive Officer

    

250,000

  

$

6,250,000

  

5 years

Robert D. Haas

Chairman of the Board

    

90,000

  

 

2,250,000

  

5 years

William B. Chiasson

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

    

75,000

  

 

1,875,000

  

5 years

Joseph Middleton

Senior Vice President and President,

Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa

    

55,000

  

 

1,375,000

  

5 years

R. John Anderson

Senior Vice President and President,

Levi Strauss, Asia Pacific Division

    

55,000

  

 

1,375,000

  

5 years


(1)   This table shows awards under our Leadership Shares Plan. The Leadership Shares Plan is a long-term cash performance unit plan. Under this plan, we establish a five-year financial performance target for each grant based on targeted growth in shareholder value. The value of the units is determined based on actual performance relative to target. Performance at the target level will yield a per unit value of $25. If performance does not meet a minimum level or threshold, then the units will have no value. Performance above target yields correspondingly larger unit values; there is no limit on maximum award potential.

 

(2)   The performance period is five years from the time of award. The awards vest in one-third increments on the last day of the third, fourth and fifth fiscal years of the performance period. We pay the awards in the year after they vest.

 

102


Table of Contents

 

Pension Plan Table

 

The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement under our U.S. home office pension and benefit restoration plans to persons in various compensation and years-of-service classifications prior to mandatory offset of Social Security benefits:

 

Covered

Compensation


  

Years of Service


  

5


  

10


  

15


  

20


  

25


  

30


  

35


$   400,000

  

$

40,000

  

$

80,000

  

$

120,000

  

$

160,000

  

$

200,000

  

$

205,000

  

$

210,000

  600,000

  

 

60,000

  

 

120,000

  

 

180,000

  

 

240,000

  

 

300,000

  

 

307,500

  

 

315,000

  800,000

  

 

80,000

  

 

160,000

  

 

240,000

  

 

320,000

  

 

400,000

  

 

410,000

  

 

420,000

1,000,000

  

 

100,000

  

 

200,000

  

 

300,000

  

 

400,000

  

 

500,000

  

 

512,500

  

 

525,000

1,200,000

  

 

120,000

  

 

240,000

  

 

360,000

  

 

480,000

  

 

600,000

  

 

615,000

  

 

630,000

1,400,000

  

 

140,000

  

 

280,000

  

 

420,000

  

 

560,000

  

 

700,000

  

 

717,500

  

 

735,000

1,600,000

  

 

160,000

  

 

320,000

  

 

480,000

  

 

640,000

  

 

800,000

  

 

820,000

  

 

840,000

1,800,000

  

 

180,000

  

 

360,000

  

 

540,000

  

 

720,000

  

 

900,000

  

 

922,500

  

 

945,000

2,000,000

  

 

200,000

  

 

400,000

  

 

600,000

  

 

800,000

  

 

1,000,000

  

 

1,025,000

  

 

1,050,000

2,200,000

  

 

220,000

  

 

440,000

  

 

660,000

  

 

880,000

  

 

1,100,000

  

 

1,127,500

  

 

1,155,000

2,400,000

  

 

240,000

  

 

480,000

  

 

720,000

  

 

960,000

  

 

1,200,000

  

 

1,230,000

  

 

1,260,000

2,600,000

  

 

260,000

  

 

520,000

  

 

780,000

  

 

1,040,000

  

 

1,300,000

  

 

1,332,500

  

 

1,365,000

2,800,000

  

 

280,000

  

 

560,000

  

 

840,000

  

 

1,120,000

  

 

1,400,000

  

 

1,435,000

  

 

1,470,000

3,000,000

  

 

300,000

  

 

600,000

  

 

900,000

  

 

1,200,000

  

 

1,500,000

  

 

1,537,500

  

 

1,575,000

3,200,000

  

 

320,000

  

 

640,000

  

 

960,000

  

 

1,280,000

  

 

1,600,000

  

 

1,640,000

  

 

1,680,000

3,400,000

  

 

340,000

  

 

680,000

  

 

1,020,000

  

 

1,360,000

  

 

1,700,000

  

 

1,742,500

  

 

1,785,000

 

The table assumes retirement at the age of 65, with payment to the employee in the form of a single-life annuity. As of year-end 2002, the credited years of service for Messrs. Haas and Chiasson were 29 and 4, respectively. The 2002 compensation covered by the pension plan and the benefit restoration plan for Messrs. Haas and Chiasson was $1.1 million and $702,000, respectively. Based on Mr. Marineau’s employment agreement, as of year-end 2002, he had 21 years of credited service and his 2002 covered compensation was $1.9 million. This amount reflects the higher of his i) initial base salary and target annual bonus and his ii) covered compensation in accordance with the plans.

 

Mr. Middleton participates in the Levi Strauss United Kingdom pension plan. It provides him both a defined benefit and a defined contribution pension. If Mr. Middleton retires at age 60, the plan will provide two-thirds of his base salary (average of the top three years salary out of the last ten before his retirement date) in a defined benefit pension. Based on his current compensation, if Mr. Middleton retires at age 60, he would receive upon retirement a U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $345,000 annually. We also contribute 20% of Mr. Middleton’s annual bonus each year toward his defined contribution pension that he can use to purchase additional pension benefits upon retirement.

 

Mr. Anderson participates in the Levi Strauss Australia pension plan and also has a supplemental plan. The pension payment Mr. Anderson will receive upon retirement is based on years of service and his final average salary. Under the supplemental plan, we contribute 20% of his annual base salary and bonus to his pension each year. Mr. Anderson’s benefit under these combined plans, to be paid in lump sums upon retirement, is estimated to be approximately $1.8 million if he retires at age 55, or approximately $4.8 million if he retires at age 65.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Philip Marineau.     We have an employment agreement with Philip Marineau, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for a minimum base salary of $1.0 million in accordance with our executive salary policy and a target annual cash bonus of 90% of base salary, with a maximum bonus of 180% of base salary. In addition, Mr. Marineau is eligible to participate in all other executive compensation and benefit programs, including the Leadership Shares Plan. Under the employment agreement, we made a one-time grant of 810,000 Leadership Shares to compensate him for the potential value of stock options he forfeited upon leaving his previous employer to join us. We also provide under the agreement a supplemental pension benefit to Mr. Marineau.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

The agreement is in effect until terminated by either Mr. Marineau or us. We may terminate the agreement upon Mr. Marineau’s death or disability, for cause (as defined in the agreement), and without cause upon 30 days notice. Mr. Marineau may terminate the agreement for good reason (as defined in the agreement) or other than for good reason upon 30 days notice to us. The consequences of termination depend on the basis for the termination:

 

    If we terminate without cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for good reason, Mr. Marineau will be entitled to: (i) severance payments equal to three times the sum of his base salary as of the termination date plus his most recent target or, if greater, annual bonus, (ii) amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit plans and (iii) an amount in respect of the Leadership Shares granted in the one-time grant described above.

 

    If we terminate for cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for other than good reason, then the agreement will terminate without our having further obligations to Mr. Marineau other than for amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit programs (which does not include unvested Leadership Shares or target bonus amounts not payable as of the date of termination).

 

    If we terminate for any reason other than cause or if Mr. Marineau terminates for good reason within 12 months after a change in control (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Marineau will be entitled to: (i) severance payments equal to three times the sum of his base salary as of the termination date plus his most recent target or, if greater, annual bonus, (ii) amounts accrued or earned under our compensation and benefit plans, (iii) an amount in respect of the Leadership Shares granted in the one-time grant described above, (iv) full and immediate vesting in all outstanding Leadership Shares; (v) full and immediate vesting in his supplemental pension benefit; and (vi) under specified circumstances, if any amounts paid are treated as parachute payments (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code), an amount equal to the applicable excise tax and any taxes on this reimbursement payment.

 

Senior Executive Severance Plan

 

Messrs. Chiasson, Middleton and Anderson are eligible for payments and other benefits under our Senior Executive Severance Plan, which is an unfunded plan available to a select group of management to recognize their past service to the Company in the event their employment is involuntarily terminated. In exchange for the executive’s execution of a general release agreement with us, following an involuntary termination, we will pay the executive, at our sole discretion, his or her base salary, plus a target bonus amount for the fiscal year in which the executive is notified of his or her employment termination. This payment will be made either in installments or in a lump sum payment for a period ranging from 26 weeks to 104 weeks depending on the classification of the executive.

 

In addition to the foregoing severance payments, we will pay an affected executive the same percentage of the monthly cost of the medical coverage we provide pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) (to the extent the executive elects COBRA coverage) that he was entitled to during his active employment. The subsidized COBRA medical coverage will continue during the period that the executive is entitled to receive severance payments, subject to a maximum period ending on the earlier of the 18-month period following the termination date or the date the executive is entitled to other medical coverage. We will also pay the cost of premiums under our standard basic life insurance program of $10,000 during the same period that we subsidize the COBRA coverage. If the executive becomes eligible to receive retiree health benefits, we will subsidize retiree medical coverage during the same period that we subsidize the COBRA coverage. In addition, we will provide an affected executive with career counseling and transition services.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

Item 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

All shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., Robert D. Haas and F. Warren Hellman. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold “voting trust certificates,” not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation.

 

The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. If Peter E. Haas, Sr. ceases to be a trustee, his successor will be his spouse, Miriam L. Haas. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal.

 

The table on the following page contains information about the beneficial ownership of our voting trust certificates as of November 24, 2002, by:

 

    Each of our directors and each of our five most highly compensated officers;

 

    Each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our voting trust certificates; and

 

    All of our directors and officers as a group.

 

Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which that person has no economic interest. Except as described in the footnotes to the table below, the individuals named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all voting trust certificates beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

As of November 24, 2002, there were 167 record holders of voting trust certificates. The percentage of beneficial ownership shown in the table is based on 37,278,238 shares of common stock and related voting trust certificates outstanding as of November 24, 2002. The business address of all persons listed, including the trustees under the voting trust, is 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

Name


  

Number of Voting

Trust Certificates

Beneficially Owned


      

Percentage of

Voting Trust

Certificates

Outstanding


 

Peter E. Haas, Sr.

  

13,952,454

(1)

    

37.43

%

Peter E. Haas, Jr.

  

6,582,741

(2)

    

17.66

%

Josephine B. Haas

  

4,766,233

(3)

    

12.79

%

Robert D. Haas

  

3,309,909

(4)

    

8.88

%

Miriam L. Haas

  

2,980,200

(5)

    

7.99

%

Margaret E. Haas

  

2,644,549

(6)

    

7.09

%

Robert E. Friedman

  

1,320,134

(7)

    

3.54

%

F. Warren Hellman

  

887,656

(8)

    

2.38

%

Walter J. Haas

  

241,671

(9)

    

*  

 

Tully M. Friedman

  

231,179

(10)

    

*  

 

James C. Gaither

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Peter A. Georgescu

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Angela Glover Blackwell

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Philip A. Marineau

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Patricia Salas Pineda

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

T. Gary Rogers

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

G. Craig Sullivan

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

William B. Chiasson

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Joseph Middleton

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

R. John Anderson

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

Directors and executive officers as a group (22 persons)

  

24,462,457

 

    

65.62

%


(1)   Includes 3,512,861 voting trust certificates held by the Walter A. Haas, Jr. QTIP Trusts A and B for the benefit of Mrs. Walter A. Haas, Jr. and the children of Walter A. Haas, Jr., and for which Peter E. Haas, Sr. is a trustee or co-trustee. Peter E. Haas, Sr. disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 670,000 voting trust certificates held by a trust for the benefit of Josephine B. Haas, former spouse of Peter E. Haas, Sr. Mr. Peter E. Haas, Sr. has sole voting power and Mrs. Josephine B. Haas has sole investing power with respect to these voting trust certificates. Peter E. Haas, Sr. disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 2,063,167 voting trust certificates which are held by a partnership but for which Peter E. Haas, Sr. has voting powers. Excludes 2,980,200 voting trust certificates held by Peter E. Haas, Sr.’s wife, Miriam L. Haas.
(2)   Includes a total of 1,981,594 voting trust certificates held by Mr. Haas’ wife and by trusts, of which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of his children. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 61,709 voting trust certificates held by trusts, of which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of the children of Mr. Haas and of Margaret E. Haas. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 2,657,721 voting trust certificates held by partnerships of which Mr. Haas is managing general partner.
(3)   Includes 1,203,255 voting trust certificates held by a trust, of which Mrs. Haas is co-trustee, for the benefit of Margaret E. Haas. Mrs. Haas disclaims ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 2,357,449 voting trust certificates held by the Josephine B. Haas Investments Limited Partnership. Includes 300,272 voting trust certificates held by the Josephine B. Haas Family Limited Partnership. Includes 180,257 voting trust certificates held by the Michael S. Haas Annuity Partnership. Mrs. Haas is the trustee of a trust which is a general partner in the Michael S. Haas Annuity Partnership. Mrs. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates.
(4)   Includes 113,904 voting trust certificates owned by the spouse of Mr. Haas and by trusts, of which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of their daughter. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates.
(5)   Excludes 7,706,426 voting trust certificates held by Peter E. Haas, Sr., spouse of Miriam L. Haas.
(6)   Includes 1,439 voting trust certificates held by a trust, of which Ms. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of Ms. Haas’ son. Ms. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates.

 

106


Table of Contents
(7)   Includes 92,500 voting trust certificates held by Mr. Friedman’s children and by trusts, of which Mr. Friedman is co-trustee, for the benefit of his children and 195,834 voting trust certificates held by trusts, of which Mr. Friedman is co-trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Friedman’s nieces and nephew. Mr. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates. Includes 1,010,000 voting trust certificates held by Copper Reservoir, a California limited partnership, for which Mr. Friedman is a general partner.
(8)   Includes 360,314 voting trust certificates held by a trust, of which Mr. Hellman is co-trustee, for the benefit of the daughter of Robert D. Haas. Mr. Hellman disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates.
(9)   Includes 233,005 voting trust certificates held by the spouse of Mr. Haas and by trusts, of which Mr. Haas is trustee or co-trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Haas’ children. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of these voting trust certificates.
(10)   Includes 9,098 voting trust certificates held by a trust, of which Mr. Friedman is trustee, for the benefit of Mr. Friedman’s former wife, Ann Barry. Also includes 25,000 voting trust certificates held by The Friedman Family Partnership, of which Mr. Friedman is a managing general partner. Mr. Friedman disclaims beneficial ownership of all but 500 of the Friedman Family Partnership voting trust certificates.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Our common stock and the voting trust certificates are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders’ agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and to us. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares, certificates or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders’ agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders.

 

Estate Tax Repurchase Policy

 

We have a policy under which we will repurchase a portion of the shares offered by the estate of a deceased stockholder in order to generate funds for payment of estate taxes. The purchase price will be based on a valuation received from an investment banking or appraisal firm. Estate repurchase transactions are subject to applicable laws governing stock repurchases, board approval and restrictions under our credit agreements. Our 2003 bank credit facility prohibits repurchases without the consent of the lenders, and the indentures relating to our 11.625% notes due 2008 and our 12.25% notes due 2012 limit our ability to make repurchases. The policy does not create a contractual obligation on our part. We may amend or terminate this policy at any time. No shares were repurchased under this policy in 2002, 2001 or 2000.

 

Valuation Policy

 

We have a policy under which we obtain, and make available to our stockholders, an annual valuation of our voting trust certificates. The policy provides that we will make reasonable efforts to defend valuations we obtain which are challenged in any tax or regulatory proceeding involving a stockholder (including an estate) that used the valuation and that was challenged on that use. The policy provides that we will not indemnify any stockholder against any judgment or settlement amounts or expenses specific to any individual stockholder arising from the use of a valuation. We may amend or terminate this policy at any time.

 

Voting Trustee Compensation

 

The voting trust agreement provides that trustees who are also beneficial owners of 1% or more of our stock are not entitled to compensation for their services as trustees. Trustees who are not beneficial owners of more than 1% of our outstanding stock may receive such compensation, upon approval of our board. All trustees are entitled to reimbursement for reasonable expenses and charges, which may be incurred in carrying out their duties as trustees. As of November 24, 2002, all of the trustees each beneficially owned more than 1% of our outstanding stock.

 

107


Table of Contents

 

Voting Trustee Indemnification

 

Under the voting trust agreement, the trustees are not liable to us or to the holders of voting trust certificates for any actions undertaken in their capacity as trustees, except in cases of willful misconduct. The voting trust will indemnify the trustees in respect of actions taken by them under the voting trust agreement in their capacity as trustees, except in cases of willful misconduct.

 

We have agreed to reimburse the voting trust for any amounts paid by the trust as a result of its indemnity obligation on behalf of the trustees.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

As permitted by Delaware law, we have included in our certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate generally the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors. In addition, our by-laws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under a number of circumstances, including circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. In addition, our board of directors adopted resolutions making clear that officers and directors of our foreign subsidiaries are covered by these indemnification provisions. We are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or agent of ours in which indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe that these indemnification provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be granted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

 

 

 

Item 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

James C. Gaither, one of our directors, is senior counsel of the law firm Cooley Godward LLP. Cooley Godward provided legal services to us in 2002, 2001 and 2000, for which we paid fees of approximately $18,000, $91,000 and $60,000, respectively, in those years.

 

108


Table of Contents

 

Item 14.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

As of February 5, 2003 (the “Evaluation Date”), we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” for purposes of filing reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and our “internal controls and procedures” for financial reporting purposes. This evaluation (the “controls evaluation”) was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Rules adopted by the SEC require that in this section of the annual report we present the conclusions of the CEO and the CFO about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and internal controls based on and as of the Evaluation Date.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this annual report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Internal controls and procedures are designed with the objective of providing reasonable assurance that our transactions are properly authorized; our assets are safeguarded against unauthorized or improper use; and our transactions are properly recorded and reported, all to permit the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

We plan to evaluate our disclosure and internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis in accordance with the Exchange Act so that the conclusions concerning controls effectiveness can be reported in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our annual reports on Form 10-K. Our internal controls and procedures are also evaluated on an ongoing basis by personnel in our finance organization and by our independent auditors in connection with their audit and review activities. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our disclosure and internal controls and procedures and to make modifications as necessary; our intent in this regard is that these controls and procedures will be maintained as dynamic systems that change (including with improvements and corrections) as conditions warrant.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

Among other matters, we sought in our evaluation to determine whether there were any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” in our internal controls and procedures, or whether we had identified any acts of fraud involving personnel who have a significant role in our internal controls and procedures. This information was important both for the controls evaluation generally and because the CEO and CFO certification requirement under items 5 and 6 of Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 mandates that they disclose that information to our audit committee and to our independent auditors and to report on related matters in this section of the annual report on Form 10-K. In the professional auditing literature, “significant deficiencies” are referred to as “reportable conditions”; those control issues that could have a significant adverse effect on the ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data in the financial statements. A “material weakness” is defined in the auditing literature as a particularly serious reportable condition where the internal control does not reduce to a relatively low level the risk that misstatements caused by error or fraud may occur in amounts that would be material in relation to the financial statements and not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. We also sought to deal with other controls matters in the controls evaluation and where appropriate to consider what revision, improvement and/or correction to make in accord with our ongoing procedures.

 

Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations noted above, as of the Evaluation Date our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information relating to the company and our consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared, and that our internal controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that our financial statements are fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In accordance with SEC requirements, the CEO and CFO note that, since the Evaluation Date to the date of this annual report on Form 10-K, there have been no significant changes in internal controls and procedures or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls and procedures, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

List the following documents filed as a part of the report:

 

1.      

  

Financial Statements

    

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8:

    

Report of Independent Public Accountants

    

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    

Consolidated Statements of Income

    

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

Financial Statement Schedule

   

Independent Auditors’ Report on Financial Statement Schedule

 

Form 10-K page 124

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Form 10-K page 125

 

All other schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

 

Exhibits

 

3.1

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.

3.2

  

Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.

4.1

  

Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.2

  

Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to ¥20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.3

  

Lease Intended as Security, dated as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, First Security Bank, National Association as Agent and named lessors. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.4

  

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2000, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000.

4.5

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2001, among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008 and the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.6

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

 

111


Table of Contents

4.7

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.8

  

U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.9

  

Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.10

  

Master Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

4.11

  

Indenture Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

4.12

  

Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, and Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. as SPC Member. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

4.13

  

Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 24, 2002, to Master Indenture Series 2001-A Indenture Supplement and Receivables Purchase Agreement each dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Seller, and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 6, 2002.

4.14

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the purchase of $425 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

4.15

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the $425 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

4.16

  

Indenture relating to 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012, dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. Filed herewith.

4.17

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003 among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the purchase of $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

4.18

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

4.19

  

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003, between the Registrant and affiliates of AIG Global Investment Corp. relating to the purchase of $50 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

 

112


Table of Contents

9.

  

Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.1

  

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.2

  

Form of European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.3

  

Form of European Servicing Agreement, dated January 2000, between Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.4

  

Supply Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.5

  

Home Office Pension Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.6

  

Employee Investment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.7

  

Capital Accumulation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.8

  

Special Deferral Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.9

  

Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.10

  

Global Success Sharing Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.11

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.12

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.13

  

Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.14

  

Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.15

  

Leadership Shares Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.16

  

Annual Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

 

113


Table of Contents

10.17

  

Long-Term Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.18

  

Long-Term Performance Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.19

  

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and Philip Marineau. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.20

  

Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1995, for members of the Special Committee of Board of Directors created by the Board of Directors on November 30, 1995. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.21

  

Discretionary Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Arrangement for Selected Executive Officers. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. *

10.22

  

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2000, between the Registrant and James Lewis. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. *

10.23

  

Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective March 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.24

  

Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.25

  

Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.26

  

Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective August 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.27

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective November 28, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.28

  

Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan, Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan, and Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.29

  

Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.30

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan, Plan Document and Employee Booklet effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.31

  

Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.32

  

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.58 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

 

114


Table of Contents

10.33

  

Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of February 1, 2001, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.59 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.34

  

Forms of Amendments to European Receivables and Servicing Agreements among Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase B.V. effective November 22, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.60 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.35

  

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

10.36

  

Parent Undertaking, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by the Registrant in favor of Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

10.37

  

Consent and Release Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, entered into by and among Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller, the Registrant, as Originator, Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, and Bank of America, N.A. as Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

10.38

  

Senior Executive Severance Plan effective July 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.39

  

Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan signed on August 2, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.40

  

Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan effective November 27, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.41

  

Amendment to Revised Employee Retirement signed on August 2, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.42

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.43

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.44

  

Amendment to Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.45

  

Amendment to the Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective April 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.46

  

Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.47

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

 

115


Table of Contents

10.48

  

Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.52 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.49

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.53 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.50

  

Amendment to Annual Incentive Plan effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.54 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.51

  

Second Amendment to Comprehensive Welfare Plan for Home Office Payroll Employees and Retirees effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.55 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.52

  

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, between the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

10.53

  

First Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated January 28, 2002, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

10.54

  

First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

10.55

  

Second Amendment to Supply Agreement dated as of May 13, 2002, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation dated as of March 30, 1992. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002.

10.56

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan signed May 17, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002. *

10.57

  

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.58

  

Second Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.59

  

Second Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.60

  

Employee Loan Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2002 between the Registrant and Joe Middleton. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

10.61

  

First Amendment to the Revised Home Office Pension Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. effective as of May 31, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

10.62

  

First Amendment to the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. primarily effective as of January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

 

116


Table of Contents

10.63

  

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2002 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed therein, Bank of America, N.A., as the provider of Swing Line Advances, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as the syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as the documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 26, 2002.

10.64

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2003. Filed herewith.*

10.65

  

Rabbi Trust Agreement, effective January 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company. Filed herewith.*

10.66

  

Credit Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between the Registrant, the LC Issuers and Other Lenders named therein, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents. Filed herewith.

10.67

  

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between the Registrant, certain Subsidiaries of the Registrant, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

10.68

  

Form of Guaranty dated January 31, 2003, entered into by certain Subsidiaries of the Registrant in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

10.69

  

Parent Guaranty, dated as of January 31, 2003, entered into by Registrant in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

10.70

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective September 9, 2002. Filed herewith. *

12

  

Statements re: Computation of Ratios. Filed herewith.

16

  

Letter dated as of May 6, 2002 from the Registrant’s previous independent accountants, Arthur Andersen LLP, to the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding its concurrence with the statements made by the Registrant in the current report concerning their dismissal. Previously filed as Exhibit 16 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 6, 2002.

21

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith.

24

  

Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto.

 

*   Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

117


Table of Contents

 

Reports on Form 8-K

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 9 of the report relating to filing our Amended Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q/A for the quarterly periods ended February 24, 2002 and May 26, 2002; and containing a copy of the Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 certifications.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 23, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company’s press release titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Announces Third-Quarter 2002 Financial Results.”

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 8, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 9 of the report and containing a copy of each of the sworn statements of the Principal Executive Officer, Philip A. Marineau, and the Principal Financial Officer, William B. Chiasson, of Levi Strauss & Co. submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to SEC Order No. 4-460. Additionally the report contains certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 30, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company’s press release titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Launches New Casual Clothing Brand For Value-Conscious Consumers.”

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 31, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 9 of the report and containing a copy of the Company’s Investor Presentation Materials, dated October 31, 2002, for use at a financial community meeting held in New York on October 31, 2002.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of Standard & Poor’s press release dated November 1, 2002 titled “S&P Lowers Levi Strauss Ratings; Outlook Stable.”

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 25, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report relating to an amendment to the Company’s principal credit agreement and containing a copy of the Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2002 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed therein, Bank of America, N.A., as the provider of Swing Line Advances, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as the syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as the documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent and a copy of the Company’s press release dated November 26, 2002 regarding the pricing of $425 Million of 12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 25, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing copies of the Company’s press releases dated November 25, 2002 titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Reaffirms 2002 Financial Targets and Reiterates 2003 Financial Goals” and “Levi Strauss & Co. Commences Private Placement of Senior Notes Due 2012” and containing copies of press releases of each of Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s Rating Service and Fitch Ratings, dated November 25, 2002, relating to the rating of the Company’s senior notes due 2012 filed pursuant to Item 9 of the Report.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2002 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report relating to the closing of the Company’s offering of $425 million of 12¼% Senior Notes due 2012, which were sold in accordance with a private placement conducted pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 7, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 9 of the report and containing a copy of Moody’s Investors Service’s press release dated January 7, 2003 upgrading the Company’s senior unsecured debt ratings to B3 from Caa1 and confirming the Company’s senior implied rating of B2 and its existing bank facility rating of B1.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company’s press release dated January 13, 2003 titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Enters into Binding Commitment Letter to Sell $50 million of 12.25% Senior Notes to AIG Global Investment Corp. or its Affiliate.”

 

118


Table of Contents

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report and containing a copy of the Company’s press release dated January 13, 2003 titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Announces Fourth-Quarter and Fiscal 2002 Financial Results.” In addition pursuant to Item 9, the Company publicly provided information in connection with presenting its fourth quarter and fiscal year 2002 financial results on January 13, 2003. The public information is contained in this report.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report containing a copy of the Company’s press release dated January 16, 2003 titled “Levi Strauss & Co. Prices Additional $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes Due 2012.”

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 22, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report relating to the Company completing on January 22, 2003 its offering of an additional $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012 sold in accordance with a private placement conducted pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 and relating to the Company completing on January 23, 2003 its offering of an additional $50 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012 to affiliates of AIG Global Investment Corp. sold in accordance with a private placement under the Securities Act.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 2003 and filed pursuant to Item 5 of the report relating to the Company closing an agreement on January 31, 2003 for a new $750 million senior secured credit facility consisting of a $375 million revolving credit facility and $375 million of term loans.

 

119


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

L EVI S TRAUSS & C O .

By:

  

/s/ William B. Chiasson         


    

William B. Chiasson

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Date:

  

FEBRUARY 6, 2003

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William B. Chiasson, Gary W. Grellman, Jay A. Mitchell and Hilary A. Fenner, and each of them, his or her attorney-in-fact with power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments, supplements or other documents relating to this Annual Report on Form 10-K he deems necessary or appropriate, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact or his substitute may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


/s/ Robert D. Haas

Robert D. Haas

 

 

  

Chairman of the Board

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Philip A. Marineau

Philip A. Marineau

  

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Peter E. Haas, Sr.

Peter E. Haas, Sr.

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Angela Glover Blackwell

Angela Glover Blackwell

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Friedman

Robert E. Friedman

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Tully M. Friedman

Tully M. Friedman

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ James C. Gaither

James C. Gaither

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

120


Table of Contents

Signature


  

Title


/s/ Peter A. Georgescu

Peter A. Georgescu

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Peter E. Haas, Jr.

Peter E. Haas, Jr.

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

/s/ Walter J. Haas

Walter J. Haas

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ F. Warren Hellman

F. Warren Hellman

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Patricia Salas Pineda

Patricia Salas Pineda

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ T. Gary Rogers

T. Gary Rogers

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ G. Craig Sullivan

G. Craig Sullivan

  

Director

Date: February 6, 2003

 

 

/s/ Gary W. Grellman

Gary W. Grellman

  

Vice President and Controller (Principal

Accounting Officer)

Date: February 6, 2003

 

121


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Philip A. Marineau, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Levi Strauss & Co.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  c)   Presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date:    February 12, 2003

 

/s/    Philip A. Marineau                                          

Philip A. Marineau

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

122


Table of Contents

 

I, William B. Chiasson, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Levi Strauss & Co.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  c)   Presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date:    February 12, 2003

 

/s/    William B. Chiasson


William B. Chiasson

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

123


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report on Financial Statement Schedule

 

The Stockholders and Board of Directors

 

Levi Strauss & Co.:

 

We have audited and reported separately herein on the financial statements of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended November 24, 2002. The November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 balance sheets, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income and cash flows and related information included in Schedule II for the fiscal years ended November 25, 2001 and November 26, 2000 were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements in their report dated December 21, 2001 (except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 20, as to which the date is January 29, 2002).

 

Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements of Levi Strauss & Co. taken as a whole. The supplementary information included in Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

 

 
   

/s/ KPMG LLP


   

KPMG LLP

 

February 5, 2003

 

124


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

 

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Allowance for

Doubtful Accounts


  

Balance at

Beginning

of Period


  

Additions

Charged to

Expenses


  

Deductions

to Reserves


  

Balance at

End of

Period


November 24, 2002

  

$

26,666

  

$

2,241

  

$

4,050

  

$

24,857

    

  

  

  

November 25, 2001

  

 

29,717

  

 

6,429

  

 

9,480

  

 

26,666

    

  

  

  

November 26, 2000

  

 

30,017

  

 

12,171

  

 

12,471

  

 

29,717

    

  

  

  

 

125


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

 

The Company will furnish an annual report to security holders subsequent to this filing.

 

126


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.1

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.

3.2

  

Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.

4.1

  

Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.2

  

Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to ¥20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.3

  

Lease Intended as Security, dated as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, First Security Bank, National Association as Agent and named lessors. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

4.4

  

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2000, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 6.80% Notes due 2003 and the 7.00% Notes due 2006. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000.

4.5

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2001, among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008 and the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.6

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.7

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.8

  

U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% US Dollar Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.9

  

Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to the 11.625% Euro Notes due 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

4.10

  

Master Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

4.11

  

Indenture Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

 

127


Table of Contents

 

  4.12

  

Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, and Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. as SPC Member. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

  4.13

  

Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 24, 2002, to Master Indenture Series 2001-A Indenture Supplement and Receivables Purchase Agreement each dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Servicer and Seller, and Registrar. Previously filed as Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 6, 2002.

  4.14

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the purchase of $425 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

  4.15

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the $425 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

  4.16

  

Indenture relating to 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012, dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. Filed herewith.

  4.17

  

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003 among the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the purchase of $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

  4.18

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, between the Registrant and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the $100 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

  4.19

  

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003, between the Registrant and affiliates of AIG Global Investment Corp. relating to the purchase of $50 million of 12.25% Senior Notes due 2012. Filed herewith.

  9.

  

Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas, Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.1

  

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.2

  

Form of European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.3

  

Form of European Servicing Agreement, dated January 2000, between Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.4

  

Supply Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000.

10.5

  

Home Office Pension Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

 

128


Table of Contents

10.6  

  

Employee Investment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.7  

  

Capital Accumulation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.8  

  

Special Deferral Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.9  

  

Key Employee Recognition and Commitment Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.10

  

Global Success Sharing Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.11

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.12

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.13

  

Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form

S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.14

  

Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.15

  

Leadership Shares Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.16

  

Annual Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.17

  

Long-Term Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.18

  

Long-Term Performance Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.19

  

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and Philip Marineau. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.20

  

Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1995, for members of the Special Committee of Board of Directors created by the Board of Directors on November 30, 1995. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 3, 2000. *

10.21

  

Discretionary Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Arrangement for Selected Executive Officers. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. *

10.22

  

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2000, between the Registrant and James Lewis. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 17, 2000. *

10.23

  

Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective March 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

 

129


Table of Contents

10.24

  

Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.25

  

Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan effective April 3, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.26

  

Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives effective August 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.27

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective November 28, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.28

  

Amendments to Capital Accumulation Plan, Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan, and Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.29

  

Amendments to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.30

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan, Plan Document and Employee Booklet effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001. *

10.31

  

Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.32

  

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.58 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.33

  

Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of February 1, 2001, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.59 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.34

  

Forms of Amendments to European Receivables and Servicing Agreements among Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Registrant and Tulip Asset Purchase B.V. effective November 22, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.60 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.

10.35

  

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2001, among the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agency and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

10.36

  

Parent Undertaking, dated as of July 31, 2001, made by the Registrant in favor of Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

10.37

  

Consent and Release Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, entered into by and among Levi Strauss Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, as Seller, the Registrant, as Originator, Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, and Bank of America, N.A. as Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 3, 2001.

 

130


Table of Contents

10.38

  

Senior Executive Severance Plan effective July 1, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.39

  

Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan signed on August 2, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.40

  

Amendment to Home Office Pension Plan effective November 27, 2000. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.41

  

Amendment to Revised Employee Retirement signed on August 2, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.42

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.43

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.44

  

Amendment to Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.45

  

Amendment to the Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan effective April 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.46

  

Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.47

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.48

  

Plan Document and Employee Booklet of Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.52 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.49

  

Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.53 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.50

  

Amendment to Annual Incentive Plan effective November 26, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.54 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.51

  

Second Amendment to Comprehensive Welfare Plan for Home Office Payroll Employees and Retirees effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.55 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 7, 2002. *

10.52

  

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, between the Registrant, the Initial Lenders and Issuing Banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Bank of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

10.53

  

First Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated January 28, 2002, between certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

 

131


Table of Contents

10.54

  

First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 28, 2002, among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 30, 2002.

10.55

  

Second Amendment to Supply Agreement dated as of May 13, 2002, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation dated as of March 30, 1992. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002.

10.56

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan signed May 17, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002. *

10.57

  

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.58

  

Second Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.59

  

Second Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of July 26, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002.

10.60

  

Employee Loan Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2002 between the Registrant and Joe Middleton. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

10.61

  

First Amendment to the Revised Home Office Pension Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. effective as of May 31, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

10.62

  

First Amendment to the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. primarily effective as of January 1, 2002. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 8, 2002. *

10.63

  

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2002 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed therein, Bank of America, N.A., as the provider of Swing Line Advances, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as the syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as the documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 26, 2002.

10.64

  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2003. Filed herewith.*

10.65

  

Rabbi Trust Agreement, effective January 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company. Filed herewith.*

10.66

  

Credit Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between the Registrant, the LC Issuers and Other Lenders named therein, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents. Filed herewith.

10.67

  

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between the Registrant, certain Subsidiaries of the Registrant, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

10.68

  

Form of Guaranty dated January 31, 2003, entered into by certain Subsidiaries of the Registrant in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

10.69

  

Parent Guaranty, dated as of January 31, 2003, entered into by Registrant in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent. Filed herewith.

 

132


Table of Contents

10.70

  

Amendment to Employee Investment Plan effective September 9, 2002. Filed herewith. *

12

  

Statements re: Computation of Ratios. Filed herewith.

16

  

Letter dated as of May 6, 2002 from the Registrant’s previous independent accountants, Arthur Andersen LLP, to the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding its concurrence with the statements made by the Registrant in the current report concerning their dismissal. Previously filed as Exhibit 16 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 6, 2002.

21

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith.

24

  

Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto.

 

* Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

133

EXHIBIT 4.14

EXECUTION COPY

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

$425,000,000

12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

November 26, 2002

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers c/o Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Levi Strauss & Co., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the "Initial Purchasers"), for whom you (the "Representatives") are acting as representatives, $425,000,000 principal amount of its 12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Securities"). The Securities are to be issued under an indenture, (the "Indenture"), to be dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Securities have the benefit of a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), dated the date hereof, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to register the Securities under the Act subject to the terms and conditions therein specified. To the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representative as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 17 hereof.

The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum, dated November 25, 2002 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein, the ("Preliminary Memorandum"), and a final offering memorandum, dated November 26, 2002 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all

1

exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein, the "Final Memorandum"). Each of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company and the Securities. The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers. Unless stated to the contrary, references herein to the Final Memorandum at the Execution Time are not meant to include any information incorporated by reference therein subsequent to the Execution Time, and any references herein to the terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the Final Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include any information filed under the Exchange Act subsequent to the Execution Time which is incorporated by reference therein.

1. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents an warrants to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

(a) The Preliminary Memorandum, at the date thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. At the Execution Time and on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3 hereof), the Final Memorandum did not, and will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the date thereof and at the Closing Date will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.

(b) All documents filed by the Company under the Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act Documents"), when they were filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and, when they were so filed, did not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

(d) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

(e) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.

2

(f) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them has complied with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(g) The Company has been advised by The Portal Market of the NASD that the Securities have been designated Portal-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD.

(h) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

(i) The Company is subject to and in full compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(j) The Company has not paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement).

(k) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(l) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other valid legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate or company power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other valid legal entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on, or a material adverse change in, the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(m) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum and other than the Company's subsidiaries in Japan and Turkey, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances.

(n) The Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Final Memorandum, and the Voting Trust Agreement entered into as of April 15, 1996, among

3

the Voting Trustees and stockholders of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Final Memorandum.

(o) The statements in the Final Memorandum under the headings "Important Federal Income Tax Considerations", "Description of Notes", "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights", "Business--Trademarks", "Business--Legal Proceedings", "Risk Factors--Our success depends on the continued protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights" and in the fourth paragraph under "Business -- Sourcing, Manufacturing and Logistics--Manufacturing and Finishing", insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are, in all material respects, accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; the Indenture has been duly authorized and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity); the Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity); and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

(q) No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as will be obtained under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

(r) Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its

4

subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or to the Company's knowledge, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with respect to (x) clause (ii) and (y) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States described in clause (iii) as to which the Company has no knowledge, for conflicts, violations, breaches or impositions that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein); and the selected financial data set forth under the caption "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" in the Final Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Final Memorandum, the information included therein.

(t) No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(u) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own, lease or license all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their respective operations as presently conducted.

(v) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter or bylaws; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, other than such violations or defaults the occurrence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from the transactions in the ordinary course of business.

(w) KPMG LLP, who have reviewed certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum, are independent

5

public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder. Arthur Andersen LLP, who has previously certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and previously delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Final Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents, were at all times during their engagement by the Company independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

(x) To the Company's knowledge, there are no material stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other material similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Securities.

(y) The Company has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax or other assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(z) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries' principal suppliers, contractors or customers that in any such case could have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonable and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect, except when the failure to be in full force and effect would have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

6

(bb) No subsidiary of the Company is currently contractually prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum or the Company's Credit Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Company, the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as swing line bank, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent, as amended as of July 11, 2001, January 28, 2002 and July 26, 2002 (the "Existing Bank Credit Facility"); the Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and all documents related thereto (together, the "Domestic Receivables Securitization Facility"); and the European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Company and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V., and all documents related thereto (together, the "European Securitization Agreements").

(cc) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, other than such licenses, certificates, permits or other authorizations, the failure of which to possess would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(dd) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act) that are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its principal executive officer or officers and its principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

7

(ee) In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws") on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(ff) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each "plan" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations; the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA.

(gg) The subsidiaries listed on Annex A attached hereto are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company as defined by Rule l-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act (the "Subsidiaries").

(hh) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks (including the Levi's(R), Dockers(R), Slates(R) and Levi Strauss Signature(TM) trademarks), trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") necessary for the conduct of the Company's business as now conducted free and clear of any material security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in or contemplated in (i) the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) or (ii) the Existing Bank Credit Facility, and none of the Intellectual Property, to the best knowledge of the Company, conflicts with the valid trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, patent right or intangible asset of any other Person to the extent that such conflict has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.

2. Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the

8

Company at a purchase price of 96.081% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from December 4, 2002 to the Closing Date, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser's name on Schedule I hereto.

3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on December 4, 2002, or at such time on such later date (not later than three Business Days after the foregoing date) as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the "Closing Date"). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company. Delivery of the Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

4. Offering by Initial Purchasers. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company that:

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those persons it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States.

5. Agreements. The Company agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Final Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as you may reasonably request.

(b) The Company will not amend or supplement the Final Memorandum without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Final Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Company promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and
(iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Final Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

9

(d) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States and the European Union as the Representatives may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

(e) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant) to, resell, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act, any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.

(f) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant), nor any person acting on its or their behalf will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

(g) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant), nor any person acting on its or their behalf will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

(h) So long as any of the Securities are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the holders, and the prospective purchasers designated by such holders, from time to time of such restricted securities.

(i) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(j) The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its best efforts to permit the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

(k) The Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any other option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, or file a registration statement for, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, or enter into any agreement to do any of the

10

foregoing (other than (a) the Securities and the New Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), (b) pursuant to any credit facility permitted under the Indenture, (c) purchase money debt and any other non-capital markets debt permitted under the Indenture and
(d) up to $200,000,000 of additional Securities or additional 11 5/8% Senior Notes due 2008) for a period of 90 days from the date the Securities are issued without the prior written consent of Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

(l) The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(m) The Company will not, at any time prior to the expiration of three years after the Closing Date, be or become an open-end investment company, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act, and will not be or become a closed-end investment company required to be registered but not registered thereunder.

(n) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading in The Portal Market of the NASD;
(viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company's accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 7 and 8 hereof, the Initial Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore.

6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any

11

certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) The Company shall have requested and caused Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Trustee, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers under this Agreement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and provided that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the enforceability of any rights to indemnification which may be violative of the public policy underlying any Federal or state securities law, rule or regulation); and the statements set forth under the heading "Description of Notes" and "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights" in the Final Memorandum, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, provide, in all material respects, a fair summary of such provisions;

(ii) the statements in the Final Memorandum under the heading "Important Federal Income Tax Considerations", insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings;

(iii) no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which give such counsel reason to believe that the Final Memorandum (other than the financial statements and other financial data contained therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel has not been requested to comment), as of its date or as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or

12

omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(iv) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(v) neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company; (ii) the terms of the Existing Bank Credit Facility, including any covenant contained therein; (iii) the terms of the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Company and Citibank, N.A., the U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Company and Citibank, N.A. or the Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Company and Citibank, N.A. (together, the "Existing Indentures"), and any amendments thereto, including any covenant contained therein; or (iv) any law, rule or regulation of the United States applicable to securities transactions or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(vi) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and compliance with the agreements contained herein, no registration of the Securities under the Act, and no qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, is required for the offer and sale by the Initial Purchasers of the Securities in the manner contemplated by this Agreement; and

(vii) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum, will not be an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of California, Delaware and New York or the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such opinion may contain customary assumptions, exceptions, limitations, qualifications and comments reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers. References to the Final Memorandum in this Section 6(a) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Albert F. Moreno, Esq., Senior Vice President and General Counsel for the Company, to furnish to the Representatives his opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other valid legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or

13

organized, with full corporate or company power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other valid legal entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum and other than the Company's subsidiaries in Japan and Turkey, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest and, to the knowledge of such counsel, after due inquiry, any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances;

(iii) the Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Final Memorandum;

(iv) to the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property that is not adequately disclosed in the Final Memorandum, except in each case for such proceedings that, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would not singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) such counsel has no reason to believe that at the Execution Time or on the Closing Date the Final Memorandum contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (in each case, other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion);

(vi) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 4 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as will be obtained under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and such other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been obtained; and

(vii) neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any

14

property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or to the knowledge of such counsel, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with respect to (x) clause (ii) and (y) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States described in clause (iii) as to which such counsel has no knowledge, for conflicts, violations, breaches or impositions that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of Delaware and California or the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent he deems proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom he believes to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent he deems proper, on certificates of other responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such opinion may contain customary assumptions, exceptions, limitations, qualifications and comments. References to the Final Memorandum in this Section 6(b) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

(c) The Representatives shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Final Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(d) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Final Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Final Memorandum and this Agreement and that:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and the Company has complied in all material respects with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and

15

(ii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(e) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request evidencing the derivation from the Company's accounting books and records of financial statements or other financial data included in the Final Memorandum and any amendment or supplement to the Final Memorandum for periods during which the Company's financial statements were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP.

(f) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, the Company shall have requested and caused KPMG LLP to furnish to the Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent accountants within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and the respective applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, that they have performed a review of the unaudited interim financial information of the Company for the nine-month period ended August 25, 2002 and as of August 25, 2002 and stating in effect that on the basis of a reading of the latest unaudited financial statements made available by the Company and its subsidiaries; their limited review, in accordance with the standards established under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71, of the unaudited interim financial information for the nine-month period ended August 25, 2002 and as of August 25, 2002, as indicated in their report included or incorporated in the Final Memorandum; carrying out certain specified procedures (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors and the Executive, Audit and Finance Committees of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries; and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company and its subsidiaries as to transactions and events subsequent to November 26, 2001, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that:

(1) the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of August 25, 2002 and for the three and nine months ended August 25, 2002 included in the Final Memorandum do not comply in form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission with respect to financial statements included in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act; and said unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included or incorporated in the Final Memorandum;

(2) with respect to the period from August 25, 2002 to October 27, 2002, there was any increase in long-term debt or stockholders' deficit, change in capital stock, decrease in total assets of the Company as

16

compared with the amounts shown in the August 25, 2002 unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet included in the Final Memorandum, or for the two-month period ended October 27, 2002, there were any decreases as compared to the corresponding two-month period ended October 28, 2001 in consolidated net sales, gross profit, operating income, interest expense, income before taxes or in the total or per share amounts of net income of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in all instances for changes or decreases set forth in such letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the Representatives; or

(3) with respect to the period subsequent to October 27, 2002 to a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there was any increase in long-term debt, or change in capital stock as compared with the amounts shown in the August 25, 2002 unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet included in the Final Memorandum, or any decrease as compared to the corresponding period in the fiscal month ended October 27, 2002 in consolidated net sales, except in all instances for changes or decreases set forth in such letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the Representatives; and

(iii) they have performed certain other specified procedures as a result of which they determined that certain information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical information derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries) set forth in the Final Memorandum, including the information set forth under the captions "Summary", "Risk Factors", "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" in the Final Memorandum, the information included in the "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" included or incorporated in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 25, 2002 and Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 25, 2001 agrees with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, excluding any questions of legal interpretation.

References to the Final Memorandum in this Section 6(f) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the date of the applicable letter.

(g) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (f) of this Section 6; or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Securities as

17

contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(h) The Securities shall have been designated as Portal-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD and the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

(i) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company's debt securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating (including notice of an adverse change in the outlook for such rating) or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

(j) The Company shall have entered into an amendment and waiver to the Existing Credit Facility satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives, whereby the lenders shall have granted a waiver to and amended the Existing Credit Facility to permit the issuance of the Securities and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Final Memorandum and such amendment and waiver shall be in full force and effect.

(k) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be in all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancelation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 will be delivered at the office of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, at Cravath, Swaine & Moore, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, on the Closing Date.

7. Reimbursement of Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through Salomon Smith Barney Inc. on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or

18

other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein; and provided further, however, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in the Preliminary Memorandum, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Initial Purchaser from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Securities concerned in any initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchaser, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Initial Purchaser occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum was corrected in the Final Memorandum, (ii) the Company had previously furnished copies of the Final Memorandum to the Initial Purchasers and (iii) such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person, a copy of the Final Memorandum. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have. The Company acknowledges that the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the delivery of the Securities and, under the heading "Plan of Distribution", (i) the list of Initial Purchasers; and
(ii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances; and (iii) the paragraph related to overallotment, stabilization and syndicate covering transactions in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party

19

from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. The indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. Such firm shall be designated by Salomon Smith Barney Inc. in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a) and by the Company in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). Each indemnified party shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Initial Purchasers severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which the Company and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Initial Purchasers severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (after deducting discounts and commissions to the Initial

20

Purchasers, but before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth in this Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

9. Default by an Initial Purchaser. If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their names on Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the event that the aggregate principal amount of Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth on Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company. In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Final Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Company or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

21

11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities; provided, however, that the representations and warranties of the Company shall be deemed to be made at the Execution Time and the Closing Date only. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancelation of this Agreement.

12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Salomon Smith Barney Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to (415) 501-7650 and confirmed to it at Levi's Plaza, 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, CA 94111, attention of the Legal Department.

13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in
Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

17. Definitions. The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

"Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the City of New York.

"Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Execution Time" shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

22

"Investment Company Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"NASD" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

"Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D under the Act.

"Regulation S" shall mean Regulation S under the Act.

"Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

23

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours,

Levi Strauss & Co.

by

Name: William B. Chiasson Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

24

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

By: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

by
Name:
Title:

For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to
the foregoing Agreement.


                                                      SCHEDULE I

                                                                                                        Principal
                                                                                                        Amount of
                                                                                                        Securities
           Initial Purchasers                                                                           to be Purchased
           ------------------                                                                           ---------------

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.......................................................................           $106,250,000
Banc of America Securities LLC ................................................................            106,250,000
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.......................................................................            106,250,000
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp................................................................             42,500,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.....................................................................             42,500,000
Fleet Securities, Inc..........................................................................             10,625,000
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc..................................................................             10,625,000
                                                                                                          ------------

                Total..........................................................................           $425,000,000
                                                                                                          ============


Annex A Significant Subsidiaries

Levi Strauss International

Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services SCA/CVA

Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation

Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC

NF Industries, Inc.

Levi Strauss - Europe S.A.

Levi Strauss Continental S.A.


EXHIBIT A

Selling Restrictions for Offers and

Sales outside the United States

(1)(a) The Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that, except as otherwise permitted by Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit, it has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (i) as part of their distribution at any time; and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S under the Act. Accordingly, each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and that it and they have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to the confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a sale of Securities pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit), it shall have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

"The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and December 4, 2002, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S."

(b) Each Initial Purchaser also represents and agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its Affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.

(c) Terms used in this section have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(2) Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the date of issue of the Securities, will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments, whether as principal or agent, for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;(ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Market Act 2000 (the "FSMA") and the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 with respect to anything done by it in relation to such Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of such Securities in circumstances in which
Section 21 (1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company.

A-1

EXHIBIT 4.15

EXECUTION COPY

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

$425,000,000

12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 26, 2002

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers c/o Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Levi Strauss & Co., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the "Initial Purchasers"), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the "Purchase Agreement"), its $425,000,000 of 12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012 ( the "Securities") relating to the initial placement of the Securities (the "Initial Placement"). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a "Holder" and, together, the "Holders"), as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

"Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.


"Affiliate" of any specified person shall mean any other person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control of a person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Broker-Dealer" shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust Companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

"Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Exchange Offer Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the New Securities covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by Reference therein.

"Exchange Offer Registration Period" shall mean the 180-day period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Exchange Offer Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Exchanging Dealer" shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company).

"Holder" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Indenture" shall mean the indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

2

"Initial Placement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Initial Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

"Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.

"Managing Underwriters" shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.

"New Securities" shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the interest rate step-up provisions and the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture.

"New Securities Indenture" shall mean an indenture between the Company and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that the interest rate step-up provisions will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate).

"New Securities Trustee" shall mean the Trustee or a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture.

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Registered Exchange Offer" shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities.

"Registration Statement" shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

3

"Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

"Shelf Registration Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

"Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

"underwriter" shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Company shall prepare and, not later than 90 days following the date of the original issuance of the Securities, shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 180 days of the date of the original issuance of the Securities.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.

(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

4

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days and not more than 45 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);

(iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; provided that if any Initial Purchaser holds Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) after the expiration of the Exchange Offer Registration Period, that Initial Purchaser shall have the right, for 90 days immediately following the expiration of the Exchange Offer Registration Period, to request the Company to prepare a prospectus for use by that Initial Purchaser for sales of New Securities, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare that prospectus for such use;

(iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them;

(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;

(vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if requested or required by the Commission, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company is conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May

13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991);

and (B) including a representation that the Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company's information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and

(vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws.

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

5

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation in accordance with
Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation
(pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

(i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and

(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP numbers for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days of the date of original issuance of the Securities or the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 210 days of the date of original issuance

6

of the Securities; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests within 45 days of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) so requests within 45 days of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer on the basis that such Holder was not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer other than by reason of such Holder being an Affiliate of the Company (it being understood that a requirement to deliver a Prospectus in connection with market-making activities or other trading shall not result in the applicable securities not being "freely tradeable"); or (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not "freely tradeable"; and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver an Exchange Offer Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not "freely tradeable"), the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.

(b) (i) The Company shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this
Section 3), file with the Commission and thereafter shall cause to be declared effective under the Act a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission's staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

(ii) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the Closing Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period being called the "Shelf Registration Period"). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its

7

reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company's obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable. The Company is expressly permitted to suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement in good faith in connection with the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable.

4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.

(a) The Company shall:

(i) furnish to you, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose;

(ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

(b) The Company shall ensure that:

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

8

(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Holders shall ensure that written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and

(iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Registration Statement, and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Holders shall ensure that written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) The Company shall advise you, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or

9

necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.

(e) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any posteffective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(h) The Company shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such United States and European Union jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take

10

any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections
(c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to
Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.

(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(m) The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.

(n) The Company shall cause the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

(o) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to (i) furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement and (ii) provide the indemnity contemplated by Section
6(b). The Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information or fails to provide the indemnity within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall enter into such agreements (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take

11

all other reasonable, appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6.

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; and provided further that the Company shall be entitled to coordinate such access to its financial and other records, corporate documents and properties in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of the Company or its subsidiaries;

(ii) cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; and provided further that the Company shall be entitled to respond to such information requests in a coordinated fashion such that such requests do not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of the Company or its subsidiaries;

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions

12

requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(v) obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with
Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this subsection shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

(s) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters.

(t) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist in the distribution" (within the meaning of the Rules of Fair Practice and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules and By-Laws, including, without limitation, by:

(i) if such Rules or By-Laws shall so require, engaging a "qualified independent underwriter" (as defined in such Rules) to participate in the preparation of the

13

Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities;

(ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and

(iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Rules.

(u) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith.

6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in
Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and provided further, however, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in a preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit

14

of any person to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such person occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the final Prospectus or in an amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) the Company had previously furnished copies of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement to such person and (iii) such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given by such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities, a copy of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of each underwriter of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.

(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and
(ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and

15

the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. The indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. Such firm shall be designated by Salomon Smith Barney Inc. in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) and by the Company in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b). Each indemnified party shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any subsequent Holder of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other

16

relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act or selling Securities or New Securities, as applicable, under a Shelf Registration Statement. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

(e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the directors, officers, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.

7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders, provided, however, that such Managing Underwriters must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; and (iii) agrees to be bound by Section 6(b) hereof.

17

8. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

9. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Securities (or, after the consummation of any Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of New Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

10. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

(b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(c) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

The Initial Purchasers or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities. The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder who receives and accepts any

18

benefits of this Agreement and who is thereafter bound by the obligations of this Agreement may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Securities or New Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. Each Holder who receives and accepts any benefits of this Agreement will be deemed to agree to be bound by and comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

13. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.

15. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

19

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours, Levi Strauss & Co.

by
Name:


Title:

20

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.
SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

By: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

by
Name:
Title:

For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to
the Purchase Agreement.

21

ANNEX A

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution".

22

ANNEX B

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. See "Plan of Distribution".

23

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of marketmaking activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until __________, 2003, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers. New Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-thecounter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Securities. Any Broker-Dealer that resells New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit resulting from any such resale of New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

24

ANNEX D

Rider A

/ / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
--- ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:
Address:


Rider B

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker- Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

25

EXHIBIT 4.16

EXECUTION COPY

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012


INDENTURE

Dated as of December 4, 2002


WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

Trustee


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----

                                                 ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
                                  ------------------------------------------

SECTION 1.01. Definitions...............................................................................         1
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.........................................................................        38
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.........................................        39
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.....................................................................        39


                                                ARTICLE II

                                              The Securities
                                              --------------

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series..................................................        40
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating...........................................................................        42
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication .............................................................        42
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent................................................................        43
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.......................................................        43
SECTION 2.06. Securityholder Lists......................................................................        44
SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities....................................................................        44
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities....................................................................        44
SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities......................................................................        45
SECTION 2.10. Cancellation .............................................................................        45
SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest........................................................................        45
SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers.............................................................................        45



                                             ARTICLE III

                                              Redemption
                                              ----------

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.........................................................................       46
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed ....................................................       46
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.......................................................................       47
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.............................................................       47
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price................................................................       48
SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part................................................................       48

i

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
                                             ARTICLE IV

                                              Covenants
                                              ---------

SECTION 4.01. Covenant Suspension........................................................................       48
SECTION 4.02. Payment of Securities......................................................................       49
SECTION 4.03. SEC Reports................................................................................       49
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Debt.........................................................................       50
SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restricted Payments..........................................................       52
SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Liens........................................................................       55
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Asset Sales..................................................................       56
SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries...................       60
SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.................................................       61
SECTION 4.10. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries....................................       63
SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions..............................................       65
SECTION 4.12. Change of Control..........................................................................       65
SECTION 4.13. Further Instruments and Acts...............................................................       67



                                             ARTICLE V

                                          Successor Company
                                          -----------------

SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets..................................................       67


                                             ARTICLE VI

                                        Defaults and Remedies
                                        ---------------------

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default..........................................................................       69
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration...............................................................................       71
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.............................................................................       71
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults....................................................................       72
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority........................................................................       72
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits........................................................................       72
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.......................................................       73
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.................................................................       73
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim ..........................................................       73
SECTION 6.10. Priorities ................................................................................       73
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs......................................................................       74
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws...........................................................       74

ii

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
                                          ARTICLE VII

                                            Trustee
                                            -------

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee..........................................................................       75
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee..........................................................................       76
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee...............................................................       77
SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................................................       77
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.........................................................................       78
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders..............................................................       78
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.................................................................       78
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.....................................................................       79
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger................................................................       80
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification..............................................................       81
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..........................................       81


                                          ARTICLE VIII

                               Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
                               ----------------------------------

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance...........................................       81
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance...................................................................       82
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money.................................................................       84
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company.......................................................................       84
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations.......................................................       84
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement..............................................................................       84


                                           ARTICLE IX

                                           Amendments
                                           ----------

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.................................................................       85
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders....................................................................       86
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act........................................................       87
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers..............................................       87
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities......................................................       87
SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments.................................................................       88
SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent........................................................................       88

iii

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
                                          ARTICLE X

                                        Miscellaneous
                                        -------------

SECTION 10.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls..............................................................       88
SECTION 10.02. Notices...................................................................................       88
SECTION 10.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders...............................................       89
SECTION 10.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........................................       89
SECTION 10.05. Statements Required in Certificate  or Opinion............................................       90
SECTION 10.06. When Securities Disregarded...............................................................       90
SECTION 10.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar..............................................       91
SECTION 10.08. Legal Holidays............................................................................       91
SECTION 10.09. Governing Law.............................................................................       91
SECTION 10.10. No Recourse Against Others................................................................       91
SECTION 10.11. Successors................................................................................       91
SECTION 10.12. Multiple Originals........................................................................       91
SECTION 10.13. Table of Contents; Headings...............................................................       91

iv

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

  TIA                                                                                                       Indenture
Section                                                                                                      Section
-------                                                                                                     ---------
310 (a)(1)...............................................................................................      7.10
    (a)(2)...............................................................................................      7.10
    (a)(3)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (a)(4)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (b)..................................................................................................      7.08;
                                                                                                               7.10
    (c)..................................................................................................      N.A.
311 (a)..................................................................................................      7.11
    (b)..................................................................................................      7.11
    (c)..................................................................................................      N.A.
312 (a) .................................................................................................      2.06
    (b)..................................................................................................      N.A.
    (c)..................................................................................................      N.A.
313 (a)..................................................................................................      7.06
    (b)(1)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (b)(2)...............................................................................................      7.06
    (c)..................................................................................................      N.A.
    (d)..................................................................................................      7.06
314 (a)..................................................................................................      4.02;
                                                                                                               4.10;
                                                                                                               N.A.
    (b)..................................................................................................      N.A.
    (c)(1)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (c)(2)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (c)(3)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (d)..................................................................................................      N.A.
    (e)..................................................................................................      N.A.
    (f)..................................................................................................      4.10
315 (a)..................................................................................................      7.01
    (b)..................................................................................................      7.05;
                                                                                                               N.A.
    (c)..................................................................................................      7.01
    (d)..................................................................................................      7.01
    (e)..................................................................................................      6.11
316 (a)
    (last sentence)......................................................................................      N.A.
    (a)(1)(A)............................................................................................      6.05
    (a)(1)(B)............................................................................................      6.04
    (a)(2)...............................................................................................      N.A.
    (b)..................................................................................................      6.07
317 (a)(1)...............................................................................................      6.08
    (a)(2)...............................................................................................      6.09
    (b)..................................................................................................      2.05
318 (a)..................................................................................................      N.A.

N.A. Means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

i

INDENTURE dated as of December 4, 2002, between LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012, to be issued, from time to time, in one or more series as in this Indenture provided (the "Initial Securities") and, if and when issued pursuant to a registered or private exchange for the Initial Securities, the Company's 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "Exchange Securities" and, together with the Initial Securities, the "Securities"):

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

"Additional Assets" means:

(a) any Property (other than cash, cash equivalents, securities and inventory) to be owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and used in a Related Business; or

(b) Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of that Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (b), the Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means:

(a) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with that specified Person, or

(b) any other Person who is a director or officer of that specified Person.

For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to


2

direct the management and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of Section 4.09 and Section 4.07 and the definition of "Additional Assets" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any Beneficial Owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to purchase that Voting Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any Beneficial Owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.

"Asset Sale" means any sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition"), of

(a) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares),

(b) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(c) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,

other than, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c) above,

(1) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary,

(2) any disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.05,

(3) any disposition effected in compliance with the first paragraph in Section 5.01,

(4) a sale of accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of "Qualified Receivables Transaction" to a Receivables Entity,


3

(5) a transfer of accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of "Qualified Receivables Transaction" (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction,

(6) a transfer of accounts receivable of the type specified in the definition of "Credit Facility" that is permitted under clause (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, and

(7) any disposition that does not (together with all related dispositions) involve assets having a Fair Market Value or consideration in excess of $1.0 million.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time, the aggregate Fair Market Value of assets disposed of by the Company to its Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (whether or not in the ordinary course of business), other than (A) Permitted Investments comprised of cash or Temporary Cash Investments, Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Investments that are made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (l) of the definition of Permitted Investments, (B) dispositions pursuant to paragraphs
(4), (5), (6) and (7) above, (C) dispositions by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of raw materials to be used in the manufacture of finished goods, of finished goods and of work in process and (D) dispositions constituting Asset Sales, exceeds 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets, all asset dispositions in excess thereof (other than asset dispositions described in clauses (A), (B), (C) or (D) above) shall be treated as Asset Sales subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.07. For purposes of this paragraph, the aggregate Fair Market Value of assets so transferred at any time shall be calculated by using the sum of the Fair Market Value of each asset disposition as of the date of its disposition.

"Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at any date of determination,

(a) if the Sale and Leaseback Transaction is a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Debt represented thereby according to the definition of "Capital Lease Obligation", and


4

(b) in all other instances, the greater of:

(1) the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, and

(2) the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Securities, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease has been extended).

"Average Life" means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the product of the numbers of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of that Debt or redemption or similar payment with respect to that Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of the payment by

(b) the sum of all payments of this kind.

"Beneficial Owner" means a beneficial owner as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that:

(a) a Person will be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of all shares that the Person has the right to acquire, whether that right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time,

(b) for purposes of clause (a) of the definition of "Change of Control", Permitted Holders will be deemed to be the Beneficial Owners of any Voting Stock of a corporation or other legal entity held by any other corporation or other legal entity so long as the Permitted Holders Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of that corporation or other legal entity, and

(c) for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of "Change of Control", any "person" or "group" (as those terms are defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of


5

securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, other than any one or more of the Permitted Holders, shall be deemed to be the Beneficial Owners of any Voting Stock of a corporation or other legal entity held by any other corporation or legal entity ("the parent corporation"), so long as that person or group Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of that parent corporation.

The term "Beneficially Own" shall have a corresponding meaning.

"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company (or, in the case of clause (a)(2) of the first paragraph of Section 4.09, the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

"Business Day" means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

"Capital Lease Obligation" means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by that obligation shall be the capitalized amount of the obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under that lease prior to the first date upon which that lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of
Section 4.06, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.

"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in that Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into that equity interest.


6

"Capital Stock Sale Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or the Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees) by the Company of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after January 18, 2001, net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, initial purchasers' or placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with the issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) prior to the first Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market, the Permitted Holders cease to be the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, whether as a result of the issuance of securities of the Company, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any direct or indirect transfer of securities by the Permitted Holders or otherwise; or

(b) on or after the first Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market, if any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d- 5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, other than any one or more of the Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided, however, that the Permitted Holders are the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate of a lesser percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than that other person or group; and provided further, that the provisions of this clause (b) will not apply to Voting Trustees serving in that capacity under the Voting Trust Agreement; or

(c) the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of assets as an


7

entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders) shall have occurred, or the Company merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into the Company, in any event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other Property, other than a transaction where:

(1) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for other Voting Stock of the Company or for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation or transferee, and

(2) the Holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or the surviving corporation or transferee immediately after the transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction; or

(d) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of that period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of not less than three-fourths of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of that period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or by a vote of the Voting Trustees pursuant to the terms of the Voting Trust Agreement) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or

(e) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved any plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Commodity Price Protection Agreement" means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar


8

agreement or arrangement designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in commodity prices.

"Company" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.

"Consolidated Current Liabilities" means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (including taxes accrued as estimated), after eliminating:

(a) all intercompany items between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, and

(b) all current maturities of long-term Debt.

"Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, the total interest expense (net of interest income) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(a) interest expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction and to Capital Lease Obligations,

(b) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, including commitment fees,

(c) capitalized interest,

(d) non-cash interest expense,

(e) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing,

(f) net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of fees),

(g) Disqualified Stock Dividends,

(h) Preferred Stock Dividends,


9

(i) interest Incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations,

(j) interest accruing on any Debt of any other Person to the extent that Debt is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and

(k) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent those contributions are used by the plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Debt Incurred by the plan or trust.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction (including, without limitation, any Qualified Receivables Transaction) pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets of the type specified in the definition of "Qualified Receivables Transaction" shall be included in Consolidated Fixed Charges.

"Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

(a) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days prior to such determination date to

(b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for those four fiscal quarters;

provided, however, that:

--------  -------

                        (1) if

                                (A) since the beginning of that period the

Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Debt that remains outstanding or Repaid any Debt, or

(B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio involves an Incurrence or Repayment of Debt,

Consolidated Fixed Charges for that period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to that Incurrence or Repayment as if the Debt was


10

Incurred or Repaid on the first day of that period, provided that, in the event of any Repayment of Debt, EBITDA for that period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to Repay such Debt, and

(2) if

(A) since the beginning of that period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Sale or an Investment (by merger or otherwise) in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of Property which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business,

(B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio involves an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, or

(C) since the beginning of that period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of that period) shall have made such an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition,

EBITDA for that period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to the Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition as if the Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of that period.

If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on that Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for the floating rate of interest on the date of determination had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to that Debt if the applicable Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). In the event the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the Company shall be deemed, for purposes of clause (1) above, to have Repaid during that period the Debt of that Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for that Debt after the sale.


11

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(a) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Company) if that Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

(1) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (d) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for that period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash distributed by that Person during that period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (c) below), and

(2) the Company's equity in a net loss of that Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary for the specified period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(b) for purposes of Section 4.05 only, any net income (loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of the acquisition,

(c) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if the Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

(1) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (d) below, the Company's equity in the net income of the Restricted Subsidiary for the period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount that would have been permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary by that Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval by a third party (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and government regulations applicable to that Restricted


12

Subsidiary or its shareholders, during that period as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause), and

(2) the Company's equity in a net loss of the Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income,

(d) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Property of the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business,

(e) any extraordinary gain or loss,

(f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles,

(g) any unrealized gains or losses of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries on any Hedging Obligations, and

(h) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that those shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 4.05 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under that
Section pursuant to clause (c)(4) of the first paragraph thereof.

"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the amounts that would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets (less accumulated depreciation, amortization, allowances for doubtful receivables, other applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) of the Company and its Restricted


13

Subsidiaries, after giving effect to purchase accounting and after deducting therefrom Consolidated Current Liabilities and, to the extent otherwise included, the amounts of (without duplication):

(a) the excess of cost over fair market value of assets or businesses acquired;

(b) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Company immediately preceding the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP;

(c) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;

(d) minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) treasury stock;

(f) cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock to the extent such obligation is not reflected in Consolidated Current Liabilities; and

(g) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the amounts of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Current Liabilities as of such date.

"Credit Facilities" means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt or commercial paper facilities (including related Guarantees) with banks, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds or other institutional lenders (including the Existing Bank Credit Facilities), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to institutional lenders or to special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from institutional lenders against those receivables or inventory) or trade or standby letters of


14

credit, in each case together with any Refinancing thereof on any basis so long as such Refinancing constitutes Debt; provided that, in the case of a transaction in which any accounts receivable are sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to another Person other than a Receivables Entity, then that transaction must satisfy the following three conditions:

(a) if the transaction involves a transfer of accounts receivable with Fair Market Value equal to or greater than $25.0 million, the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that the transaction is economically fair and reasonable to the Company or the Subsidiary that sold, conveyed or transferred the accounts receivable,

(b) the sale, conveyance or transfer of accounts receivable by the Company or the Subsidiary is made at Fair Market Value and

(c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions of the transaction shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).

"Currency Exchange Protection Agreement" means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

"Debt" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of:

(1) debt of the Person for money borrowed, and

(2) debt evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which the Person is responsible or liable;

(b) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Person;

(c) all obligations of the Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of the Person and all


15

obligations of the Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

(d) all obligations of the Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (a) through
(c) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Person to the extent those letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, the drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by the Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit);

(e) the amount of all obligations of the Person with respect to the Repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of the Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, the Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;

(g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of the Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of that Property or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at that date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at that date. The


16

amount of Debt represented by a Hedging Obligation shall be equal to:

(1) zero if the Hedging Obligation has been Incurred pursuant to clause (e), (f) or (g) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, or

(2) if the Hedging Obligation is not Incurred pursuant to clauses (e), (f) or (g) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, then 105% of the aggregate net amount, if any, that would then be payable by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary on a per counterparty basis pursuant to Section 6(e) of the ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) in the form published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association in 1992 (the "ISDA Form"), as if the date of determination were a date that constitutes or is substantially equivalent to an Early Termination Date, as defined in the ISDA Form, with respect to all transactions governed by the ISDA Form, plus the equivalent amount under the terms of any other Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred pursuant to clauses (e), (f) or (g) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, each such amount to be estimated in good faith by the Company.

"Debt Issuances" means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more issuances after the Issue Date of Debt evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise:

(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(b) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or

(c) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock, on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c),


17

the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities.

"Disqualified Stock Dividends" means all dividends with respect to Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any dividend of this kind shall be equal to the quotient of the dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the Company.

"EBITDA" means, for any period, an amount equal to, for the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) the sum of Consolidated Net Income for that period, plus the following to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income for that period:

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits or utilized in computing net loss,

(2) Consolidated Fixed Charges,

(3) depreciation,

(4) amortization of intangibles,

(5) any other non-cash items (other than any non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period), and

(6) any one-time, non-recurring expenses relating to, or arising from, any closures of manufacturing facilities on or after the Issue Date, in each case incurred within 12 months after such closure, minus

(b) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for that period (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it will result in the receipt of cash payments in any future period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), the provision for taxes and the depreciation, amortization and non-cash items of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of that Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net


18

Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by that Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders.

"Equipment Financing Transaction" means any arrangement (together with any Refinancings thereof) with any Person pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs Debt secured by a Lien on equipment or equipment related property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

"Existing Bank Credit Facilities" means the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Company, the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as swing line bank, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent, as amended as of the Issue Date.

"Existing Policies" means (1) the Company's estate tax repurchase policy under which the Company repurchases a portion of a deceased stockholder's shares to generate funds for payment of estate taxes and (2) the Company's valuation policy under which the Company obtains an annual valuation of the Company's Voting Trust Certificates, as both policies exist at the Issue Date or as they may exist from time to time, provided that if either of these policies is materially amended after the Issue Date in a manner less favorable to the Company than the policy as existing on the Issue Date, then that amended policy shall be deemed not to be an Existing Policy.

"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any Property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm'slength free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. For purposes of Section 4.05 and Section 4.07 and the definitions of "Qualified Receivables Transaction" and "Credit Facilities", Fair Market Value shall be determined, except as otherwise provided,


19

(a) if the Property has a Fair Market Value equal to or less than $25.0 million, by any Officer of the Company, or

(b) if the Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $25.0 million, by a majority of the Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution, dated within 12 months of the relevant transaction, delivered to the Trustee.

"Foreign Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Issue Date, including those set forth:

(a) in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,

(b) in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,

(c) in other statements by another entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and

(d) the rules and regulations of the Commission governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the Commission.

"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of that Person:

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) the Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or


20

(b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include:

--------  -------

                        (1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the
                ordinary course of business, or

                        (2) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in

another Person for so long as the Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (a),
(b) or (i) of the definition of "Permitted Investment".

The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term "Guarantor" shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

"Hedging Obligation" of any Person means any obligation of that Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement.

"Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name the Security is registered on the Security register described in Section 2.04.

"Incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of that Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of that Person (and "Incurrence" and "Incurred" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of that Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of that Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time the Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by that Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and provided further, however, that solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.04, amortization of debt discount or premium shall not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt, provided that in the case of Debt sold at a discount or at a premium, the amount of the

21

Debt Incurred shall at all times be the aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity.

"Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Independent Financial Advisor" means an investment banking firm of national standing or any third party appraiser of national standing, provided that the firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

"Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates.

"Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect loan (other than advances to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of that Person), advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other Property to others or payments for Property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person. For purposes of Section 4.05, Section 4.10 and the definition of "Restricted Payment", Investment shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in the Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that the Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of that Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary of an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company's Investment in that Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of that Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation. In determining the amount of any Investment made by transfer of any Property other than cash, the Property shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of the Investment.


22

"Investment Grade Rating" means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

"Issue Date" means the first date on which the Securities are initially issued.

"Lien" means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to that Property (including any Capital Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any Sale and Leaseback Transaction).

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

"Net Available Cash" from any Asset Sale means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Debt or other obligations relating to the Property that is the subject of that Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:

(a) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees (including, without limitation, brokers' or investment bankers' commissions or fees) and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of the Asset Sale,

(b) all payments made on any Debt that is secured by any Property subject to the Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to that Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to the Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from the Asset Sale,


23

(c) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of the Asset Sale, and

(d) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property disposed in the Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Asset Sale.

"Officer" means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer or principal financial officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

"Permitted Holders" means the holders of Voting Stock as of the Issue Date, together with any Voting Trustee and any Person who is a "Permitted Transferee" of the holders, as that term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 15, 1996 between the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto as that Stockholders Agreement was in effect on the Issue Date, except that transferees pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(x) of that Stockholders Agreement shall not be deemed to be Permitted Transferees for purposes of this Indenture.

"Permitted Investment" means any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the primary business of the Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

(b) any Person if as a result of the Investment that Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its Property to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Person's primary business is a Related Business;


24

(c) Temporary Cash Investments;

(d) receivables owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that those trade termsmay include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(e) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of those advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(f) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, provided that those loans and advances do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(g) stock, obligations or other securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

(h) any Person to the extent the Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.07;

(i) a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing that Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related Indebtedness; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Entity is in the form of a purchase money note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(j) customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the form of extensions of credit or transfers of property, to the extent otherwise constituting an Investment, and in the ordinary course of business and any Investments received in the ordinary course of business in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof;


25

(k) any Person if the Investments are outstanding on January 18, 2001 and not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (j) above;

(l) any securities, derivative instruments or other Investments of any kind that are acquired and held for the benefit of Company employees in the ordinary course of business pursuant to deferred compensation plans or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that (i) the amount of such Investment represents funds paid or payable in respect of deferred compensation previously included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income (and not excluded pursuant to clause (h) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income), and (ii) the terms of such Investment shall not require any additional Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(m) any Person made for Fair Market Value that do not exceed $100.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(a) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting a Lien, negative pledges) to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, regardless of whether the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are actually subject to the covenant contained in Section 4.04 at the time the Lien is Incurred;

(b) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(c) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens and other similar Liens, on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;


26

(d) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, including banker's liens and rights of set-off, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of Property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(e) Liens on Property at the time the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired the Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any Lien of this kind may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that the Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Property was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) Liens on the Property of a Person at the time that Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any Lien of this kind may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of that Person; provided further, however, that the Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Person became a Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) pledges or deposits by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under worker's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;


27

(h) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges), assignments and pledges of rights to receive premiums, interest or loss payments or otherwise arising in connection with worker's compensation loss portfolio transfer insurance transactions or any insurance or reinsurance agreements pertaining to losses covered by insurance, and Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges) in favor of insurers or reinsurers on pledges or deposits by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation;

(i) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

(j) Liens arising out of judgments or awards against the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceeding for review;

(k) Liens in favor of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business, provided that these letters of credit do not constitute Debt;

(l) leases or subleases of real property granted by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person in the ordinary course of business and not materially impairing the use of the real property in the operation of the business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(m) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges) on intellectual property arising from intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Liens or negative pledges attaching to or related to joint ventures engaged in a Related Business, restricting Liens on interests in those joint ventures;

(o) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (n) above;


28

(p) Liens not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (o) above on the Property of any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 4.04;

(q) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (d), (e), (f), (j) or (k) above; provided, however, that any Lien of this kind shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such Property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by the Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

(1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens described under clause (d), (e), (f), (j) or (k) above, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the indenture, and

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Refinancing;

(r) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (q) above that are Liens permitted by the Existing Bank Credit Facilities as they exist on the Issue Date;

(s) Liens on cash or Temporary Cash Investments held as proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Debt pending the payment, purchase, defeasance or other retirement of the Debt being Refinanced; and

(t) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (s) above encumbering assets having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, as determined based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at least 45 days prior to the date the Lien shall be Incurred.

"Permitted Refinancing Debt" means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt, including any successive Refinancings, so long as:


29

(a) the new Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:

(1) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Debt being Refinanced, and

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to the Refinancing,

(b) the Average Life of the new Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced,

(c) the Stated Maturity of the new Debt is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being Refinanced, and

(d) the new Debt shall not be senior in right of payment to the Debt that is being Refinanced;

provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include:

--------  -------

                (x) Debt of a Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of the Company or

                (y) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that
        Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, company (including any

limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

"Preferred Stock" means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of that Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by that Person.

"Preferred Stock Dividends" means all dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any dividend of this


30

kind shall be equal to the quotient of the dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory federal income rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of the Preferred Stock.

"pro forma" means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms hereof, a calculation performed in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as interpreted in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of the Company, or otherwise a calculation made in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of the Company, as the case may be.

"Property" means, with respect to any Person, any interest of that Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its Fair Market Value.

"principal" of any Debt (including the Securities) means the principal amount of such Debt plus the premium, if any, on such Debt.

"Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"Public Market" means any time after:

(a) a Public Equity Offering has been consummated, and

(b) at least 15% of the total issued and outstanding common stock of the Company has been distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"Purchase Money Debt" means Debt:

(a) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of the Debt does not


31

exceed the anticipated useful life of the Property being financed, and

(b) Incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Property, including additions and improvements thereto;

provided, however, that the Debt is Incurred within 180 days after the acquisition, construction or lease of the Property by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary.

"Qualified Receivables Transaction" means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to:

(a) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and

(b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity),

or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing those accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of those accounts receivable, proceeds of those accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided that:

(1) if the transaction involves a transfer of accounts receivable with Fair Market Value equal to or greater than $25.0 million, the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that the Qualified Receivables Transaction is economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Entity,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to or by the Receivables Entity are made at Fair Market Value and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market


32

terms (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the Credit Facilities shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

"Rating Agencies" mean Moody's and S&P.

"Real Estate Financing Transaction" means any arrangement with any Person pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs Debt secured by a Lien on real property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and related personal property together with any Refinancings thereof.

"Receivables Entity" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction with the Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to that business, and (with respect to any Receivables Entity formed after the Issue Date) which is designated by the Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity and

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which

(1) is Guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings),

(2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or

(3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the


33

satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or the Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve the entity's financial condition or cause the entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Any designation of this kind by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to the designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

"Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, that Debt.

"Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

"Related Business" means any business that is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

"Repay" means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire that Debt. "Repayment" and "Repaid" shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of Section 4.07 and Section 4.04 and the definition of "Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio", Debt shall be considered to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently reduced in connection therewith.

"Restricted Payment" means:

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property) declared or paid on


34

or with respect to any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), except for any dividend or distribution that is made to the Company or the parent of the Restricted Subsidiary or any dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(b) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than for or into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock);

(c) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value, prior to the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Obligation (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition);

(d) any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any Person; or

(e) the issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary if the result thereof is that the Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in which event the amount of the "Restricted Payment" shall be the Fair Market Value of the remaining interest, if any, in the former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company and the other Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.


35

"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement relating to Property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers that Property to another Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from that other Person together with any Refinancings thereof.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933.

"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

"Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which are customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction involving a comparable company.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of the security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of the security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless that contingency has occurred).

"Subordinated Obligation" means any Debt of the Company (whether outstanding on January 18, 2001 or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

"Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

(a) that Person,

(b) that Person and one or more Subsidiaries of that Person, or


36

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of that Person.

"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:

(a) Investments in U.S. Government Obligations maturing within 365 days of the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) Investments in time deposit accounts, banker's acceptances, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500 million or issued by a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development having total assets in excess of $500 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time), and in any case whose long-term debt is rated "A-3" or "A-" or higher according to Moody's or S&P (or a similar equivalent rating by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) entered into with:

(1) a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above, or

(2) any primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York;

(d) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and in any case with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or"A- 1" (or higher) according to S&P (or a similar equivalent rating by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); and


37

(e) direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of any state of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such state is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option, provided that:

(1) the long-term debt of the state is rated "A-3" or "A-" or higher according to Moody's or S&P (or a similar equivalent rating by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act)), and

(2) the obligations mature within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof.

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that, in the event the TIA is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

"Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

"Trust Officer" means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Uniform Commercial Code" means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to Section 4.10 and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


38

"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option.

"Voting Stock" of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests, and in the case of the Company, Voting Trust Certificates) of that Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

"Voting Trust Agreement" means the Voting Trust Agreement entered into as of April 15, 1996 by and among Robert D. Haas; Peter E. Haas, Sr.; Peter E. Haas, Jr.; and F. Warren Hellman as the Voting Trustees and the stockholders of the Company who are parties thereto.

"Voting Trust Certificates" means those certificates issued pursuant to the Voting Trust Agreement.

"Voting Trustees" means the persons entitled to act as voting trustees under the Voting Trust Agreement.

"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary all the Voting Stock of which (except directors' qualifying shares) is at that time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and its other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

                                                                                             Defined in
                        Term                                                                   Section
                        ----                                                                   -------
"Affiliate Transaction"..............................................................           4.09
"Bankruptcy Law".....................................................................           6.01
"Change of Control Offer"............................................................           4.12
"Change of Control Payment Date".....................................................           4.12
"Change of Control Purchase Price"...................................................           4.12
"covenant defeasance option".........................................................           8.01
"Custodian"..........................................................................           6.01
"Event of Default"...................................................................           6.01
"Exchange Security"..................................................................        Appendix A


39

"Global Security"....................................................................        Appendix A
"legal defeasance option"............................................................           8.01
"Legal Holiday"......................................................................          10.08
"Offer Amount".......................................................................           4.07
"Offer Period".......................................................................           4.07
"OID"................................................................................           2.01
"Original Securities"................................................................           2.01
"Paying Agent".......................................................................           2.04
"Prepayment Offer"...................................................................           4.07
"Registered Exchange Offer"..........................................................        Appendix A
"Registrar"..........................................................................           2.04
"Shelf Registration Statement".......................................................        Appendix A
"Surviving Person"...................................................................           5.01
"Suspended Covenants"................................................................           4.01

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

"Commission" means the SEC.

"indenture securities" means the Securities.

"indenture security holder" means a Securityholder.

"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

"obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;


40

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) "or" is not exclusive;

(4) "including" means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(6) unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Debt;

(7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be the greater of (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE II

The Securities

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. All Securities shall be identical in all respects other than issue prices and issuance dates. The Securities may be issued in one or more series; provided, however, that any Securities issued with original issue discount ("OID") for Federal income tax purposes shall not be issued as part of the same series as any Securities that are issued with a different amount of OID or are not issued with OID. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.

Subject to Section 2.03, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million (the "Original Securities"). With respect to any Securities issued after the Issue Date (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer


41

of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, Original Securities pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or Appendix A), there shall be established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, and subject to Section 2.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Securities:

(1) whether such Securities shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Securities and the title of such Securities (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the same series pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or Appendix A and except for Securities which, pursuant to Section 2.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(3) the issue price and issuance date of such Securities, including the date from which interest on such Securities shall accrue;

(4) if applicable, that such Securities shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the respective depositories for such Global Securities, the form of any legend or legends that shall be borne by any such Global Security in addition to or in lieu of that set forth in Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.3 of Appendix A in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depository for such Global Security or a nominee thereof; and

(5) if applicable, that such Securities shall not be issued in the form of Initial Securities subject to Appendix A, but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit A.


42

If any of the terms of any series are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers' Certificate or the trust indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the series.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Securities of each series and the Exchange Securities are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Securities of each series and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to Appendix A which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities of each series may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage, provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Securities of each series set forth in Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. The Company's seal shall be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the Securities and may be in facsimile form.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with such written order of the Company shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.


43

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar") and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal and interest on any Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of

44

Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that such Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of
Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security.

Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Company.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

45

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities. Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities.

SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and dispose of all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in its customary manner. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP", "ISIN" or "Common

46

Code" numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP", "ISIN" or "Common Code" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the "CUSIP", "ISIN" or "Common Code" number that appears on any Security, check, advice of payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in such numbers.

ARTICLE III

Redemption

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and that such redemption is being made pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities.

The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this
Section at least 45 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called

47

for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(4) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(5) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; and

(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this
Section at least 45 days before the redemption date.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of

48

Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption) on all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE IV

Covenants

SECTION 4.01. Covenant Suspension. During any period of time that:

(a) the Securities have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following Sections of this Indenture: Section 4.04, Section 4.05, Section 4.07, Section 4.08, clause (x) of the third paragraph (and as referred to in the first paragraph) of Section 4.10, and clause (e) of Section 5.01 (collectively, the "Suspended Covenants"). In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the preceding sentence and, subsequently, one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to the


49

Securities below the required Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants for all periods after that withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default and, furthermore, compliance with the provisions of Section 4.05 with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of the withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default will be calculated in accordance with the terms of that covenant as though that covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from January 18, 2001, provided that there will not be deemed to have occurred a Default or Event of Default with respect to that covenant during the time that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries were not subject to the Suspended Covenants (or after that time based solely on events that occurred during that time).

SECTION 4.02. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.03. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the Commission and provide the Trustee and Holders of Securities with annual reports and information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to those Sections, and the information, documents and reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of the information, documents and reports under those Sections; provided, however, that the Company shall not be so obligated to file the information, documents and reports with the Commission if the Commission does not permit those filings. The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of TIA ss. 314(a). Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of

50

any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates).

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Debt. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt unless, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence of the Incurrence or be continuing following the Incurrence and either:

(1) the Debt is Debt of the Company and after giving effect to the Incurrence of the Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00, or

(2) the Debt is Permitted Debt.

"Permitted Debt" means:

(a) Debt of the Company evidenced by the Original Securities;

(b) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under any Credit Facilities, Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Real Estate Financing Transaction, a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, an Equipment Financing Transaction or Debt Issuances, Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, or Incurred by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is not recourse to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings), provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Debt of this kind at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of:

(1) $1.6 billion, which amount shall be permanently reduced by the amount of Net Available Cash used to Repay Debt under the Credit Facilities or otherwise Incurred pursuant to this clause (b) pursuant to Section 4.07 and

(2) the sum of the amounts equal to:


51

(A) 50% of the book value of the inventory of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and

(B) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B) as of the most recently ended quarter of the Company for which financial statements of the Company have been provided to the Holders of Securities;

(c) Debt of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary and Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) any subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of that Debt (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of that Debt by the issuer thereof, and (2) if the Company is the obligor on that Indebtedness, the Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Securities;

(d) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the date on which that Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Debt Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which that Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company), provided that at the time that Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect to the Incurrence of that Debt, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant;

(e) Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk in the ordinary course of the financial management of the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes, provided that the obligations under those


52

agreements are related to payment obligations on Debt otherwise permitted by the terms of this covenant;

(f) Debt under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting currency exchange rate risks directly related to transactions entered into by the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(g) Debt under Commodity Price Protection Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of the financial management of the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;

(h) Debt outstanding on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (g) above;

(i) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million; and

(j) Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (a), (d) and (h) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04,

(A) in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Debt at the time of Incurrence and only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of the above clauses; and

(B) the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described above.

SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment,

(a) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,


53

(b) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04 or

(c) the aggregate amount of that Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made since January 18, 2001 (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value) would exceed an amount equal to the sum of:

(1) 50% of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which January 18, 2001 fell to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at least 45 days prior to the date of the Restricted Payment (or if the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(2) Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, plus

(3) the sum of:

(A) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale after January 18, 2001 of convertible or exchangeable Debt that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, and

(B) the aggregate amount by which Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Company's consolidated balance sheet on or after January 18, 2001 upon the conversion or exchange of any Debt issued or sold on or prior to January 18, 2001 that is convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, excluding, in the case of clause (A) or (B):

(x) any Debt issued or sold to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees, and


54

(y) the aggregate amount of any cash or other Property distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange, plus

(4) an amount equal to the sum of:

(A) the net reduction in Investments in any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of Property made after January 18, 2001, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from that Person, less the cost of the disposition of those Investments, and

(B) the lesser of the net book value or the Fair Market Value of the Company's equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time the Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that such designation occurs after January 18, 2001); provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person, the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in that Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company may:

(a) pay dividends on its Capital Stock within 60 days of the declaration thereof if, on said declaration date, the dividends could have been paid in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that at the time of the payment of the dividend, no other Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided further, however, that, if declared on or after January 18, 2001, the dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(b) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock of the Company or Subordinated Obligations on or after January 18, 2001 in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust


55

established by the Company or any Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees); provided, however, that

(1) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and

(2) the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from the exchange or sale shall be excluded from the calculation pursuant to clause
(c)(2) above;

(c) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Obligations on or after January 18, 2001 in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided, however, that the purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(d) pay scheduled dividends (not constituting a return on capital) on Disqualified Stock of the Company issued pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.04 on or after January 18, 2001; and

(e) permit a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to pay dividends to shareholders of that Restricted Subsidiary on or after January 18, 2001 that are not the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary receives dividends on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis.

SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its Property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless it has made or will make effective provision whereby the Securities will be secured by that Lien equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by that Lien.

56

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale;

(ii) at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of cash or cash equivalents or the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) as a result of which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities, provided, however, that in the case of a transaction involving a sale of any distribution center by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the establishment of an outsourcing arrangement in which the purchaser assumes distribution responsibilities on behalf of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, any credits or other consideration the purchaser grants to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary as part of the purchase price of the distribution center, which credits or other consideration effectively offset future payments due from the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary to the purchaser as part of the outsourcing arrangement, will be considered to be cash equivalents for purposes of this clause (ii); and

(iii) the Company delivers an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

(b) The Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt):

(i) to Repay Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Debt (excluding, in any such case, any Debt owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company); or

(ii) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a


57

Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), provided, however, that the Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales from the Company to any Subsidiary must be reinvested in Additional Assets of the Company.

(c) Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 360 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall constitute "Excess Proceeds".

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not previously subject to a Prepayment Offer (as defined below) exceeds $10.0 million (taking into account income earned on those Excess Proceeds, if any), the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the Securities (the "Prepayment Offer") which offer shall be in the amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds, on a pro rata basis according to principal amount, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence and provided that all Holders of Securities have been given the opportunity to tender their Securities for purchase in accordance with this Indenture, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may use the remaining amount for any purpose permitted by this Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

The term "Allocable Excess Proceeds" will mean the product of:

(a) the Excess Proceeds and

(b) a fraction,

(1) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer, and

(2) the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal amount of other Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the


58

Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Securities and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to the covenant described hereunder and requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer.

(d)(1) Within five Business Days after the Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer as described in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall send a written notice, by first-class mail, to the Holders of Securities, accompanied by information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Company in good faith believes will enable the Holders to make an informed decision with respect to that Prepayment Offer. The notice shall state, among other things, the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed.

(2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Prepayment Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Prepayment Offer (the "Offer Amount"), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Prepayment Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.07(b). On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Temporary Cash Investments (other than in those enumerated in clause (b) of the definition of Temporary Cash Investments), maturing on the last day prior to the Purchase Date or on the Purchase Date if funds are immediately available by open of business, an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Prepayment Offer remains open (the "Offer Period"), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Securities


59

delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section.

(3) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Securities to be purchased on pro rata basis for all Securities, (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

(4) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers' Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

(e) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to the covenant described hereunder. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.


60

SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, or pay any Debt or other obligation owed, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

(b) make any loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or

(c) transfer any of its Property to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

The foregoing limitations will not apply:

(1) with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c), to restrictions:

(A) in effect on the Issue Date,

(B) relating to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary and existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which that Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company,

(C) that result from the Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause
(1)(A) or (B) above or in clause (2)(A) or (B) below, provided that restriction is no less favorable to the Holders of Securities than those under the agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced,

(D) resulting from the Incurrence of any Permitted Debt described in clause (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04, provided that the restriction is no less favorable to the Holders of Securities than the restrictions of the same type contained in this Indenture, or


61

(E) constituting Standard Securitization Undertakings relating solely to, and restricting only the rights of, a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and

(2) with respect to clause (c) only, to restrictions:

(A) relating to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also securing the Securities pursuant to Section 4.04 and Section 4.06 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing that Debt,

(B) encumbering Property at the time the Property was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the restriction relates solely to the Property so acquired and was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the acquisition,

(C) resulting from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in other agreements (including, without limitation, intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business) that restrict assignment of the agreements or rights thereunder, or

(D) which are customary restrictions contained in asset sale agreements limiting the transfer of Property pending the closing of the sale.

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of any Property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

(a) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are:

(1) set forth in writing, and


62

(2) no less favorable to the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company, and

(b) if the Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $10.0 million, the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors) approves the Affiliate Transaction and, in its good faith judgment, believes that the Affiliate Transaction complies with clauses (a)(1) and
(2) of this paragraph as evidenced by a Board Resolution promptly delivered to the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into or suffer to exist the following:

(a) any transaction or series of transactions between the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, provided that no more than 5% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of any such Restricted Subsidiary is owned by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary);

(b) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to
Section 4.05 or any Permitted Investment;

(c) the payment of compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans) for the personal services of officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as, in the case of officers and directors, the Board of Directors in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof and deemed the services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for the compensation to be fair consideration therefor;

(d) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with applicable laws and consistent with the past practices of the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, provided that those loans and advances do not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;


63

(e) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction or any transaction involving the transfer of accounts receivable of the type specified in the definition of "Credit Facility" and permitted under clause (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.04;

(f) the Existing Policies or any transaction contemplated thereby; and

(g) any sale of shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

SECTION 4.10. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated does not own any Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, and

(b) any of the following:

(1) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less,

(2) if the Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then the designation would be permitted under
Section 4.05, or

(3) the designation is effective immediately upon the entity becoming a Subsidiary of the Company.

Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Subsidiary shall not be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and shall be automatically classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if either of the requirements set forth in clauses (x) and (y) of the second immediately following paragraph will not be satisfied after giving pro forma effect to the classification or if the Person is a Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Except as provided in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph, no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In addition, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall at


64

any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary in existence and classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary is liable for that Debt (including any right to take enforcement action against that Unrestricted Subsidiary).

The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the designation,

(x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04, and

(y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

Any designation or redesignation of this kind by the Board of Directors will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to the designation or redesignation and an Officers' Certificate that:

(a) certifies that the designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions, and

(b) gives the effective date of the designation or redesignation, and the filing with the Trustee to occur within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Company in which the designation or redesignation is made (or, in the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter of the Company's fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of that fiscal year).


65

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Property unless:

(a) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to:

(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to that Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.04, and

(2) create a Lien on the Property securing that Attributable Debt without also securing the Securities pursuant to Section 4.06, and

(b) the Sale and Leaseback Transaction is effected in compliance with Section 4.07.

SECTION 4.12. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Securities pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at a purchase price (the "Change of Control Purchase Price") equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and (ii) send, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Securities, at such Holder's address appearing in the Security Register, a notice stating: (A) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 and that all Securities timely tendered will be accepted for payment; (B) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (C) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to the Change of Control); and (D) the procedures that Holders of Securities


66

must follow in order to tender their Securities (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders of Securities must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Securities (or portions thereof) for payment.

(c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased.

(d) Prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) in cash an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price payable to the Holders entitled thereto, to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company for payment. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Change of Control Payment Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price. In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price is less than the amount delivered by the Company to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(e) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the purchase of Securities pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.


67

SECTION 4.13. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

ARTICLE V

Successor Company

SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of transactions unless:

(a) the Company shall be the surviving Person (the "Surviving Person") or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) formed by that merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which that sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(b) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by that Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Securities, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company;

(c) in the case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the Property of the Company, that Property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one Person;

(d) immediately before and after giving effect to that transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause (d) and clause (e) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of that


68

transaction or series of transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person or the Restricted Subsidiary at the time of that transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(e) immediately after giving effect to that transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Surviving Person, as the case may be, would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) of the first paragraph of
Section 4.04, provided, however, that this clause (e) shall not be applicable to the Company merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another State of the United States so long as the amount of Debt of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby;

(f) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the transaction have been satisfied; and

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the transaction and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if that transaction had not occurred.

The Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the case of:

(a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless that sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Company as an entirety or virtually as an entirety), or

(b) a lease, shall not be released from any obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Securities.


69

ARTICLE VI

Defaults and Remedies

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. The following events shall be "Events of Default":

(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;

(3) the Company fails to comply with Article 5;

(4) the Company fails to comply with any covenant or agreement in the Securities or in this Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clause (1), (2) or (3)) and such failure continues for 30 days after written notice is given to the Company as specified below;

(5) a default under any Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of that Debt, or failure to pay any such Debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time;

(6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;


70

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

(D) grants any similar relief under any foreign laws;

and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 30 days; or

(8) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $25.0 million, or its foreign currency equivalent at the time, that shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause (4) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding notify the Company (and in the case of such notice by Holders, the Trustee) of the Default and the Company does not cure that Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. The notice must specify the


71

Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default".

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the registered Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all the applicable Securities then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or the Holder of the Securities. After any such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee and the Company may rescind any declaration of acceleration if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair


72

the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Securityholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable security or indemnification against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Securityholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

(1) such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding shall have made a written request, and such Holder or Holders shall have offered reasonable security or indemnity, to the Trustee to pursue such proceeding as trustee; and

(3) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding and has not received from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the


73

Securities outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.

The foregoing limitations on the pursuit of remedies by a Securityholder shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of Securities for the enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Security on or after the applicable due date specified in such Security. A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6,

74

it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities.

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

75

ARTICLE VII

Trustee

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.


76

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA and the provisions of this Article VII shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Registrar, Paying Agent and Security Custodian.

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or an Event of Default unless (a) the Trustee has received written notice thereof from the Company or any Holder or (b) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee may, however, in its discretion make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.


77

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, priority or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

78

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each December 31 beginning with December 31, 2002, and in any event prior to March 31 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of December 31 each year that complies with TIA ss. 313(a), if and to the extent required by such subsection. The Trustee shall also comply with TIA ss. 313(b).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable outof- pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance and administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Company shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such

79

counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Company need not pay for any settlement made by the Trustee without the Company's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. All indemnifications and releases from liability granted hereunder to the Trustee shall extend to its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in
Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.


80

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.


81

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA ss. 310(a). The Trustee shall have (or, in the case of a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the related bank holding company shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its (or its related bank holding company's) most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 310(b), subject to the penultimate paragraph thereof; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA ss. 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA ss. 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE VIII

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance. (a) When
(i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article III and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Securities, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture ("legal defeasance option") or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.04,


82

4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 and the operation of Sections 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) and 6.01(8) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and
(7), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) and the limitations contained in clause (e) of Section 5.01 ("covenant defeasance option"). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(4) (with respect to the covenants of Article IV identified in the immediately preceding paragraph), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(7)) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with the limitations contained in clause
(e) of Section 5.01.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the defeasance contemplated have been complied with, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07 and 8.05 shall survive such satisfaction or discharge.

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

(1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and


83

interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) occurs with respect to the Company or any other Person making the deposit that is continuing at the end of the period;

(4) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement or instrument binding on the Company;

(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(6) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that
(i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

(7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

(8) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each


84

stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date in accordance with Article III.

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities.

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the

85

rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to comply with Article V;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of
Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities;

(5) to secure the Securities, to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(6) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA;

(7) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee;

(8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder; or

(9) to provide for the issuance of additional Securities in accordance with this Indenture.

After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to


86

give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities). However, without the consent of each Securityholder affected thereby, an amendment may not:

(1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Security;

(4) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder's Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Securities;

(5) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Security under Article III or Section 4.07 or 4.12, change the time at which any Security may be redeemed in accordance with Article III, or, at any time after a Change of Control or Asset Sale has occurred, change the time at which any Change of Control Offer or Prepayment Offer must be made or at which the Securities must be repurchased pursuant to such Change of Control Offer or Prepayment Offer;

(6) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;

(7) release any security interest that may have been granted in favor of the Holders other than pursuant to the terms of the agreement granting that security interest;

(8) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section; or


87

(9) subordinate the Securities to any other obligation of the Company.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a

88

Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver such Security to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return such Security to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision that is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

SECTION 10.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail or sent by facsimile (with a hard

89

copy delivered in person or by mail promptly thereafter) and addressed as follows:

if to the Company:

Levi Strauss & Co.
Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111
Facsimile: (415) 501-7650

Attention of: Legal Department

if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-0001
Facsimile: (302) 636-4140

Attention of: Corporate Trust
Administration

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

SECTION 10.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

SECTION 10.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by

90

the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 10.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

SECTION 10.06. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing,

91

only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 10.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent or co-registrar may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 10.08. Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 10.09. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

SECTION 10.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 10.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 10.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 10.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be

92

considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


93

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.,

by

Name:


Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

by

Name:


Title:


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES

1. Definitions
1.1 Definitions

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

"Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, S.A., formerly known as Cedel Bank, S.A., or any successor securities clearing agency.

"Definitive Security" means a certificated Initial Security or Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend set forth in Section 2.3(d).

"Depository" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

"Distribution Compliance Period", with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Securities.

"Exchange Securities" means the 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2008 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (Brussels office) as operator of the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

"IAI" means an institutional "accredited investor" as described in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

"Initial Purchasers" means Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corp, J.P. Morgan


2

Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc. and Sun Trust Capital Markets, Inc.

"Initial Securities" means the 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012, to be issued from time to time, in one or more series as provided for in this Indenture.

"Original Securities" means Initial Securities in the aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million issued on December 4, 2002.

"Private Exchange" means the offer by the Company, pursuant to Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2002, or pursuant to any similar provision of any other Registration Rights Agreement, to issue and deliver to certain purchasers, in exchange for the Initial Securities held by such purchasers as part of their initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Securities.

"Private Exchange Securities" means the 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

"Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated November 26, 2002, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Original Securities, or any similar agreement relating to any future sale of Initial Securities by the Company.

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

"Registered Exchange Offer" means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.

"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2002, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Original Securities, or any similar agreement relating to any additional Initial Securities.

"Rule 144A Securities" means all Initial Securities offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.


3

"Securities" means the Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities, treated as a single class.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Securities Custodian" means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

"Shelf Registration Statement" means a registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Transfer Restricted Securities" means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2.3(d) hereto.

1.2 Other Definitions

                                                                                                        Defined in
                Term                                                                                     Section:
                ----                                                                                     --------

"Agent Members".............................................................................              2.1(b)
"Global Security"...........................................................................              2.1(a)
"IAI Global Security".......................................................................              2.1(a)
"Regulation S" .............................................................................              2.1
"Rule 144A" ................................................................................              2.1
"Rule 144A Global Security".................................................................              2.1(a)
"Regulation S Global Security"..............................................................              2.1(a)

2. The Securities

2.1 Form and Dating

The Initial Securities will be offered and sold by the Company, from time to time, pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements. The Initial Securities will be resold initially only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A") and in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S"). Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs under Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein.


4

(a) Global Securities. Initial Securities initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the "Rule 144A Global Security"), Initial Securities initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global securities (collectively, the "Regulation S Global Security") and, subject to Section 2.4 hereof, Initial Securities transferred subsequent to the initial resale thereof to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global securities in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the "IAI Global Security"), in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Securities represented thereby with the Securities Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. The Rule 144A Global Security, IAI Global Security and Regulation S Global Security are collectively referred to herein as "Global Securities." The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) and pursuant to an order of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that
(a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instructions or held by the Trustee as Securities Custodian.

Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as Securities Custodian or under such Global Security, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any


5

written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

(c) Definitive Securities. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Securities.

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) Original Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million, (2) additional Initial Securities, if and when issued, in an aggregate principal amount as established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (3) the Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, except as provided in Section 2.08 of this Indenture.

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive
Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request:

(x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or

(y) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal principal amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized denominations,


6

the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Securities surrendered for transfer or

--------  -------
exchange:

                (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written

instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

(ii) if such Definitive Securities bear a restricted securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

(A) if such Definitive Securities are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or

(B) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or

(C) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (i) a certification to that effect and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(d)(i).

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities.

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depository's procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Security and such account shall be credited in accordance with such instructions with a beneficial


7

interest in the Global Security and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Security to an IAI, the transferee must furnish a signed letter to the Trustee containing certain representations and agreements in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Security to a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

(iv) In the event that a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Securities, such Securities may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Securities intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

(c) Legend.
(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the Definitive

8

Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE),
(3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE) THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND A CERTIFICATE WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE IS DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEREE TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE, (5) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR HOLDING THIS NOTE AGREES THAT IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS NOTE COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A OR (2) PURCHASING FROM A PERSON NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE INITIAL DISTRIBUTION OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR


9

SECURITY), THAT IT IS AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS HOLDING THIS NOTE FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A NON-U.S. PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH
(k)(2)(i) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."

Each Definitive Security will also bear the following additional legend:

"IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS."

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act:

(A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security; and

(B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is represented by a Global Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security,

in either case, if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security).

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities, all requirements pertaining to restricted legends on such Initial Security or such Private Exchange Security will cease to apply and an


10

Initial Security or Private Exchange Security, as the case may be, in global form without restricted legends will be available to the transferee of the beneficial interests of such Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities. Upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Company will deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to issue Securities without restricted legends.

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which certain Holders of such Initial Securities are offered Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Securities, Exchange Securities in global form without the restricted legends will be available to Holders or beneficial owners that exchange such Initial Securities (or beneficial interests therein) in such Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Company will deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to issue Securities without restricted legends.

(d) Cancelation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be returned by the Depository to the Trustee for cancelation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancelation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of

Securities.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar's or co-registrar's request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer


11

tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption or an offer to repurchase Securities or 15 days before an interest payment date.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(f) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and pro-


12

cedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

2.4 Definitive Securities

(a) A Global Security deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Securities Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security, in exchange for such Global Security, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depository for such Global Security or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Securities under this Indenture.

(b) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Definitive Securities issued in exchange for any portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Security delivered in


13

exchange for an interest in the Global Security shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(d), bear the restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

(c) The registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.


EXHIBIT 1
to APPENDIX A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Securities Legend]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE, OTHER THAN (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE), (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER


2

THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY) THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND A CERTIFICATE WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE IS DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEREE TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE,(5) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR HOLDING THIS NOTE AGREES THAT IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS NOTE COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A OR (2) PURCHASING FROM A PERSON NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE INITIAL DISTRIBUTION OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY), THAT IT IS AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS HOLDING THIS NOTE FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A NON-U.S. PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (k)(2)(i) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

[Definitive Securities Legend]

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

No. [up to]3$__________

12-1/4% Senior Note due 2012

CUSIP No.[52736R AM 4]1
[U52799 AF 7]2
ISIN No. [US52736RAM43](1)
[USU52799AF7](2)

LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [Cede & Co.]3, or registered assigns, the principal sum
[of Dollars]4 [as set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases annexed hereto](3)on December 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.


1 Insert for Rule 144A Global Note.

2 Insert for Reg. S Global Note.

3 Insert for Global Securities.

4 Insert for Definitive Securities.


2

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.,

by

Name:


Title:

by

Name:


Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.

by:

Authorized Signatory

3

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]
12-1/4% Senior Note due 2012

1. Interest

(a) LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2003. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 4, 2002. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

(b) Special Interest. The holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002, among the Company and the Purchasers named therein (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this paragraph (b) but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. In the event that (i) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission on or prior to the 90th day following the date of the original issuance of the Securities, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 180th day following the date of the original issuance of the Securities, (iii) neither the Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective on or prior to the 210th day following the date of the original issuance of the Securities, or (iv) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the Securities at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being referred to herein as a "Registration Default"), interest (the "Special Interest") shall accrue on the principal amount of the Securities (in addition to stated interest on the Securities) from and including the date on which the first such Registration

4

Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Securities; provided, however, that such rate per annum shall increase by 0.25% per annum from and including the 91st day after the first such Registration Default (and each successive 91st day thereafter) unless and until all Registration Defaults have been cured; provided further, however, that in no event shall the Special Interest accrue at a rate in excess of 1.00% per annum. The Special Interest will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears each June 15 and December 15.

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.


5

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of December 4, 2002 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are unsubordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding as established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.08 of the Indenture). [This Security is one of the Original Securities referred to in the Indenture issued in an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million. The Securities include the Original Securities, additional Initial Securities that may be issued under the Indenture up to an aggregate principal amount as established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities]. [This Security is one of the additional Initial Securities issued in an aggregate principal amount of up to $[ ]. The Securities include such additional Securities, the Original Securities in an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million previously issued under the Indenture and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities. The additional Initial Securities, the Original Securities and the Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.] The Original Securities, such additional Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Debt, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Property of the Company.


6

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities may not be redeemable prior to December 15, 2007. On and after that date, the Company may redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on or after December 15 of the years set forth below:

                                                                                            Redemption
Period                                                                                         Price
------                                                                                         -----

2007...........................................................................              106.125%
2008...........................................................................              104.083%
2009...........................................................................              102.042%
2010 and thereafter............................................................              100.000%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to December 15, 2005, the Company may redeem up to 33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities issued with the proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings by the Company, at a redemption price equal to 112.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 66 2/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 75 days of such Public Equity Offering.

6. Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is


7

deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control

Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.


8

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Securities, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article V of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities; (v) to secure the Securities, to add additional covenants or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vi) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder; or (ix) to provide for the issuance of additional securities in accordance with the Indenture.

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, subject to certain limitations, may declare all the Securities to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default and shall result in the Securities being immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or any Holder.

Holders of Securities may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The


9

Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power under the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind any declaration of acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).


10

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

20. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. To the extent such numbers have been issued, the Company has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be similarly printed on the Securities and has similarly instructed the Trustee. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.


11

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date: ________________ Your Signature: ________________________________


Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

(1) __ to the Company; or

(2) __ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(3) __ inside the United States to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each


12

case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(4) __ outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(5) __ to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee or the Company); or

(6) __ pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or
(6) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Your Signature

Signature Guarantee:

Date: ___________________                       _______________________________
Signature must be guaranteed                        Signature of Signature
by a participant in a                                     Guarantee
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee



13

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated: ________________                   ___________________________________
                                          NOTICE: To be executed by
                                                  an executive officer


14

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is $[ ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

Date of        Amount of decrease       Amount of increase      Principal amount        Signature of
Exchange       in Principal             in Principal            of this Global          authorized
               Amount of this           Amount of this          Security following      signatory of
               Global Security          Global Security         such decrease or        Trustee or
                                                                increase                Securities
                                                                                        Custodian


15

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 (Asset Sale) or 4.12 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:


If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount:

$

Date: __________________ Your Signature: _______________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:_________________________________________________ Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

No. [up to]3 $__________

12-1/4% Senior Note due 2012

CUSIP No.[52736R AM 4]1
[U52799 AF 7]2
ISIN No. [US52736RAM43](1)
[USU52799AF7](2)

LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
[Cede & Co.]3, or registered assigns, the principal sum [of Dollars]4
[as set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases annexed hereto](3)on December 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.


1 Insert for Rule 144A Global Note.

2 Insert for Reg. S Global Note.

3 Insert for Global Securities.

4 Insert for Definitive Securities.


2

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.,

by

Name:


Title:

by

Name:


Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.

by:

Authorized Signatory


*/ If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned "TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY".

3

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]

12-1/4% Senior Note due 2012

1. Interest.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 4, 2002. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).


4

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of December 4, 2002 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are unsubordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding as established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.08 of the Indenture). This Security is one of the Exchange Securities referred to in the Indenture issued in exchange for Initial Securities. The Securities include the Exchange Securities, the Original Securities in the aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million and additional Initial Securities that may be issued under the Indenture up to an aggregate principal amount as established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Exchange Securities, the Original Securities and such additional Initial Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Debt, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey


5

or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Property of the Company.

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities may not be redeemable prior to December 15, 2007. On and after that date, the Company may redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on or after December 15 of the years set forth below:

                                                                                            Redemption
Period                                                                                         Price
------                                                                                         -----

2007...........................................................................              106.125%
2008...........................................................................              104.083%
2009...........................................................................              102.042%
2010 and thereafter............................................................              100.000%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to December 15, 2005, the Company may redeem up to 33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities issued with the proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings by the Company, at a redemption price equal to 112.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 66 2/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 75 days of such Public Equity Offering.

6. Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.


6
7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control

Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.


7

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Securities, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article V of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities; (v) to secure the Securities, to add additional covenants or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vi) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder; or (ix) to provide for the issuance of additional securities in accordance with the Indenture.


8
14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, subject to certain limitations, may declare all the Securities to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default and shall result in the Securities being immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or any Holder.

Holders of Securities may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power under the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind any declaration of acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.


9

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

20. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. To the extent such numbers have been issued, the Company has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be similarly printed on the Securities and has similarly instructed the Trustee. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.


10

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date: ________________ Your Signature: ________________________________


Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security. Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

11

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 (Asset Sale) or 4.12 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:


If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount:

$

Date: __________________ Your Signature: _______________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:_________________________________________________ Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.


EXHIBIT B

Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation

[Company]

In care of
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[ ] principal amount of the 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "Securities") of LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company").

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:________________________

Address:_____________________

Taxpayer ID Number:__________

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor," and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing


2

Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the "Resale Restriction Termination Date") only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB") that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor," or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the


3

Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

TRANSFEREE:___________________,
by:________________________


EXHIBIT 4.17

Execution Copy

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

$100,000,000

12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

January 15, 2003

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers c/o Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Levi Strauss & Co., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the "Initial Purchasers"), for whom you (the "Representatives") are acting as representatives, $100,000,000 principal amount of its 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "Securities"). The Securities are to be issued under an indenture, (the "Indenture"), dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Company has previously issued $425,000,000 principal amount of 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 and, prior to the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3 hereof), proposes to issue an additional $50,000,000 principal amount of 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 pursuant to the Indenture (collectively, the "Existing Securities"). The Securities have the benefit of a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), dated the date hereof, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to register the Securities under the Act subject to the terms and conditions therein specified. To the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representative as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 17 hereof.

The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared an offering memorandum, dated January 15, 2003 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution

1

Time, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein, the "Offering Memorandum"). The Offering Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company and the Securities. The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Offering Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers. Unless stated to the contrary, references herein to the Offering Memorandum at the Execution Time are not meant to include any information incorporated by reference therein subsequent to the Execution Time, and any references herein to the terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include any information filed under the Exchange Act subsequent to the Execution Time which is incorporated by reference therein.

1. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

(a) At the Execution Time and on the Closing Date (as defined in
Section 3 hereof), the Offering Memorandum did not, and will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the date thereof and at the Closing Date will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Offering Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.

(b) All documents filed by the Company under the Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act Documents"), when they were filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and, when they were so filed, did not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

(d) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

(e) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.

(f) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them has complied with the offering restrictions requirements of

2

Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(g) The Company has been advised by The Portal Market of the NASD that the Securities have been designated Portal-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD and will be eligible to trade on a fungible basis with the Existing Securities.

(h) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

(i) The Company is subject to and in full compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(j) The Company has not paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement).

(k) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(l) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other valid legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate or company power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other valid legal entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on, or a material adverse change in, the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(m) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum and other than the Company's subsidiaries in Japan and Turkey, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances.

(n) The Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, and the Voting Trust Agreement entered into as of April 15, 1996, among the Voting Trustees and stockholders of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.

3

(o) The statements in the Offering Memorandum under the headings "Important Federal Income Tax Considerations", "Description of Notes", "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights", "Business--Trademarks", "Business--Legal Proceedings", "Risk Factors--Our success depends on the continued protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights" and in the fourth paragraph under "Business -- Sourcing, Manufacturing and Logistics--Manufacturing and Finishing", insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are, in all material respects, accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity); the Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity) and will constitute the same series of securities under the Indenture as the Existing Securities; and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

(q) No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as will be obtained under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

(r) Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction

4

over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or to the Company's knowledge, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with respect to (x) clause (ii) and (y) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States described in clause (iii) as to which the Company has no knowledge, for conflicts, violations, breaches or impositions that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Offering Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein); and the selected financial data set forth under the caption "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" in the Offering Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Offering Memorandum, the information included therein.

(t) No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(u) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own, lease or license all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their respective operations as presently conducted.

(v) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter or bylaws; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, other than such violations or defaults the occurrence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from the transactions in the ordinary course of business.

(w) KPMG LLP, who have reviewed certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Offering Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder. Arthur Andersen LLP, who has

5

previously certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and previously delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Offering Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents, were at all times during their engagement by the Company independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

(x) To the Company's knowledge, there are no material stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other material similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Securities.

(y) The Company has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax or other assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(z) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries' principal suppliers, contractors or customers that in any such case could have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonable and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect, except when the failure to be in full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(bb) No subsidiary of the Company is currently contractually prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans

6

or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum or the Company's Credit Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Company, the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as swing line bank, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent, as amended as of July 11, 2001, January 28, 2002 and July 26, 2002 (the "Existing Bank Credit Facility"); the Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and all documents related thereto (together, the "Domestic Receivables Securitization Facility"); and the European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000, between the Company and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V., and all documents related thereto (together, the "European Securitization Agreements").

(cc) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, other than such licenses, certificates, permits or other authorizations, the failure of which to possess would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(dd) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act) that are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its principal executive officer or officers and its principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(ee) In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws") on the business,

7

operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(ff) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each "plan" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations; the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA.

(gg) The subsidiaries listed on Annex A attached hereto are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company as defined by Rule l-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act (the "Subsidiaries").

(hh) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks (including the Levi's(R), Dockers(R), Slates(R) and Levi Strauss Signature(TM) trademarks), trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") necessary for the conduct of the Company's business as now conducted free and clear of any material security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in or contemplated in (i) the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) or (ii) the Existing Bank Credit Facility, and none of the Intellectual Property, to the best knowledge of the Company, conflicts with the valid trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, patent right or intangible asset of any other Person to the extent that such conflict has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) For the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002, the Company reasonably and in good faith expects to report income, after taxes but before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle; and for at least one of the two fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002, the Company reported income, after taxes but before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.

8

2. Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at a purchase price of 100.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from December 4, 2002 to the Closing Date, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser's name on Schedule I hereto.

3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on January 22, 2003, or at such time on such later date (not later than three Business Days after the foregoing date) as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the "Closing Date"). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company. Delivery of the Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

4. Offering by Initial Purchasers. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company that:

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those persons it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States.

5. Agreements. The Company agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Offering Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as you may reasonably request.

(b) The Company will not amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Offering Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Company promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Offering

9

Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

(d) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States and the European Union as the Representatives may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

(e) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant) to, resell, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act, any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.

(f) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant), nor any person acting on its or their behalf will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

(g) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no covenant), nor any person acting on its or their behalf will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

(h) So long as any of the Securities are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the holders, and the prospective purchasers designated by such holders, from time to time of such restricted securities.

(i) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(j) The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its best efforts to permit the Securities to be eligible (i) for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company and (ii) to share the same CUSIP number applicable to the Existing Securities.

10

(k) The Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any other option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, or file a registration statement for, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing (other than (a) the Existing Securities, (b) the Securities and the New Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), (c) pursuant to any credit facility permitted under the Indenture and (d) purchase money debt and any other noncapital markets debt permitted under the Indenture) for a period of 90 days from the date the Securities are issued without the prior written consent of Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

(l) The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(m) The Company will not, at any time prior to the expiration of three years after the Closing Date, be or become an open-end investment company, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act, and will not be or become a closed-end investment company required to be registered but not registered thereunder.

(n) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Offering Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Offering Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading on a fungible basis with the Existing Securities in The Portal Market of the NASD;
(viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company's accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 7 and 8 hereof, the Initial Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore.

(o) The Company shall conduct the Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registered Exchange Offers relating to the Existing Securities contemplated by (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 26, 2002, among the Company, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corp., J.P. Morgan

11

Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc. and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement to be dated January 22, 2003 between the Company and affiliates of AIG Global Investment Corp. simultaneously and, unless prohibited by the Commission, shall utilize the same registration statement, offer documents and tender and settlement mechanics for each such Registered Exchange Offer.

6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) The Company shall have requested and caused Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Trustee, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers under this Agreement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and provided that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the enforceability of any rights to indemnification which may be violative of the public policy underlying any Federal or state securities law, rule or regulation); and the statements set forth under the heading "Description of Notes" and "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights" in the Offering Memorandum, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, provide, in all material respects, a fair summary of such provisions;

12

(ii) the statements in the Offering Memorandum under the heading "Important Federal Income Tax Considerations", insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings;

(iii) no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which give such counsel reason to believe that the Offering Memorandum (other than the financial statements and other financial data contained therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel has not been requested to comment), as of its date or as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(iv) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(v) neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company; (ii) the terms of the Indenture; (iii) the terms of the Existing Bank Credit Facility, including any covenant contained therein; (iv) the terms of the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 1996, between the Company and Citibank, N.A., the U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Company and Citibank, N.A., the Euro Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Company and Citibank, N.A. or the Indenture (together, the "Existing Indentures"), and any amendments thereto, including any covenant contained therein; or (v) any law, rule or regulation of the United States applicable to securities transactions or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(vi) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and compliance with the agreements contained herein, no registration of the Securities under the Act, and no qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, is required for the offer and sale by the Initial Purchasers of the Securities in the manner contemplated by this Agreement; and

(vii) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum, will not be an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of California, Delaware and New York or the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such opinion may contain customary assumptions, exceptions, limitations,

13

qualifications and comments reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers. References to the Offering Memorandum in this Section 6(a) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Albert F. Moreno, Esq., Senior Vice President and General Counsel for the Company, to furnish to the Representatives his opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other valid legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized, with full corporate or company power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other valid legal entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum and other than the Company's subsidiaries in Japan and Turkey, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest and, to the knowledge of such counsel, after due inquiry, any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances;

(iii) the Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum;

(iv) to the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property that is not adequately disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, except in each case for such proceedings that, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would not singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) such counsel has no reason to believe that at the Execution Time or on the Closing Date the Offering Memorandum contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (in each case, other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion);

(vi) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 4 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as will be obtained

14

under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and such other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been obtained; and

(vii) neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or to the knowledge of such counsel, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with respect to (x) clause (ii) and (y) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States described in clause (iii) as to which such counsel has no knowledge, for conflicts, violations, breaches or impositions that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of Delaware and California or the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent he deems proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom he believes to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent he deems proper, on certificates of other responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such opinion may contain customary assumptions, exceptions, limitations, qualifications and comments. References to the Offering Memorandum in this Section 6(b) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

(c) The Representatives shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

15

(d) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Offering Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum and this Agreement and that:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and the Company has complied in all material respects with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and

(ii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(e) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request evidencing the derivation from the Company's accounting books and records of financial statements or other financial data included in the Offering Memorandum and any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum for periods during which the Company's financial statements were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP.

(f) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, the Company shall have requested and caused KPMG LLP to furnish to the Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent accountants within the meaning of the Act and the respective applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, that they have performed a review of the unaudited interim financial information of the Company for the nine-month period ended August 25, 2002 and as of August 25, 2002 and stating in effect that on the basis of a reading of the latest unaudited financial statements made available by the Company and its subsidiaries; their limited review, in accordance with the standards established under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71, of the unaudited interim financial information for the nine-month period ended August 25, 2002 and as of August 25, 2002, included or incorporated in the Offering Memorandum; carrying out certain specified procedures (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors and the Executive, Audit and Finance Committees of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries; and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company and its subsidiaries as to transactions and events subsequent to November 26, 2001, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that:

(1) the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of August 25, 2002 and for the three and nine months ended August 25, 2002 included in the Offering Memorandum do not comply in form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the

16

related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission with respect to financial statements included in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act; and said unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included or incorporated in the Offering Memorandum;

(2) with respect to the period from August 25, 2002 to November 24, 2002, based on statements of certain officials of the Company who have resonsibility for financial and accounting matters to KPMG LLP, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited consolidated financial statements included or incorporated in the Offering Memorandum; or

(3) with respect to the period subsequent to November 24, 2002 to a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there was any increase in long-term debt, or change in capital stock as compared with the amounts shown on the November 24, 2002 unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet included in the Offering Memorandum, or any decrease as compared to the corresponding period in the fiscal year ended November 24, 2002 in consolidated net sales, except in all instances for changes or decreases set forth in such letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the Representatives; and

(iii) they have performed certain other specified procedures as a result of which they determined that certain information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical information derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries) set forth in the Offering Memorandum, including the information set forth under the captions "Summary", "Risk Factors", "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" in the Offering Memorandum, the information included in the "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" included or incorporated in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 25, 2002 and Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 25, 2001 agrees with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, excluding any questions of legal interpretation.

References to the Offering Memorandum in this Section 6(f) include any amendment or supplement thereto at the date of the applicable letter.

(g) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (f) of this Section 6; or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its

17

subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Securities as contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(h) The Securities shall have been designated as Portal-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD and shall be eligible to trade on a fungible basis with the Existing Securities, and the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

(i) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company's debt securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating (including notice of an adverse change in the outlook for such rating) or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

(j) The Company shall have entered into an amendment and waiver to the Existing Credit Facility satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives, whereby the lenders shall have granted a waiver to and amended the Existing Credit Facility to permit the issuance of the Securities and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Offering Memorandum and such amendment and waiver shall be in full force and effect.

(k) The CUSIP Service Bureau of Standard & Poor's shall have awarded the CUSIP number applicable to the Existing Securities to the Securities.

(l) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be in all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancelation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 will be delivered at the office of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, at Cravath, Swaine & Moore, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, on the Closing Date.

7. Reimbursement of Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through Salomon Smith

18

Barney Inc. on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Offering Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have. The Company acknowledges that the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the delivery of the Securities and, under the heading "Plan of Distribution", (i) the list of Initial Purchasers; and (ii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances; and (iii) the paragraph related to overallotment, stabilization and syndicate covering transactions in the Offering Memorandum, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party

19

shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. The indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. Such firm shall be designated by Salomon Smith Barney Inc. in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a) and by the Company in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). Each indemnified party shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Initial Purchasers severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which the Company and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Initial Purchasers severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (after deducting discounts and commissions to the Initial Purchasers, but before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth in this Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or

20

alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

9. Default by an Initial Purchaser. If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their names on Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the event that the aggregate principal amount of Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth on Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company. In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Offering Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Company or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time
(i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers and

21

of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities; provided, however, that the representations and warranties of the Company shall be deemed to be made at the Execution Time and the Closing Date only. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancelation of this Agreement.

12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Salomon Smith Barney Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to (415) 501-7650 and confirmed to it at Levi's Plaza, 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, CA 94111, attention of the Legal Department.

13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in
Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

17. Definitions. The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

"Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the City of New York.

"Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Execution Time" shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

22

"Investment Company Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"NASD" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

"Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D under the Act.

"Regulation S" shall mean Regulation S under the Act.

"Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

23

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours,

Levi Strauss & Co.

by

Name: William B. Chiasson Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

24

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

By: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

by
Name:
Title:

For itself and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the
foregoing Agreement.


                                                  SCHEDULE I

                                                                                                         Principal
                                                                                                         Amount of
                                                                                                         Securities
                 Initial Purchasers                                                                      to be Purchased
                 ------------------                                                                      ---------------


Salomon Smith Barney Inc........................................................................          $ 25,000,000
Banc of America Securities LLC..................................................................            25,000,000
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc........................................................................            25,000,000
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC..................................................................            10,000,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc......................................................................            10,000,000
Fleet Securities, Inc...........................................................................             5,000,000
                                                                                                          ------------
Total...........................................................................................          $100,000,000
                                                                                                          ============


Annex A Significant Subsidiaries

Levi Strauss International

Levi Strauss International, Inc.

Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services SCA/CVA

Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation

Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC

NF Industries, Inc.

Levi Strauss - Europe S.A.

Levi Strauss Continental S.A.


EXHIBIT A

Selling Restrictions for Offers and

Sales outside the United States

(1)(a) The Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that, except as otherwise permitted by Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit, it has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (i) as part of their distribution at any time; and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S under the Act. Accordingly, each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and that it and they have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to the confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a sale of Securities pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit), it shall have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

"The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and December 4, 2002, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S."

(b) Each Initial Purchaser also represents and agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its Affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.

(c) Terms used in this section have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(2) Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the date of issue of the Securities, will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments, whether as principal or agent, for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;(ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Market Act 2000 (the "FSMA") and the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 with respect to anything done by it in relation to such Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of such Securities in circumstances in which
Section 21 (1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company.

A-1

EXHIBIT 4.18

Execution Copy

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

$100,000,000

12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

January 15, 2003

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers c/o Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Levi Strauss & Co., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the "Initial Purchasers"), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the "Purchase Agreement"), its $100,000,000 of 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 ( the "Securities") relating to the initial placement of the Securities (the "Initial Placement"). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a "Holder" and, together, the "Holders"), as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

"Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.


"Affiliate" of any specified person shall mean any other person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control of a person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Broker-Dealer" shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

"Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Exchange Offer Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the New Securities covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Exchange Offer Registration Period" shall mean the 180-day period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Exchange Offer Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Exchanging Dealer" shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company).

"Holder" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Indenture" shall mean the indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of December 4, 2002, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

2

"Initial Placement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Initial Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

"Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.

"Managing Underwriters" shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.

"New Securities" shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the interest rate step-up provisions and the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture.

"New Securities Indenture" shall mean an indenture between the Company and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that the interest rate step-up provisions will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate).

"New Securities Trustee" shall mean the Trustee or a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture.

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Registered Exchange Offer" shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities.

"Registration Statement" shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

3

"Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

"Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

"Shelf Registration Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

"Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

"underwriter" shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Company shall prepare and, not later than 90 days following December 4, 2002, shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 180 days of December 4, 2002.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.

(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

4

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days and not more than 45 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);

(iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; provided that if any Initial Purchaser holds Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) after the expiration of the Exchange Offer Registration Period, that Initial Purchaser shall have the right, for 90 days immediately following the expiration of the Exchange Offer Registration Period, to request the Company to prepare a prospectus for use by that Initial Purchaser for sales of New Securities, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare that prospectus for such use;

(iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them;

(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;

(vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if requested or required by the Commission, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company is conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May

13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991);

and (B) including a representation that the Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company's information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and

(vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws.

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

5

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation in accordance with
Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation
(pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

(i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and

(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP numbers for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days of December 4, 2002 or the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 210 days of December 4, 2002; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests within

6

45 days of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) so requests within 45 days of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer on the basis that such Holder was not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer other than by reason of such Holder being an Affiliate of the Company (it being understood that a requirement to deliver a Prospectus in connection with market-making activities or other trading shall not result in the applicable securities not being "freely tradeable"); or (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not "freely tradeable"; and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver an Exchange Offer Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not "freely tradeable"), the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.

(b) (i) The Company shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section
3), file with the Commission and thereafter shall cause to be declared effective under the Act a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission's staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

(ii) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the Closing Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period being called the "Shelf Registration Period"). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its

7

reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company's obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable. The Company is expressly permitted to suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement in good faith in connection with the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable.

4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.

(a) The Company shall:

(i) furnish to you, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose;

(ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

(b) The Company shall ensure that:

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

8

(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Holders shall ensure that written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and

(iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Registration Statement, and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Holders shall ensure that written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) The Company shall advise you, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or

9

necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.

(e) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any posteffective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

(h) The Company shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such United States and European Union jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take

10

any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections
(c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to
Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.

(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(m) The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Act.

(n) The Company shall cause the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

(o) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to (i) furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement and (ii) provide the indemnity contemplated by Section
6(b). The Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information or fails to provide the indemnity within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall enter into such agreements (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take

11

all other reasonable, appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6.

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; and provided further that the Company shall be entitled to coordinate such access to its financial and other records, corporate documents and properties in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of the Company or its subsidiaries;

(ii) cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; and provided further that the Company shall be entitled to respond to such information requests in a coordinated fashion such that such requests do not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of the Company or its subsidiaries;

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions

12

requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(v) obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with
Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this subsection shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

(s) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters.

(t) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist in the distribution" (within the meaning of the Rules of Fair Practice and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules and By-Laws, including, without limitation, by:

(i) if such Rules or By-Laws shall so require, engaging a "qualified independent underwriter" (as defined in such Rules) to participate in the preparation of the

13

Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities;

(ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and

(iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Rules.

(u) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith.

6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in
Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and provided further, however, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in a preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit

14

of any person to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such person occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the final Prospectus or in an amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) the Company had previously furnished copies of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement to such person and (iii) such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given by such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities, a copy of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of each underwriter of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.

(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and
(ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and

15

the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. The indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. Such firm shall be designated by Salomon Smith Barney Inc. in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) and by the Company in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b). Each indemnified party shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim.

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any subsequent Holder of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other

16

relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act or selling Securities or New Securities, as applicable, under a Shelf Registration Statement. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

(e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the directors, officers, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.

7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders, provided, however, that such Managing Underwriters must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; and (iii) agrees to be bound by Section 6(b) hereof.

17

8. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

9. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Securities (or, after the consummation of any Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of New Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

10. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

(b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(c) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

The Initial Purchasers or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities. The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder who receives and accepts any

18

benefits of this Agreement and who is thereafter bound by the obligations of this Agreement may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Securities or New Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. Each Holder who receives and accepts any benefits of this Agreement will be deemed to agree to be bound by and comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

13. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.

15. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

19

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours, Levi Strauss & Co.

by
Name:


Title:

20

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

By: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

by
Name:
Title:

For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to
the Purchase Agreement.

21

ANNEX A

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution".

22

ANNEX B

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. See "Plan of Distribution".

23

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of marketmaking activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until __________, 2003, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers. New Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-thecounter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Securities. Any Broker-Dealer that resells New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit resulting from any such resale of New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

24

ANNEX D

Rider A

/ / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:
Address:


Rider B

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker- Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

25

Exhibit 4.19

EXECUTION COPY

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Among

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

as Seller

and

THE PURCHASERS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

as Purchasers


January 15, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
1. Agreement To Sell and Purchase .......................................      1

2. Closing, Delivery And Payment ........................................      1

3. Representations and Warranties Of The Company ........................      2

   3.1 Organization, Good Standing And Qualification ....................      2

   3.2 Authorization; Binding Obligations ...............................      2

   3.3 Absence of Conflicts .............................................      3

   3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities .....................................      3

   3.5 Governmental Consents, Etc .......................................      3

   3.6 No Untrue Statements .............................................      4

4. Representations And Warranties Of The Purchasers .....................      4

   4.1 Requisite Power And Authority ....................................      4

   4.2 Consents .........................................................      4

   4.3 Investment Representations .......................................      4

5. Conditions To Closing ................................................      5

   5.1 Conditions To The Purchasers' Obligations At The Closing .........      5

   5.2 Conditions To Obligations Of The Company .........................      6

6. Rule 144 Reporting ...................................................      6

7. Covenants ............................................................      7

   7.1 Transfer Restrictions ............................................      7

   7.2 Registration Rights ..............................................      7

8. Miscellaneous ........................................................      7

   8.1 Governing Law ....................................................      7

   8.2 Survival .........................................................      7

i

8.3  Successors And Assigns .................................   7

8.4  Separability ...........................................   8

8.5  Amendment And Waiver ...................................   8

8.6  Notices ................................................   8

8.7  Expenses ...............................................   8

8.8  Attorneys' Fees ........................................   8

8.9  Headings ...............................................   9

8.10 Counterparts ...........................................   9

8.11 Broker's Fees ..........................................   9

8.12 Subsequent Consents, Permits and Waivers ...............   9

List of Schedules:

Schedule I - Purchasers and Aggregate Principal Amount of Securities to be Purchased

List of Exhibits:

Exhibit A - Registration Rights Agreement Exhibit B - Final Memorandum
Exhibit C - Form of Opinion

ii

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of January 15, 2003, among Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the purchasers set forth on Schedule I hereto (each a "Purchaser," and collectively the "Purchasers").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has previously entered into the Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 (the "November Purchase Agreement"; any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the November Purchase Agreement) among the Company and the purchasers named in such agreement for the purchase of $425,000,000 principal amount of 12 1/4% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "Securities"), with the Securities being issued under the Indenture, dated as of December 4, 2002 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and with the Securities having the benefit of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company and the purchasers named in the November Purchase Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

WHEREAS, the Purchasers desire to purchase $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Securities with such purchase to be made in a private placement to close on January 22, 2003; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell the Securities to the Purchasers on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Agreement To Sell and Purchase.

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers agree, jointly and severally, to purchase from the Company, at the Closing, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite each Purchaser's name on Schedule I hereto, which totals $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, at a purchase price of 98.58% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities purchased pursuant to the terms hereof, plus accrued interest from December 4, 2002 to the Closing Date (as defined below).

2. Closing, Delivery And Payment.

Subject to the terms of Section 5, the closing of the sale and purchase of the Securities under this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place on January 22, 2003, at the offices of Shearman & Sterling, 555 California Street, San Francisco, California 94104, or at such other time or location as may be agreed by each of the parties hereto. The date of the Closing is

referred to as the "Closing Date." Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Purchasers against payment by the Purchasers of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties Of The Company.

The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers that those representations and warranties set forth in the November Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Annex 1 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date). Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto as Annex 2, the Company hereby additionally represents and warrants to Purchasers as of the date hereof as follows:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing And Qualification.

Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other valid legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate or company power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, dated as of November 26, 2002 (the "Final Memorandum"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other valid legal entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on, or a material adverse change in, the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

3.2 Authorization; Binding Obligations.

All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, for the execution, authentication and delivery of the Securities pursuant to the Indenture, for the sale of the Securities pursuant hereto and for the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. The sale of the Securities is not and will not be subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal that have not been properly waived or complied with. When issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture, the Securities will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and will be free of any liens or encumbrances; provided, however, that the Securities may be subject to restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and under state and/or federal securities laws as set forth herein or as otherwise required by such laws at the time a transfer is proposed.

2

3.3 Absence of Conflicts.

Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to,
(i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or to the Company's knowledge, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with respect to (x) clause (ii) and (y) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority outside of the United States described in clause (iii) as to which the Company has no knowledge, for conflicts, violations, breaches or impositions that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities.

This Agreement and the Indenture have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and each of the Agreement and the Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity); and the Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Purchasers, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

3.5 Governmental Consents, Etc.

No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as will be obtained under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required

3

under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

3.6 No Untrue Statements

The Final Memorandum did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as of November 26, 2002. Since November 26, 2002, there has been no material adverse change, or any development regarding a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Company's periodic and current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), from November 26, 2002 through January 12, 2003, the draft earnings press release (the "Draft Release") relating to the Company's fourth quarter and fiscal year 2002 financial results, or in Exhibit A to the Commitment Letter, dated as of January 12, 2003 (the "Commitment Letter") between the Company and the Purchasers. The Draft Release is complete and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

4. Representations And Warranties Of The Purchasers.

The Purchasers hereby represent and warrants, jointly and severally, to the Company as follows:

4.1 Requisite Power And Authority.

The Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Purchaser, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

4.2 Consents.

No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, except such as will be obtained under the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and such as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

4.3 Investment Representations.

Each Purchaser understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act. Each Purchaser also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon such Purchaser's representations contained in the Agreement. The Purchasers hereby represent and warrant, jointly and severally, as follows:

4

(a) Purchaser Is A Qualified Institutional Buyer. Each Purchaser represents that it is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of 144A of the Securities Act.

(b) Purchaser Bears Economic Risk. Each Purchaser understands that the Securities may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Securities or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Securities must be held indefinitely. Each Purchaser hereby represents and agrees to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes set forth on pages 129 through 131 of the Final Memorandum.

(c) Acquisition For Own Account. Each Purchaser is purchasing the Securities for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and each Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. None of the Purchasers have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Securities.

(d) Purchaser Can Protect Its Interest. Each Purchaser represents that by reason of its, or of its management's, business or financial experience, such Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. None of the Purchasers are a corporation, trust or partnership specifically formed for the purpose of consummating these transactions.

(e) No Action Jeopardizing Private Placement. Each Purchaser represents that it is not aware of any reason why it should not qualify as an investment in a private placement, and that it is not aware of taking any action that would make a private placement transaction unavailable.

(f) Company Information. Each Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company's operations, facilities, and the any of the Company's releases and its periodic and current reports filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Draft Release, and the information contained in Exhibit A to the Commitment Letter.

Each Purchaser has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.

5. Conditions To Closing.

5.1 Conditions To The Purchasers' Obligations At The Closing.

The Purchasers' obligation to purchase the Securities identified in
Section 1 of the Agreement at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

5

(a) Representations And Warranties True; Performance Of Obligations. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 and the representations and warranties which are incorporated by reference in Annex 1 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date), and the Company shall have performed and complied with all material obligations and conditions herein required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.

(b) Legal Investment. At the time of the Closing, the sale and issuance of the Securities shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Purchasers and the Company are subject.

(c) Legal Opinion. The Company shall have delivered an opinion of counsel to the Purchasers in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

(d) Transfer Agent Instructions. The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a copy of a letter to the Company's transfer agent, dated the Closing Date, and instructing the transfer agent to issue the Securities.

5.2 Conditions To Obligations Of The Company.

The Company's obligation to issue and sell the Securities at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) Representations And Warranties True. The representations and warranties made by the Purchasers in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if they had be made on and as of the Closing.

(b) Performance Of Obligations. The Purchasers shall have performed and complied with all material obligations and conditions herein required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.

(c) Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchasers shall have delivered to the Company payment for the Securities to be acquired by the Purchasers in the amounts set forth in Section 1 hereto pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Company.

6. Rule 144 Reporting.

So long as any of the Securities are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to the Purchasers and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by any of the Purchasers) of such restricted securities, upon the request of any of the Purchasers or the prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the Purchasers, and the

6

prospective purchasers designated by any of the Purchasers, from time to time of such restricted securities.

7. Covenants.

7.1 Transfer Restrictions.

The Purchasers acknowledge and agree that they have received material non-public information regarding the Company and that the Purchasers shall not purchase or sell, offer to purchase or sell or agree to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any securities or derivative securities of the Company while in possession of such material non-public information in violation of the U.S. securities laws. In addition, the Purchasers agree to be bound by the transfer restrictions set forth on pages 129 through 131 of the Final Memorandum.

7.2 Registration Rights.

The Company shall provide the Securities purchased by the Purchasers the benefits of registration rights identical to those applicable to the Securities purchased under the November Purchase Agreement and include such Securities in the exchange offer registration statement that will be filed with the Commission relating to the Securities purchased under the November Purchase Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous.

8.1 Governing Law.

This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

8.2 Survival.

The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of the Purchasers or the Company, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities; provided, however, that the representations and warranties of the Company shall be deemed to be made at the Closing Date only.

8.3 Successors And Assigns.

This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) of the November Purchase Agreement, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written consent of the Company and the Purchasers.

7

8.4 Separability.

In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall, to the extent practicable, be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable and to maintain as nearly as practicable the intent of the parties, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

8.5 Amendment And Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the parties hereto.

(b) The obligations of the Company and the rights of any holder of the Securities under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto.

(c) Except to the extent provided in this Section 8.5, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

(d) Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this
Section 8.5 shall be binding upon any future holder of some or all of the Securities.

8.6 Notices.

All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to AIG Global Investment Corporation, Attn: Private Placement Department (fax no.: (713) 831-1072) and confirmed to AIG Global Investment Corp., Attn: Private Placement Department, A36-04, P.O. Box 3247, Houston, Texas, 77253-3247, with a copy to AIG Global Investments Corporation, Legal Department - Investment Management, 2929 Allen Parkway, Suite A36-01, Houston, TX, 77019-2155 (fax no.: (713) 831-2328); or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to (415) 501-7650 and confirmed to it at Levi's Plaza, 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, CA 94111, attention of the Legal Department.

8.7 Expenses.

The Company shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement, and the Purchasers shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

8.8 Attorneys' Fees.

If legal action is brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and legal costs in connection therewith.

8

8.9 Headings.

The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8.10 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.11 Broker's Fees.

Each party hereto represents and warrants that no agent, broker, investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker's or finder's fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

8.12 Subsequent Consents, Permits and Waivers.

The Company shall obtain promptly after the Closing all authorizations, approvals, consents, permits and waivers that are necessary or applicable for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that were not obtained prior to the Closing because they may be properly obtained subsequent to the Closing.

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By:___________________________________________
Name:
Title:

PURCHASERS:

VALIC COMPANY II - HIGH YIELD BOND
FUND
VALIC COMPANY II - STRATEGIC BOND
FUND
SUNAMERICA INCOME FUNDS SERIES -
SUNAMERICA HIGH YIELD BOND FUND
SUNAMERICA INCOME FUNDS SERIES -
SUNAMERICA STRATEGIC BOND FUND
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST -
SUNAMERICA HIGH YIELD BOND FUND
RMF HIGH YIELD STRATEGIES, LTD.
LAFAYETTE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY -
HIGH YIELD
STANDARD INSURANCE COMPANY
AMERICAN GENERAL CBO 2000-1 LTD.
THE UNITED STATES LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

AIG GLOBAL INVESTMENT CORP.,
as Investment Advisor to each Purchaser

By:___________________________________________
Name: Timothy Janszen
Title: Managing Director


Annex 1

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES FROM THE NOVEMBER
PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to Section 3 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003, (the "Agreement"), among Levi Strauss & Co (the "Company") and the purchasers set forth on Schedule 1 thereto (the "Purchasers"), the Company hereby delivers this Schedule of Certain Representations and Warranties given by the Company in the Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 (the "November Purchase Agreement"), among the Company and the purchasers named in such agreement. Each of the following representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, except, if they have been made as to a previous date, then they shall be true and correct as of that date. Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the November Purchase Agreement.

(a) All documents filed by the Company under the Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act Documents"), when they were filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and, when they were so filed, did not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(b) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

(c) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representations) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

(d) Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them has complied with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(e) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act,


without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

(f) The Company is subject to and in full compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(g) The Company has not paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by the November Purchase Agreement).

(h) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(i) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum and other than the Company's subsidiaries in Japan and Turkey, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances.

(j) The Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Final Memorandum, and the Voting Trust Agreement entered into as of April 15, 1996, among the Voting Trustees and stockholders of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Final Memorandum.

(k) The statements in the Final Memorandum under the headings "Important Federal Income Tax Considerations", "Description of Notes", "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights", "Business-Trademarks", "Business--Legal Proceedings", "Risk Factors--Our success depends on the continued protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights" and in the fourth paragraph under "Business--Sourcing, Manufacturing and Logistics--Manufacturing and Finishing", insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are, in all material respects, accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

(l) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein); and the selected financial data set forth under the caption "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" in the Final Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Final Memorandum, the information included therein.

2

(m) No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(n) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own, lease or license all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their respective operations as presently conducted.

(o) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter or bylaws; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, other than such violations or defaults the occurrence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from the transactions in the ordinary course of business.

(p) KPMG LLP, who have reviewed certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder. Arthur Andersen LLP, who has previously certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and previously delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Final Memorandum or the Exchange Act Documents, were at all times during their engagement by the Company independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

(q) To the Company's knowledge, there are no material stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other material similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Securities.

(r) The Company has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax or other assessment, fine or

3

penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(s) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries' principal suppliers, contractors or customers that in any such case could have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(t) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonable and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect, except when the failure to be in full force and effect would have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(u) No subsidiary of the Company is currently contractually prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum or the Company's Credit Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Company, the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as swing line bank, Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers, Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent, as amended as of July 11, 2001, January 28, 2002 and July 26, 2002 (the "Existing Bank Credit Facility"); the Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Authentication Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and all documents related thereto (together, the "Domestic Receivables Securitization Facility"); and the European Receivables Agreement, dated February 2000,

4

between the Company and Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V., and all documents related thereto (together, the "European Securitization Agreements").

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, other than such licenses, certificates, permits or other authorizations, the failure of which to possess would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(w) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act) that are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its principal executive officer or officers and its principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(x) In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws") on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(y) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding

5

standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each "plan" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations; the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA.

(z) The subsidiaries listed on Annex A attached to the November Purchase Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company as defined by Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act (the "Subsidiaries").

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks (including the Levi's(R), Dockers, Slates(R) and Levi Strauss SignatureTM trademarks), trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") necessary for the conduct of the Company's business as now conducted free and clear of any material security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in or contemplated in (i) the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) or (ii) the Existing Bank Credit Facility, and none of the Intellectual Property, to the best knowledge of the Company, conflicts with the valid trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, patent right or intangible asset of any other Person to the extent that such conflict has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

6

Annex 2

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

COMPANY SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Pursuant to Section 3 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003 (the "Agreement"), among the Levi Strauss & Co. (the "Company") and the purchasers set forth in Schedule 1 thereto (the "Purchasers"), the Company hereby delivers this Schedule of Exceptions to the representations and warranties of the Company given in the Agreement. Each section number in this Schedule of Exceptions corresponds to the section numbers in the Agreement; however, any information disclosed herein under any section number shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated in any other section number of the Agreement where such disclosure would be appropriate. Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

3.1 Organization; Good Standing and Qualification

No Exceptions.

3.2 Authorization; Binding Obligations

No Exceptions.

3.3 Absence of Conflicts

No Exceptions.

3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities

No Exceptions.

3.5 Governmental Consents, Etc.

No Exceptions.

3.6 No Untrue Statements

No Exceptions.


SCHEDULE I

                                                                                              Principal Amount of
                                                                                              -------------------
                                                                                              Securities to be
                                                                                              ----------------
Purchaser                                                                                     Purchased
---------                                                                                     ---------
VALIC Company II - High Yield Bond Fund                                                       125,000

VALIC Company II - Strategic Bond Fund                                                        50,000

SunAmerica Income Funds Series - SunAmerica High Yield Bond Fund                              1,000,000

SunAmerica Income Funds Series - SunAmerica Strategic Bond Fund                               150,000

SunAmerica Series Trust - SunAmerica High Yield Bond Fund                                     1,250,000

RMF High Yield Strategies, Ltd.                                                               750,000

Lafayette Life Insurance - High Yield                                                         100,000

Standard Insurance Company                                                                    450,000

American General CBO 2000-1 Ltd.                                                              3,000,000

The United States Life Insurance Company                                                      21,550,000

SunAmerica Life Insurance Company                                                             21,575,000


EXHIBIT C

_____________________, 2003

To the Purchasers of the Securities
of Levi Strauss & Co. pursuant to
the Securities Purchase Agreement
dated as of the date hereof

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company to the purchasers set forth on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (the "Purchasers") of $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 12 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Securities"), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated January 15, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), among the Company and the Purchasers. The Securities are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of December 4, 2002 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Purchase Agreement.

In such capacity, we have examined copies of the preliminary offering memorandum dated November 25, 2002 and the final offering memorandum dated November 26, 2002 (such final offering memorandum, including the information incorporated by reference therein, being hereafter referred to as the "Final Memorandum"). We have also examined the Purchase Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002 (the "November Purchase Agreement"), between the Company and the purchasers named in such agreement, the Indenture, a specimen of the Securities and the originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records of the Company, certificates of public officials, officers of the Company and other persons, and such other documents, agreements and instruments as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have relied as to factual matters to the extent we deem proper, upon the representations and warranties contained in or made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, certificates of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials.

Our opinions set forth below are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the State of California, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:


(i) The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as (x) the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and (y) the enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(ii) The Securities have been duly and validly authorized and executed by the Company and, assuming due authentication by the Trustee, when delivered and paid for in accordance with the Indenture and the Purchase Agreement, the Securities will be (x) legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as (A) enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally (including without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and (B) the enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (y) entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;

(iii) The statements set forth under the heading "Description of Notes" and "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights" in the Final Memorandum, in each case insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the Securities and the Indenture, provide, in all material respects, a fair summary of such provisions;

(iv) The Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(v) None of the execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated therein, nor the fulfillment of the terms thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company; (ii) the terms of the Indenture; (iii) the terms of the Existing Bank Credit Facility (as defined in the November Purchase Agreement), as amended as of and including November 26, 2002, including any covenant contained therein; (iv) the terms of the Existing Indentures (as defined in the November Purchase Agreement) and any amendments thereto, including any covenant contained therein; or (v) any law, rule or regulation of the United States applicable to securities transactions or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(vi) Based upon the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and of you in the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to you under the Purchase Agreement and the Final Memorandum to register the Securities under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act (it being understood that no opinion is expressed as to any subsequent resale of any Security); and

(vii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum,

2

will not be an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company's securities.

This letter is being furnished to you solely for your benefit in connection with your purchase of the Securities, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose.

Very truly yours,

JDW/MKH/DL/SPH

3

EXHIBIT 10.64

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES AND
OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
MASTER PLAN DOCUMENT

EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2003


LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                      PAGE
                                                                                                                      ----

ARTICLE 1  DEFINITIONS............................................................................................      1
         1.1      "ACCOUNT".......................................................................................      1
         1.2      "ANNUAL BONUS"..................................................................................      1
         1.3      "ANNUAL COMPANY CONTRIBUTION"...................................................................      1
         1.4      "ANNUAL INSTALLMENT METHOD".....................................................................      1
         1.5      "BASE ANNUAL SALARY"............................................................................      2
         1.6      "BENEFICIARY" OR "BENEFICIARIES"................................................................      2
         1.7      "BOARD".........................................................................................      2
         1.8      "BRP"...........................................................................................      2
         1.9      "CODE"..........................................................................................      2
         1.10     "COMMITTEE".....................................................................................      2
         1.11     "COMPANY".......................................................................................      2
         1.12     "COMPANY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"..................................................................      2
         1.13     "DIRECTOR"......................................................................................      3
         1.14     "DIRECTOR FEES".................................................................................      3
         1.15     "DISABILITY"....................................................................................      3
         1.16     "EIP MAKE-UP ACCOUNT"...........................................................................      3
         1.17     "EIP MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION"......................................................................      3
         1.18     "ELECTIVE DEFERRAL".............................................................................      3
         1.19     "ELECTIVE DEFERRAL ACCOUNT".....................................................................      3
         1.20     "EMPLOYEE"......................................................................................      3
         1.21     "ERISA".........................................................................................      3
         1.22     "HOPP"..........................................................................................      3
         1.23     "IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION".......................................................................      3
         1.24     "LS&CO. PERFORMANCE TRACKINGVEHICLE.............................................................      4
         1.25     "MEASUREMENT VEHICLES"..........................................................................      4
         1.26     "PARTICIPANT"...................................................................................      4
         1.27     "PENSION MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION"..................................................................      4
         1.28     "PLAN"..........................................................................................      4
         1.29     "PLAN YEAR".....................................................................................      4
         1.30     "RETIREMENT," "RETIRE(S)" OR "RETIRED"..........................................................      4
         1.31     "RETIREMENT DATE"...............................................................................      4
         1.32     "TERMINATION BENEFIT"...........................................................................      5
         1.33     "TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT".....................................................................      5
         1.34     "TRUST".........................................................................................      5
         1.35     "TRUSTEE".......................................................................................      5
         1.36     "UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCY".............................................................      5

ARTICLE 2  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION..........................................................................      5
         2.1      ELIGIBILITY.....................................................................................      5
         2.2      ENROLLMENT......................................................................................      5
         2.3      TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION AND/OR DEFERRALS...................................................      5

ARTICLE 3  DEFERRALS AND ACCOUNTS.................................................................................      5
         3.1      MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DEFERRALS...................................................................      5


LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                                                                      PAGE

         3.2      WITHHOLDING AND CREDITING OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.................................................      6
         3.3      COMPANY CONTRIBUTION............................................................................      6
         3.4      PENSION MAKE-UP CONTRIBUTION....................................................................      6
         3.5      VESTING.........................................................................................      6
         3.6      CREDITING/DEBITING OF ACCOUNTS..................................................................      7
         3.7      FICA AND OTHER TAXES............................................................................      8

ARTICLE 4  IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION; UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES; WITHDRAWAL ELECTION......................      8
         4.1      IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION.........................................................................      8
         4.2      OTHER BENEFITS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION.....................................      9
         4.3      WITHDRAWAL PAYOUT/SUSPENSIONS FOR UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES...........................      9
         4.4      WITHDRAWAL ELECTION.............................................................................      9

ARTICLE 5  RETIREMENT BENEFIT.....................................................................................      9
         5.1      RETIREMENT BENEFIT..............................................................................      9
         5.2      PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT...................................................................      9
         5.3      DEATH PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT.................................................     10

ARTICLE 6  TERMINATION BENEFIT...................................................................................      10

ARTICLE 7  DISABILITY WAIVER AND BENEFIT.........................................................................      10
         7.1      DISABILITY WAIVER..............................................................................      10
         7.2      CONTINUED ELIGIBILITY; DISABILITY BENEFIT......................................................      10

ARTICLE 8  PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR BENEFIT.......................................................................      10

ARTICLE 9  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION...............................................................................      11
         9.1      BENEFICIARY....................................................................................      11
         9.2      NO BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.....................................................................      11
         9.3      DOUBT AS TO BENEFICIARY........................................................................      11
         9.4      DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS.......................................................................      11

ARTICLE 10  LEAVE OF ABSENCE.....................................................................................      11
         10.1     PAID LEAVE OF ABSENCE..........................................................................      11
         10.2     UNPAID LEAVE OF ABSENCE........................................................................      11

ARTICLE 11  TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION...............................................................      12
         11.1     TERMINATION....................................................................................      12
         11.2     AMENDMENT......................................................................................      12
         11.3     EFFECT OF PAYMENT..............................................................................      13

ARTICLE 12  ADMINISTRATION.......................................................................................      13
         12.1     COMMITTEE DUTIES...............................................................................      13
         12.2     AGENTS.........................................................................................      13

ii

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                                                                      PAGE
                                                                                                                      ----

         12.3     BINDING EFFECT OF DECISIONS....................................................................      13
         12.4     INDEMNITY OF COMMITTEE.........................................................................      13

ARTICLE 13  CLAIMS PROCEDURES....................................................................................      13
         13.1     PRESENTATION OF CLAIM..........................................................................      13
         13.2     NOTIFICATION OF DECISION.......................................................................      13
         13.3     REVIEW OF A DENIED CLAIM.......................................................................      14
         13.4     DECISION ON REVIEW.............................................................................      14
         13.5     LEGAL ACTION...................................................................................      15

ARTICLE 14  TRUST................................................................................................      15
         14.1     ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST.....................................................................      15
         14.2     INTERRELATIONSHIP OF THE PLAN AND THE TRUST....................................................      15
         14.3     DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE TRUST...................................................................      15

ARTICLE 15  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.............................................................................      15
         15.1     STATUS OF PLAN.................................................................................      15
         15.2     UNSECURED GENERAL CREDITOR.....................................................................      15
         15.3     NONASSIGNABILITY...............................................................................      15
         15.4     NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT...................................................................      16
         15.5     GOVERNING LAW..................................................................................      16
         15.6     NOTICE.........................................................................................      16
         15.7     SUCCESSORS.....................................................................................      16
         15.8     SPOUSE'S INTEREST..............................................................................      16
         15.9     VALIDITY.......................................................................................      16
         15.10    INCOMPETENT....................................................................................      16
         15.11    DISTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF TAXATION..........................................................      17
         15.12    INSURANCE......................................................................................      17
         15.13    EFFECT ON OTHER PLANS..........................................................................      17

iii

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR
EXECUTIVES AND OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
(Effective January 1, 2003)

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to provide a means by which a select group of management or highly compensated employees and directors, who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Levi Strauss & Co. and its participating subsidiaries, may elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of their compensation or bonuses to save for retirement. As described in the State Taxation of Pension Income Act of 1995, this Plan is maintained solely for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for Participants in excess of certain statutory limitations. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

1.1 "Account" shall mean the Participant's Elective Deferral Account, Company Contribution Account and EIP Make-Up Account. The Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the benefits to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

1.2 "Annual Bonus" shall mean any of the following bonuses payable by the Company during a Plan Year to a Participant while an Employee or Director and a Participant during that Plan Year:

(a) Payments under the Levi Strauss & Co. Annual Incentive Plan;

(b) Payments under the Leadership Shares Plan of Levi Strauss & Co.;

(c) Payments under Levi Strauss & Co. Sales Incentive Program;

(d) Payments under any regularly paid bonus program of Levi Strauss & Co.;

(e) Any sign-on bonus payable at a specified future date following an Employee's commencement of employment;

(f) Any retention bonus payable to an Employee; or

(g) Any non-recurring special bonus that the Committee designates, in writing, as eligible for deferral under this Plan.

1.3 "Annual Company Contribution" shall mean, for any one Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3.

1.4 "Annual Installment Method" shall be an annual installment payment commencing as soon as administratively practicable on or after a Participant's Retirement Date, as predetermined by the Committee, and payable over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with this Plan. Each annual installment shall be calculated by multiplying the applicable vested Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant; provided that the first installment may


        be further reduced to account for a partial-year payment, if applicable.
        For the first installment, the vested Account balance of the Participant
        shall be calculated as of the close of business on, or as soon as
        practicable after, the Participant's Retirement Date. Remaining annual
        installments shall be calculated as of the December 31st immediately
        preceding the Plan Year in which the installment is payable.

1.5     "Base Annual Salary" shall mean the annual cash compensation payable by
        the Company during a Plan Year to a Participant for services rendered
        while an Employee and a Participant during that Plan Year, excluding
        bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options,
        relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, directors
        fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to a
        Participant for services rendered (whether or not such allowances are
        included in the Employee's gross income). Base Annual Salary shall be
        calculated before reduction for amounts deferred or contributed by the
        Participant pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of the
        Company, but shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise
        included in the Participant's gross income under Code Sections 125,
        132(f), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b).

1.6     "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" shall mean one or more persons,
        trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with
        Article 9, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon
        the death of a Participant.

1.7     "Board" shall mean the board of directors of Levi Strauss & Co. The
        Board may delegate to any committee, subcommittee or any of its
        members, or to any agent, its authority to perform any act under the
        Plan, including without limitation those matters involving the exercise
        of discretion. Any such delegation of discretion will be subject to
        revocation at any time at the discretion of the Board. Any reference in
        this Plan document to the Board with respect to such delegated
        authority will be deemed a reference to its delegate or delegates.

1.8     "BRP" shall mean the Levi Strauss & Co. Excess Benefit Restoration Plan
        or the Levi Strauss & Co. Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan, as
        each is amended from time to time, or any successor plan, to the extent
        that benefits payable thereunder result from Code limitations
        applicable to the HOPP.

1.9     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be
        amended from time to time.

1.10    "Committee" shall mean the Administrative Committee for Retirement
        Plans, as described in Article 12.

1.11    "Company" shall mean, depending on the context, either Levi Strauss &
        Co., a Delaware corporation, any successor to all or substantially all
        of the Company's assets or business, or any of the Company's
        subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that
        have adopted the Plan with the written consent of the Board, or all
        such entities in the aggregate.

1.12    "Company Contribution Account" shall mean (i) the sum of the
        Participant's Company Contributions, plus (ii) amounts credited or
        debited in accordance with all the applicable crediting and debiting
        provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant's Company
        Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the
        Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate
        to the Participant's Company Contribution Account.

2

1.13 "Director" shall mean an individual who receives remuneration while

        serving as a member of the board of directors of the Company, provided
        he or she is also not an Employee while serving in such capacity.

1.14    "Director Fees" shall mean the annual fees payable by the Company
        during a Plan Year to a Participant, including retainer fees and
        meeting fees, for services performed while a Director and a Participant
        during that Plan Year.

1.15    "Disability" shall mean an Employee qualifies for permanent disability
        benefits under the Company's long-term disability plan.

1.16    "EIP Make-Up Account" shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant's
        EIP Make-Up Contributions, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited in
        accordance with all the applicable crediting or debiting provisions of
        this Plan that related to the Participant's EIP Make-Up Account, less
        (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her
        Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant's EIP
        Make-Up Account.

1.17    "EIP Make-Up Contribution" shall mean, for any fiscal year of the
        Company, the amount of Company matching contributions under the
        Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. ("EIP") that would have
        been payable to or for an Employee while a participant in EIP but for
        the deferral of Base Annual Salary or Annual Bonus under the Plan,
        without regard to any limitation in EIP with respect to such Employee's
        compensation or contributions.

1.18    "Elective Deferral" shall mean that portion of a Participant's Base
        Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and Director Fees that a Participant elects
        to defer in accordance with Article 3 for any one Plan Year. In the
        event of a Participant's Retirement, Disability, death or a Termination
        of Employment prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year's Elective
        Deferral shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

1.19    "Elective Deferral Account" shall mean (i) the sum of all of a
        Participant's Elective Deferrals, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited
        in accordance with all the applicable crediting and debiting provisions
        of this Plan that relate to the Participant's Elective Deferral
        Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or
        her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her
        Elective Deferral Account.

1.20    "Employee" shall mean any individual whose remuneration for services
        rendered to the Company, as recognized by the Company, is reported on
        Federal Income Tax Form W-2. An individual's status as an "Employee"
        will be determined by the Committee and such determination will be
        conclusive and binding on all persons notwithstanding any contrary
        determination of Employee status by any court or governmental agency,
        including, but not limited to, the Internal Revenue Service.

1.21    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
        as it may be amended from time to time.

1.22    "HOPP" shall  mean the Revised Home Office  Pension Plan of Levi Strauss
        & Co., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor plan.

1.23    "In-Service Distribution" shall mean a lump sum payment in an amount
        that is equal to all or a portion of the Elective Deferral the
        Participant elects to have distributed as an In-Service Distribution
        under Section 4.1, credited and debited in the manner provided in
        Section 3.6, and

                                       3

        calculated as of the close of business on a date determined by the
        Committee which precedes the payment date.

1.24    "LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle" shall mean a Measurement Vehicle
        in which the assumed rate of return shall be dependent upon LS&CO.'s
        cumulative EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
        amortization) over a specified period or other time-limited financial
        measure as determined by the Board (the "Performance Period").

        The rate of return shall be an annual rate. There shall be a minimum
        guaranteed rate of return and up to a maximum rate of return, as
        determined by the Board, based on LS&CO.'s future cumulative EBITDA or
        other financial measure over the Performance Period. To the extent
        that any amounts in an Account do not remain allocated to the LS&CO.
        Performance Tracking Vehicle through the end of a specified Plan Year
        period (the "Mandatory Deferral Period"), the minimum rate shall apply
        to such amounts. The Board shall have sole discretion in determining
        whether to offer the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle under the
        Plan during any Plan Year.

1.25    "Measurement Vehicles" shall mean the investment vehicles designated by
        the Committee, in its sole discretion, and selected by a Participant
        for purposes of crediting and debiting such Participant's Account, as
        described in Section 3.6.

1.26    "Participant" shall mean any Employee or Director (i) who is selected
        by the Committee to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to
        participate in the Plan by signing an election form in accordance with
        the terms of the Plan, and (iii) whose signed election form is accepted
        by the Committee.

1.27    "Pension Make-Up Contribution" shall mean the amount equal to the
        difference between (i) the amount of benefits that would have been
        payable to or for an Employee under the HOPP or the BRP but for the
        deferral of Base Annual Salary or Annual Bonus under the Plan, and (ii)
        the amount of benefits actually payable to or for the Employee under
        the HOPP or the BRP.

1.28    "Plan" shall mean this Levi Strauss & Co. Deferred Compensation Plan for
        Executives and Outside Directors, as it may be amended from time to
        time.

1.29    "Plan  Year" shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar
        year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

1.30    "Retirement," "Retire(s)" or "Retired" shall mean:

        (a)     In the case of an Employee, a severance of an Employee's
                employment with the Company with the right either to an
                immediate early retirement, normal retirement, or deferred
                retirement benefit payable under the HOPP. If an Employee is not
                a participant in the HOPP at the time of his or her severance
                from employment with the Company, the determination as to
                whether such Employee is Retired for purposes of this Section
                1.30 shall be determined as if the Employee had been a
                participant in the HOPP at such time and was eligible for a
                pension benefit thereunder.

        (b)     In the case of a Director, the Director's cessation of service
                as a member of the Board, voluntary or involuntary, for a reason
                other than death.

1.31    "Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the month coincident with
        or next following the date a Participant Retires.

                                       4

1.32    "Termination Benefit" shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.

1.33    "Termination of Employment" shall mean an Employee's severance from
        employment with the Company, voluntarily or involuntarily, for a reason
        other than Retirement, Disability or death.

1.34    "Trust" shall mean one or more trusts established by the Company in its
        sole discretion.

1.35    "Trustee" shall  mean the individuals or corporation appointed by the
        Committee under Section 14.1 to administer the Trust in accordance with
        the terms of the Plan and trust agreement.

1.36    "Unforeseeable Financial Emergency" shall mean an unanticipated
        emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the
        Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the
        Participant resulting from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or
        accident of the Participant or a dependent (as defined in section 152(a)
        of the Code) of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participant's
        property due to casualty, or (iii) such other extraordinary and
        unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the
        control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of
        the Committee. The circumstances that will constitute an "Unforeseeable
        Financial Emergency" will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in
        any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or
        may be relieved (x) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance
        or otherwise, (y) by liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the
        extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe
        financial hardship, or (z) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

                                   Article 2
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
                          -----------------------------

2.1     Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select
        -----------
        group of management or highly compensated Employees and Directors of
        the Company, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.2     Enrollment. To participate initially, an Employee or Director must
        ----------
        submit an election form within the time designated by the Committee.
        For each Plan Year after the first year of participation, an
        irrevocable deferral election for that Plan Year is made by submitting
        a completed and executed election form to the Committee before the end
        of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year to which the election applies.
        If no election form is timely delivered for a Plan Year, the Elective
        Deferral shall be zero for that Plan Year.

2.3     Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals. A Participant's
        ---------------------------------------------
        participation in the Plan will terminate when his or her Account has
        been distributed or on the date of his or her death, which ever occurs
        first. If the Committee determines that a Participant no longer
        qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly
        compensated employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of
        ERISA, the Committee shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i)
        terminate any deferral election the Participant has made for the
        remainder of the current Plan Year and/or (ii) prevent the Participant
        from making future deferral elections.

                                   Article 3
                             DEFERRALS AND ACCOUNTS
                             ----------------------

3.1     Minimum and Maximum Deferrals. For each Plan Year, a Participant may
        -----------------------------
        make an irrevocable Elective Deferral as a percentage of Base Annual
        Salary, Annual Bonus, and/or Director Fees subject to the following
        parameters:

5

----------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
DEFERRAL TYPE                               MINIMUM AMOUNT                  MAXIMUM AMOUNT
----------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
Base Annual Salary                                5%                             100%
----------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------

Annual Bonus                                      1%                             100%
----------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------

Director Fees                                     5%                             100%
----------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------

If an election is made for less than the stated minimum amounts, or if no election is made, the amount deferred shall be deemed to be zero.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes eligible after the first day of a Plan Year, the maximum Elective Deferral (i) with respect to Base Annual Salary or Director Fees shall be limited to compensation or fees not yet earned as of the date the Participant submits his or her election form, and (ii) with respect to Annual Bonus shall be limited to those amounts deemed eligible for deferral, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

3.2 Withholding and Crediting of Elective Deferrals. The Base Annual Salary portion of the Elective Deferral shall be withheld from payroll according to the Participant's election. The Annual Bonus and/or Director Fees portion of the Elective Deferral shall be withheld at the time the Annual Bonus and/or Director Fees are, or otherwise would be, paid to the Participant. Elective Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant's Elective Deferral Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant, or as soon as practicable thereafter.

3.3 Company Contribution. During any Plan Year, the Company may, in its discretion, credit an amount to a Participant's Company Contribution Account. The Company Contribution, if any, shall be credited as of the last working day of the Plan Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter. If a Participant is not employed or in service with the Company as of the last working day of a Plan Year (other than due to Retirement, layoff, as determined by the Committee, or death) the Participant shall not be eligible for an Company Contribution for that Plan Year.

3.4 Pension Make-Up Contribution. The Pension Make-Up Contribution shall be paid under the BRP at the time and in the form described thereunder. Although the method for calculating the Pension Make-Up Contribution is described in this Plan, such amount is not an accrued benefit hereunder; rather, the Pension Make-Up Pension Amount shall be an accrued benefit under the BRP.

3.5 Vesting. Subject to Section 15.2:

(a) A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Elective Deferral Account and EIP Make-Up Account;

(b) A Participant shall be vested in his or her Company Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) set forth in his or her employment agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Company. If not addressed in such an agreement, a Participant shall vest in his or her Company Contribution Account in accordance with a schedule established by the Company;

(c) A Participant shall be vested in his or her Pension Make-Up Contribution only to the extent that the Participant would be vested in such amounts under the provisions of the HOPP or the BRP; and

6

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, upon Retirement a Participant's Company Contribution Account and Pension Make-Up Contribution shall immediately become 100% vested.

3.6 Crediting/Debiting of Accounts. A Participant shall be permitted to allocate his or her Account among Measurement Vehicles. The Committee may discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Vehicle as of the first day of a calendar quarter. The Committee, or its delegate shall give the Participant ample advance notice of such a change. The Measurement Vehicles are used solely to credit or debit amounts to a Participant's Account.

(a) Election of Measurement Vehicles. The Participant shall specify on the election form the percentage of his or her Account to be allocated to a Measurement Vehicle in one percent (1%) increments. A Participant may change the percentage allocation among Measurement Vehicles by submitting a new election form. Any change will take effect as soon as reasonably practicable after the Form is submitted. Pension Make-Up Contributions shall not be eligible for the crediting of income, gain or loss, under
this Section.

(b) LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle. A Participant other than a Director may make a special one-time election to allocate a portion of his or her Elective Deferrals during a Plan Year to the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle; provided that, at the sole discretion of the Board, the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle is offered under the Plan during such Plan Year. This allocation election must be made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, as may be amended from time to time. Amounts allocated to this Vehicle are subject to the following rules:

(i) Except in the case of a lump sum distribution from the Account due to the Participant's Termination of Employment, Retirement, Disability, death, or Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the allocation will remain in effect through the end of the Mandatory Deferral Period set forth in Section 1.24.

(ii) After the expiration of the applicable Mandatory Deferral Period set forth in Section 1.24, the Participant must elect another Measurement Vehicle for amounts that were allocated to the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle, or the default Measurement Vehicle will apply to those amounts.

(c) Failure to Elect Measurement Vehicles. If a Participant fails to make an election to allocate his or her Account under this
Section 3.6, the Committee will apply a default Measurement Vehicle until the Participant submits an election form selecting one or more Measurement Vehicle(s).

(d) Crediting or Debiting Method. A Participant's Account shall be credited or debited on a daily basis based on the performance of each Measurement Vehicle selected by the Participant. The performance of each elected Measurement Vehicle (either positive or negative) will be based on the performance of the underlying measurement standard (e.g., underlying mutual fund or the Company's performance).

(e) No Actual Investment. The Measurement Vehicles are to be used for measurement purposes only, and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a articipant's Account shall not be construed as an actual investment of the Account in any investment vehicle underlying such Measurement Vehicle. In the event that the Company or the Trustee, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investment vehicles underlying any Measurement Vehicles, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. A Participant's Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping

7

entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company as to his or her Account balance.

(f) Distributions. Upon distribution, the Committee shall determine the value of the Participant's Account based on the applicable Measurement Vehicle(s). If the Participant elected to receive his or her benefit in the Annual Installment Method and the Account is allocated among two or more Measurement Vehicles, the Committee shall reduce the balance of each Measurement Vehicle on a pro-rata basis to make each installment payment.

3.7 FICA and Other Taxes.

(a) Elective Deferrals. The Company shall withhold the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes that apply to the Elective Deferral from that portion of the Participant's Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred hereunder. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Elective Deferral in order to comply with this Section.

(b) EIP Make-Up Contributions. The Company shall withhold the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes that apply to the EIP Make-Up Contribution from such EIP Make-Up Contribution. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Participant's Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred hereunder in order to comply with this Section.

(c) Company Contribution Account. When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his or her Company Contribution Account, the Company shall withhold from the Participant's Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Company, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the vested portion of the Participant's Company Contribution Account in order to comply with this Section 3.7.

(d) Distributions. The Company, or the Trustee, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Company, or the Trustee, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Company and the Trustee.

Article 4
IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION; UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES;
WITHDRAWAL ELECTION

4.1 In-Service Distribution. A Participant may irrevocably elect to receive all or a portion of an Elective Deferral in the form of a future In-Service Distribution while an Employee or a Director. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each In-Service Distribution shall be paid out during the first sixty (60) days of any Plan Year designated by the Participant that is at least three Plan Years after the Plan Year in which the Elective Deferral was deferred. For example, if a three-year In-Service Distribution is elected for Elective Deferrals that are deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2003, the In-Service Distribution would become payable during a sixty
(60) day period commencing January 1, 2007. A Participant may submit a written request to the Committee to postpone (up to two (2) times with respect to each In-Service Distribution election) his or her In-Service Distribution election up to a minimum of three (3) additional years, provided that such request is received by the Committee at least one year prior to the date on

8

which the particular In-Service Distribution would have commenced. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, a Participant who Retires may request to change his or her election to receive a future In-Service Distribution to the Annual Installment Method by submitting a new election form to the Committee in accordance with Article 5.

4.2 Other Benefits Take Precedence Over In-Service Distribution. Should an event occur that triggers a benefit under Article 5, 6, 7 or 8, any Elective Deferral, subject to credits or debits, as applicable, that is subject to an In-Service Distribution election under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable Article.

4.3 Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies. A Participant who experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency while an Employee or Director may petition the Committee to (i) suspend any deferrals elected by him or her and/or (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout shall not exceed the lesser of
(i) the sum of the Participant's Elective Deferral Account, EIP-Make Up Account, plus the vested portion of his or her Company Contribution Account, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or (ii) the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. If the petition for a suspension and/or payout is approved by the Committee suspension shall take effect on, or as soon as practicable after, the date of approval and any payout shall be made within sixty (60) days of the date of approval.

4.4 Withdrawal Election. A Participant may elect at any time while an Employee or Director to withdraw all or a portion of his or her vested Account, with the exception of deferrals allocated to the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle. The Participant shall make this election by giving the Committee advance written notice of the election in a form prescribed by the Committee. The value of a Participant's vested Account shall be calculated as soon as practicable after the Committee receives the Participant's election. A withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of such amount (the net amount shall be referred to as the "Withdrawal Amount") shall apply. The Participant shall be paid the Withdrawal Amount within sixty (60) days of his or her election. Once the Withdrawal Amount is paid, the Participant's participation in the Plan shall be suspended for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the withdrawal is elected and for one (1) full Plan Year thereafter.

Article 5
RETIREMENT BENEFIT

5.1 Retirement Benefit. A Participant who Retires shall receive his or her vested Account calculated as of the close of business on, or as soon as practicable after, his or her Retirement Date.

5.2 Payment of Retirement Benefit. On the Participant's election form he or she shall elect to receive the retirement benefit as a lump sum or an Annual Installment Method of 5, 10, 15, or 20 years. The Participant may change his or her election to an allowable alternative payout period by submitting a new election form to the Committee, provided that any such election form is received on or before December 1 of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant Retires. If a Participant does not make a retirement benefit election the benefit will be paid in a lump sum. If a Participant elects to receive the retirement benefit in an Annual Installment Method, but the Account balance is not at least $25,000 on the Retirement Date, the retirement benefit shall be paid as a lump sum. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than sixty (60) days after the Participant's

9

Retirement Date. Remaining installments, if any, shall be paid during each January following his or her Retirement Date.

5.3 Death Prior to Completion of Retirement Benefit. If a Participant dies after Retirement but before the retirement benefit is paid in full, the Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a lump sum payment that is equal to the Participant's unpaid remaining vested Account calculated as soon as practicable after the Participant's death. The lump sum payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant's death.

Article 6
TERMINATION BENEFIT

If a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment, the Participant shall receive a lump sum Termination Benefit, which shall be equal to the Participant's vested Account calculated as of the close of business on, or as soon as practicable after, the date the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment. The lump sum payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment.

Article 7
DISABILITY WAIVER AND BENEFIT

7.1 Disability Waiver.

(a) Waiver of Deferral. If a Participant is determined to be suffering from a Disability, that portion of his or her Elective Deferral commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from such Participant's Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the Participant first suffers a Disability shall cease. During the period of Disability, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections, but will continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of this Plan.

(b) Deferral Following Disability. If a Participant returns to employment as an Employee with the Company after a Disability ceases, the Participant may make a new Elective Deferral for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment and for every Plan Year thereafter according to the Plan.

7.2 Continued Eligibility; Disability Benefit. A Participant who is suffering from a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under this Plan, continue to be considered to be employed as an Employee and may be eligible for the benefits provided under Article 4, 5, 6 or 8. However, the Committee retains the right to deem such Participant as having experienced a Termination of Employment or Retirement, as appropriate, at any time after he or she is determined to be suffering a Disability. If the Committee elects to exercise such right, the Participant shall receive a Disability Benefit equal to his or her vested Account described in Article 5 or 6, as appropriate, calculated as soon as practicable after his or her deemed Termination of Employment or Retirement Date. The Disability benefit shall be paid (or shall commence in the case of installments) within sixty (60) days of the Participant's deemed Termination of Employment or Retirement Date.

Article 8
PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR BENEFIT

If the Participant dies before he or she Retires, experiences a Termination of Employment, or suffers a Disability, the Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a lump sum pre-retirement

10

survivor benefit, which shall be equal to the Participant's vested Account calculated as soon as practicable after the Participant's death. The lump sum payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant's death.

Article 9
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

9.1 Beneficiary. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary(ies) (both primary and contingent) to receive his or her vested Account upon death. A Participant may designate or change a Beneficiary by completing and signing a Beneficiary designation form. Upon the Committee's receipt of a Participant's new Beneficiary designation form, all prior Beneficiary designations filed by that Participant shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary designation form filed by the Participant and received by the Committee prior to his or her death.

9.2 No Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then payment of a Participant's vested Account shall be made in the following order:

(a) To the Participant's surviving spouse, if any;

(b) If the Participant has no surviving spouse, then to his or her living children;

(c) If the Participant has no living children, then to his or her living parents;

(d) If the Participant has no living parents, then to his or her living brothers and sisters; or

(e) If the Participant has no living brothers or sisters, then to his or her estate.

9.3 Doubt as to Beneficiary. If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Company to either withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee's satisfaction, or pay such amount into any court of appropriate jurisdiction, with such court ordered payment completely discharging the liability of the Plan, the Company, and the Committee.

9.4 Discharge of Obligations. The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Plan, the Company and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to that Beneficiary.

Article 10
LEAVE OF ABSENCE

10.1    Paid Leave of Absence. According to the Company's general employment
        ---------------------
        policies and procedures, if a Participant is authorized by the Company
        for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from employment with the
        Company, such Participant shall continue to be considered employed or
        in service with the Company and the Elective Deferral shall continue to
        be withheld during such paid leave of absence.

10.2    Unpaid Leave of Absence. According to the Company's general employment
        -----------------------
        policies and procedures, if a Participant is authorized by the Company
        for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from employment with
        the Company, such Participant shall continue to be considered employed
        or in service with the Company and the Participant shall be excused
        from making

                                       11

        deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of absence expires or
        the date the Participant returns to paid status. Deferrals shall resume
        for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or
        return occurs, as appropriate, based on the deferral election, if any,
        made for that Plan Year. If no election was made for that Plan Year, no
        deferral shall be withheld.

                                   Article 11
                     TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION
                     --------------------------------------

11.1    Termination. Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the
        -----------
        Plan for an indefinite period of time, the Company reserves the right
        to discontinue its sponsorship of the Plan and/or to terminate the Plan
        at any time with respect to any or all of its participating Employees,
        Directors, and adopting subsidiaries, regardless of any resulting
        income tax or other consequences to Participants and their
        Beneficiaries. The deferral elections of the affected Participants
        shall terminate upon termination of the Plan. Benefits upon Plan
        termination shall be paid to the Participants as follows:

        (a)     If the Plan is terminated with respect to all of its
                Participants, the Company shall have the right, in its sole
                discretion, to pay all benefits in a lump sum or pursuant to
                an Annual Installment Method (in the case of a Participant who
                is not otherwise eligible to Retire as of the date the Plan is
                terminated, such Participant's vested Account for purposes of
                calculating his or her first annual installment shall be
                determined as of the close of business on, or as soon as
                practicable after, the effective date of the Plan termination)
                of up to 15 years, with amounts continuing to be credited and
                debited during the installment period; or

        (b)     If the Plan is terminated with respect to less than all of its
                Participants, the Company shall be required to pay such benefits
                in a lump sum.

        The termination of the Plan shall not decrease or restrict the value of
        a Participant's vested Account in existence as of the effective date of
        Plan termination. However, the Company has the right to accelerate
        installment payments without a premium or prepayment penalty by paying
        the vested Account in a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment
        Method using fewer years. In any case, the present value of all
        payments that will have been received by a Participant at any given
        point of time under the different payment schedule shall equal or
        exceed the present value of all payments that would have been received
        at that point in time under the original payment schedule.

11.2    Amendment. The Company reserves the right, at any time, to amend or
        ---------
        modify the Plan in whole or in part, regardless of any resulting income
        tax or other consequences to Participants and their Beneficiaries.
        However, no amendment or modification shall decrease or restrict the
        value of a Participant's vested Account in existence at the time the
        amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had
        Retired or experienced a Termination of Employment, as appropriate, as
        of the effective date of the amendment or modification. The amendment
        or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or
        Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under
        the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification. However, the
        Company shall have the right to accelerate installment payments by
        paying the vested Account in a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual
        Installment Method using fewer years (provided that the present value
        of all payments that will have been received by a Participant at any
        given point of time under the different payment schedule shall equal or
        exceed the present value of all payments that would have been received
        at that point in time under the original payment schedule).

                                       12

11.3    Effect of Payment. The full payment of a Participant's benefit under
        -----------------
        the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant
        and his or her designated Beneficiaries.

                                   Article 12
                                 ADMINISTRATION
                                 --------------

12.1    Committee Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 12, this
        ----------------
        Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Members of the Committee
        may be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall also have the
        discretion and authority to establish, amend, interpret, and enforce
        all appropriate rules and procedures for the administration of the Plan
        and to resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this
        Plan. Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant
        shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or
        herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee
        shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or
        the Company.

12.2    Agents. In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from
        ------
        time to time, employ agents, including Employees, and delegate to them
        such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a
        duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with
        counsel who may be counsel to the Company. Any such delegation will be
        subject to revocation at any time at the discretion of the Committee.
        Any reference in this Plan document to the Committee with respect to
        such delegated authority will be deemed a reference to its delegate or
        delegates.

12.3    Binding Effect of Decisions. Any decision or action of the Committee
        ---------------------------
        with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the
        administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the
        rules and procedures established hereunder shall be final and
        conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the
        Plan.

12.4    Indemnity of Committee. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless
        ----------------------
        the Committee, the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom
        the duties of the Committee may be delegated, against any and all
        claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities incurred by that
        Company arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this
        Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of
        its members, or any such Employee.

                                   Article 13
                                CLAIMS PROCEDURES
                                -----------------

13.1    Presentation of Claim. Any Participant may submit to the Committee a
        ---------------------
        written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts
        distributable to him or her from the Plan. If such claim relates to the
        contents of a notice received by the Participant, the claim must be
        made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the
        Participant. All other claims must be made within one-hundred eight
        (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to
        arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the
        determination desired by the Participant.

13.2    Notification of Decision. The Committee shall consider a Participant's
        ------------------------
        claim within ninety (90) days of receiving the claim; provided that if
        the Committee determines that special circumstances require an
        extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the
        extension shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the
        termination of the initial ninety (90) day period. In no event shall
        such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the
        initial ninety (90) day period. The extension notice shall indicate the
        special circumstances requiring an extension of time. The Committee

shall notify the Participant in writing:

13

(a) That the Participant's requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

(b) That the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Participant's requested determination. In such case, the notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant:

(i) The specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

(ii) Specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

(iii) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) An explanation of the claim review procedure set forth

                        in Section 13.3 below; and

                (v)     A statement of the Participant's right to bring a civil
                        action under ERISA following an adverse benefit
                        determination on review.

13.3    Review of a Denied Claim. On or before sixty (60) days after receiving
        ------------------------
        a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or
        in part, a Participant (or the Participant's duly authorized
        representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a
        review of the denial of the claim. The Participant (or the
        Participant's duly authorized representative) may:

        (a)     Upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and
                copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant
                (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the
                Participant's claim for benefits;

        (b)     Submit written comments or other documents; and/or

        (c)     Request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion,
                may grant.

13.4    Decision on Review. The Committee shall render its decision on review
        ------------------
        no later than sixty (60) days after the Committee receives the
        Participant's written request for a review of the denial of the claim;
        provided that if the Committee determines that special circumstances
        require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice
        of the extension shall be furnished to the Participant prior to the
        termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall
        such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the
        initial sixty (60) day period. The extension notice shall indicate the
        special circumstances requiring an extension of time. In rendering its
        decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments,
        documents, records and other information submitted by the Participant
        relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was
        submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The
        decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by

the Participant, and shall contain:

(a) Specific reasons for the decision;

(b) Specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;

(c) A statement that the Participant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Participant's claim for benefits; and

14

        (d)     A statement of the Participant's right to bring a civil action
                under ERISA.

13.5    Legal Action. A Participant's compliance with the foregoing provisions
        ------------
        of this Article 13 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Participant's right
        to commence any legal or equitable action with respect to any claim for
        benefits under this Plan.

                                   Article 14
                                      TRUST
                                      -----

14.1    Establishment of the Trust. In order to provide assets from which to
        --------------------------
        fulfill the obligations of the Participants and their Beneficiaries
        under the Plan, the Company may establish a Trust by a trust agreement
        with a third party, the Trustee, to which the Company may, in its
        discretion, contribute cash or other property, including securities
        issued by the Company. The Trustee shall be authorized, upon written
        instructions received from the Committee or investment manager
        appointed by the Committee, to invest and reinvest the assets of the
        Trust in accordance with the applicable trust agreement, including the
        disposition of Trust assets and reinvestment of the proceeds in one or
        more investment vehicles designated by the Committee or investment
        manager appointed by the Committee.

14.2    Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust. The provisions of the Plan
        -------------------------------------------
        shall govern the rights of a Participant or Beneficiary to receive
        distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall
        govern the rights of the Company, Participants, Beneficiaries and the
        creditors of the Company to the assets transferred to the Trust.

14.3    Distributions From the Trust. The Company's obligations under the Plan
        ----------------------------
        may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of
        the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Company's
        obligations under this Plan.

                                   Article 15
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

15.1    Status of Plan. The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified
        --------------
        within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that "is unfunded and is
        maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing
        deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly
        compensated employees" within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2),
        301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted
        in a manner consistent with that intent.

15.2    Unsecured General Creditor. Participants and their Beneficiaries,
        --------------------------
        heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights,
        interests or claims in any property or assets of the Company. For
        purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of the
        Company's assets shall be, and remain, the general assets of the
        Company. The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be merely that
        of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

15.3    Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have
        ----------------
        any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate,
        mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or
        convey in advance of actual receipt, any amounts payable hereunder, or
        any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly
        declared to be, non-assignable and non-transferable. No part of the
        amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure,
        attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts,
        judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any
        other person, be transferable by operation of law, including, but not
        limited to, a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or
        insolvency.

                                       15

15.4    Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing contained in the Plan will give
        ----------------------------
        any Employee or Director the right to be retained in the employment of
        the Company or affect the right of the Company to dismiss any Employee
        or Director. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan will neither
        constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee or Director
        nor consideration for, or an inducement to or condition of, the
        employment or services of any Employee or Director.

15.5    Governing Law. Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be
        -------------
        construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State
        of California without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

15.6    Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
        ------
        Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and
        hand-delivered, or sent by mail or private delivery service to the
        following address: Administrative Committee, c/o U.S. Retirement
        Benefits, Manager, Human Resources, Levi Strauss & Co., P.O. Box 7215,
        San Francisco, CA 94120.

        Alternatively, any notice or filing required or permitted to be given
        to the Committee under this Plan may be given in writing by facsimile
        or other electronic media, as determined to be acceptable by the
        Committee. Notice to the Committee shall be deemed given as of the date
        of actual receipt by the Committee.

        Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant
        under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered,
        or sent by mail or private delivery service to the last known address
        of such Participant appearing on the records of the Company, or sent by
        facsimile or other electronic media, as determined to be acceptable by
        the Committee. Notice to a Participant shall be deemed given when
        personally delivered, when sent by mail or private delivery service, or
        when successfully transmitted using facsimile or other electronic
        means.

15.7    Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the
        ----------
        benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the
        Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiaries.

15.8    Spouse's Interest. The interest in the benefits hereunder of a
        -----------------
        Participant's spouse who has predeceased the Participant shall
        automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable
        prior to or upon death by such spouse in any manner, including but not
        limited to such spouse's will, nor shall such interest pass under the
        laws of intestate succession.

15.9    Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or
        --------
        invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect
        the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and
        enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been
        inserted herein.

15.10   Incompetent. If the Committee determines in its discretion that a
        -----------
        benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared
        legally incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the
        disposition of that person's property, the Committee may direct payment
        of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having
        the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.
        The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity
        or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of
        the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the
        account of the Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary, as the
        case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under
        the Plan for such payment amount.

                                       16

15.11   Distribution in the Event of Taxation. If, for any reason, all or any
        -------------------------------------
        portion of a Participant's benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to
        the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the
        Committee or Trustee for a distribution of that portion of his or her
        benefit that has become taxable. Upon the grant of such a petition,
        which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Company shall
        distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount
        equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall
        not exceed a Participant's unpaid vested Account under the Plan). If
        the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made
        within ninety (90) days of the date when the Participant's petition is
        granted. Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be
        paid under this Plan.

15.12   Insurance. The Company, on its own behalf or on behalf of the Trustee,
        ---------
        and, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the
        life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust
        may choose. The Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be
        the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant
        shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and
        at the request of the Company shall submit to medical examinations and
        supply such information and execute such documents as may be required
        by the insurance company or companies to whom the Company has applied
        for insurance.

15.13   Effect on Other Plans. The benefits provided for a Participant and
        ---------------------
        Participant's Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other
        benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program
        for employees of the Company. The Plan shall supplement and shall not
        supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may
        otherwise be expressly provided.

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of __________, 2002.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By: ______________________________________

Title: ______________________________________

17

Exhibit 10.65

RABBI TRUST AGREEMENT

by and between

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

and

BOSTON SAFE DEPOSIT AND TRUST COMPANY


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                                                                                              PAGE
-------                                                                                              ----
1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST .........................................................................    1

2.  TRUST FUNDING REQUIREMENT ......................................................................    2

3.  PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES ..........................................    3

4.  TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT .......    4

5.  PAYMENTS TO COMPANY ............................................................................    5

6.  INVESTMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY ........................................................    6

7.  CONTRACTUAL SETTLEMENT AND INCOME; MARKET PRACTICE SETTLEMENTS .................................    8

8.  DISPOSITION OF INCOME ..........................................................................    9

9.  ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE ..........................................................................    9

10. RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE ......................................................................    9

11. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE ...........................................................   11

12. CHANGE OF CONTROL ..............................................................................   12

13. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE .............................................................   12

14. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR .......................................................................   13

15. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION .......................................................................   13

16. MISCELLANEOUS ..................................................................................   14

17. RELIANCE OF REPRESENTATIONS ....................................................................   15

i

Exhibit 10.65

RABBI TRUST AGREEMENT

THIS RABBI TRUST AGREEMENT is effective this 1st day of January 1, 2003, by and between LEVI STRAUSS & CO. ("Company") and BOSTON SAFE DEPOSIT AND TRUST COMPANY ("Trustee").

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the nonqualified deferred compensation Plan listed in Appendix A (the "Plan" or, if additional plans are added, collectively referred to as the "Plan");

WHEREAS, the Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan (individually a "Participant" and collectively the "Participants");

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to establish a trust (the "Trust") and to contribute to the Trust the assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency, as defined in Section 4, until paid to Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan and this Rabbi Trust Agreement;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, ("ERISA") and benefits under an excess benefit plan as that term is defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA to certain employees in excess of the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by ss.415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,; and;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide a source of funds to meet its liabilities under the Plan.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust.

(a) The Company hereby establishes the Trust with the Trustee, consisting of such sums of money and other property acceptable to the Trustee as from time to time shall be paid and delivered to and accepted by the Trustee from the Company (the "Trust Fund"). The Trustee shall have no duty to determine or collect contributions under the Plan and shall have no responsibility for any property until it is received and accepted by the Trustee. The Company shall have the sole duty and responsibility for the determination of the accuracy or sufficiency of the contributions to be made under the Plan.

1

All such money and other property paid or delivered to and accepted by the Trustee shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Rabbi Trust Agreement.

(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable; notwithstanding the fact that the Trust is irrevocable, the Company may terminate the Plan (or any of them) at any time.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. The Company represents and warrants to the Trustee that: (i) the Plan for which benefits are or may become payable under this Trust is not subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA; and (ii) the Plan covers, and will cover, only (x) a select group of management or highly compensated employees as contemplated by Section 401(a) of ERISA and interpretations, opinions, and rulings of the Department of Labor thereunder or (y) participants in an excess benefit plan as defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA.

(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the purposes of paying Participants under the Plan, expenses of the Trust and, in the event of Insolvency, obligations of the Company to its general creditors as herein set forth. The Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, nor any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Rabbi Trust Agreement shall be unsecured contractual rights of the Participants and their beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 4(a) herein.

(e) In addition to the contributions necessary to meet the Trust Funding Requirement (as defined in Section 2), the Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Rabbi Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

Section 2. Trust Funding Requirement

From time to time but in no event less than annually, the Company shall determine the amount that would be needed to pay Participants and their beneficiaries the benefit which they have accrued pursuant to the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company) as of the date of the valuation. For

2

purposes of this valuation, the Company shall disregard the total amount credited to the LS&CO. Performance Tracking Vehicle Fund (as defined in the Plan) as of such valuation date. The remaining amount is referred to herein as the "Trust Funding Requirement." In the event that the fair market value of the Trust assets as of any valuation date before a Change of Control is less than 90% of the Trust Funding Requirement on such date , the Company shall make an additional contribution to the Trust in an amount sufficient to bring the fair market value of the assets in the Trust up to 90% of the Trust Funding Requirement as of the valuation date. Further, the Company shall establish the Trust Funding Requirement as of the date of any Change of Control. If the fair market value of the Trust Fund as of the valuation date is less than the Trust Funding Requirement on such date, the Company shall make an additional contribution so the value of trust assets equals the Trust Funding Requirement as of the valuation date. After a Change of Control, the Company shall establish the Trust Funding Requirement on a semi-annual basis and make additional contributions as necessary to bring the value of the Trust Fund up to the Trust Funding Requirement as of the valuation date. Contributions under this Section 2, if any, shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after the Trust Funding Requirement is established for a valuation date.

When computing the Trust Funding Requirement, the Company may exclude the benefits attributable to any participant if contributions to the Trust Fund on behalf of the participant could cause the participant to incur income tax liability on account of the contribution.

Section 3. Payments to Plan Participants and Their Beneficiaries.

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Participant (and his or her beneficiaries), and that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. The Company shall be responsible for notifying the Trustee of any change in the information on the Payment Schedule. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule.

It is the intent of the Company and the Trustee that the Company shall be responsible for determining and effecting all federal, state and local tax aspects of the Plan and the Trust Fund, including without limitation income taxes payable on the Trust Fund's income, if any, any required withholding of income or other payroll taxes in connection with the payment of benefits from the Trust Fund pursuant to the Plan, and all reporting required in connection with any such taxes. To the extent that the Company is required by applicable law to pay or withhold such taxes or to file such reports, such obligation shall be a responsibility

3

allocated to the Company, as the case may be, hereunder. To the extent the Trustee is required by applicable law to pay or withhold such taxes or to file such reports, the Company shall inform the Trustee of such obligation, shall direct the Trustee with respect to the performance of such obligations and shall provide the Trustee with all information required by the Trustee to meet such obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to pay any applicable taxes directly. In the event the Company pays taxes directly, such amounts may be reimbursed from Trust assets by the Trustee, provided that the Company certifies the amount of taxes paid directly and instructs the Trustee to remit a reimbursement of such taxes to the Company.

(b) The entitlement of a Participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by the Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan. The Company shall notify the Trustee of such determination and shall direct commencement of payments of such benefits.

(c) The Company may make payment of benefits directly to the Participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. The Company shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their beneficiaries. If requested by the Company, the Trustee shall reimburse the Company for any benefits under the Plan and Trust which are paid by the Company or otherwise satisfied. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, together with any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payment of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Company shall immediately make up the balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall notify the Company when principal and earnings are not sufficient.

Section 4. Trustee Responsibility regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary When Company Is or Is Alleged to Be Insolvent.

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to the Participants and their beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent. The Company shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Rabbi Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code. A determination of Insolvency under the terms of this Rabbi Trust Agreement does not constitute an admission of insolvency by the Company for any other purpose.

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(1) The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the Company's

4

Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to the Participants or their beneficiaries. In all cases, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the written certification of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company when determining whether the Company is Insolvent.

(2) Unless the Trustee has received notice from the Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Company's solvency.

(3) If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to the Participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors except that the Trustee's fees and expenses may continue to be paid pursuant to Section 11 subject to any applicable bankruptcy rules. Nothing in this Rabbi Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of the Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

(4) The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to the Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with
Section 3 of this Rabbi Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to
Section 4(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to the Participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company) for the period of such discontinuance less the aggregate amount of any payments made to the Participants or their beneficiaries by the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Section 5. Payments to Company.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Rabbi Trust Agreement, the Company shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of

5

benefits has been made to the Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company). Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Company reasonably determines as of any valuation date that the fair market value of Trust assets exceeds 110% of the Trust Funding Requirement (the amount of such excess over 110% referred to hereinafter as "Trust Surplus"), then the Company may direct the Trustee to transfer to the Company such assets as shall be designated by the Company in an amount not to exceed the Trust Surplus. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on the Company's representation that the amounts directed to be returned to the Company do not exceed the applicable Trust Surplus and shall have no duty to review the Company's determination of the amount of the Trust Surplus. In addition, the Company may direct the Trustee to transfer to the Company Trust Fund assets in an amount necessary to avoid triggering taxable income to a Participant or beneficiary if such Participant or beneficiary would be required to recognize income tax on such funds if they remain in the Trust. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on the Company's representation that the amount directed to be returned to the Company could become taxable to a Participant or beneficiary and shall have no duty to review the Company's determination of the amount.

Section 6. Investment and Administrative Authority.

(a) Prior to a Change of Control the Company shall establish and maintain written investment guidelines (the "Investment Guidelines"), which may be revised by the Company from time to time, for the investment of the assets in the Trust Fund. The Trust Fund shall at all times be managed in accordance with the Investment Guidelines then in effect. The Company may appoint and remove one or more investment managers from time to time to manage specified portions of the Trust Fund. To the extent that assets of the Trust Fund are not so managed by an investment manager appointed by the Company, the Company shall manage all such assets. The Company and each investment manager shall designate in writing the persons who are authorized to represent such party in dealing with the Trustee. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the Trustee shall have no investment duties for the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether investment directions received from the Company or an investment manager are in accordance with the Plan or the Investment Guidelines, or to review the assets purchased, retained or sold.

(b) After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have and exercise sole investment discretion with respect to all of the Trust Fund in accordance with the Investment Guidelines in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control, a copy of which shall be provided prior to a Change of Control to the Trustee by the Company. The Trustee's sole responsibility with regard to investment discretion shall be to exercise such discretion in accordance with the Investment Guidelines. Thereafter, the Investment Guidelines may be changed from time to time by mutual agreement of the Trustee and the Company. The Trustee may, in its sole

6

discretion, appoint, retain or terminate an investment manager (including any affiliate of the Trustee) to manage all or a portion of the Trust Fund in accordance with the current Investment Guidelines.

(c) The Company shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by Company in a non-fiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

(d) In addition to those powers conferred by law, the Trustee shall have the following powers:

(1) The Trustee may invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Trust and keep it invested, without distinction between principal and income, in any security or property pursuant to the direction of the Company or an investment manager appointed by the Company prior to a Change of Control and in the Trustee's sole discretion after a Change of Control; provided, however, that in no event may the Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which the Trustee invests. Also, in no event shall the Trust be invested in real estate. For this purpose, "real estate" includes, but is not limited to, real property, leaseholds, mineral interests, and any form of assets which is secured by any of the foregoing. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the Participants.

(2) The Trustee may collect and receive any and all money and other property due the Trust and give full discharge therefor.

(3) The Trustee may deposit cash into interest bearing accounts in the banking department of the Trustee or an affiliated banking organization;

(4) The Trustee may purchase, enter, sell, hold, and generally deal in any manner in and with contracts for the immediate or future delivery of financial instruments of any issuer or of any other property and may also grant, purchase, sell, exercise, permit to expire, permit to be held in escrow, or otherwise acquire, dispose of, hold and generally deal in any manner with and in all forms of options or any combination thereof pursuant to the direction of the Company or an investment manager appointed by the Company prior to a Change of Control, and in the Trustee's sole discretion after a Change of Control provided that such investments are in accordance with the Investment Guidelines.

7

(5) The Trustee may settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims, debt or damages due or owing to or from the Trust; the Trustee may also commence or defend suits or legal proceedings to protect any interest of the Trust, and may represent the Trust in all suits or legal proceedings in any court or before any other body or tribunal.

(6) The Trustee may take all action necessary to pay for authorized transactions, including the temporary advancement of cash or securities to settle security purchases and/or foreign exchange or contracts for foreign exchange and any property at any time held in the Trust Fund shall be security therefore to the extent of such advancement until it is repaid.

(7) The Trustee may appoint custodians, subcustodians or subtrustees, domestic or foreign (including affiliates of the Trustee), as to part or all of the Trust. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses or damages suffered by the Company arising as a result of the insolvency of any custodian, subcustodian or subtrustee, except to the extent the Trustee was negligent in its selection or continued retention of such custodian, subcustodian or subtrustee. In no event shall Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any custodian, subcustodian or subtrustee appointed pursuant to the direction of the Company or an investment manager.

(8) The Trustee may hold property in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book entry form, in a clearinghouse corporation or in a depository (including an affiliate of the Trustee), so long as the Trustee's records clearly indicate that the assets held are a part of the Trust. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any losses resulting from the deposit or maintenance of securities or other property (in accordance with market practice, custom, or regulation) with any recognized foreign or domestic clearing facility, book-entry system, centralized custodial depository, or similar organization.

(9) The Trustee may generally do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized, which the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the protection of the Trust.

Section 7. Settlement and Income; Market Practice Settlements.

(a) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating procedure, the Trustee shall credit the Trust Fund with income, which shall include interest, dividends and return of capital, and maturity proceeds on securities on contractual payment date net of any taxes or upon actual receipt. To the extent the Trustee credits income on contractual payment date, the Trustee may reverse such accounting entries to the contractual payment date if the Trustee reasonably believes that such amount will not be received.

8

(b) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating procedure, the Trustee will attend to the settlement of securities transactions on the basis of either contractual settlement date accounting or actual settlement date accounting. To the extent the Trustee settles certain securities transactions on the basis of contractual settlement date accounting, the Trustee may reverse to the contractual settlement date any entry relating to such contractual settlement if the Trustee reasonably believes that such amount will not be received.

(c) Settlements of transactions may be effected in trading and processing practices customary in the jurisdiction or market where the transaction occurs. The Company acknowledges that this may, in certain circumstances, require the delivery of cash or securities (or other property) without the concurrent receipt of securities (or other property) or cash. In such circumstances, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for nonreceipt of payment (or late payment) or nondelivery of securities or other property (or late delivery) by the counterparty.

Section 8. Disposition of Income.

During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 9. Accounting by Trustee.

The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within sixty (60) days following the close of each calendar year and within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. If, within 120 days after the Trustee mails to the Company a statement with respect to the Trust, the Company has not given the Trustee written notice of any exception or objection thereto, the statement shall be deemed to have been approved, and in such case, the Trustee shall not be liable for any matters in such statements. The Company or its agent shall have the right at its own expense and with prior written notice to the Trustee to inspect the Trustee's books and records directly relating to the Trust Fund during normal business hours.

Section 10. Responsibility of Trustee.

9

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like characterand with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by the Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company) or this Trust and is given in writing by the Company. In the event of a dispute between the Company and a third party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b) The Trustee is not a party to and has no duties or responsibilities under the Plan other than those that may be expressly contained in this Rabbi Trust Agreement. In any case in which a provision of this Rabbi Trust Agreement conflicts with any provision in the Plan, this Rabbi Trust Agreement shall control.

(c) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Rabbi Trust Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, direction, instruction, consent, certification or other instrument believed by it to be genuine and delivered by the proper party or parties.

(d) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents from and against all liability, loss and expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Trustee or any of the foregoing indemnitees arising out of or in connection with this Rabbi Trust Agreement, except as a result of the Trustee's own negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or breach of this Agreement or of its fiduciary duties . The Trustee shall be fully indemnified by the Company for any action taken in accordance with, or any failure to act in the absence of, the Company's or an investment manager's directions. If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, the Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments except where the Trustee is determined to be liable due to its negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of this Rabbi Trust Agreement or of its fiduciary duties. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust. This Section 10(d) shall survive the termination of this Rabbi Agreement.

(e) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder and as a part of its reimbursable expenses under this Agreement, pay counsel's reasonable compensation and expenses. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on

10

and may act upon advice of counsel on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

(f) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals, including affiliates, to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(g) The Trustee shall have without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(h) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Rabbi Trust Agreement to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses to the Trust resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Trustee, its agents or custodians, including but not limited to nationalization, strikes, expropriation, devaluation, seizure, or similar action by any governmental authority, de facto or de jure; or enactment, promulgation, imposition or enforcement by any such governmental authority of currency restrictions, exchange controls, levies or other charges affecting the Trust's property; or the breakdown, failure or malfunction of any utilities or telecommunications systems; or any order or regulation of any banking or securities industry including changes in market rules and market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions; or acts of war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or acts of God; or any other similar event. This Section shall survive the termination of this Rabbi Trust Agreement.

(j) The Trustee shall not be liable for any act or omission of any other person, except to the extent that such person is an agent of the Trustee (not appointed pursuant to the direction of the Company or an investment manager) or under the control of the Trustee, in carrying out any responsibility imposed upon such person and under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, consequential, or special damages with respect to its role as Trustee.

Section 11. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

The Company shall pay all Trustee's fees and expenses necessary for the Trustee to fulfill its duties hereunder as mutually agreed between the parties. If not so

11

paid within sixty (60) days after an invoice is sent to the Company, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust. The Company acknowledges that as part of the Trustee's compensation, the Trustee may earn interest on balances including disbursement balances and balances arising from purchase and sale transactions. If the Trustee advances cash or securities to the Trust for any purpose, or in the event that the Trustee shall incur or be assessed taxes, interest, charges, expenses, assessments, or other liabilities in connection with the performance of this Rabbi Trust Agreement, except such as may arise from its own negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held in the Trust Fund shall be, to the extent of the advance, security therefor and the Trustee shall be entitled to collect from the Trust sufficient cash for reimbursement, and if such cash is insufficient, dispose of the assets of the Trust Fund to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement. To the extent the Trustee advances funds to the Trust for disbursements or to effect the settlement of purchase transactions, the Trustee shall be entitled to collect from the Trust either (i) with respect to domestic assets, an amount equal to what would have been earned on the sums advanced (an amount approximating the "federal funds" interest rate) or (ii) with respect to non-domestic assets, the rate applicable to the appropriate foreign market.

Section 12. Change of Control

(a) For purposes of this Rabbi Trust Agreement, the term "Change of Control" has the meaning given it in the U.S. Dollar Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2001, between the Company and Citibank, N.A. (the "Indenture"), as in effect on the date of this Rabbi Trust Agreement and without regard to any subsequent (i) amendment or termination of the Indenture or (ii) full payment or defeasance of the securities issued under, or other discharge of the Company's liabilities under, the Indenture.

(b) The Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon such written certification of the Company and shall have no responsibility or liability for determining whether a Change of Control has occurred.

Section 13. Resignation and Removal of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall be effective sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) The Trustee may be removed by the Company on sixty (60) days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee, except that after a Change of Control as defined herein, the Trustee may not be removed by the Company for one year.

12

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within ninety (90) days after receipt of the notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit.

(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section. If no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. The Trustee shall continue to fulfill its duties hereunder and shall receive compensation pursuant to Section 11 until the successor's appointment is effective. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

(e) If the Trustee resigns within one year of a Change of Control, as defined herein, the Trustee shall select a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 14(c) hereof prior to the effective date of the Trustee's resignation.

Section 14. Appointment of Successor.

(a) If the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section
13 (a) or (b) hereof, the Company shall appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon such resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and shall not be responsible for and the Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

(c) If the Trustee resigns pursuant to the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof and selects a successor Trustee, the Trustee may appoint any third party such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law. The appointment of a successor Trustee shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee. The new Trustee shall have all the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

Section 15. Amendment or Termination.

13

(a) Subject to Section 15(c), this Rabbi Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument which is executed by the Trustee and Company and which recites that it is an amendment to this Rabbi Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company) or shall make the Trust revocable.

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which the Participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company). Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Rabbi Trust Agreement, this Rabbi Trust Agreement may not be amended within one year after the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Trustee determines, in its discretion, that such amendment is necessary for the administration of the trust and does not conflict with or alter the provisions of the Plan.

Section 16. Miscellaneous.

(a) Neither the Company nor the Trustee may assign this Rabbi Trust Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, except that the Trustee may assign its rights and delegate its duties hereunder to any corporation or entity which directly or indirectly is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Trustee. This Rabbi Trust Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and the Trustee and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any entity which shall by merger, consolidation, purchase, or otherwise, succeed to substantially all the trust business of the Trustee shall, upon such succession and without any appointment or other action by the Company, be and become successor trustee hereunder, upon notification to the Company

(b) Any provision of this Rabbi Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(c) Benefits payable to Participants and their beneficiaries under this Rabbi Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Rabbi Trust Agreement, any reference to the Plan or Plan provisions which require knowledge or interpretation of the Plan shall impose a duty upon the Company to communicate such knowledge or interpretation to the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation to know or interpret any portion of the Plan and shall in no way be liable for any proper action taken contrary to the Plan.

14

(e) This Rabbi Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties hereby expressly waive, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury with respect to any judicial proceeding arising from or related to this Rabbi Trust Agreement.

Section 17. Reliance of Representations.

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the other will be relying, and shall be entitled to rely, on the representations, undertakings and acknowledgments of the other as set forth in this Rabbi Trust Agreement. The Company and the Trustee each agree to notify the other promptly if any of its representations, undertakings, or acknowledgments set forth in this Rabbi Trust Agreement ceases to be true.

(b) The Company and the Trustee hereby each represent and warrant to the other that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereof and that the individual executing this Rabbi Trust Agreement on their behalf has the requisite authority to bind the Company and the Trustee to this.

The parties have executed this Rabbi Trust Agreement as of the dates set forth below.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By: _____________________________________________

Name: ___________________________________________

Title: __________________________________________

Date: ___________________________________________

BOSTON SAFE DEPOSIT AND TRUST COMPANY

By: _____________________________________________

Name: ___________________________________________

Title: __________________________________________

15

Date: ___________________________________________

16

RABBI TRUST AGREEMENT
Between Levi Strauss & Co. and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company

APPENDIX A

Name of Plan

The Levi Strauss & Co. Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside
Directors

17

Exhibit 10.66


CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 31, 2003

among

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.,
as the Borrower,

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender,

and

The L/C Issuers Named Herein and the Other Lenders Party Hereto

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.,
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as

Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as Co-Syndication Agents

THE CIT GROUP/COMMERCIAL SERVICES, INC.,
as Documentation Agent



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     PAGE
ARTICLE I.     DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS......................................   1
      1.01   Defined Terms...........................................................   1
      1.02   Other Interpretive Provisions...........................................  33
      1.03   Accounting Terms........................................................  34
      1.04   Rounding................................................................  34
      1.05   References to Agreements and Laws.......................................  35
      1.06   Times of Day............................................................  35
      1.07   Letter of Credit Amounts................................................  35

ARTICLE II.    THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS.................................  35
      2.01   Tranche B Term Loans and Revolving Loans................................  35
      2.02   Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans......................  36
      2.03   Letters of Credit.......................................................  37
      2.04   Swing Line Loans........................................................  46
      2.05   Prepayments.............................................................  49
      2.06   Termination or Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments..................  52
      2.07   Repayment of Loans......................................................  53
      2.08   Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranty.......  53
      2.09   Interest................................................................  54
      2.10   Fees....................................................................  55
      2.11   Computation of Interest and Fees........................................  55
      2.12   Evidence of Debt........................................................  55
      2.13   Payments Generally......................................................  56
      2.14   Sharing of Payments.....................................................  58

ARTICLE III.   TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY................................  59
      3.01   Taxes...................................................................  59
      3.02   Illegality..............................................................  60
      3.03   Inability to Determine Rates............................................  61
      3.04   Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy.....................  61
      3.05   Funding Losses..........................................................  62
      3.06   Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.....................  62

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
      3.07   Survival................................................................  63

ARTICLE IV.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS.............................  63
      4.01   Conditions of Initial Credit Extension..................................  63
      4.02   Conditions to all Credit Extensions.....................................  67

ARTICLE V.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................  68
      5.01   Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws................  68
      5.02   Authorization; No Contravention.........................................  68
      5.03   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents..............................  68
      5.04   Binding Effect..........................................................  68
      5.05   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect........................  68
      5.06   Litigation..............................................................  69
      5.07   No Default..............................................................  69
      5.08   Ownership of Property; Liens; Real Property.............................  69
      5.09   Environmental Compliance................................................  70
      5.10   Insurance...............................................................  70
      5.11   Taxes...................................................................  70
      5.12   ERISA Compliance; Foreign Employee Benefit Plans........................  71
      5.13   Subsidiaries............................................................  72
      5.14   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding
             Company Act.............................................................  72
      5.15   Disclosure..............................................................  72
      5.16   Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations........................  73
      5.17   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc....................................  73
      5.18   Matters Relating to Collateral..........................................  73
      5.19   Materially Adverse Agreements...........................................  74
      5.20   Solvency................................................................  74
      5.21   Extraordinary Events....................................................  74
      5.22   Conduct of Business.....................................................  74

ARTICLE VI.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.................................................  74
      6.01   Financial Statements and UCC Search Reports.............................  74

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
      6.02   Certificates; Other Information.........................................  76
      6.03   Notices.................................................................  78
      6.04   Payment of Taxes........................................................  78
      6.05   Preservation of Existence, Etc..........................................  79
      6.06   Maintenance of Properties...............................................  79
      6.07   Maintenance of Insurance; Application of Net Insurance/Condemnation
             Proceeds................................................................  79
      6.08   Compliance with Laws....................................................  81
      6.09   Books and Records.......................................................  81
      6.10   Inspection Rights; Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable..........  81
      6.11   Use of Proceeds.........................................................  81
      6.12   Execution of Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral Documents by
             Certain Subsidiaries and Future Subsidiaries............................  82
      6.13   Matters Relating to Additional Real Property Collateral.................  83
      6.14   Deposit Accounts and Cash Management Systems............................  84
      6.15   Post Closing Actions....................................................  85
      6.16   Transfer of Receivables.................................................  86

ARTICLE VII.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS....................................................  86
      7.01   Liens...................................................................  86
      7.02   Investments.............................................................  89
      7.03   Indebtedness............................................................  91
      7.04   Fundamental Changes.....................................................  94
      7.05   Dispositions............................................................  95
      7.06   Restricted Payments.....................................................  97
      7.07   Change in Nature of Business............................................  98
      7.08   Transactions with Affiliates............................................  98
      7.09   Burdensome Agreements...................................................  98
      7.10   Use of Proceeds.........................................................  99
      7.11   Lease Obligations.......................................................  99
      7.12   Amendments of Certain Documents.........................................  99
      7.13   Accounting Changes...................................................... 100

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
      7.14   Prepayments, Etc., of Indebtedness...................................... 100
      7.15   Negative Pledge......................................................... 100
      7.16   Restricted Subsidiaries................................................. 101
      7.17   Amendments of Documents Relating to Indebtedness and Receivables........ 101
      7.18   6.80% Notes Accounts.................................................... 101
      7.19   Financial Covenants..................................................... 102
      7.20   Capital Expenditures.................................................... 105

ARTICLE VIII.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES........................................ 106
      8.01   Events of Default....................................................... 106
      8.02   Remedies Upon Event of Default.......................................... 108
      8.03   Application of Funds.................................................... 109

ARTICLE IX.    ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.................................................. 109
      9.01   Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent and
             Supplemental Collateral Agents.......................................... 109
      9.02   Delegation of Duties.................................................... 111
      9.03   Liability of the Administrative Agent................................... 111
      9.04   Reliance by the Administrative Agent.................................... 111
      9.05   Notice of Default....................................................... 112
      9.06   Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by the Administrative Agent.. 112
      9.07   Indemnification of the Administrative Agent............................. 113
      9.08   The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity..................... 113
      9.09   Successor Administrative Agent.......................................... 113
      9.10   The Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim....................... 114
      9.11   Collateral and Guaranty Matters......................................... 115
      9.12   Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers.................................... 116

ARTICLE X.     MISCELLANEOUS......................................................... 116
      10.01  Amendments, Etc......................................................... 116
      10.02  Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies...................... 118
      10.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.......................................... 119
      10.04  Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes...................................... 119

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
      10.05  Indemnification by the Borrower......................................... 119
      10.06  Payments Set Aside...................................................... 120
      10.07  Successors and Assigns.................................................. 121
      10.08  Confidentiality......................................................... 125
      10.09  Set-off................................................................. 126
      10.10  Interest Rate Limitation................................................ 126
      10.11  Counterparts............................................................ 126
      10.12  Integration............................................................. 126
      10.13  Survival of Representations and Warranties.............................. 127
      10.14  Severability............................................................ 127
      10.15  Tax Forms............................................................... 127
      10.16  Governing Law........................................................... 129
      10.17  Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury........................................ 129
      10.18  Judgment Currency....................................................... 129
      10.19  Release of Security Interest or Guaranty; Subordination of Liens........ 130
      10.20  Website Communications.................................................. 130
SIGNATURES........................................................................... S-1

-v-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

SCHEDULES

1.01A        Existing Letters of Credit
1.01B        Existing Receivables Transactions
2.01         Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
4.01(b)(i)   Mortgaged Properties
4.01(j)      6.80% Notes Accounts
5.08         Real Property
5.12(c)      ERISA Events
5.13         Subsidiaries
5.17         Intellectual Property Matters
6.15(c)      Material Foreign Subsidiaries
7.01         Existing Liens
7.02         Existing Investments
7.03         Existing Indebtedness
10.02        Administrative Agent's Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

-vi-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

EXHIBITS

FORM OF

A Loan Notice
B Swing Line Loan Notice
C Tranche B Term Note
D Revolving Loan Note
E Compliance Certificate
F Assignment and Assumption and Annex 1
G Guaranty
H Pledge and Security Agreement
I Mortgage

-vii-

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of January 31, 2003, among LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the "Lenders" and individually, a "Lender"), the L/C Issuers named herein and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Closing Date, the "Existing Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a credit facility for the purpose of refinancing all obligations of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement, funding in part the repurchase or repayment of certain notes and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Borrower will secure all of the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents by granting to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on certain of its real, personal and mixed property, including a pledge of certain of the capital stock of certain of its Subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries have agreed to guarantee the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to secure their guaranties by granting to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on certain of their respective real, personal and mixed property, including a pledge of certain of the capital stock of certain of their respective Subsidiaries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"1996 Indenture" means that certain indenture dated as of November 6, 1996 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as trustee.

"6.80% Notes" means the Borrower's 6.80% Notes due 2003 issued under the 1996 Indenture.

"6.80% Notes Accounts" has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(j).

"Additional Mortgage" has the meaning specified in Section 6.13(a)(i).

"Additional Mortgage Policy" has the meaning specified in Section
6.13(a)(iii).

"Additional Mortgaged Property" has the meaning specified in Section
6.13(a).

"Administrative Agent" means CNA in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

"Administrative Agent's Office" means the Administrative Agent's address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

"Administrative Questionnaire" means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. "Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. "Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.

"Agent-Related Persons" means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of CNA in its capacity as the Administrative Agent), Salomon Smith Barney, Inc. and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

"Agents" means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Co-Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed from time to time by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article IX.

"Aggregate Credit Exposures" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect and (b) the Total Outstandings at such time.

"Aggregate Commitments" means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

"Agreement" has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

"Applicable Rate" means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 6.02(b):

2

APPLICABLE RATE

                                       Eurodollar
                                         Rate +
          Consolidated                 ----------
 Pricing    Leverage       Commitment  Letters of
  Level       Ratio           Fee        Credit     Base Rate +
-------------------------------------------------------------
    1       *3.00:1.00       0.500%      3.250%       2.250%

    2     ***3.00:1.00
               but
            *3.50:1.00       0.750%      3.500%       2.500%

    3     ***3.50:1.00
               but
            *4.50:1.00       0.875%      3.750%       2.750%

    4     ***4.50:1.00       1.000%      4.000%       3.000%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the third Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 4 shall apply as of the first Business Day immediately following the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered until the third Business Day immediately following the date such Compliance Certificate is delivered in respect of the relevant Fiscal Quarter. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date the Borrower delivers a Compliance Certificate in respect of the Borrower's Fiscal Quarter ending May 25, 2003 shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 3.

"Approved Fund" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).

"Assignment and Assumption" means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

"Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

"Attributable Indebtedness" means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

* Denotes less than *** Denotes greater than or equals to

3

"Audited Financial Statements" means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended November 25, 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

"Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(b)(v).

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

"Bank of America" means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

"Base Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank's base rate (which is a rate set by Citibank based upon various factors including Citibank's costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate); or

(b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.

"Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

"Borrower" has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

"Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Tranche B Term Loans or Revolving Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by each of the Lenders pursuant to
Section 2.01.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State of California or the state where the Administrative Agent's Office is located (such state being Delaware as of the date of this Agreement) and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

"Calculation Date" means (a) the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, (b) the last Business Day of each month, if any such Letter of Credit is outstanding on such day, (c) the date of extension, renewal or amendment of any such Letter of Credit (d) the date of payment by the L/C Issuer under any such Letter of Credit and (e) any other date on which the Administrative Agent, acting either in its sole discretion or upon request of the Borrower, requests that an L/C Issuer determine and give notice to the Administrative Agent of the relevant Exchange Rate with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

4

"Capital Markets Transaction" means an issuance or sale of Indebtedness by the Borrower through a public offering or private placement (other than Indebtedness expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section
7.03 (other than Section 7.03(a)(iii)).

----             ---------------------

        "Cash Collateral Account" is used herein as that term is defined in the
         -----------------------

Pledge and Security Agreement.

"Cash Collateralize" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

"Cash Distributions" means, with respect to any Person for any period, all dividends and other distributions on any of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Person, all purchases, redemptions, retirements, defeasances or other acquisitions of any of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Person and all returns of capital to the stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons) of such Person, in each case to the extent paid in cash by or on behalf of such Person during such period.

"Cash Equivalents" means, as at any date of determination, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency;
(c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (d) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or an OECD country having, at such date, a rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency (except as otherwise approved by the Treasurer of the Borrower) or by a primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; (e) repurchase agreements with financial institutions organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or an OECD country having, at such date, a rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency (except as otherwise approved by the Treasurer of the Borrower) or with a primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; (f) Dollar denominated floating rate notes, foreign currency denominated floating rate notes and foreign indexed notes, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A or A-1 from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency; (g) auction rate notes maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A or A-1 from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency; (h) money market preferred funds maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least AA from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency; and (i) money market funds maturing within one year after such date and having,

5

at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A- from S&P or the equivalent thereof from another nationally recognized rating agency; provided such investments are limited to $25,000,000 for each such fund and $100,000,000 in the aggregate for all such funds, such funds are open-end funds with total assets of more than $1,000,000,000 and an expressed goal of maintaining a net asset value of $1.00 per share and such funds limit their investments to the prime credit instruments allowed in this definition with average weighted maturity of less than 90 days.

"Cash Management Services" means clearing lines, overdraft facilities, controlled disbursement services or similar cash management arrangements including, without limitation, any obligations arising from the honoring of a draft or payment order or the settlement of a Swap Contract.

"Change of Control" means:

(a) with respect to any Person, an event or series of events by which any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than Permitted Transferees, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an "option right"), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of all Equity Interests of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); provided that the provisions of this subclause (a) shall not apply to Voting Trustees serving in their capacities as such under the Voting Trust Agreement;

(b) with respect to any Person, an event or series of events by which during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such Person cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period or (ii) whose election or nomination to that board was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or who were nominated by Permitted Transferees or by any of the Voting Trustees; or

(c) the occurrence of any "Change in Control" as defined in any of (i) the Indentures, (ii) that certain U.S. Dollar Indenture dated as of January 18, 2001 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as trustee, (iii) that certain Euro Indenture dated as of January 18, 2001 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as trustee, (iv) that certain indenture dated as of December 4, 2002 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, and (v) any other indenture or agreement executed in connection with a Capital Markets Transaction.

"Citibank" means Citibank, N.A. and its successors.

6

"Citigroup Parties" has the meaning specified in Section 10.20(c).

"Closing Date" means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section

      ------------                                                       -------
4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Sections 4.01 and 10.01.
----                                            -------------     -----

"Closing Date Mortgage" has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(b)(i).

"Closing Date Mortgage Policies" has the meaning specified in Section

4.01(b)(ii).

"Closing Date Mortgaged Property" has the meaning specified in Section

      -------------------------------                               -------
4.01(b)(i).
----------

     "CNA" means Citicorp North America, Inc. and its successors.
      ---

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
      ----

"Collateral" means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including capital stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

"Collateral Access Agreement" means any bailee letter or any similar agreement of or notice to any bailee, warehouseman or processor in possession of any Inventory of any Loan Party, acknowledged by such bailee, warehouseman or processor, in such form as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in the reasonable exercise of its discretion.

"Collateral Documents" means the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Foreign Pledge Agreements, the Mortgages, any Control Agreement, any security account control agreement and all other instruments or documents delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as security for the Obligations, obligations under Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and obligations under Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

"Commitment" means, as to each Lender, its obligation, if any, to (a) (i) make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (ii) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (iii) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment set forth opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, and (b) make Tranche B Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Lender's Tranche B Term Loan Commitment set forth opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, in each case as such amounts may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

"Communications" has the meaning specified in Section 10.20(a).

"Compensation Period" has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(c)(ii).

"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

7

"Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the sum of the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of capital leases which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in "additions to property, plant or equipment" or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries but excluding the aggregate of all expenditures by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during that period to acquire (by purchase or otherwise) the business, property or fixed assets of any Person, or the stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of any Person that, as a result of such acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower. For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Consolidated Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.

"Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent deducted

in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes for such period, (iii) the amount of depreciation and amortization expense deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (iv) all nonoperating expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period minus all nonoperating income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, (v) solely with respect to the Fiscal Quarters ending May 2002, August 2002 and November 2002, amounts of $180,252,000, $1,668,000 and $8,788,000, respectively, which shall be deemed by the parties hereto to be amounts relating to restructuring and related charges for such periods, (vi) accruals for the Leadership Shares Plan during such period, (vii) solely with respect to periods in the Fiscal Year ending November 2003, the amount of any loss for any such period attributable to the repurchase, redemption or other retirement of the 6.80% Notes, and (viii) solely with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending February 2003, a one-time non-cash adjustment to lease expense in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000, minus (c) cash payments made by the Borrower during such period under the Leadership Shares Plan.

"Consolidated Excess Cash Flow" means, for any period, an amount (if positive) equal to (a) Consolidated EBITDA (without giving effect to clauses
(b)(v) and (b)(vi) of the definition of "Consolidated EBITDA") for such period, minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) voluntary and scheduled repayments of Indebtedness (excluding repayments of principal on the Revolving Loans except to the extent the Revolving Loan Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayment), (ii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (net of any proceeds of any related financings with respect to such expenditures), (iii) cash payments in respect of Consolidated Interest Charges made during such period, and (iv) cash payments of current federal, state, local and foreign taxes made during such period, plus

(c) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment.

"Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower is required to have delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b),

8

minus (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of all Consolidated Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period plus

(B) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes for such period, to (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period,

(ii) the aggregate principal amount (or the equivalent thereto) of all scheduled repayments of Indebtedness made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (ii) such scheduled repayments shall not include (A) any scheduled repayments under the Existing Credit Agreement and (B) any scheduled repayments of principal during the Fiscal Quarters ending August 2004, November 2004, February 2005 and May 2005 in an aggregate amount for all such periods not to exceed $110,000,000 required to be made pursuant to the terms of that certain Series 2001-A Indenture Supplement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Receivables Funding Issuer, as Issuer, and Citibank, as Indenture Trustee, (C) any repurchases or redemptions of the 6.80% Notes from the proceeds of the 6.80% Notes Accounts, and (D) any scheduled repayments of principal during the Fiscal Year ending November 2003 in an aggregate amount not to exceed 46,900,000 euros plus 2,400,000 pounds sterling

(which amounts shall be expressed in Dollars for purposes of calculations relating to this definition based on the nominal rate of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the New York foreign exchange market for the sale of such currency in exchange for Dollars at 12:00 noon (New York time) as of the applicable date of repayment) required to be made in connection with the European Receivables Program, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all Cash Distributions made by or on behalf of the Borrower during such period.

"Consolidated Funded Indebtedness" means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would (or would be required to) appear as liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Interest Charges" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all interest (net of all interest income), premium amortization, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower is required to have delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period.

"Consolidated Leverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower is required to have delivered financial statements pursuant to
Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that solely for purposes of determinations of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio made during each of the Fiscal Quarters ending February 2003, May 2003, August 2003 and November 2003, Consolidated Funded Indebtedness shall be reduced as of such date by the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower on such date in the 6.80% Notes Accounts; provided further, however, that the amount of any reduction pursuant to the immediately foregoing proviso shall in no case exceed an amount sufficient to repay at maturity (including any interim scheduled

9

interest payments) in accordance with the terms of the 1996 Indenture all of the 6.80% Notes outstanding as of such date.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for that period.

"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (excluding any indebtedness for money borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of the Borrower), and (b) all Intangible Assets, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

"Consolidated Senior Secured Funded Indebtedness" means, as of any date of determination, all secured Consolidated Funded Indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations under the Loan Documents.

"Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) all Consolidated Senior Secured Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower is required to have delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), as the case may be.

"Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to (a) the sum of the decrease (increase) during that period in current assets, excluding changes in cash and Cash Equivalents, and changes in current tax assets, plus (b) the sum of the increase (decrease) during that period in

current liabilities, excluding changes in short-term Indebtedness or current maturities of long-term Indebtedness, changes in short-term tax liabilities and changes in short-term interest liabilities, minus (c) the amount for such period of employer pension contributions to Pension Plans in excess of pension expense, such amount not to exceed $25,000,000, $60,000,000 and $25,000,000 for the Fiscal Years ending November 2003, November 2004 and November 2005, respectively.

"Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

"Control" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Affiliate."

"Control Agreement" means an agreement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and executed by the financial institution at which a Deposit Account is maintained, pursuant to which such financial institution confirms and acknowledges the Administrative Agent's security interest in such Deposit Account, agrees that the financial institution will comply with instructions originated by the Administrative Agent as to the

10

disposition of funds in such Deposit Account and waives its rights to set-off with respect to amounts in such Deposit Account.

"Co-Syndication Agents" means The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America.

"Credit Extension" means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing, (b) an L/C Credit Extension and (c) a Swing Line Borrowing.

"Debtor Relief Laws" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

"Default" means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

"Default Rate" means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus
(b) the corresponding Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including the corresponding Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

"Defaulting Lender" means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

"Deposit Account" means a demand, time, savings, passbook or similar account maintained with a Person engaged in the business of banking, including a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union or trust company.

"Designated Issuer" means a financial institution which has been designated by a Revolving Lender as such Revolving Lender's "Designated Issuer" for purposes of issuing Letters of Credit and (a) in the case of a Revolving Lender which is a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, which has executed this Agreement, and (b) in each other case, which shall have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and shall have been consented to by the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

"Disposition" or "Dispose" means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and any grant of any option or rights relating to any such property.

11

"Disqualified Stock" has the meaning specified in that certain U.S. Dollar Indenture dated as of January 18, 2001 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as trustee, that certain Euro Indenture dated as of January 18, 2001 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as trustee and that certain Indenture dated as of December 4, 2002 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

"Documentation Agent" means The CIT Group/Commercial Services, Inc.

"Dollar" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States.

"Domestic Letters of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(a)(i).

"Domestic Receivables" means all obligations of any obligor (whether now existing or hereafter arising) under a contract for sale of goods or services by Domestic Subsidiaries, which includes any obligation of such obligor (whether now existing or hereafter arising) to pay interest, finance charges or amounts with respect thereto, and, with respect to any of the foregoing receivables or obligations, (a) all of the interest of the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries in the goods (including returned goods) the sale of which gave rise to such receivable or obligation after the passage of title thereto to any obligor, (b) all other Liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such receivables or obligations, (c) all guaranties, insurance, letters of credit and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any such receivables or obligations, (d) all books and records relating to the foregoing, lockbox accounts containing primarily proceeds of the foregoing, and other similar related assets customarily transferred (or in which security interests are customarily granted) to purchasers in receivables purchase transactions that are treated as sales under GAAP, (e) all rights of the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries to refunds on account of value added tax in respect of goods sold to an obligor, any receivable from whom is or becomes a defaulted receivable, and (f) proceeds of or judgments relating to any of the foregoing, any debts represented thereby and all rights of action against any Person in connection therewith, and includes all "Receivables" and "Related Security" (each as defined in that certain Master Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 between Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Citibank, as Indenture Trustee).

"Domestic Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

"Eligible Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).

"Environmental Claim" means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any Government Authority or any other Person, arising (a) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any Hazardous Materials or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity, or (c) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

12

"Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

"Environmental Liability" means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"Environmental Permit" means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

"Equipment Financing Transaction" means any financing with any Person of equipment which will be treated as Indebtedness.

"Equity Interests" means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

"ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment

13

as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

"Eurodollar Rate" means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a)(i) the offered rate (if any) appearing on the Telerate Screen which displays British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits of the relevant amount for a period equal to the Interest Period relating to that Credit Extension at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period with respect to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (ii) if the Administrative Agent is unable to access the Telerate Screen or if the relevant rate is not displayed, the rate per annum at which Citibank was offering to leading banks in the London interbank market deposits of such amount and for such Interest Period at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage. For the purposes of this definition, "Telerate Screen" means the display on the Telerate Service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars.

"Eurodollar Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

"Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) or any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as that term is defined for purposes of Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) having a term equal to such Interest Period.

"European Receivables Program" means the Permitted Foreign Receivables Program pursuant to (a) that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement between Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V. and Levi Strauss Germany GmbH, dated as of February 29, 2000, (b) that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement among ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Levi Strauss Continental SA and Levi Strauss & Co., dated as of February 29, 2000, (c) that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement among Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V., Levi Strauss (U.K.) Limited and Levi Strauss & Co., dated as of February 29, 2000, (d) that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement among Tulip Asset Purchase Company B.V., Levi Strauss de Espana, S.A. and Levi Strauss & Co., dated as of February 29, 2000 and (e) that certain Italian Receivables Purchase Agreement among ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Belgian Branch, Levi Strauss Italia S.R.L. and Levi Strauss & Co., dated as of February 29, 2000.

14

"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

"Exchange Rate" means, on any date when an amount expressed in a currency other than Dollars is to be determined with respect to any Letter of Credit, the nominal rate of exchange of the L/C Issuer (or, in the case of determinations of fees payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(i), the nominal rate of exchange of the Administrative Agent) in the New York foreign exchange market for the sale of such currency in exchange for Dollars at 12:00 noon (New York time) one Business Day prior to such date, expressed as a number of units of such currency per one Dollar.

"Existing Credit Agreement" has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

"Existing Letters of Credit" means the Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 1.01A.

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the weighted average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to CNA on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

"Fee Letter" means the letter agreement, dated December 9, 2002, among the Borrower, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Citicorp North America, Inc., Bank of America and Banc of America Securities LLC.

"First Priority" means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that (a) such Lien is perfected and has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral (other than senior Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01) and (b) such Lien is the only Lien (other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01) to which such Collateral is subject.

"Fiscal Quarter" means, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately three-month period ending on a day in February, May, August or November, as the case may be, not earlier than the tenth Business Day before the last day of such month, as determined from time to time by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business, as the context may require, or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on the first day of any such period, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the last day of such period.

"Fiscal Year" means, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately twelve-month period ending on a day in November not earlier than the tenth Business Day before the last day of such month, as determined from time to time by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on such day in November in any calendar year, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the fourth Sunday of the next succeeding November.

15

"Flood Hazard Property" means a Mortgaged Property located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

"Foreign Affiliate L/C Issuer" means (a) an Affiliate of a L/C Issuer organized under the laws of a country other than the United States or (b) a branch of a L/C Issuer doing business in a country other than the United States.

"Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement" has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(d).

"Foreign Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(a)(i).

"Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit" means, at any time, an amount designated by the Borrower on the most recent Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit Notice. As of the Closing Date, the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit is $34,000,000. The Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

"Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit Notice" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a)(i).

"Foreign Letters of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(a)(i).

"Foreign Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(d).

"Foreign Pledge Agreements" means each pledge agreement or similar instrument governed by the laws of a country other than the United States, executed and delivered by the Borrower or any Material Domestic Subsidiary that owns Equity Interests of one or more Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries organized in such country, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"Foreign Receivables" means all obligations of any obligor (whether now existing or hereafter arising) under a contract for sale of goods or services by Foreign Subsidiaries, which includes any obligation of such obligor (whether now existing or hereafter arising) to pay interest, finance charges or amounts with respect thereto, and, with respect to any of the foregoing receivables or obligations, (a) all of the interest of Foreign Subsidiaries in the goods (including returned goods) the sale of which gave rise to such receivable or obligation after the passage of title thereto to any obligor, (b) all other Liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such receivables or obligations, (c) all guaranties, insurance, letters of credit and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any such receivables or obligations, (d) all books and records relating to the foregoing, lockbox accounts containing primarily proceeds of the foregoing, and other similar related assets customarily transferred (or in which security interests are customarily granted) to purchasers in receivables purchase transactions that are treated as sales under GAAP, (e) all rights of Foreign Subsidiaries to refunds on account of value added tax in respect of goods sold to an obligor, any receivable from whom is or becomes a defaulted receivable, and (f) proceeds of or judgments relating to any of the foregoing, any debts represented thereby and all rights of action against any Person in connection therewith.

16

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower, other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the

United States.

"Fund" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).

"Funded Current Liability Percentage" means "funded current liability percentage" within the meaning of Section 412(1)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United

States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

"Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

"Granting Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

"Guarantee" means, as to any Person, any (a) obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term "Guarantee" as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"Guarantors" means, collectively, each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower other than any Restricted Subsidiary and other than Receivables Funding Issuer and

17

Securitization Corp. (during any period that it has any obligations under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction).

"Guaranty" means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

"Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"Hazardous Materials Activity" means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

"Honor Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

 ----------                               ------------------

"ICC" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).
 ---                               ---------------

"Indebtedness" means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and trade letters of credit), bankers' acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests in such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Equity Interests, valued, in the case of Redeemable

18

Preferred Interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

"Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

"Indemnitees" has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

"Indentures" means the 1996 Indenture and that certain Fiscal Agency Agreement dated as of November 22, 1996 between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to Citibank), as fiscal agent.

"Ineligible Securities" means securities which may not be underwritten or dealt in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. (S) 24, Seventh), as amended.

"Information" has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

"Information Memorandum" means the information memorandum dated December 11, 2002 used by the Joint Lead Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.

"Intangible Assets" means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP.

"Interest Payment Date" means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be.

"Interest Period" means as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or (in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Loan) converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case

19

of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Loan Maturity Date;

(d) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans shall extend beyond the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date; and

(e) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans shall extend beyond a date on which the Borrower is required to make a scheduled payment of principal of Tranche B Term Loans, unless the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans with Interest Periods expiring on or before such date equals or exceeds the principal amount required to be paid on Tranche B Term Loans on such date.

"Inventory" means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, all goods, merchandise and other personal property which are then held by such Person for sale or lease, including raw materials and work in process.

"Investment" means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment (other than adjustments for the repayment of, or the refund of capital with respect to, the original principal amount of any such Investment).

"Investment Policies" means the Borrower's U.S. Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors Statement of Investment Policy in the form delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, as such document may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12.

"IP Collateral" means, collectively, the IP Rights that constitute Collateral under the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"IP Rights" has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.

20

"IRS" means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

"Joint Lead Arrangers" means The Bank of Nova Scotia, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC.

"Laws" means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state

and local statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof.

"L/C Advance" means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender's funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

"L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.

"L/C Cash Collateral Account" is used herein as that term is defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"L/C Credit Extension" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

"L/C Issuer" means The Bank of Nova Scotia, Citibank, Bank of America, any Foreign Affiliate L/C Issuer, any Designated Issuer, or any other Revolving Lender approved by the Administrative Agent that may from time to time be appointed as an additional L/C Issuer by the Borrower.

"L/C Issuer Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit" means, at any date of determination and for each L/C Issuer, the amount designated by the Borrower on the most recent Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit Notice for such L/C Issuer. As of the Closing Date, the L/C Issuer Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimits are as follows:

------------------------------------
Citibank               $  11,000,000
------------------------------------
Bank of America        $  23,000,000
------------------------------------

"L/C Obligations" means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all

Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.

"Leadership Shares Plan" means the Leadership Shares Plan of the Borrower, as restated as of June 1, 2002 or any predecessor long-term management incentive program, as such document may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12.

"Lender" has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes each L/C Issuer and each Swing Line Lender.

21

"Lending Office" means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender's Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

"Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include Domestic Letters of Credit, Foreign Letters of Credit and the Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a Trade Letter of Credit or a Standby Letter of Credit.

"Letter of Credit Application" means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Domestic Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

"Letter of Credit Cash Collateralization Date" means the day that is sixty Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date then in effect.

"Letter of Credit Sublimit" means an amount equal to $250,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitments.

"Letter of Credit Usage" means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under all Domestic Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Domestic Letters

of Credit honored by the L/C Issuer and not theretofore reimbursed out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.03 or otherwise reimbursed by the Borrower plus (c) the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit. For purposes of

this definition, any amount described in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence which is denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be valued based on the applicable Exchange Rate for such currency as of the applicable date of determination.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit

arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

"Loan" means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under

Article II in the form of a Tranche B Term Loan, a Revolving Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents.

"Loan Notice" means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

"Loan Parties" means, collectively, the Borrower and each of the Material Domestic Subsidiaries party to the Guaranty or any of the Collateral Documents.

"LOS/DOS Business" means the ownership and operation by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, whether directly or through joint ventures with third parties in

22

partnership, corporate or other form, of businesses engaged solely in selling apparel and accessories and related products including, without limitation, selling through retail stores, outlet stores, telephone sales, catalog or other mail orders, and electronic sales. LOS/DOS Business shall not include any business engaging in manufacturing or in selling and in manufacturing.

"LS&Co. Deferred Compensation Plan" has the meaning specified in Section

         ---------------------------------                               -------
7.05(h).
-------

"LS&Co. Trust" has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(h).

"LS&Co. Trust Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(h).

"LSFCC" means Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, a California corporation, formerly Levi Strauss Credit Corp., a California corporation, and any successors.

"LSIFCS" means Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services C.V.A./S.C.A., a Belgian corporation, and any successors.

"Master Agreement" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Swap Contract".

"Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party or its obligations in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract or Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

"Material Domestic Subsidiary" means any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary.

"Material Foreign Subsidiary" means any Material Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) if such Material Subsidiary is (a) not a Domestic Subsidiary and (b) owned by the Borrower either directly or indirectly through a chain of one or more Domestic Subsidiaries.

"Material Subsidiary" means (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (i) the net book value of which is $5,000,000 or more or (ii) the annual gross revenue of which is $15,000,000 or more and (b) any other Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower to be a "Material Subsidiary" for purposes of this Agreement.

"Maximum Rate" has the meaning specified in Section 10.10.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Mortgage" means (a) a security instrument (whether designated as a deed of trust or a mortgage or by any similar title) executed and delivered by any Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit I or in such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, in each case with such changes thereto as may be recommended by the

23

Administrative Agent's local counsel based on local laws or customary local mortgage or deed of trust practices, or (b) at the Administrative Agent's option, in the case of an Additional Mortgaged Property, an amendment to an existing Mortgage, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, adding such Additional Mortgaged Property to the Real Property Assets encumbered by such existing Mortgage, in either case as such security instrument or amendment may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. "Mortgages" means all such instruments, including the Closing Date Mortgages and any Additional Mortgages, collectively.

"Mortgaged Property" means a Closing Date Mortgaged Property, a Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Property or an Additional Mortgaged Property.

"Multiemployer Plan" means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

"Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any Disposition of any property or asset, means cash payments (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such Disposition, net of any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Disposition, including (a) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of the date of such Disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Disposition and (b) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is (i) required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Disposition and (ii) actually paid at the time of receipt of such cash payment to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party or of any Affiliate of any Loan Party; provided, however, that for purposes of clause (a) above, if, at the time such taxes are actually paid or otherwise satisfied, the amount of the reserve therefor exceeds the amount paid or otherwise satisfied, then the Borrower shall reduce the Commitments in accordance with the terms of Section 2.05(b), and shall prepay the outstanding Credit Extensions in accordance with the terms of
Section 2.05(b), in an amount equal to the amount of such excess reserve.

"Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds" means any cash payments or proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) under any business interruption or casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of the taking of any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, in each case net of any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect thereof.

"Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds" means the cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from the (a) issuance of Equity Interests of or

24

incurrence of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) capital contributions made by a holder of Equity Interests of the Borrower.

"Non-Renewal Notice Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(v).

"Notes" means Tranche B Term Notes and Revolving Loan Notes.

"Obligations" means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

"OECD" means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

"Ordinary Course Swap Contracts" means any and all interest rate swaps, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, put or call transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swaps, cross-currency rate swaps, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, in each case that are (or were) entered into by any Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view" and that do not contain any provision ("walk-away" provision) exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party.

"Organization Documents" means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction);
(b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

"Original Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 10.18(a).

"Other Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 10.18(a).

"Other Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

25

"Outstanding Amount" means (a) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date, and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

"Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

"Pension Plan" means any "employee pension benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

"Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction" means any arrangement of the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries providing for sales, transfers or conveyances of, or granting of security interests in, Domestic Receivables that do not provide, directly or indirectly, for recourse against the seller of such Domestic Receivables (or against any of such seller's Affiliates) by way of a guaranty or any other support arrangement, with respect to the amount of such Domestic Receivables (based on the financial condition or circumstances of the obligor thereunder), other than such limited recourse as is reasonable given market standards for receivables purchase transactions that are treated as sales under GAAP, taking into account such factors as historical bad debt loss experience and obligor concentration levels, including without limitation those set forth under the heading "Existing Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions" on Schedule 1.01B.

"Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction" means any arrangement of Foreign Subsidiaries providing for sales, transfers or conveyances of, or granting of security interests in, Foreign Receivables that do not provide, directly or indirectly, for recourse against the seller of such Foreign Receivables (or against any of such seller's Affiliates) by way of a guaranty or any other support arrangement, with respect to the amount of such Foreign Receivables (based on the financial condition or circumstances of the obligor thereunder), other than such limited recourse as is reasonable given market standards for receivables purchase transactions that are treated as sales under GAAP, taking into account such factors as historical bad debt loss experience and obligor concentration levels, including without limitation those set forth under the heading "Existing Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions" on Schedule 1.01B.

"Permitted Transferees" has the meaning specified in the Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 15, 1996 between the Borrower and the stockholders of the Borrower party thereto as

26

in effect as of the Closing Date, except that transferees pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(x) thereof shall not be deemed to be Permitted Transferees for purposes of this Agreement.

"Person" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" (as such term is defined in

Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

"Platform" has the meaning specified in Section 10.20(b).

"Pledge and Security Agreement" means the Pledge and Security Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, as such Pledge and Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Pledged Collateral" means, collectively, the "Pledged Collateral" as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"Pledged Domestic Subsidiary" means a Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) 100% of the Equity Interests of which are owned by a Loan Party are pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"Pledged Foreign Subsidiary" means a Material Foreign Subsidiary no more than 65% of the Equity Interests of which is pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"Pledged Indebtedness" has the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Property" has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(b)(i).

"Preferred Interests" means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person that are entitled to a preference or priority over any other Equity Interests issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person's property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation.

"Principal Property" means any contiguous or proximate parcel of real property owned by, or leased to, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any equipment located at or comprising a part of any such property, having a gross book value (without deduction of any depreciation reserves), as of the date of determination, in excess of 1% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that in the event that the Indentures, or the limitations regarding Liens granted by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries contained in the Indentures, are no longer binding on the Borrower, no property shall be a Principal Property.

"Pro Rata Share" means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or the Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by

27

(ii) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (b) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Loan Commitment or the Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations therein deemed purchased by any Lender or any participations in any Swing Line Loans deemed purchased by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and (c) for all other purposes with respect to each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender plus the Revolving Loan Exposure of

that Lender by (ii) the sum of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all

Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in any such

case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 10.07. The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

"PTO" means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any

successor or substitute office in which filings are necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable in order to create or perfect Liens on any IP Collateral registered under the Laws of the United States.

"Real Estate Financing Transactions" means any arrangement with any Person pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurs Indebtedness secured by a Lien on real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and related personal property.

"Real Property Asset" means, at any time of determination, any interest then owned by any Loan Party in any real property.

"Receivables Funding Issuer" means Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC and its successors and any other special purpose entity established for the sole purpose of engaging in Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions, in each case solely during any period that such Person has any obligations under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction.

"Receivables Transfer Agreements" means that certain Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of January 28, 2000 among the Borrower, LSFCC, Levi Strauss Funding Corp., and Levi Strauss Funding, LLC and that certain Third Amended and Fully Restated Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement between LSFCC and the Borrower effective January 28, 2000, each as amended by that certain Master Amendment and Consent to Receivables Sale Agreements to be dated on or about July 27, 2001.

"Redeemable" means, with respect to any Equity Interest, Indebtedness or other right or obligation, any such Equity Interest, Indebtedness or other right or obligation that (a) the issuer has undertaken to redeem at a fixed or determinable date or dates, whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise, or upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of the issuer or (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder.

"Register" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c).

"Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous

28

Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials), including the movement of any Hazardous Materials through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

"Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

"Request for Credit Extension" means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

"Required Lenders" means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders and (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders

"Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns or leases a Principal Property; provided, however, that in the event that the Indentures, or the limitations regarding Liens granted by or on the Equity Interests or Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries contained in the Indentures, are no longer binding on the Borrower, no Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be a Restricted Subsidiary.

"Revolving Lender" means a Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment and/or that has an outstanding Revolving Loan.

"Revolving Loan Commitment" means the commitment of a Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the corresponding amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, and "Revolving Loan Commitments" means such commitments of all Revolving Lenders in the aggregate.

"Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b).

"Revolving Loan Exposure", with respect to any Revolving Lender, means, as of any date of determination (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, that Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus (b) in

the event that Lender or its Designated Issuer is an L/C Issuer, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender or its

29

Designated Issuer (in each case net of any participations purchased by other Lenders in such Letters of Credit or in any unreimbursed drawings thereunder) plus (c) the aggregate amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in

any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of Credit plus (d) in the case of a Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding

principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any assignments thereof purchased by other Revolving Lenders) plus (e) the aggregate amount of all

participations purchased by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans.

"Revolving Loans" means the Loans made by Revolving Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

"Revolving Loan Maturity Date" means March 31, 2006.

"Revolving Loan Notes" means any promissory notes of the Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.12 to evidence the Revolving Loans of any Revolving Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit D annexed hereto, as they may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill

Companies, Inc.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental

Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

"Secured Obligations" is used herein as that term is defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"Secured Parties" means, collectively, the Agents, the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders.

"Securitization Corp" means Levi Strauss Securitization Corp. and its successors.

"Selected Revolving Lender" means, at any time, any Revolving Lender holding at least 2% of the Revolving Loan Commitments at such time or any of its Affiliates, in any such Revolving Lender's or any such Affiliate's capacity as
(a) a party to an Ordinary Course Swap Contract that is entered into by and between the Borrower, LSIFCS or any Material Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Guaranty and such Selected Revolving Lender and that is subject to a legally enforceable netting agreement between the Borrower, LSIFCS, or such Material Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be, and such Selected Revolving Lender or (b) a provider of Cash Management Services to the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services" means any Cash Management Services provided by a Selected Revolving Lender and duly recorded on Schedule 2(a) to the Pledge and Security Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

"Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract" means any Ordinary Course Swap Contract entered into with a Selected Revolving Lender.

30

"Solvent" and "Solvency" mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

"SPC" has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

"Standby Letter of Credit" means any Letter of Credit issued hereunder other than a Trade Letter of Credit.

"Subsidiary" of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person, provided, however, in no event shall the LS&Co. Trust be considered to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

"Supplemental Collateral Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 9.01(c).

"Swap Contract" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, put or call transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and
(b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any international foreign exchange master agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a "Master Agreement"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

31

"Swap Termination Value" means, with respect to each Swap Contract on any date of determination, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contract, an amount equal to the termination value, expressed in Dollars, as determined by the Borrower; provided, however, that in the event that two Lenders determine that the mark-to-market value, expressed in Dollars, for any Swap Contract, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contract, is greater than the termination value for such Swap Contract determined by the Borrower, the Swap Termination Value of such Swap Contract shall be the amount determined by such Lenders; provided further that any such determination shall have no evidentiary value for purposes of determining the amount owed to the applicable Selected Revolving Lender.

"Swing Line Borrowing" means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

"Swing Line Lender" means CNA in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans or any other Revolving Lender approved by the Administrative Agent that may from time to time be appointed as an additional Swing Line Lender by the Borrower, as the case may be.

"Swing Line Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

"Swing Line Loan Notice" means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

"Swing Line Sublimit" means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the Revolving Loan Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitments.

"Synthetic Lease Obligation" means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or
(b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

"Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

"Title Company" means one or more other title insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"Total Outstandings" means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

"Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments" means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all

outstanding Swing Line Loans plus (c) the Letter of Credit Usage.

32

"Trade Letter of Credit" means any Letter of Credit that is issued hereunder for the benefit of a supplier of inventory to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to effect payment for such inventory, the conditions to drawing under which include the presentation to the L/C Issuer that issued such Letter of Credit of shipping documents, invoices and related documents.

"Tranche B Term Loan Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the corresponding amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, and "Tranche B Term Loan Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.

"Tranche B Term Loan Exposure", with respect to any Lender, means, as of any date of determination (i) prior to the funding of the Tranche B Term Loans, that Lender's Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and (ii) after the funding of the Tranche B Term Loans, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loan of that Lender.

"Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date" means July 31, 2006.

"Tranche B Term Loans" means the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

"Tranche B Term Notes" means any promissory notes of the Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.12 to evidence the Tranche B Term Loans of any Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto, as they may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Type" means, with respect to any Loan, its character as a Base Rate

Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent

legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

"Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Pension Plan's benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

"United States" and "U.S." mean the United States of America.

"Unpledged Foreign Subsidiaries" means Foreign Subsidiaries none of the Equity Interests of which is pledged to the Administrative Agent.

"Unreimbursed Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

"Voting Trust Agreement" means the Voting Trust Agreement entered into as of April 15, 1996 by and among Robert D. Haas; Peter E. Haas, Sr.; Peter E. Haas, Jr.; and

33

F. Warren Hellman as the Voting Trustees and the stockholders of the Borrower (as successor to LSAI Holding Corp.) who are parties thereto.

"Voting Trustees" means the individuals designated as Voting Trustees under the Voting Trust Agreement.

1.02 OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words "herein," "hereto," "hereof" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term "including" is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including;" the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding;" and the word "through" means "to and
including."

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 ACCOUNTING TERMS.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP

34

prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

1.04 ROUNDING. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 REFERENCES TO AGREEMENTS AND LAWS. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

1.06 TIMES OF DAY. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific Standard time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.07 LETTER OF CREDIT AMOUNTS. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the Letter of Credit Application therefor, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 TRANCHE B TERM LOANS AND REVOLVING LOANS.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender that has a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to lend to the Borrower on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, to be used in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.11 and
7.10. The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Tranche B Term Loan

Commitments. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Tranche B Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Borrowing, (i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the

35

Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the

Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (provided that solely for purposes of determining the Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit), plus such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all

Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b).
Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 BORROWINGS, CONVERSIONS AND CONTINUATIONS OF LOANS.

(a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (or any individual designated by such Responsible Officer in writing to the Administrative Agent). Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section
2.02(a). In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan

36

available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of CNA with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date of such Borrowing there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, second, to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans, and third, to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in CNA's prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than thirteen Interest Periods in effect with respect to Loans.

2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Cash Collateralization Date (x) to issue letters of credit for the account of the Borrower that constitute Standby Letters of Credit or Trade Letters of Credit ("Domestic Letters of Credit"), and
(y) to issue, or cause their respective Foreign Affiliate L/C Issuers to issue, letters of credit for the account of the Borrower that constitute Trade Letters of Credit ("Foreign Letters of Credit"), and in each case to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Revolving Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower; provided that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Revolving Lender shall be

37

obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (w) the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments, (x) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Revolving Lender, plus such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding

Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata

Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans would exceed such Revolving Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (z) in respect of Foreign Letters of Credit, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer and Affiliates of such L/C Issuer would exceed the L/C Issuer Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit for such L/C Issuer; provided further that solely for purposes of determining the Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations under clauses (x) and (y) this Section 2.03(a)(i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit. The Borrower shall have the right to change the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit and the L/C Issuer Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimits by delivering to the Administrative Agent a notice to such effect (the "Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit Notice") on the first Business Day of any calendar month; provided, however, that no more than eight such notices shall be delivered by the Borrower in any single Fiscal Year. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower's ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(v), (x) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, the expiry date of such requested Standby Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, or (y) in the case of Trade Letter of Credit, the expiry date of such requested Trade Letter of Credit would occur more than six months after the date of issuance or last

38

renewal, in each case unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(C) in the judgment of the L/C Issuer, the foreign currency in which such Letter of Credit is requested to be denominated is not readily free and available;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer; or

(E) after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit, the aggregate face amount of all then outstanding Letters of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars would exceed $25,000,000.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Domestic Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. at least one Business Day (or such later date and time as the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Domestic Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Domestic Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Domestic Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Domestic Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy

39

thereof. Upon receipt by the L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof and if the requested form of Domestic Letter of Credit is acceptable to such L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Domestic Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer's usual and customary business practices.

(iii) Each Foreign Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, in accordance with the usual and customary business practices of the Foreign Affiliate L/C Issuer issuing such Foreign Letter of Credit.

(iv) Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(v) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Domestic Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an "Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit"); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Domestic Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the "Non-Renewal Notice Date") in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Domestic Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Domestic Letter of Credit at any time; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Domestic Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone confirmed in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Renewal Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the L/C Issuer shall have no obligation to permit the renewal of any Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit at any time.

(vi) Promptly after its delivery of any Domestic Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Domestic Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Domestic Letter of Credit or amendment.

40

(vii) With respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, on each Calculation Date, the L/C Issuer will (A) determine the relevant Exchange Rate as of such Calculation Date and (B) give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. The Exchange Rate so determined shall become effective on the first Business Day immediately following the relevant Calculation Date (a "Reset Date"), shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date, and shall for all purposes be the Exchange Rate employed in converting any amounts between Dollars and the applicable foreign currency with respect to such Letter of Credit; provided that in the case of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any such Letter of Credit the relevant Exchange Rate so determined shall become effective on such date of payment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the later of (A) the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit and (B) the Business Day on which notice of such drawing has been delivered to the Borrower prior to 11:00 a.m. (or, if such delivery occurs after 11:00 a.m., the Business Day immediately following such delivery) (each such date, an "Honor Date"), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing, together with interest from the date of payment by the L/C Issuer at the sum of the Base Rate plus the corresponding Applicable Rate (which

amount, in the case of a payment under a Letter of Credit which is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, shall be calculated in Dollars by reference to the applicable Exchange Rate). If the Borrower for any reason does not reimburse the L/C Issuer as provided in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the "Unreimbursed Amount"), and the amount of such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount (which amount, in the case of a payment under a Letter of Credit which is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, shall be calculated in Dollars by reference to the applicable Exchange Rate), without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Loan Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this
Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Revolving Lender (including the Revolving Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent's Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Revolving

41

Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Lender's payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Revolving Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Revolving Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Lender's obligation to make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Revolving Lender's obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

42

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Lender such Revolving Lender's L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Revolving Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lender's L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Revolving Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The Obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any

43

beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower's instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Revolving Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Revolving Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Revolving Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through
(v) of Section 2.03(e) or in the last sentence of this Section 2.03(f); provided, however, that anything in such clauses or in the last sentence of this Section 2.03(f) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer's willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral. (i) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such

44

drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) upon the request of either the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, if, as of the Letter of Credit Cash Collateralization Date, any Letter of Credit (including any Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit) may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Cash Collateralization Date, as the case may be). For purposes hereof, "Cash

Collateralize" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Revolving Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Revolving Lenders). The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Revolving Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash collateral shall be maintained in the L/C Cash Collateral Account in accordance with the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

(h) Applicability of ISP98 and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued
(including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i)
the rules of the "International Standby Practices (ISP98)" published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce (the "ICC") at the time of issuance (including the ICC decision

published by the Commission on Banking Technique and Practice on April 6, 1998 regarding the European single currency (euro)) shall apply to each Trade Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees.

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Domestic Letter of Credit equal to the corresponding Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Domestic Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Domestic Letter of Credit). Such Letter of Credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such Letter of Credit fees shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the corresponding Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Domestic Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the corresponding Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a fee, payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, equal to the actual Foreign Letter of Credit

45

Sublimit applicable during each month of such quarter multiplied by 50% of the corresponding Applicable Rate. In addition, the Borrower shall pay such fees in connection with each Foreign Letter of Credit as shall be required in accordance with the usual and customary business practices of the Foreign Affiliate L/C Issuer issuing such Foreign Letter of Credit

(iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the amount of any fee payable by the Borrower under this Section 2.03(i) shall be increased by 2% per annum.

(iv) For purposes of calculating any fees payable under this
Section 2.03, any amount described in this Section 2.03 which is denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be valued based on the applicable Exchange Rate for such currency as of the applicable date of determination.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Domestic Letter of Credit of 0.125% per annum. Such fronting fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and payable on the dates set forth in Section 2.03(i)(ii). In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

2.04 SWING LINE LOANS.

(a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a "Swing Line Loan") to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount for all Swing Line Lenders taken together not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Loans and L/C Obligations of the Revolving Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Revolving Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Revolving Lender, plus such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C

Obligations (provided that solely for purposes of determining the Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations under this Section 2.04(a)(ii) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Foreign Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit), plus such

Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Revolving Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the

46

foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan Commitments times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $1,000,000, or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (or any individual designated by such Responsible Officer in writing to the Administrative Agent). Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Lender) prior to 12:00 noon on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 2:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding and shall, no later than 14 days after the making of any Swing Line Loan then still outstanding, request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Swing Line Loan. Any such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of
Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Revolving Loan Commitments and the

47

conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 9:00 a.m. on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Lender's payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Revolving Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this
Section 2.04(c)(iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Lender's obligation to make Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Revolving Lender's obligation to make Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Revolving Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on

48

account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Revolving Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lender's risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. Each Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on its Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the applicable Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the applicable Swing Line Lender.

2.05 PREPAYMENTS.

(a) Voluntary Prepayments.

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Tranche B Term Loans or Revolving Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans, and
(ii) any prepayment shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 (provided that any prepayment in connection with the termination and refinancing of this Agreement may be conditioned on the closing of such refinancing). Each such

49

prepayment shall be applied to the Tranche B Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares pursuant to the terms of Section 2.05(a)(iii).

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00
a.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Any voluntary prepayments of the Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i) shall be applied as specified by the Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment. Any voluntary prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i) shall be applied to prepay the Tranche B Term Loans and to reduce the remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche B Term Loans set forth in Section 2.07(a) in forward chronological order.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments of Loans and Mandatory Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitments.

(i) If for any reason the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments at any time exceeds the Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Swing Line Loans and/or Revolving Loans, and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations, in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect.

(ii) No later than (A) the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Cash Proceeds relating to any Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction or any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (other than any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds with respect to property subject to an Equipment Financing Transaction, a Real Estate Financing Transaction or a Lien permitted under Section 7.01(b), (i) or (k)) that are required to be applied to prepay the Loans and/or reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.07, and (B) the fifth Business Day following the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Cash Proceeds from any Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction (provided that solely for purposes of determining the amount of Net Cash Proceeds relating to any Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction consummated no later than six months after the termination of the European Receivables Program, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be reduced in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of

50

"Net Cash Proceeds" as if such Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction were a refinancing of the European Receivables Program) the Borrower shall, in each case, prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(iii) No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds from any Equipment Financing Transaction or Real Estate Financing Transaction (other than the Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds relating to any refinancing of any Equipment Financing Transaction or Real Estate Financing Transaction to the extent that such Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds are applied to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on Indebtedness that is being refinanced by such Equipment Financing Transaction or Real Estate Financing Transaction and that is actually paid at the time of receipt of such Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds), the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds.

(iv) No later than the date of receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Disposition of Collateral, and no later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any other Disposition (in each case, other than any Disposition of property or assets expressly permitted to be sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (l), (n), (o), (q) or (r) and
property or assets to the extent that the aggregate value of such property and assets disposed of in any single transaction or related series of transactions does not exceed $500,000), the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(v) No later than the third Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds from the issuance after the Closing Date of any debt securities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 (other than Section 7.03(a)(iii)), the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds.

(vi) No later than the third Business Day following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds from the issuance after the Closing Date of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds.

(vii) In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year which is greater than zero, the Borrower shall, no later than ten days

51

following the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of financial statements relating to such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 6.01(a), prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.

(viii) Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans and/or reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.05(b), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer's certificate demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable Net Cash Proceeds, Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Net Equity/Indebtedness Proceeds, or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the case may be, that gave rise to such prepayment and/or reduction. In the event that the Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount was greater than the amount set forth in such officer's certificate, the Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans (and/or, if applicable, the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced) in an amount equal to the amount of such excess, and the Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer's certificate demonstrating the derivation of the additional amount resulting in such excess.

(c) Application of Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Except as provided in Section 2.08, any amount required to be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Loans and/or a reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(ii)-(vii) shall be applied first to prepay the Tranche B Term Loans to the full extent thereof, second, to prepay any outstanding L/C Advances to the full extent thereof, third, to the extent of any remaining portion of such amount, to prepay the Swing Line Loans to the full extent thereof and to permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments by the amount of such prepayment, fourth, to the extent of any remaining portion of such amount, to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments by the amount of such prepayment, and fifth, to the extent of any remaining portion of such amount, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; provided that any amount remaining after application in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this sentence may be retained by the Borrower for use in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that the Revolving Loan Commitments shall not be reduced, except by application of mandatory prepayments pursuant to
Section 2.05(b)(ii) or (iv), to less than $250,000,000. Any mandatory reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.05(c)(i) shall be in proportion to each Revolving Lender's Pro Rata

Share.

(ii) Any mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05 shall be applied to reduce the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche B Term Loans set forth in
Section 2.07(a) in inverse chronological order.

(iii) Considering Tranche B Term Loans and Revolving Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayments thereof pursuant to Section 2.05(b) shall be applied first to any Base Rate Loans then outstanding

and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans with the

52

shortest Interest Periods remaining; provided, however, that the Borrower may elect that the remainder of such prepayments not applied to prepay Base Rate Loans be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account and applied thereafter to prepay the Eurodollar Rate Loan or Loans with Interest Periods expiring on a date or dates nearest the date of deposit in accordance with this Section 2.05(c), upon expiration of such

Interest Periods.

(iv) The Borrower shall pay, together with each prepayment under this Section 2.05, accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.

2.06 TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENTS. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Revolving Loan Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $25,000,000 or any whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Foreign Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be applied to the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Lender according to its Pro Rata Share. All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.07 REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

(a) The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Tranche B Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

----------------------------------------------------------------
Last Business Day of Fiscal Quarter
-----------------------------------
     Ending/Date (as applicable)          Scheduled Repayment
     -----------                          -------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
   May 2003                                  $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   August 2003                               $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   November 2003                             $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   February 2004                             $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   May 2004                                  $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   August 2004                               $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   November 2004                             $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   February 2005                             $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   May 2005                                  $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   August 2005                               $     937,500
----------------------------------------------------------------
   November 2005                             $  91,406,250
----------------------------------------------------------------

                               53

----------------------------------------------------------------
Last Business Day of Fiscal Quarter
-----------------------------------
     Ending/Date (as applicable)          Scheduled Repayment
     -----------                          -------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
   February 2006                             $  91,406,250
----------------------------------------------------------------
   May 2006                                  $  91,406,250
----------------------------------------------------------------
   July 31, 2006                             $  91,406,250
----------------------------------------------------------------

provided that the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche B Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05; and provided, further that the Tranche B Term Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, and the final installment payable by the Borrower in respect of the Tranche B Term Loans on such date shall be in an amount, if such amount is different from that specified above, sufficient to repay all amounts owing by the Borrower under this Agreement with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) The Borrower shall repay to the Swing Line Lenders on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding on such date.

2.08 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL AND PAYMENTS UNDER GUARANTY.

(a) Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Except as provided in Sections 2.05(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv), all proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral under any Collateral Document may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be held by the Administrative Agent as Collateral for, and/or (then or at any time thereafter) applied in full or in part by the Administrative Agent against, the applicable Secured Obligations (as defined in such Collateral Document) in the order of priority as set forth in Section 8.03.

(b) Application of Payments Under Guaranty. All payments received by the Administrative Agent under the Guaranty shall be applied promptly from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the order of priority as set forth in Section 8.03.

2.09 INTEREST.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.09(b):

(i) Tranche B Term Loans shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

(A) if a Base Rate Loan, then the sum of the Base Rate plus 3.00% per annum; and

(B) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus 4.00% per annum;

54

(ii) Revolving Loans shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

(A) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the corresponding Applicable Rate; and

(B) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus

the corresponding Applicable Rate; and

(iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the corresponding

Applicable Rate.

(b) If any amount payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Furthermore, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.10 FEES. In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03(i) and (j):

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the corresponding Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Revolving Loan Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the corresponding Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the corresponding Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees.

55

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.11 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by CNA's "prime rate" shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.13(a), bear interest for one day.

2.12 EVIDENCE OF DEBT.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Tranche B Term Note and/or a Revolving Loan Note, which shall evidence such Lender's Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Notes and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.12(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.13 PAYMENTS GENERALLY.

56

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent's Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender's Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 12:00 noon shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments of amounts deposited in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to the proviso in Section 2.05(c)(iii) shall be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the applicable date or dates such amounts are applied to prepay Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the "Compensation Period") at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to

57

fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.13(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.14 SHARING OF PAYMENTS. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will

58

keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

2.15 INCREASE IN COMMITMENTS.

(a) Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Revolving Lenders), the Borrower may on a one-time basis, request an increase in the Revolving Loan Commitments by an amount not exceeding $25,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Revolving Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Revolving Lenders). Each Revolving Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Revolving Loan Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Pro Rata Share of such requested increase. Any Revolving Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Revolving Loan Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Revolving Lender of the Revolving Lenders' responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Revolving Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(b) If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section 2.15, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the "Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date") and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Revolving Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Revolving Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and
(b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Revolving Loans outstanding on the Revolving Loan Commitment Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to
Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Loans ratable with any revised Pro Rata

59

Shares arising from any nonratable increase in the Revolving Loan Commitments under this Section 2.15.

        (c)     This Section 2.15 shall supersede any provisions in Sections
                     ------------                                   --------
2.14 or 10.01 to the contrary.
----    -----

ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 TAXES.

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office and, if the forms provided by a Foreign Lender pursuant to Section 10.15(a) at the time such Foreign Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement indicate a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Foreign Lender provides new forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01), each of the Administrative Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall forward the same to such Lender) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(c) If the Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall also pay to the Administrative Agent or to such Lender, as the case may be, at the time interest is paid, such additional amount that the Administrative Agent or such

60

Lender specifies is necessary to preserve the after-tax yield (after factoring in all taxes, including taxes imposed on or measured by net income) that the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.

(d) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 3.01) paid by the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (ii) amounts payable under Section 3.01(c) and (iii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Payment under this Section 3.01(d) shall be made within 30 days after the date the Lender or the Administrative Agent makes a demand therefor.

3.02 ILLEGALITY. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

3.03 INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04 INCREASED COST AND REDUCED RETURN; CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

61

(a) If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law (which term for purposes of this Section 3.04 shall include without limitation all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, guidelines, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law), or such Lender's compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) taxes (as to which Section 3.01 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis or rate of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or has its Lending Office, and (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c)), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.04(a) for any increased cost or reduction in respect of a period occurring more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor unless the circumstances giving rise to such increased cost or reduction became applicable retroactively, in which case no such time limitation shall apply so long as such Lender requests compensation within 180 days from the date such circumstances become applicable.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender's obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender's desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.04(b) for any reduction in respect of a period occurring more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor unless the circumstances giving rise to such reduction became applicable retroactively, in which case no such time limitation shall apply so long as such Lender requests compensation within 180 days from the date such circumstances become applicable.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as "Eurocurrency liabilities"), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days' prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such

62

Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 FUNDING LOSSES. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 MATTERS APPLICABLE TO ALL REQUESTS FOR COMPENSATION. A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

3.07 SURVIVAL. All of the Borrower's obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all

other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 CONDITIONS OF INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSION. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent's receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

63

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Guaranty (in each case, from each of the Loan Parties party thereto), sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

(ii) if requested by any Lender at least two Business Days before the Closing Date, a Tranche B Term Note and/or a Revolving Loan Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting such Notes;

(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of the Secretary of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of the Responsible Officers thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;

(iv) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification (except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect);

(v) favorable opinions of Shearman & Sterling, special counsel to the Loan Parties and Albert F. Moreno, Esq., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Borrower, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

(vi) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(vii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the Closing Date and (D) a list of the 15 countries (other than the United States) in which the highest percentages of the aggregate gross revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for Fiscal Year 2002 were generated;

(viii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents as specified in Sections 5.10 and 6.07(a) has been obtained and is in effect;

64

(ix) evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been or concurrently with the Closing Date are being released;

(x) a copy of the Investment Policies certified by a Responsible Officer to be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date; and

(xi) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower and each applicable Guarantor:

(i) Fully executed and notarized Mortgages (each a "Closing Date Mortgage" and, collectively, the "Closing Date Mortgages"), duly recorded in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering (A) each Real Property Asset listed in Part A of Schedule 4.01(b)(i) annexed hereto (each a "Closing Date Mortgaged Property" and,
collectively, the "Closing Date Mortgaged Properties") and (B) each Real Property Asset listed in Part B of Schedule 4.01(b)(i) annexed hereto (each a "Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Property" and, collectively, the "Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Properties");

(ii) (A) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments therefor (the "Closing Date Mortgage Policies") issued by the Title Company with respect to the Closing Date Mortgaged Properties listed in Part A of Schedule 4.01(b)(i) annexed hereto, in amounts not less than the respective amounts designated therein with respect to any particular Closing Date Mortgaged Properties, insuring fee simple title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, each such Closing Date Mortgaged Property vested in such Loan Party and assuring the Administrative Agent that the applicable Closing Date Mortgages create valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage Liens on the respective Closing Date Mortgaged Properties encumbered thereby, subject only to a standard survey exception, which Closing Date Mortgage Policies (1) shall include an endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future advances under this Agreement and for any other matters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (2) shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (B) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such Loan Party has (1) delivered to the Title Company all certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Closing Date Mortgage Policies and (2) paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Closing Date Mortgage Policies and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Closing Date Mortgages in the appropriate real estate records;

(iii) Copies of all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to in the Closing Date Mortgage Policies;

65

(iv) (A) Evidence, which may be in the form of a letter from an insurance broker or a municipal engineer, as to whether (1) any Closing Date Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) the community in which any such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) if there are any such Flood Hazard Properties, such Loan Party's written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent (1) as to the existence of each such Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, and (C) in the event any such Flood Hazard Property is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, evidence that the Borrower has obtained flood insurance in respect of such Flood Hazard Property to the extent required under the applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and

(v) If requested by the Administrative Agent, an environmental indemnity agreement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, with respect to the indemnification of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any liabilities that may be imposed on or incurred by any of them as a result of any Hazardous Materials Activity.

(c) To the extent not otherwise satisfied pursuant to Section 4.01(b), the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower and the Guarantors shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents and instruments, and made or caused to be made all such filings and recordings (other than the filing or recording of items described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below) that may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First Priority security interest in the entire personal and mixed property Collateral. Such actions shall include the following:

(i) Delivery to the Administrative Agent of accurate and complete schedules to all of the applicable Collateral Documents;

(ii) Delivery to the Administrative Agent of (A) certificates (which certificates shall be accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent) representing all capital stock pledged pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and (B) all promissory notes or other instruments (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) evidencing any Collateral;

(iii) Delivery to the Administrative Agent of (A) the results of a recent search, by a Person satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements and fixture filings and all judgment and tax lien filings which may have been made with respect to any personal or mixed property of any Loan Party, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (B) UCC termination statements duly authorized by all applicable Persons for filing in all applicable jurisdictions as may

66

be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements or fixture filings disclosed in such search (other than any such financing statements or fixture filings in respect of Liens permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of this Agreement);

(iv) Delivery to the Administrative Agent of UCC financing statements and, where appropriate, fixture filings, duly authorized by each applicable Loan Party with respect to all personal and mixed property Collateral of such Loan Party, for filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents; and

(v) Delivery to the Administrative Agent of all cover sheets or other documents or instruments required to be filed with the PTO in order to create or perfect Liens in respect of any IP Collateral.

(d) On or before the Closing Date, the Lenders shall have received a completed audit of the Inventory of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from Ozer Valuation Services, and the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent each shall be satisfied with the results thereof.

(e) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a consent and release agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, relating to intercreditor arrangements among the Secured Parties and certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower in connection with certain receivables purchase agreements of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries.

(f) Any fees and expenses required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(g) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a guaranty, in form and substance satisfactory to the Selected Revolving Lenders, made by the Borrower in favor of the Selected Revolving Lenders with respect to all obligations of any Subsidiaries of the Borrower under or arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

(h) The Lenders shall have received a trademark valuation from Ernst & Young LLP.

(i) There shall have occurred no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) The Borrower shall have deposited in one or more separate accounts listed on Schedule 4.01(j) each subject to a Control Agreement or a security account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (together with any additional such accounts identified in writing to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.03(e), the "6.80% Notes Accounts") (or the Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent evidence of irrevocable wire transfer instructions for such deposits to be made on the Closing Date) funds sufficient to repay at maturity (including any interim scheduled interest payments) in accordance with the terms of the 1996 Indenture all of the outstanding 6.80% Notes.

67

4.02 CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and (b)
shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b), respectively.

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit

Extension.

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.01 EXISTENCE, QUALIFICATION AND POWER; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each Loan Party (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person's Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or constitute a default or require any payment to be made under or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such

68

Person is a party (except the Loan Documents) or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

5.03 GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION; OTHER CONSENTS. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents.

5.04 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles.

5.05 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements and the consolidating balance sheets and statements of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the corresponding dates and for the corresponding periods, respectively (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied in all material respects throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied in all material respects throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein. To the best knowledge of the Borrower after reasonable investigation, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation under any Guarantee, contingent liability or liability for taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that, as of the Closing Date, is not reflected in the Audited Financial Statements and, as of the date of any Credit Extension subsequent to the Closing Date, is not reflected in the most recent financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or the notes thereto and that, in any such case, could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated August 25, 2002, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Quarter ended on that date
(i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied in all material respects throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The forecasted balance sheets and statements of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.02(d) or contained in the Information

69

Memorandum were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Borrower's best estimate of its future financial performance.

(d) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 LITIGATION. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 NO DEFAULT. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY; LIENS; REAL PROPERTY.

(a) Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01.

(b) As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.08 annexed hereto contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all fee interests in any Real Property Assets and (ii) all leases, subleases or assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting each Real Property Asset of any Loan Party, regardless of whether such Loan Party is the landlord or tenant (whether directly or as an assignee or successor in interest) under such lease, sublease or assignment. Except as specified in Schedule 5.08 annexed hereto, each agreement listed in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence is in full force and effect and the Borrower does not have knowledge of any material default that has occurred and is continuing thereunder, and each such agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each applicable Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles.

5.09 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. The operations and properties of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and

70

Environmental Permits except where such noncompliance could not have a Material Adverse Effect, and no circumstances exist that would be reasonably likely to
(a) form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties that could have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) cause any such property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 INSURANCE. The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, or with Majestic Insurance International Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies of similar size engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates. Property insurance insuring real and personal property on a replacement cost basis unless otherwise noted in
Section 6.07(a) and business interruption coverage policies contain a loss payable subsection or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, that names the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the loss payee thereunder for any covered loss with respect to the Collateral, as its interests may appear. General and automobile liability insurance policies name the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as an additional insured thereunder, as its interests may appear. All insurance policies provide for at least 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any material modification or cancellation of such policy.

5.11 TAXES.

(a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any tax sharing agreement.

(c) No issues have been raised by taxing authorities that, in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 ERISA COMPLIANCE; FOREIGN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required

71

contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) Other than as set forth on Schedule 5.12(c), no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has a Funded Current Liability Percentage of less than 90% as of the most recent valuation date; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under
Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

(d) With respect to each retirement plan or arrangement mandated by a government other than the United States (a "Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement") and with respect to each employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not subject to United States law (a "Foreign Plan"), each Foreign Plan is in compliance with the applicable Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement and neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under any Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement, which noncompliance or liability would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.13 SUBSIDIARIES. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part A of Schedule 5.13, which also sets forth the organizational structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof. Part B of Schedule 5.13 sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Borrower's Material Subsidiaries, as of the end of the Fiscal Year ended November 24, 2002, and the aggregate gross revenues of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower not constituting Material Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year were not more than 5% of the aggregate gross revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Fiscal Year. Part C of Schedule 5.13 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date hereof. No Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries have any Investments other than those permitted under Section 7.02.

5.14 MARGIN REGULATIONS; INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or

72

carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 or Section 7.05 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 8.01(e) will be margin stock.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary (i) is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or (ii) is or is required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 DISCLOSURE. No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement or any other document (other than representations and warranties with respect to the consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or contained in the Information Memorandum), or any certificate or written statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Loan Party for use in connection with any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state or will omit to state a material fact known to such Loan Party necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

5.16 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of its respective Contractual Obligations and all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such Contractual Obligation, requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; LICENSES, ETC. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, "IP Rights") that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses without conflict, to the best of our knowledge, with the rights of any other Person. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Set forth on Schedule 5.17 hereto is a complete and accurate list of all registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, and all applications therefor and licenses thereof, of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, showing the

73

jurisdiction in which registered, the registration number, the date of registration and the expiration date.

5.18 MATTERS RELATING TO COLLATERAL.

(a) The execution and delivery of the Collateral Documents by the Loan Parties, together with the actions taken to date pursuant to Sections 4.01(b), 4.01(c), 6.12 and 6.13 are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, as security for the respective Secured Obligations (as defined in the applicable Collateral Document in respect of any Collateral), a valid First Priority Lien on all of the Collateral that can be perfected by possession, by filing a UCC financing statement, by filing a Mortgage with the appropriate real property office, by recording an appropriate document with the PTO or by a Control Agreement or securities account control agreement, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain the perfection and First Priority status of such Liens have been duly made or taken and remain in full force and effect, other than the filing of any UCC financing statements delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing (but not yet filed) and the periodic filing of UCC continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements filed by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent.

(b) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party of the Liens purported to be created in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except for filings or recordings contemplated by Article IV and Sections 5.18(a), 6.12, 6.13 and 6.15 and except as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Pledged Collateral, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of securities and generally affecting the disposition of the Collateral by a secured creditor.

(c) Except such as may have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent as contemplated by Section 5.18(a) (i) no effective UCC financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office, except in respect of Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 and (ii) no effective filing covering all or any part of the IP Collateral is on file in the PTO.

(d) The pledge of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

(e) All information supplied to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects.

5.19 MATERIALLY ADVERSE AGREEMENTS. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument or subject to any Organization Documents or corporate restrictions that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

74

5.20 SOLVENCY. Each Loan Party is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries, Solvent.

5.21 EXTRAORDINARY EVENTS. Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.22 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered together, are engaged only in businesses related or incidental to the manufacture and sale of clothing and accessories and the LOS/DOS Business.

ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.11 and 6.16) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND UCC SEARCH REPORTS. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) As soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any "going concern" or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) As soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Borrower's Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows of

75

the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) As soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month and consolidated statements of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous month and ending with the end of such month and consolidated statements of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such month, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

(d) As promptly as practicable after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of any UCC financing statement authorized by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 4.01(c), copies of completed UCC searches evidencing the proper filing, recording and indexing of all such UCC financing statements and listing all other effective financing statements that name such Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of all such other financing statements not previously delivered to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower or such Loan Party.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to
Section 6.02(c), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b), but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Section 6.01(a) and (b) at the times specified therein.

6.02 CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the Borrower failed to comply with the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of Section 7.19 insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report or proxy sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow

76

statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, such forecasts with respect to consolidated balance sheets and income statements to be prepared on a monthly basis for the Fiscal Year following such Fiscal Year and on an annual basis for each Fiscal Year thereafter until the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, and such forecasts with respect to cash flow statements to be prepared on an annual basis for each Fiscal Year;

(e) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Indentures or any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement executed in connection with a Capital Markets Transaction and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of Sections 6.01 or 6.02;

(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices, requests and other documents received by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under or pursuant to any instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any Loan Party thereto or any other event that could materially impair the value of the interests or the rights of any Loan Party or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and copies of any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and, from time to time upon request by the Administrative Agent, such information and reports regarding such instruments, indentures and loan and credit and similar agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(g) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a report summarizing any material changes in the insurance coverage maintained for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year and containing such additional information as any agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably specify;

(h) no later than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a list of all Subsidiaries of each Loan Party showing (as to each such Subsidiary) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the number of shares of each class of its Equity Interests authorized and the number outstanding, and the percentage of each such class of its Equity Interests owned (directly or indirectly) by such Loan Party and the number of shares covered by all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights;

(i) no later than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a list of the 15 countries (other than the United States) in which the highest percentages of the aggregate gross revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Fiscal Year were generated;

(j) no later than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a list of all Subsidiaries indicating whether each such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, Pledged Domestic Subsidiary, Pledged Foreign Subsidiary or Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary, and the percentage of the aggregate gross revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Fiscal Year contributed by each such Subsidiary;

(k) no later than three Business Days after any day on which the aggregate Swap Termination Value of all Swap Contracts with third parties under which the Borrower or any

77

Subsidiary would be required to make a payment on termination thereof exceeds $65,000,000, a report listing by counterparty the aggregate Swap Termination Value of all such Swap Contracts under which the Borrower or any Subsidiary would be required to make a payment on termination thereof;

(l) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (i) a report as of the last day of such Fiscal Year summarizing the total Dollar amount of the Leadership Shares Plan award to be paid in cash in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year and (ii) the Dollar amount of such award to be deferred, the Dollar amount of such deferral to remain unfunded, and the Dollar amount of salary and other bonus to be deferred in such immediately succeeding Fiscal Year; and

(m) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower's website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower's behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by
Section 6.02(b) to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

6.03 Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any

78

Governmental Authority (including any change in the status or the financial effect on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of such matters previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders); or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event or a decrease in the Funded Current Liability Percentage for any Plan at the end of any fiscal quarter to less than 90%;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(e) of any change in the identity of any of the 6.80% Notes Accounts.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been or may be breached.

6.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (other than tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate); provided that no such obligation or liability need be paid or discharged so long as (a) it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (b) adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary and (c) in the case of a charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.

6.05 PRESERVATION OF EXISTENCE, ETC. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by
Section 7.04 or 7.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;
(b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

79

6.07 MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE; APPLICATION OF NET INSURANCE/CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS.

(a) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, or with Majestic Insurance International Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by businesses of similar size engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other businesses and providing for not less than 30 days' prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will maintain or cause to be maintained (i) flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (ii) property insurance at replacement cost valuation on the Collateral under policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its commercially reasonable judgment; provided, however, that real and personal property (other than any Inventory) currently held for sale or other disposition and located at the properties identified on Schedule 4.01(b)(i) may be insured for the amount of its actual cash value. Each such policy of insurance shall (a) in the case of general and automobile liability insurance policies, name the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (b) in the case of property and business interruption insurance, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, that names the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the loss payee thereunder and provides for at least 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any material modification or cancellation of such policy.

(b) Application of Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.

(i) Business Interruption Insurance. Upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any business interruption insurance proceeds constituting Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, (a) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower or such Subsidiary may retain and apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds for working capital purposes, and
(b) if a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in Section 2.05;

(ii) Other Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. Upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds other than from business interruption insurance, (a) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall, or shall cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, promptly and diligently apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to pay or reimburse the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing the assets in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds were received or, to the

80

extent not so applied, to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in Section 2.05, and (b) if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in Section 2.05.

(iii) Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Received by the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as loss payee (a) if and to the extent the Borrower would have been required under Section 6.07(b)(ii) to apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (if it had received them directly) to prepay the Loans and/or reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall, and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to, apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in Section 2.05, and (b) to the extent the foregoing clause (a) does not apply, the

Administrative Agent shall hold such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement and, so long as the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries proceeds diligently to repair, restore or replace the assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds were received, the Administrative Agent shall from time to time disburse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary from the Cash Collateral Account, to the extent of any such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining therein in respect of the applicable covered loss, amounts necessary to pay the cost of such repair, restoration or replacement after the receipt by the Administrative Agent of invoices or other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent relating to the amount of costs so incurred and the work performed (including, if required by the Administrative Agent, lien releases and architects' certificates); provided, however, that if at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (A) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary is not proceeding diligently with such repair, restoration or replacement or (B) that such repair, restoration or replacement cannot be completed with the Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds then held by the Administrative Agent for such purpose, together with funds otherwise available to the Borrower for such purpose, or that no Loan Party has entered into a binding contract for such repair, restoration or replacement within 270 days after the receipt by the Administrative Agent of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, the Administrative Agent shall, and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to, apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in
Section 2.05.

6.08 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all

81

financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 INSPECTION RIGHTS; AUDITS OF INVENTORY AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that if an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

(b) Permit any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to conduct one audit of all Collateral consisting of Inventory of the Loan Parties during each twelve-month period after the Closing Date, each such audit to be substantially similar in scope and substance to the audit of Inventory referred to in Section 4.01(d), all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may reasonably be requested; provided, that if an Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall permit as many audits of all Inventory of the Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent shall request.

6.11 USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to refinance obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) to partially fund the 6.80% Notes Accounts and (c) for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

6.12 EXECUTION OF GUARANTY AND PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS BY CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES AND FUTURE SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) In the event that any Subsidiary of the Borrower existing on the Closing Date that has not previously executed the Guaranty hereafter becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary and otherwise qualifies under the definition of "Guarantor", or in the event that any Person becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary and otherwise qualifies under the definition of "Guarantor" after the date hereof, promptly notify the Administrative Agent of that fact and, within 30 days of such Person becoming a Material Domestic Subsidiary:

(i) (A) cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty and Pledge and Security Agreement and to take all such further actions and execute all such further documents and instruments (including actions, documents and instruments comparable to those described in Sections 4.01(b) and (c)) as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the personal and mixed property assets of such Subsidiary described in the applicable forms of Collateral Documents and (B) deliver to the Administrative Agent all certificates representing the Equity Interests of such

82

Subsidiary (accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank) owned by the respective pledgor; and

(ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent, together with such Loan Documents, (A) certified copies of such Subsidiary's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and each other state in which such Person is qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, to the extent generally available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each to be dated a recent date prior to their delivery to the Administrative Agent, (B) a copy of such Subsidiary's Bylaws, certified by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as of a recent date prior to their delivery to the Administrative Agent, (C) a certificate executed by the secretary or an assistant secretary of such Subsidiary as to (1) the fact that the attached resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of such Loan Documents are in full force and effect and have not been modified or amended and (2) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of such Subsidiary executing such Loan Documents, and (D) a favorable opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, as to (1) the due organization and good standing of such Subsidiary, (2) the due authorization, execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of such Loan Documents, (3) the enforceability of such Loan Documents against such Subsidiary, (4) such other matters (including matters relating to the creation and perfection of Liens in any Collateral pursuant to such Loan Documents) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing to be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel; and

(b) In the event that any Person becomes a Material Foreign Subsidiary after the date hereof, promptly notify the Administrative Agent of that fact and use its commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all such actions, execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents and instruments and make or cause to be made all such filings and recordings that may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and perfected security interest in 65% of the Equity Interests owned by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of such Person; provided, however, that no action shall be required to be taken by any Loan Party with respect to the Equity Interests of any Material Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to this subsection in the event that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in good faith that the pledge of such Equity Interests would result in a significant tax liability to any Loan Party or would otherwise be impracticable;

provided, however, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required pursuant to this Section 6.12 to grant Liens on any Principal Property, the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary or any Indebtedness of or issued by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, further, that neither Receivables Funding Issuer nor Securitization Corp. (during any period that it has any obligations under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction) shall be considered to be a Material Subsidiary for purposes of this Section 6.12.

83

6.13 MATTERS RELATING TO ADDITIONAL REAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL.

(a) Additional Mortgages, Etc. From and after the Closing Date, in the event that (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor acquires any fee interest in real property other than Principal Property or (ii) at the time any Person becomes a Guarantor, such Person owns or holds any fee interest in real property, in either case excluding any such Real Property Asset the encumbrancing of which requires the consent of any applicable lessor or (in the case of clause (ii) above) then-existing senior lienholder, where the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are unable to obtain such lessor's or senior lienholder's consent (any such non-excluded Real Property Asset described in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) being an "Additional Mortgaged Property"), deliver to the Administrative Agent, as soon as practicable after such Person acquires such Additional Mortgaged Property or becomes a Guarantor, as the case may be, the following:

(i) Additional Mortgage. A fully executed and notarized Mortgage (an "Additional Mortgage"), duly recorded in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering the interest of such Loan Party in such Additional Mortgaged Property;

(ii) Opinions of Counsel. A favorable opinion of counsel to such Loan Party, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery by such Loan Party of such Additional Mortgage and such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(iii) Title Insurance. (a) If required by the Administrative Agent, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy or an unconditional commitment therefor (an "Additional Mortgage Policy") issued by the Title Company with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, in an amount satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, insuring fee simple title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, such Additional Mortgaged Property vested in such Loan Party and assuring the Administrative Agent that such Additional Mortgage creates a valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage Lien on such Additional Mortgaged Property, subject only to a standard survey exception, which Additional Mortgage Policy
(1) shall include an endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future advances under this Agreement and for any other matters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (2) shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such Loan Party has (i) delivered to the Title Company all certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Additional Mortgage Policy and (ii) paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Additional Mortgage Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Additional Mortgage in the appropriate real estate records;

(iv) Title Report. If no Additional Mortgage Policy is required with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, a title report issued by the Title Company with

84

respect thereto, dated not more than 30 days prior to the date such Additional Mortgage is to be recorded and satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent;

(v) Copies of Documents Relating to Title Exceptions. Copies of all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to in the Additional Mortgage Policy or title report delivered pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) above; and

(vi) Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties. (a) Evidence, which may be in the form of a letter from an insurance broker or a municipal engineer, as to (1) whether such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) if so, whether the community in which such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (b) if such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property, such Loan Party's written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent (1) that such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to whether the community in which such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, and (c) in the event such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, evidence that the Borrower has obtained flood insurance in respect of such Flood Hazard Property to the extent required under the applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

6.14 DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND CASH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. Use and maintain its Deposit Accounts in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that this Section 6.14 shall only apply to the Guarantors (other than, to the extent that it maintains or controls accounts in its role as servicer under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction, LSFCC) and shall not apply to any Deposit Account held by any such Guarantor to the extent (a) such Deposit Account is maintained with a financial institution with which such Guarantor has not entered into any Control Agreement in relation to any other Deposit Account, (b) the aggregate assets in all Deposit Accounts maintained with such financial institution at no time exceed $100,000 and (c) the aggregate amount of assets in all Deposit Accounts not subject to Control Agreements in reliance on the exemption provided pursuant to clauses (a)-(c) of this proviso at no time exceed $1,000,000. Within 60 days after the Closing Date or such later date agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall and shall cause each such Guarantor, as the case may be, to have
(i) delivered to the Administrative Agent a Control Agreement and (ii) taken all other steps necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to ensure that the Administrative Agent has sole dominion and control over such Deposit Account; provided that if the Borrower or such Guarantor is unable to obtain such agreement from such financial institution the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Guarantor to, within 60 days after receiving a written request by the Administrative Agent to do so, transfer all amounts in the applicable Deposit Account to a Deposit Account maintained at a financial institution from which the Borrower or such Guarantor has obtained such an agreement.

85

6.15 POST CLOSING ACTIONS.

(a) Within 60 days after the Closing Date (or, in the case of a request pursuant to Section 6.15(a)(ii)(b) or (iii), within 60 days after such request) or such later date agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion,

(i) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence that all action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect and protect the First Priority Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in all foreign registrations of Intellectual Property in Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, The Netherlands (including the Netherlands Antilles), Spain, and the United Kingdom has been taken; provided that taking such action does not result in the granting of a trademark registration, patent, copyright registration or application therefor in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties;

(ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) Collateral Access Agreements acknowledged by warehousemen, processors and other bailees that as of the date hereof hold from time to time substantially all of the Inventory of the Loan Parties in the possession of bailees in the United States (other than mills) in the ordinary course of business and (B) such additional Collateral Access Agreements as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent; and

(iii) at the request of any Selected Revolving Lender delivered to the Borrower within 30 days after the Closing Date, enter into Master Agreements or amendments to existing master agreements for Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts with such Selected Revolving Lender providing that the obligations of the Borrower, LSIFCS and any other Material Domestic Subsidiary under such agreements are secured by the Collateral Documents until the payment in full of all Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

(b) Within 90 days after the Closing Date, deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Material Foreign Subsidiary, signed on behalf of such Material Foreign Subsidiary by its President or a Vice President and its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, dated the Closing Date (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the Closing Date), certifying as to a true and correct copy of the Organization Documents of such Foreign Subsidiary and a copy of an intercompany promissory note duly executed by each Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Restricted Subsidiary) and duly endorsed to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Within 180 days after the Closing Date, or such later date agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents as shall be necessary to create and perfect a security interest in 65% of the Equity Interests of each Material Foreign Subsidiary listed on Schedule 6.15(c) owned by the respective pledgor, together with the certificates or instruments, if any, representing 65% of such Equity Interests accompanied by irrevocable undated instruments of transfer, duly endorsed in blank and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, however,

86

that no action shall be required to be taken by any Loan Party with respect to the Equity Interests of any Material Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to this subsection in the event that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in good faith that the pledge of such Equity Interest would result in a significant tax liability to any Loan Party or would otherwise be impracticable.

(d) Within 270 days after the Closing Date, or such later date agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent in respect of each Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Property that has not been disposed of by the Borrower by such date all documents and things required pursuant to Section 6.13(a) and not previously delivered to the Administrative Agent as though each Post-Closing Date Mortgaged Property were an Additional Mortgaged Property and with all other necessary modifications.

6.16 TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES. Except during any period that Domestic Receivables are being sold to Receivables Funding Issuer under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction, cause LSFCC to sell to another Subsidiary of the Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent all accounts receivable purchased by it from the Borrower immediately upon consummation of such purchase.

ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding:

7.01 LIENS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary nor the LS&Co. Trust to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or sign or file or suffer to exist under the UCC of any jurisdiction, a financing statement that names the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the LS&Co. Trust as debtor, or sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that the property covered thereby is not increased (except as contemplated thereby) and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(c)(i);

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) materialmen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's, warehousemen's and repairmen's Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) which are not overdue more than 15 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently

87

conducted, if adequate reserves as required by GAAP with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(f) pledges or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar encumbrances on title to real property that were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness and do not, either individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) Liens securing litigation or judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

(i) purchase money Liens upon or in real property or personal property acquired or held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC or Receivables Funding Issuer) in the ordinary course of business to secure the purchase price of such property or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or improvement of any such property to be subject to such Liens, or Liens existing on any such property at the time of acquisition (other than any such Liens created in contemplation of such acquisition that do not secure the purchase price), or extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing for the same or a lesser amount; provided, however, that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any property other than the property being acquired or improved, and no such extension, renewal or replacement shall extend to or cover any property not theretofore subject to the Lien being extended, renewed or replaced; and provided further that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by this clause (i) shall not exceed the amount permitted under Section 7.03(c)(iii) at any time outstanding;

(j) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law or pursuant to a bond to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(k) Liens arising in connection with capital leases permitted under
Section 7.03(a)(ii); provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Collateral or assets other than the assets subject to such capital leases;

(l) Liens attaching to ownership interests in joint ventures (whether in partnership, corporate or other form) engaged in the LOS/DOS Business or attaching to intellectual property rights relating to the LOS/DOS Business;

88

(m) Liens created in connection with (A) Equipment Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(viii), (B) Real Estate Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vii), (C) Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi) and (D) Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x); provided, however, that no such Lien shall extend to or cover property other than the property subject to such Equipment Financing Transaction, Real Estate Financing Transaction, Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction or Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction, including related cash accounts that contain solely proceeds from the sale of Domestic Receivables pursuant to Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions;

(n) Liens created pursuant to applications or reimbursement agreements pertaining to documentary letters of credit which encumber documents and other property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC, Receivables Funding Issuer or the LS&Co Trust) relating to such documentary letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

(o) Liens on any cash and Cash Equivalents that are the subject of a repurchase agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business and permitted under Section 7.02(d);

(p) any interest or title of a lessor or a sublessor and any restriction or encumbrance to which the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject that is incurred in the ordinary course of business and, either individually or when aggregated with all other permitted Liens in effect on any date of determination, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(q) leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the grantor thereof;

(r) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, or by virtue of the terms of an account agreement relating to a Deposit Account not subject to a Control Agreement in reliance on the proviso to the first sentence of Section 6.14; provided that (i) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries owning the affected deposit account or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or any foreign regulatory agency performing an equivalent function, and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to provide collateral (other than such as is ancillary to the establishment of such deposit account) to the depository institution;

(s) Liens, assignments and pledges of rights to receive premiums, interest or loss payments or otherwise arising in connection with worker's compensation loss portfolio transfer insurance transactions or any insurance or reinsurance agreements pertaining to losses covered by insurance, and Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges) in favor of insurers or reinsurers on pledges or deposits by the Borrower or any Subsidiary under workmens' compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation;

89

(t) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary or a foreign branch of a Domestic Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(c)(xvii) outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time;

(u) other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC, Receivables Funding Issuer or the LS&Co Trust) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time;

(v) Liens on accounts receivable of any Foreign Subsidiary or a foreign branch of any Domestic Subsidiary securing Indebtedness relating to Dispositions permitted pursuant to Section 7.05(d) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 minus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Indebtedness secured by Liens existing pursuant to
Section 7.01(t); and

(w) solely in the case that the Revolving Loan Commitments are reduced to an amount less than $250,000,000 pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(i), Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents collateralizing obligations in an amount not to exceed on any date the positive difference, if any, of $250,000,000 minus the Revolving Loan Commitments as of such date.

7.02 INVESTMENTS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary or the LS&Co. Trust to, directly or indirectly make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 7.02 and any extensions or renewals thereof or conversions of any such loan Investments to equity Investments;

(b) equity Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 7.02;

(c) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

(d) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(e) Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(a)(i), 7.03(b), 7.03(c)(i), 7.03(c)(v), 7.03(c)(ix),
7.03(c)(xi), 7.03(c)(xii), 7.03(c)(xiv), 7.03(c)(xv), 7.03(c)(xvi) or
7.03(c)(xviii);

(f) extensions of credit to customers or suppliers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and any Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof;

(g) Investments by the Borrower in any Guarantor;

(h) Investments by any Guarantor in the Borrower or any other Guarantor;

(i) Investments by any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary in the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Pledged Domestic Subsidiary;

90

(j) Investments by any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary in the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or any other Pledged Foreign Subsidiary;

(k) Investments by any Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary (other than LSIFCS) in the Borrower or any Subsidiary and Investments by LSIFCS in the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary;

(l) Investments by the Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries and Investments by any of its Subsidiaries in the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries; provided that the sum, without duplication, of (i) such Investments made after the date hereof plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount

of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(c)(xiv) plus (iii) the aggregate dispositions permitted by Section 7.05(l) shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Year 2003, or $100,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003 and 2004, taken as a single period, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004 and 2005, taken as a single period, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, taken as a single period; provided further that Investments in Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Solvent immediately prior to the making of any such Investment shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year;

(m) Investments by the Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries and Investments by any of its Subsidiaries in the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries resulting from a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05(n);

(n) Investments by the Borrower in Subsidiaries formed in connection with Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x);

(o) Investments by any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Subsidiary formed in connection with a Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi) in an amount not to exceed the proceeds thereof;

(p) other Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.02 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $35,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(q) contribution of a promissory note executed by Levi Strauss & Co. Europe S.A. in favor of Levi Strauss Continental S.A. (or its successors) from Levi Strauss Continental S.A. (or its successors) to LSIFCS in connection with sales permitted under Sections 7.05(e) and 7.05(n);

(r) Investments, if any, by the Borrower into the LS&Co. Trust and by the LS&Co. Trust permitted by the LS&Co. Trust Agreement; and

(s) Investments permitted under Section 7.04.

91

7.03 INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary or the LS&Co. Trust to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) in the case of the Borrower,

(i) Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary, which Indebtedness, if owed to any Guarantor, (A) shall constitute Pledged Indebtedness and (B) shall be evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall be subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations and such promissory notes shall be pledged as security for the Obligations of the holder thereof under the Loan Documents to which such holder is a party and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(ii) Capital leases not to exceed in the aggregate $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower issued in a Capital Markets Transaction provided such Indebtedness is unsecured and such Indebtedness does not have a stated maturity date or required principal payments earlier than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and the Borrower makes the prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(iv) Guarantees of the Borrower under the LS&Co. Trust Agreement, provided that the investment activities of the LS&Co. Trust are in compliance with the Investment Policies; and

(v) Guarantees of the Borrower in respect of the obligations of Subsidiaries arising under or in connection with Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services;

(b) in the case of Subsidiaries specified in this Section 7.03(b),

(i) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or to any Guarantor by another Guarantor, which Indebtedness (A) shall constitute Pledged Indebtedness and (B) shall, except in the case of redeemable preferred stock, be evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall be subordinated in right of payment in full of the Obligations, and such promissory notes shall be pledged as security for the Obligations of the holder thereof under the Loan Documents to which such holder is a party and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(ii) Indebtedness owed to any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary by any Guarantor or another Pledged Domestic Subsidiary;

(iii) Indebtedness owed to any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary by any Guarantor, any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or another Pledged Foreign Subsidiary;

92

(iv) Indebtedness owed to any Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary (other than LSIFCS) by any Subsidiary and Indebtedness owed to LSIFCS by any Guarantor, Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or Pledged Foreign Subsidiary; and

(v) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or to any Guarantor by a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary, a Pledged Foreign Subsidiary or a foreign branch of any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary not to exceed in the aggregate $35,000,000 at any time outstanding, which Indebtedness (A) shall constitute Pledged Indebtedness and (B) shall, except in the case of redeemable preferred stock, be evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall be subordinated in right of payment in full of the Obligations, and such promissory notes shall be pledged as security for the Obligations of the holder thereof under the Loan Documents to which such holder is a party and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(c) in the case of the Borrower and Subsidiaries specified in this
Section 7.03(c),

(i) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03 hereto and any refinancing of the industrial revenue bond obligations listed on Schedule 7.03 hereto provided there is no increase in the aggregate principal amount of such obligations;

(ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) secured by Liens permitted by
Section 7.01(i) not to exceed in the aggregate $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(iv) Indebtedness of the Borrower, LSIFCS and any Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in respect of Ordinary Course Swap Contracts and consistent with prudent business practice, provided that the aggregate Swap Termination Value of all such Ordinary Course Swap Contracts with third parties under which the Borrower, LSIFCS or any Material Domestic Subsidiary would be required to make a payment on termination thereof do not exceed in the aggregate $75,000,000;

(v) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) to LSIFCS in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness of LSIFCS to the Borrower and any of its other Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in the form of Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions, provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

93

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in the form of Real Estate Financing Transactions, provided the principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted under this Section 7.03(c)(vii) and Section
7.03(c)(viii) (including all such Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03 hereto) does not exceed in the aggregate $175,000,000 at any time outstanding and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(viii) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in the form of Equipment Financing Transactions, provided the principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted under this Section 7.03(c)(viii) and Section
7.03(c)(vii) (including all such Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03 hereto) does not exceed in the aggregate $175,000,000 at any time outstanding and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(ix) Ordinary Course Swap Contracts between the Borrower or LSIFCS and LSIFCS or other Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(xi) customary indemnification obligations and other Guarantees of the Borrower, LSFCC or Receivables Funding Issuer incurred in connection with a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x) or in connection with any Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi);

(xii) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) or of any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) to any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in connection with the purchases of inventory or raw materials in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed the purchase price thereof and any related servicing fees;

(xiii) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising from the honoring of a check, draft, wire transfer or similar instrument against insufficient funds; provided that such Indebtedness is unsecured other than by a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(r) or is supported by a Letter of Credit, and (B) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) in respect of Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, provided that the aggregate Indebtedness at any one time in connection with all such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services does not exceed $160,000,000;

94

(xiv) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) and Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer); provided, however, that the sum, without duplication, of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred after the date hereof plus (B) the aggregate

Investments permitted by Section 7.02(l) plus (C) the aggregate dispositions permitted by Section 7.05(l) shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Year 2003, or $100,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003 and 2004, taken as a single period, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004 and 2005, taken as a single period, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, taken as a single period;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) and Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) to the Borrower or to any of its other Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) incurred in connection with a Disposition permitted under Sections 7.05(e) and 7.05(n);

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) incurred in connection with a Permitted Foreign Receivables Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi) in an amount not to exceed the proceeds thereof;

(xvii) in addition to the foregoing Sections 7.03(c)(i)-(xvi) and without duplication, Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under Ordinary Course Swap Contracts or in connection with Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than LSFCC and Receivables Funding Issuer) not exceeding $150,000,000 in the aggregate at any time; and

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Borrower, Securitization Corp, NF Industries, Inc., LSFCC or Receivables Funding Issuer to the Borrower, LSFCC or Receivables Funding Issuer incurred in connection with a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x) in an amount not to exceed the purchase price of any Domestic Receivables purchased and sold in connection therewith, which Indebtedness, in the case of Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or LSFCC,
(x) shall constitute Pledged Indebtedness and (y) shall be evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall, except in the case of Indebtedness owed by Receivables Funding Issuer, be subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations and such promissory notes shall be pledged as security for the Obligations of the holder thereof under the Loan Documents to which such holder is a party and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

7.04 FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary nor the LS&Co. Trust to, directly or indirectly merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate

95

with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Domestic Subsidiary (other than Receivables Funding Issuer and other than Securitization Corp during any period that it has any obligations under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction) may merge into or consolidate with, or may be liquidated, wound-up or dissolved into, the Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary (other than Receivables Funding Issuer and other than Securitization Corp during any period that it has any obligations under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction); provided that the Person formed by such merger or consolidation, or into which such Domestic Subsidiary is liquidated, wound-up or dissolved, (i) in the case of any such transaction involving the Borrower, shall be the Borrower, (ii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Guarantor and not the Borrower, shall be a Guarantor, and (iii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary and not the Borrower, shall be a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary;

(b) any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with, or may be liquidated, wound-up or dissolved into, the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or any other Pledged Foreign Subsidiary; provided that the Person formed by such merger or consolidation, or into which such Pledged Foreign Subsidiary is liquidated, wound-up or dissolved,
(i) in the case of any such transaction involving the Borrower, shall be the Borrower, (ii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Guarantor and not the Borrower, shall be a Guarantor, and (iii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary and not the Borrower, shall be a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary;

(c) any Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with, or may be liquidated, wound-up or dissolved into, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, that the Person formed by such merger or consolidation, or into which such Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary is liquidated, wound-up or dissolved, (i) in the case of any such transaction involving the Borrower, shall be the Borrower, (ii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Guarantor and not the Borrower, shall be a Guarantor, (iii) in the case of any such transaction involving a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary and not the Borrower, shall be a Pledged Domestic Subsidiary, and (iv) in the case of any such transaction involving a Pledged Foreign Subsidiary and not the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary, shall be a Pledged Foreign Subsidiary;

(d) the LS&Co Trust may merge into or consolidate with any other trust adopted and maintained by the Borrower for a similar purpose pursuant to a trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(e) the Borrower and any Subsidiary may make any Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05(n).

7.05 DISPOSITIONS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary nor the LS&Co. Trust to, directly or indirectly make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

96

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business, including any property no longer used in the business;

(b) Dispositions of inventory (i) in the ordinary course of business or (ii) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in arms length transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of accounts receivable to collection agencies provided the aggregate face amount of all such accounts receivable does not exceed $5,000,000;

(d) Dispositions of accounts receivable of any Foreign Subsidiary and a foreign branch of any Domestic Subsidiary, provided the aggregate face amount of all such accounts receivable does not exceed $25,000,000;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;

(f) Dispositions of real property pursuant to Real Estate Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vii) provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(g) Licenses of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Transfers and contributions of funds from time to time (i) by the Borrower to that certain grantor trust adopted and maintained by the Borrower in connection with the deferred compensation plan adopted by the Borrower to be effective as of January 2003 (the "LS&Co. Deferred Compensation Plan") for the purpose of contributing funds to be held until paid to

participants in the LS&Co. Deferred Compensation Plan and their beneficiaries (together with any successors, the "LS&Co. Trust") pursuant to those certain trust agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (the "LS&Co. Trust Agreement") and (ii) by the LS&Co. Trust to plan participants or the Borrower in accordance with the LS&Co. Trust Agreement;

(i) Dispositions of Foreign Receivables pursuant to Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi) provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to
Section 2.05(b);

(j) Dispositions of equipment pursuant to Equipment Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(viii) provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(k) Dispositions of Domestic Receivables pursuant to Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x) provided the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to
Section 2.05(b);

(l) Dispositions by the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries of property other than accounts receivable and inventory and dispositions by any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries of property other than accounts receivable and inventory; provided

97

that the sum, without duplication, of (i) the fair market value of such property sold, transferred, licensed or otherwise disposed of after the date hereof plus

(ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(c)(xiv) plus (iii) the aggregate Investments permitted by Section 7.02(l)
shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Year 2003, or $100,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003 and 2004, taken as a single period, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004 and 2005, taken as a single period, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate during Fiscal Years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, taken as a single period;

(m) other Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of property other than accounts receivable; provided that (i) at the time of any Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or shall result from such disposition; (ii) the consideration received for such Disposition shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold, transferred, licensed or otherwise disposed of; (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received for such disposition shall be cash; (iv) the non-cash consideration received for all such Dispositions in the aggregate shall not exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding; (v) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold, transferred, licensed or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed $50,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; and (vi) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

(n) Dispositions for no more than fair market value of property, including Equity Interests, (i) of any Guarantor to the Borrower or another Guarantor; (ii) of any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary to the Borrower, any Guarantor or another Pledged Domestic Subsidiary; (iii) of any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary to the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Pledged Domestic Subsidiary or another Pledged Foreign Subsidiary; and (iv) of any Unpledged Foreign Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries;

(o) Dispositions constituting leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the grantor thereof;

(p) Dispositions involving the liquidation of any Foreign Subsidiary or a foreign branch of any Domestic Subsidiary for the purpose of converting the Borrower's business in such foreign region into licensee operations; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries make the prepayments required pursuant to
Section 2.05(b);

(q) Dispositions of accounts receivable from the Borrower to LSFCC; and

(r) a Disposition of the promissory note permitted pursuant to
Section 7.02(q).

7.06 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly declare or pay any dividends, purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to its stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof) as such, make any distribution of assets, Equity Interests, obligations or securities to its stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof) as such, except that, so long as no Default shall

98

have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends and distributions payable only in common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower; and

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may (i) declare and pay cash dividends and dividends and distributions payable in property or in common stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of such Subsidiary to the Borrower and (ii) declare and pay cash dividends and dividends and distributions payable in property or in common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Subsidiary to any Subsidiary of the Borrower of which it is a Subsidiary; provided that any dividends paid by a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary are paid to all stockholders thereof on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is the parent of that Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis.

7.07 CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly engage in any business not related or incidental to the manufacture and sale of clothing and accessories. The LOS/DOS Business is a business that is related or incidental to the manufacture and sale of clothing within the meaning of the preceding sentence. The Borrower shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than Receivables Funding Issuer) to which LSFCC sells receivables to engage in any business other than the purchase, holding and securitization of accounts receivable and shall not suffer or permit LSFCC to engage in any business other than the purchase, sale to a Subsidiary of the Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent or, during any period that Domestic Receivables are being sold to Receivables Funding Issuer under a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction, to Receivables Funding Issuer and servicing of accounts receivable generated by the Borrower, the processing of accounts payable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, procurement support services for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and other accounting and general customer relationship functions.

7.08 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Subject to Section 7.05(n), the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.

7.09 BURDENSOME AGREEMENTS. The Borrower shall not nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly to enter into or suffer to exist any agreement or arrangement limiting the ability of any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay dividends or other distributions in respect of its Equity Interests or repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed to, make loans or advances to, or otherwise transfer assets to or invest in, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (whether through a covenant restricting dividends, loans, asset transfers or investments, a financial covenant or otherwise), except (a) the Loan Documents, (b) restrictions on Subsidiaries formed in connection with Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions permitted under
Section 7.03(c)(vi) or (xvi) and Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions permitted

99

under Section 7.03(c)(x) contained in documentation for such Transactions to the extent such restrictions are required by the other party thereto or are otherwise customary in standard market practice for similar receivables purchase transactions, (c) restrictions on the declaration or payment or other distributions in respect of such Equity Interests contained in documentation for any Capital Markets Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(a)(iii) provided such restrictions do not prohibit any actions expressly permitted hereunder, (d) restrictions on the foregoing (other than restrictions of the type set forth in clause (c)), if any, contained in documentation for any Capital Markets Transaction permitted under Section 7.03(a)(iii) provided that any such restrictions shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth in this Agreement, (e) restrictions on the transfer of the property subject to Equipment Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(viii), Real Estate Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vii) and Dispositions of accounts receivable permitted under Section 7.05(d), (f) restrictions placed on the transfer by a Subsidiary of IP Rights granted by the Borrower in connection with the terms of licenses between the Borrower and any Subsidiaries relating to such IP Rights, and (g) restrictions required to be placed on the transfer of property pursuant to a Lien permitted under Section 7.01.

7.10 USE OF PROCEEDS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (a) use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose; (b) acquire any security in any transaction that is subject to Sections 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act; (c) knowingly purchase Ineligible Securities from any Joint Lead Arranger during any period in which such Joint Lead Arranger makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (d) knowingly purchase during the underwriting or placement period Ineligible Securities being underwritten or privately placed by any Joint Lead Arranger, or
(e) make payments of principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten or privately placed by any Joint Lead Arranger and issued by or for the benefit of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower. Each Joint Lead Arranger is a registered broker-dealer and permitted to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

7.11 LEASE OBLIGATIONS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any obligations as lessee (a) for the rental or hire of real or personal property in connection with any sale and leaseback transaction other than (i) capital leases permitted under Section 7.03(a)(ii), (ii) Real Estate Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vii) and (iii) Equipment Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(viii), or (b) for the rental or hire of other real or personal property of any kind under leases or agreements to lease (excluding capital leases) other than (i) leases in existence on the Closing Date and (ii) leases entered into or assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business.

7.12 AMENDMENTS OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary or the LS&Co. Trust to, amend, any of its Organization Documents, the Investment Policies or the Leadership Shares Plan if the effect of such amendment would be materially adverse to the Borrower or to the Lenders.

100

7.13 ACCOUNTING CHANGES. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, make or permit, any change in its Fiscal Year.

7.14 PREPAYMENTS, ETC., OF INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Indebtedness, except (a) the prepayment of the Credit Extensions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the prepayment of Indebtedness payable to the Borrower, (b) the payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of a permitted Disposition, (c) the prepayment, redemption, repurchase or other satisfaction of some or all of the 6.80% Notes prior to the scheduled maturity thereof with proceeds from the 6.80% Notes Accounts, (d) the prepayment of secured Indebtedness provided there are no outstanding Credit Extensions after giving effect to such prepayment, (e) the close out of Ordinary Course Swap Contracts, (f) the prepayment of Indebtedness in the form of Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions (i) when, through amortization only 10% of the initial principal balance of such Indebtedness remains outstanding or (ii) in the event that the average aggregate outstanding principal balance of such Indebtedness exceeds the average net eligible receivables balance of the applicable Domestic Receivables (as determined in accordance with the formula set forth in the related documentation) by more than $25,000,000 for more than 90 consecutive days, and (g) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries and Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness to be prepaid is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03, in each case, in accordance with any subordination terms thereof.

7.15 NEGATIVE PLEDGE. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist, any agreement prohibiting or conditioning the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its property or assets except:

(a) negative pledges existing on property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01;

(b) negative pledges in favor of the Secured Parties;

(c) negative pledges in connection with any purchase money Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(c)(iii) solely to the extent that the agreement or instrument governing such Indebtedness prohibits a Lien on the property acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(d) negative pledges in connection with any capital lease permitted under Section 7.03(a)(ii) solely to the extent that such capital lease prohibits a Lien on the property subject thereto;

(e) negative pledges on accounts receivable of Foreign Subsidiaries and the associated assets of Foreign Subsidiaries required in connection with Permitted Foreign Receivable Purchase Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(vi) or (xvi), negative pledges on Domestic Receivables of Domestic Subsidiaries required in connection with Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(x), negative pledges on the

101

property subject to Equipment Financing Transactions permitted under Section 7.03(c)(viii) and Real Estate Financing Transactions permitted under Section
7.03(c)(vii), and negative pledges on the property subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01;

(f) negative pledges on IP Rights licensed from third parties; and

(g) negative pledges with respect to property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries contained in documentation for any Capital Markets Transaction provided such negative pledges (i) expressly permit Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Liens on equipment subject to Equipment Financing Transactions, real property subject to Real Estate Financing Transactions, accounts receivable subject to Permitted Domestic Receivables Transactions and Permitted Foreign Receivables Transactions and property subject to any other Lien permitted under Section 7.01 and (ii) do not require the Indebtedness issued in such Capital Markets Transactions to be secured by such permitted Liens.

7.16 RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. The Borrower shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Unpledged Foreign Subsidiaries) existing as of the Closing Date to become a Restricted Subsidiary, other than as a result of a change in Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

7.17 AMENDMENTS OF DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INDEBTEDNESS AND RECEIVABLES. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness, or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest rate on such Indebtedness, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than to eliminate or make less onerous any such event or default or increase any grace period related thereto), change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, or change any collateral therefor (other than to release such collateral), or if the effect of such amendment or change, together with all other amendments or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf) which would be materially adverse to the Borrower or to the Lenders; provided that none of the foregoing shall apply to any Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries or to Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries other than amendments to the terms of any subordination provisions relating to any Indebtedness that is Pledged Collateral. The Borrower shall not amend or otherwise change the terms of the Receivables Transfer Agreements other than (a) amendments to extend the term thereof or to preserve the arm's length nature of the purchase and sale effected thereby and (b) amendments in connection with a Permitted Domestic Receivables Transaction provided the effect of such amendment would not be materially adverse to the Borrower or to the Lenders.

7.18 6.80% NOTES ACCOUNTS. Until all of the outstanding 6.80% Notes have been repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise satisfied, the Borrower shall not permit any proceeds of the 6.80% Notes Accounts to be used, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than the repayment, redemption, repurchase or other satisfaction of the 6.80% Notes or any interest thereon; provided, that nothing in this Section 7.18 shall restrict the Borrower from making Investments of such proceeds in cash or Cash Equivalents prior to such repayment, redemption,

102

repurchase or other satisfaction of the 6.80% Notes; provided further that if as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter the funds in the 6.80% Notes Accounts exceed the principal and interest to be paid on the 6.80% Notes, such excess may be transferred from time to time to the Borrower.

7.19 FINANCIAL COVENANTS. The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal Quarter:

                             Minimum Consolidated
Fiscal Quarter Ending       Interest Coverage Ratio
---------------------------------------------------
    February 2003                1.75 to 1.00
    May 2003                     1.75 to 1.00
    August 2003                  1.75 to 1.00
    November 2003                1.75 to 1.00
    February 2004                2.00 to 1.00
    May 2004                     2.00 to 1.00
    August 2004                  2.25 to 1.00
    November 2004                2.25 to 1.00
    February 2005                2.25 to 1.00
    May 2005                     2.25 to 1.00
    August 2005                  2.25 to 1.00
    November 2005                2.25 to 1.00
    February 2006                2.50 to 1.00
    May 2006                     2.50 to 1.00
    August 2006                  2.50 to 1.00

103

(b) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on any Business Day during any of the periods set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

                                 Maximum Consolidated
Four Fiscal Quarters Ending         Leverage Ratio
--------------------------------------------------------
     February 2003                  5.00 to 1.00
     May 2003                       5.50 to 1.00
     August 2003                    5.50 to 1.00
     November 2003                  5.00 to 1.00
     February 2004                  4.50 to 1.00
     May 2004                       4.50 to 1.00
     August 2004                    4.00 to 1.00
     November 2004                  3.75 to 1.00
     February 2005                  3.75 to 1.00
     May 2005                       3.75 to 1.00
     August 2005                    3.75 to 1.00
     November 2005                  3.50 to 1.00
     February 2006                  3.25 to 1.00
     May 2006                       3.00 to 1.00
     August 2006                    3.00 to 1.00

104

(c) Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio on any Business Day during any of the periods set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

                                    Maximum Consolidated
Four Fiscal Quarters Ending    Senior Secured Leverage Ratio
------------------------------------------------------------
      February 2003                   2.00 to 1.00
      May 2003                        2.00 to 1.00
      August 2003                     2.00 to 1.00
      November 2003                   2.00 to 1.00
      February 2004                   1.50 to 1.00
      May 2004                        1.50 to 1.00
      August 2004                     1.50 to 1.00
      November 2004                   1.50 to 1.00
      February 2005                   1.25 to 1.00
      May 2005                        1.25 to 1.00
      August 2005                     1.25 to 1.00
      November 2005                   1.25 to 1.00
      February 2006                   1.00 to 1.00
      May 2006                        1.00 to 1.00
      August 2006                     1.00 to 1.00

105

(d) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal Quarter:

                             Minimum Consolidated Fixed
Fiscal Quarter Ending          Charge Coverage Ratio
-------------------------------------------------------
    February 2003                   1.00 to 1.00
    May 2003                        1.00 to 1.00
    August 2003                     1.00 to 1.00
    November 2003                   1.00 to 1.00
    February 2004                   1.25 to 1.00
    May 2004                        1.25 to 1.00
    August 2004                     1.50 to 1.00
    November 2004                   1.50 to 1.00
    February 2005                   1.25 to 1.00
    May 2005                        1.25 to 1.00
    August 2005                     1.25 to 1.00
    November 2005                   1.00 to 1.00
    February 2006                   1.00 to 1.00
    May 2006                        1.00 to 1.00
    August 2006                     1.00 to 1.00

7.20 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly make or become legally obligated to make any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), except for Consolidated Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $85,000,000, in the aggregate for the Borrower and it Subsidiaries during any Fiscal Year; provided that such amount for any Fiscal Year shall be increased by an amount equal to the positive difference, if any, of $85,000,000 minus the actual amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

106

ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay
(i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any commitment or other fee due hereunder, or (iii) within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of (i) Sections 6.03, 6.05, 6.07, 6.11, 6.14, 6.16 or Article VII, or (ii) Sections 6.01, 6.02 and such failure under this Section 8.01(b)(ii) continues for five Business Days after the earlier of (A) a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party becoming aware of such default or (B) receipt by such Loan Party of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b)) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party becoming aware of such default or (ii) receipt by such Loan Party of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default. (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in each case after any applicable grace period) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder, Indebtedness under Swap Contracts or Indebtedness relating to Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services) having an aggregate principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $25,000,000, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, in each case after any

107

applicable grace period; (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) and the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $25,000,000, in each case after any applicable grace period; or (iii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary fails to make any payment or payments within two Business Days of such payment or payments being due relating to any obligations arising in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and the amount of such obligations is greater than $25,000,000.

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000 (to the extent not covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance between the defendant and the insurer, which shall be rated at least "A" by A.M. Best Company, covering full payment thereof as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA. (i) any Plan maintained by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall be terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or a trustee shall be appointed by an appropriate United States district court to administer any Plan, or the PBGC (or any successor thereto) shall institute proceedings to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, and, in each case, the Borrower's or any such ERISA Affiliate's liability (after giving effect to the tax consequences thereof) as of the date thereof to the PBGC (or any successor thereto) for unfunded guaranteed vested benefits under such Plan or the Borrower's obligations to contribute to any Plan in order to voluntarily terminate such Plan exceed $20,000,000 (or in the case of a termination involving the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates as a "substantial

108

employer" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) the withdrawing employer's proportionate share of such liability shall exceed such amount), or (ii) the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan shall have notified such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a Withdrawal Liability in an amount exceeding $20,000,000; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations. At any time after the execution and delivery thereof (i) any Loan Document for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and void; (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected First Priority Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by any Collateral Document, for any reason other than the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take any action within its control; or (iii) any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control with respect to the Borrower.

8.02 REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder, under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

109

8.03 APPLICATION OF FUNDS. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have

been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent and Supplemental Collateral Agents.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent

110

shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Administrative Agent" as used in this Article IX and in the definition of "Agent-Related Person" included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(c) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Administrative Agent appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, co-trustee, collateral agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a "Supplemental Collateral Agent" and collectively as "Supplemental
Collateral Agents").

In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral Agent and all references therein to the

111

Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as the context may require.

Should any instrument in writing from the Borrower or any other Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.

9.02 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

9.03 LIABILITY OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

9.04 RELIANCE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so

112

requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

9.05 NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default." The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

9.06 CREDIT DECISION; DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other

113

documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

9.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

9.08 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. CNA and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though CNA were not the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, CNA or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, CNA shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" include CNA in its individual capacity.

9.09 SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders; provided that any such resignation by CNA shall also constitute its resignation as Swing Line Lender. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor administrative agent for the Lenders, which successor administrative agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default

114

(which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor administrative agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor administrative agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender and the respective terms "Administrative Agent" and "Swing Line Lender" shall mean such successor administrative agent and swing line lender, and the retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated and the retiring Swing Line Lender's rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring Swing Line Lender or any other Lender. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

9.10 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.10 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent

115

and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.10 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

9.11 COLLATERAL AND GUARANTY MATTERS. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to enter into each Collateral Document as secured party on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders and to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders under the Guaranty, and each Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of each Collateral Document and the Guaranty; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not (i) enter into or consent to any material amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision contained in any Collateral Document or the Guaranty or (ii) release any Collateral (except as otherwise expressly permitted or required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the applicable Collateral Document), in each case without the prior consent of Required Lenders (or, if required pursuant to Section 10.01, all Lenders); provided further, however, that, without further written consent or authorization from the Lenders, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (a) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement or to which Required Lenders have otherwise consented, (b) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty if all of the capital stock of such Guarantor is sold to any Person (other than an Affiliate of the Borrower) pursuant to a sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or to which Required Lenders have otherwise consented or (c) subordinate Liens of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, to any Liens permitted under Section 7.01; provided that in each case the requirements of Section 10.19 are satisfied. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (x) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any Collateral Document or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents and the Guaranty may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, and (y) in the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or the Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent's authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this
Section 9.11.

116

Without derogating from any other authority granted to the Administrative Agent herein or in any other Loan Document, each Lender hereby specifically (i) authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Foreign Pledge Agreements, including, without limitation, such Foreign Pledge Agreements governed by the laws of Australia, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Columbia, Costa Rica, the Czech Republic, the Dominican Republic, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mexico, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, and the United Kingdom, respectively, as agent on behalf of the Lenders, with the effect that the Lenders each become a Secured Party thereunder, (ii) appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact granting it the powers to execute each such Foreign Pledge Agreement in its name and on its behalf and (iii) authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to sub-delegate to third parties its powers as attorney-in-fact of each of the Lenders.

9.12 OTHER AGENTS; ARRANGERS AND MANAGERS. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a "co-syndication agent," "documentation agent," "co-agent," "joint book manager," "lead manager," "joint lead arranger," "lead arranger" or "co-arranger" shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the prior written consent of such Lender;

(b) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (v) of the proviso following clause (h) of this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior

117

written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of "Default Rate" or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(d) change Section 2.14 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the prior written consent of each Lender;

(e) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender; or

(f) subject to Section 10.19, release all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees of the Guarantors under the Guaranty (other than to the extent permitted under the Guaranty) without the prior written consent of each Lender;

(g) subject to Section 10.19, release any Lien granted in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than to the extent permitted under any applicable Collateral Document) without the prior written consent of each Lender;

(h) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Credit Exposures then in effect within each of the following classes of Commitments, Loans and other Credit Extensions: (i) the class consisting of the Revolving Loan Commitments, and (ii) the class consisting of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments. For purposes of this clause, the aggregate amount of each Lender's risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be held by such Lender; or

(i) change any provision of Section 2.05(b) which has the effect of changing any mandatory prepayments applicable to a class in a manner that disproportionately disadvantages such class relative to any other class without the prior written consent of Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Credit Exposures then in effect within the disadvantaged class of Commitments, Loans and other Credit Extensions (it being understood and agreed that any change of any such provision which only postpones or reduces any mandatory prepayment applicable to one class but not any other class shall be deemed to disproportionately disadvantage such class but not to disproportionately disadvantage any other class for purposes of this clause). For purposes of this clause, the aggregate amount of each Lender's risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be held by such Lender;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuers in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuers under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of

118

Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

10.02   NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS; FACSIMILE COPIES.

(a)     General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices
        -------

and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to Section 10.20) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and each Swing Line Lender.

(b) All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, (subject to the provisions of Sections 10.20(d) and (e)) when received; provided, however, that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lenders pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

119

(c) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(d) Reliance by the Administrative Agent and Lenders. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.04 ATTORNEY COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all reasonable Attorney Costs, (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) creating or perfecting Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, (ii) the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral and (iii) obtaining and reviewing any audits or appraisals provided for in Section 4.01(d) or 6.10 with respect to Inventory and accounts receivable of any Loan Party (including without limitation the related reasonable costs and expenses of any auditors, accountants or appraisers and any environmental or other consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by the Administrative Agent or its counsel for such purposes), and (c) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty, and including all such costs and expenses incurred

120

during any "workout" or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.

10.05 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE BORROWER. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, trustees, advisors, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be payable within thirty days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

121

10.06 PAYMENTS SET ASIDE. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

10.07 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(d), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(f) or (i), or
(iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in
Section 10.07(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loans, or Revolving Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (as defined in
Section 10.07(g)) with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of Revolving Loan Commitments, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld

122

or delayed); (ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not (x) apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans or
(y) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations in respect of Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Loan Commitments on a non-pro rata basis; (iii) any assignment of a Revolving Loan Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and each Swing Line Lender unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); and (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Tranche B Term Note and/or a Revolving Loan Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.07(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(d).

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent's Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender's participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the

123

Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(e), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender.

(e) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 10.15 as though it were a Lender.

(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Eligible Assignee" means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender;
(c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Loan Commitment, each L/C Issuer and each Swing Line Lender, and
(iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, "Eligible Assignee" shall not include (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries and (B) any Person engaged in the business of manufacturing and selling of clothing and accessories.

"Fund" means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will

be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

"Approved Fund" means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

124

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a "Granting Lender") may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an "SPC") the option to provide all or

any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.04), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Notes, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities, provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this
Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

(i) if at any time any Swing Line Lender assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(b), such Swing Line Lender may, upon 30 days' notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Revolving Lenders a successor Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such Swing

125

Line Lender. Upon any such resignation, such Swing Line Lender shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c); and

(ii) if at any time any L/C Issuer assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(b), such L/C Issuer may, upon 30 days' notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Revolving Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such L/C Issuer. Upon any such resignation, such L/C Issuer shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to
Section 2.03(c)).

10.08 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty or prospective counterparty (or such contractual counterparty's or prospective counterparty's professional advisor) to any credit derivative transaction relating to obligations of the Loan Parties; (g) with the consent of the Borrower; (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower; or (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section, "Information" means all information received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the

126

confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent hereby agree that the Borrower (and each of its employees, representatives and agents) is permitted to disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the structure and tax aspects of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, and all materials of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to the Borrower related to such structure and tax aspects. In this regard, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower's disclosure of the structure or tax aspects of such transactions is not limited in any way by an express or implied understanding or agreement, oral or written (whether or not such agreement or understanding is legally binding). Furthermore, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it does not know or have reason to know that its use or disclosure of information relating to the structure or tax aspects of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents is limited in any other manner for the benefit of any other Person.

10.09 SET-OFF. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

10.10 INTEREST RATE LIMITATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the "Maximum Rate"). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

127

10.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

10.12 INTEGRATION. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

10.13 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

10.14 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.15 TAX FORMS. (a) (i) Each Lender that is not a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a "Foreign Lender") shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code. Thereafter

128

and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that the Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Foreign Lender.

(ii) Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender.

(iii) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Foreign Lender under Section 3.01 (A) with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this Section 10.15(a) or (B) if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.15(a); provided that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 10.15(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 10.15(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate.

129

(iv) The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this Section 10.15(a).

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9. If such Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.

(c) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Lender, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

10.16 GOVERNING LAW.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.

130

10.17 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

10.18 JUDGMENT CURRENCY.

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in any currency (the "Original Currency") into another currency (the "Other Currency"), the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent or a Lender could purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency in New York, New York on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is given.

(b) The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due from it to any agent or Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in such Other Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such agent or Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Other Currency such agent or Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency; if the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due such agent or Lender in the Original Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such agent or Lender against such loss, and if the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such agent or Lender in the Original Currency, such agent or Lender shall remit such excess to such Borrower.

10.19 RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST OR GUARANTY; SUBORDINATION OF LIENS. Upon (a) the proposed Disposition (other than to an Affiliate of the Borrower) of any Collateral that is permitted by this Agreement or to which the Required Lenders have otherwise consented for which a Loan Party desires to obtain a security interest release, (b) the sale or other disposition of all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor to any Person (other than an Affiliate of the Borrower) permitted by this Agreement or to which the Required Lenders have otherwise consented, for which a Loan Party desires to obtain a release of the Guaranty from the Administrative Agent, or (c) the request of a Loan Party that the Administrative Agent subordinate a Lien of the Administrative Agent in relation to any senior Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 or with respect to which the Required Lenders have otherwise so consented, such Loan Party shall deliver an officer's certificate (i) stating that the Collateral or the capital stock subject to such disposition is being sold or otherwise disposed of, or that the proposed senior Lien is to be

131

imposed, in compliance with the terms hereof and (ii) specifying the Collateral or capital stock being sold or otherwise disposed of in the proposed transaction or describing the proposed senior Lien to be imposed. Upon the receipt of such officer's certificate, the Administrative Agent shall, at such Loan Party's expense, so long as the Administrative Agent (a) has no reason to believe that the facts stated in such officer's certificate are not true and correct and (b) if the sale or other disposition of such item of Collateral or capital stock constitutes an asset sale, shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that arrangements satisfactory to it have been made for delivery of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom if and as required by Section 7.05(b), execute and deliver such releases of its security interest in such Collateral or such Guaranty, or execute and deliver such subordination agreements, in each case as may be reasonably requested by such Loan Party.

10.20 WEBSITE COMMUNICATIONS.

(a) Each Loan Party hereby each agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder, or (v) involves the delivery of securities, instruments or other similar documents requiring signatures or endorsement (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as "Communications"), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@ssmb.com. In addition, each Loan Party agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified elsewhere in this Agreement but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Each Loan Party further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on "e-Disclosure" (the "Platform"), the Administrative Agent's internet delivery system that is part of SSB Direct, Global Fixed Income's primary web portal. Although the primary web portal is secured with a dual firewall and a User ID/Password authorization system and the Platform is secured through a single user per deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each Loan Party acknowledges that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution.

(c) THE COMMUNICATIONS AND THE PLATFORM ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE". THE CITIGROUP PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, DO NOT WARRANT THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO

132

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE CITIGROUP PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CITIGROUP INC. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, "CITIGROUP PARTIES") HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY'S OR THE AGENT'S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY CITIGROUP PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH CITIGROUP PARTY'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

(d) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement (or any Loan Document) in any other manner specified in this Agreement (or any such Loan Document).

(e) Each Lender hereby agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of this Agreement and the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees (i) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) promptly after such Lender's acceptance of this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record an effective e-mail address for such Lender) of such Lender's e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and
(ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address and shall be deemed to be effective upon the posting of a record of such electronic transmission as "sent" in the e-mail system of the Administrative Agent.

[Signature Pages Begin On Following Page]

133

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as the Administrative Agent

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as a Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as a Swing Line Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Designated L/C Issuer

By:_____________________________ Name:___________________________ Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a
Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as an
L/C Issuer

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a
Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as an L/C
Issuer

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Joint
Lead Arranger and Joint Book
Manager

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC., as a
Joint Lead Arranger and Joint
Book Manager

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as a Joint Lead Arranger and
Joint Book Manager

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a
Co-Syndication Agent

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as a Co-Syndication Agent

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


THE CIT GROUP/COMMERCIAL
SERVICES, INC., as Documentation
Agent

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


THE CIT GROUP/COMMERCIAL
SERVICES, INC., as a Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE


as a Lender

By:_____________________________
Name:___________________________
Title:__________________________

Credit Agreement


Exhibit 10.67

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is dated as of January 31, 2003 and entered into by and among LEVI STRAUSS & CO., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), each of THE UNDERSIGNED DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES of the Borrower (each of such undersigned Subsidiaries being a "Subsidiary Grantor" and collectively the "Subsidiary Grantors") and each ADDITIONAL GRANTOR that may become a party hereto after the date hereof in accordance with Section 21 hereof (each of the Borrower, each Subsidiary Grantor and each Additional Grantor being a "Grantor" and collectively the "Grantors") and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Administrative Agent for and representative of (in such capacities herein called the "Secured Party") the several financial institutions (the "Lenders") from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to below and the Selected Revolving Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent") for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), the Lenders have made certain commitments, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower.

B. The Borrower, Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services Comm V.A., a Belgian corporation, or any successor thereto ("LSIFCS") and certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and it is desired that certain obligations of the Borrower, LSIFCS and such Material Domestic Subsidiaries under the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, including the obligation of the Borrower, LSIFCS and such Material Domestic Subsidiaries to make payments thereunder in the event of early termination or close out thereof, together with all Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising in connection with Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, be secured hereunder until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

1 Pledge and Security Agreement


C. The Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and it is desired that obligations of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries arising in connection with such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, together with all Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and obligations of the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries arising under or in connection with Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, be secured hereunder until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

D. The Subsidiary Grantors have executed and delivered that certain Guaranty dated as of the date hereof (said Guaranty, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Guaranty") in favor of the Secured Party for the benefit of the Lenders, Administrative Agent and the Selected Revolving Lenders, pursuant to which each Subsidiary Grantor has guarantied the prompt payment and performance when due of all Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, certain obligations of the Borrower and LSIFCS under the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, including the obligation of the Borrower and LSIFCS to make payments thereunder in the event of early termination or close out thereof and all obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

E. It is a condition precedent to the initial extensions of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof shall have granted the security interests and undertaken the obligations contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and the Secured Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Selected Revolving Lenders to enter into the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and to provide the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Secured Party as follows:

SECTION 1. Grant of Security.

Each Grantor hereby assigns to the Secured Party for security purposes only, and hereby grants to the Secured Party a security interest in, all of such Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now or hereafter existing, whether tangible or intangible, or in which such Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located (the "Collateral"):

(a) all equipment in all of its forms, all parts thereof and all accessions thereto (any and all such equipment, parts and accessions being the "Equipment");

(b) all inventory in all of its forms, including (i) all goods held by such Grantor for sale or lease or to be furnished under contracts of service or so leased or furnished, (ii) all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials used or consumed in the

2 Pledge and Security Agreement


manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, leasing, furnishing or production of such inventory or otherwise used or consumed in such Grantor's business, (iii) all goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind, and (iv) all goods which are returned to or repossessed by such Grantor and all accessions thereto and products thereof (collectively the "Inventory") and all negotiable and non-negotiable documents of title (including documents, warehouse receipts, dock receipts and bills of lading) issued by any Person covering any Inventory (any such negotiable document of title being a "Negotiable Document of Title");

(c) all accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, documents, instruments, letter-of-credit rights and other rights and obligations of any kind owned by or owing to such Grantor and all rights in, to and under all security agreements, leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, documents, instruments, letter-of-credit rights or other rights and obligations (any and all such accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, documents, instruments, letter-of-credit rights and other rights and obligations being the "Accounts", and any and all such security agreements, leases and other contracts being the "Related Contracts");

(d) all deposit accounts ("Deposit Accounts"), including the restricted deposit accounts established and maintained by the Secured Party pursuant to Section 11 hereof, together with (i) all amounts on deposit from time to time in such deposit accounts and (ii) all interest, cash, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing, including Deposit Accounts set forth on Schedule 1(d) attached hereto, as Schedule 1(d) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor;

(e) the "Securities Collateral", which term means:

(i) all shares of stock, partnership interests, interests in joint ventures, limited liability company interests and all other equity interests now or hereafter owned by such Grantor in any Person that is, or becomes, a direct Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary of such Grantor, including all securities convertible into, and rights, warrants, options and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, any of the foregoing now or hereafter owned by such Grantor, including those set forth on Schedule 1(e)(i) attached hereto, as Schedule 1(e)(i) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor, and the certificates or other instruments representing any of the foregoing and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining thereto (the "Pledged Interests"), and all dividends, distributions, returns of capital, cash, warrants, options, rights, instruments, rights to vote or manage the business of such Person pursuant to organizational documents governing the rights and obligations of the stockholders, partners, members or other owners thereof and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Interests; provided, that if the issuer of any of such Pledged Interests is a Material Foreign Subsidiary, the Pledged Interests shall not include any shares of stock of such issuer in excess of the number of shares of such issuer possessing up to but not exceeding 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote of such issuer, and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or

3 Pledge and Security Agreement


proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Interests;

(ii) all indebtedness from time to time owed to such Grantor by any obligor that is, or becomes, a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Grantor, or by any obligor of which such Grantor is a direct or indirect Subsidiary, including the indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1(e)(ii) attached hereto, as Schedule 1(e)(ii) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor, and issued by the obligors named therein, and the instruments evidencing such indebtedness (the "Pledged Indebtedness"), and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Indebtedness; and

(iii) all other investment property, as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC") as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction, of such Grantor;

(f) the "IP Collateral", which term means:

(i) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) in and to all trademarks, service marks, designs, logos, indicia, tradenames, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles and/or other source and/or business identifiers and applications pertaining thereto, owned by such Grantor, or hereafter adopted and used, in its business (including the trademarks set forth on Schedule 1(f)(i) attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time) (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law) (collectively, the "Trademarks"), all registrations that have been or may hereafter be issued or applied for thereon in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (including the registrations and applications specifically set forth on Schedule 1(f)(i) attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time) (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law) (the "Trademark Registrations"), all common law and other rights in and to the Trademarks in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (the "Trademark Rights"), and all goodwill of such Grantor's business symbolized by the Trademarks and associated therewith (the "Associated Goodwill"), it being understood that the rights and interests included in the IP Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of such Grantor pertaining to Trademark applications and Trademarks presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of such Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties;

4 Pledge and Security Agreement


(ii) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) in and to all patents and patent applications and rights and interests in patents and patent applications under any domestic or foreign law that are presently, or in the future may be, owned or held by such Grantor and all patents and patent applications and rights, title and interests in patents and patent applications under any domestic or foreign law that are presently, or in the future may be, owned by such Grantor in whole or in part (including the patents and patent applications set forth on Schedule 1(f)(ii) attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time), all rights (but not obligations) corresponding thereto (including the right, exercisable only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to sue for past, present and future infringements in the name of such Grantor or in the name of the Secured Party or the Lenders), and all re-issues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as the "Patents"), it being understood that the rights and interests included in the IP Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of such Grantor pertaining to Patent applications and Patents presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of such Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties; and

(iii) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) under copyright in various published and unpublished works of authorship including computer programs, computer data bases, other computer software, layouts, trade dress, drawings, designs, writings and formulas owned by such Grantor (including the works set forth on Schedule 1(f)(iii) attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time) (collectively, the "Copyrights"), all copyright registrations issued to such Grantor and applications for copyright registration that have been or may hereafter be issued or applied for thereon by such Grantor in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (including the registrations set forth on Schedule 1(f)(iii) attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time) (collectively, the "Copyright Registrations"), all common law and other rights in and to the Copyrights in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries including all copyright licenses (but with respect to such copyright licenses, only to the extent permitted by such licensing arrangements) (the "Copyright Rights"), including each of the Copyrights, rights, titles and interests in and to the Copyrights, all derivative works and other works protectable by copyright, which are presently, or in the future may be, owned, created (as a work for hire for the benefit of such Grantor), authored (as a work for hire for the benefit of such Grantor) or acquired by such Grantor, in whole or in part, and all Copyright Rights with respect thereto and all Copyright Registrations therefor, heretofore or hereafter granted or applied for, and all renewals and extensions thereof, throughout the world, including the right to renew and extend such Copyright Registrations and Copyright Rights and to register works protectable by copyright and the right, exercisable only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to sue for past, present and future infringements of the Copyrights and Copyright Rights in the name of such Grantor or in the name of the Secured Party or the Lenders, it being understood that the rights and interests included in

5 Pledge and Security Agreement


the IP Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of such Grantor pertaining to Copyright applications and Copyrights presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of such Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties;

(g) all information used or useful or arising from the business including all goodwill, trade secrets, trade secret rights, know-how, customer lists, processes of production, ideas, confidential business information, techniques, processes, formulas and all other proprietary information;

(h) to the extent not included in any other paragraph of this Section 1, all general intangibles, including tax refunds, payment intangibles, other rights to payment or performance, choses in action, software and judgments taken on any rights or claims included in the Collateral;

(i) all plant fixtures, business fixtures and other fixtures and storage and office facilities and all accessions thereto and products thereof;

(j) all books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, computer programs, tapes, disks and related data processing software that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon; and

(k) all proceeds, products, rents and profits of or from any and all of the foregoing Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the Secured Party is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "proceeds" includes whatever is receivable or received when Collateral or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in any of such Grantor's rights or interests in any license, contract or agreement to which such Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder to the extent, but only to the extent, that such a grant would, under the terms of such license, contract or agreement or otherwise, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any license, contract or agreement to which such Grantor is a party (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such provision, the Collateral shall include, and such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, all such rights and interests as if such provision had never been in effect.

Each item of Collateral listed in this Section 1 that is defined in Articles 8 or 9 of the UCC shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC, as it exists on the date of this Agreement or as it may hereafter be amended, it being the intention of the Grantors that the description of

6 Pledge and Security Agreement


the Collateral set forth above be construed to include the broadest possible range of assets, except for assets expressly excluded as set forth above.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in (i) any Principal Property, (ii) any capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Pledged Indebtedness of or issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iv) any accounts or other property to the extent set forth in that certain Consent and Release Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, among Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation as Seller and Servicer, Levi Strauss & Co. as Borrower and Originator, Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC as Issuer, Citibank N.A. as Indenture Trustee and Citicorp North America, Inc. as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2. Security for Obligations.

This Agreement secures, and the Collateral assigned by each Grantor is collateral security for, the prompt payment or performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), of all Secured Obligations of such Grantor. "Secured Obligations" means:

(a) with respect to the Borrower, all Obligations and liabilities of every nature of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under or arising out of or in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments, all obligations and liabilities of every nature now or hereafter existing (i) under or arising out of or in connection with that certain Parent Guaranty the Borrower and the Administrative Agent dated as of January 31, 2003, (ii) of the Borrower, LSIFCS and each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, under or arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract and (iii) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower, arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, provided that obligations arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services shall be Secured Obligations only to the extent such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services are set forth on Schedule 2(a) attached hereto; and

(b) with respect to each Subsidiary Grantor and Additional Grantor, all Obligations and liabilities of every nature of such Grantors now or hereafter existing under or arising out of or in connection with the Guaranty and, until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments, all obligations and liabilities of every nature now or hereafter existing (i) of the Borrower, LSIFCS and each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, under or arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract and (ii) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower, arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, provided that obligations arising out of or in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services shall be Secured Obligations only to the extent such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services are set forth on Schedule 2(a) attached hereto; in each case

7 Pledge and Security Agreement


together with all extensions or renewals thereof, whether for principal, interest (including interest that, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Borrower or any other Grantor, would accrue on such obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower or such Grantor for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination or close out of Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, fees, expenses, indemnities or otherwise, whether voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, whether or not jointly owed with others, and whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations or liabilities that are paid, to the extent all or any part of such payment is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from the Secured Party or any Lender or Selected Revolving Lender as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and all obligations of every nature of the Grantors now or hereafter existing under this Agreement.

SECTION 3. Grantors Remain Liable.

Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under any contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, to the extent set forth therein, to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) the Secured Party shall not have any obligation or liability under any contracts, licenses, and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties.

Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Ownership of Collateral. Except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement and for the security interest created by this Agreement, such Grantor owns the Collateral owned by such Grantor free and clear of any Lien. Except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement and such as may have been filed in favor of the Secured Party relating to this Agreement, no effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office.

(b) Locations of Equipment and Inventory. All of the Equipment and Inventory is, as of the date hereof, or in the case of an Additional Grantor, the date of the applicable counterpart entered into pursuant to Section 21 hereof (each, a "Counterpart") located at the places set forth on Schedule 4(b) attached hereto, as Schedule 4(b) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor, except for Equipment and Inventory which, in the ordinary course of business, is in transit either (i) from a supplier or a processor to a Grantor, (ii) between the locations set forth on Schedule 4(b) attached hereto, (iii) from a supplier or a Grantor to a processor, or (iv) to customers of a Grantor.

8 Pledge and Security Agreement


(c) Office Locations; Type and Jurisdiction of Organization. The chief place of business, the chief executive office and the office where such Grantor keeps its records regarding the Accounts and all originals of all chattel paper that evidence Accounts are, as of the date hereof, and, except as set forth on Schedule 4(c) attached hereto, have been for the four month period preceding the date hereof, or, in the case of an Additional Grantor, the date of the applicable Counterpart, located at the locations set forth on Schedule 4(c) attached hereto, as Schedule 4(c) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by such Additional Grantor; the type (i.e. corporation, limited partnership, etc.) and jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor are set forth on Schedule 4(c) attached hereto.

(d) Names. No Grantor (or predecessor by merger or otherwise of such Grantor) has, within the four month period preceding the date hereof, or, in the case of an Additional Grantor, the date of the applicable Counterpart, had a different name from the name of such Grantor listed or the signature pages hereof, except the names set forth on Schedule 4(d) attached hereto, as Schedule 4(d) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor.

(e) Delivery of Certain Collateral. Except as permitted by Section 6.15 of the Credit Agreement, all certificates or instruments (excluding checks) evidencing, comprising or representing the Collateral (including the Securities Collateral) have been delivered to the Secured Party duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank.

(f) Securities Collateral. (i) All of the Pledged Interests set forth on Schedule 1(e)(i) attached hereto have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) all of the Pledged Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1(e)(ii) attached hereto has been duly authorized, authenticated or issued, and delivered and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof and is not in default; (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 1(e)(i) attached hereto, the Pledged Interests constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock or other equity interests of each issuer thereof (subject to the proviso to Section 1(e)(i) hereof with respect to shares of a foreign controlled corporation), and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or other agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is now or hereafter convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Interests; (iv) the Pledged Indebtedness constitutes all of the issued and outstanding intercompany indebtedness evidenced by a promissory note of the respective issuers thereof owing to such Grantor; (v) Schedule 1(e)(i) attached hereto sets forth all of the Pledged Interests owned by each Grantor on the date hereof; and (vi) Schedule 1(e)(ii) attached hereto sets forth all of the Pledged Indebtedness in existence on the date hereof.

(g) IP Collateral.

(i) a true and complete list of all Trademark Registrations and Trademark applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, that are material to such Grantor's business is set forth on Schedule 1(f)(i) attached hereto;

(ii) a true and complete list of all Patents and Patent applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, that are material to such Grantor's business is set forth on Schedule 1(f)(ii) attached hereto;

9 Pledge and Security Agreement


(iii) a true and complete list of all Copyright Registrations and applications for Copyright Registrations owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, that are material to such Grantor's business is set forth on Schedule 1(f)(iii) attached hereto;

(iv) after reasonable inquiry, such Grantor is not aware of any pending or threatened claim by any third party that any of the IP Collateral owned, held or used by such Grantor is invalid or unenforceable that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(v) after giving effect to the releases delivered on the Closing Date in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement, no effective security interest or other Lien covering all or any part of the IP Collateral is on file in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office.

(h) Perfection. The security interests in the Collateral granted to the Secured Party for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders hereunder constitute valid Liens on such Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Upon (i) the filing of UCC financing statements naming each Grantor as "debtor", naming the Secured Party as "secured party" and describing the Collateral in the filing offices with respect to such Grantor set forth on Schedule 4(h) attached hereto, as Schedule 4(h) may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor (ii) in the case of the Securities Collateral consisting of certificated securities or evidenced by instruments, delivery of the certificates representing such certificated securities and delivery of such instruments to the Secured Party, in each case duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed instruments of assignment or transfer in blank, and (iii) in the case of the IP Collateral, in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the filing of a Grant of Trademark Security Interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, and a Grant of Patent Security Interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit II, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the filing of a Grant of Copyright Security Interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit III, with the United States Copyright Office (each such Grant of Trademark Security Interest, Grant of Patent Security Interest and Grant of Copyright Security Interest being referred to herein as a "Grant"), the security interests in the Collateral granted to the Secured Party for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders will constitute perfected security interests therein, to the extent such security interests may be perfected by filing in the United States or by possession, prior to all other Liens (except for Liens expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement), and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly made or taken.

SECTION 5. Further Assurances.

(a) Generally. Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of the Grantors, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor will: (i) at the reasonable request of the Secured Party, mark conspicuously each item of chattel paper included in the Accounts, each Related Contract and, at the request of the Secured Party, each of its records pertaining to the Collateral, with a legend, in

10 Pledge and Security Agreement


form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party, indicating that such Collateral is subject to the security interest granted hereby, (ii) at the reasonable request of the Secured Party, deliver and pledge to the Secured Party hereunder all promissory notes and other instruments (including checks) and all original counterparts of chattel paper constituting Collateral, duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party, (iii) execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, agreements establishing that the Secured Party has control of Deposit Accounts and investment property and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby, (iv) furnish to the Secured Party from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Secured Party may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail, (v) if requested by the Secured Party, promptly after the acquisition by such Grantor of any item of Equipment that is covered by a certificate of title under a statute of any jurisdiction under the law of which indication of a security interest on such certificate is required as a condition of perfection thereof, execute and file with the registrar of motor vehicles or other appropriate authority in such jurisdiction an application or other document requesting the notation or other indication of the security interest created hereunder on such certificate of title, (vi) within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, deliver to the Secured Party copies of all such applications or other documents filed during such Fiscal Quarter and copies of all such certificates of title issued during such Fiscal Quarter indicating the security interest created hereunder in the items of Equipment covered thereby, (vii) at any reasonable time, upon request by the Secured Party, exhibit the Collateral to and allow inspection of the Collateral by the Secured Party, or persons designated by the Secured Party and (viii) at the Secured Party's request, appear in and defend any action or proceeding that may affect such Grantor's title to or the Secured Party's security interest in all or any part of the Collateral. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral without the signature of any Grantor. Each Grantor agrees that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement signed by such Grantor shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as a financing statement in any and all jurisdictions.

(b) Securities Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 5(a), each Grantor agrees that it will, upon obtaining any additional shares of stock or other securities required to be pledged hereunder, promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days) deliver to the Secured Party a Pledge Supplement, duly executed by such Grantor, in substantially the form of Exhibit IV (a "Pledge Supplement"), in respect of the additional Pledged Interests or Pledged Indebtedness to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement. Upon each delivery of a Pledge Supplement to the Secured Party, the representations and warranties contained in clauses (i)-(iv) of Section 4(f) hereof shall be deemed to have been made by such Grantor as to the Securities Collateral described in such Pledge Supplement as of the date thereof. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to attach each Pledge Supplement to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Interests or Pledged Indebtedness of such Grantor listed on any Pledge Supplement shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral of such Grantor; provided, the failure of any Grantor to execute a Pledge Supplement with respect to any additional Pledged Interests or Pledged Indebtedness pledged pursuant to this Agreement

11 Pledge and Security Agreement


shall not impair the security interest of the Secured Party therein or otherwise adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto.

(c) IP Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing
Section 5(a), if any Grantor shall hereafter obtain rights to any new IP Collateral or become entitled to the benefit of (i) any Trademark Registration, application for Trademark Registration or renewals or extension of any Trademark Registration (ii) any Patent application or Patent or any reissue, division, continuation, renewal, extension or continuation-in-part of any Patent or any improvement of any Patent or (iii) any Copyright Registration, application for Copyright Registration or renewals or extension of any Copyright Registration, then in any such case, the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. Each Grantor shall, within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, notify the Secured Party in writing of any of the foregoing rights acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof or the date of the last such notice, as the case may be. Within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower during which any Grantor files an application for any (1) Trademark Registration; (2) Patent; or (3) Copyright Registration, such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Secured Party an IP Supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit V (an "IP Supplement"), pursuant to which such Grantor shall grant to the Secured Party a security interest to the extent of its interest in such IP Collateral. In addition, such Grantor shall, prior to the end of such 45-day period, in the case of Patents and Trademarks, record the IP Supplement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or, in the case of Copyrights, record the IP Supplement with the Library of Congress Copyright Office of the United States. Upon delivery to the Secured Party of an IP Supplement, Schedules 1(f)(i), 1(f)(ii) and 1(f)(iii) attached hereto and Schedule A to each Grant, as applicable, shall be deemed modified to include reference to any right, title or interest in any existing IP Collateral or any IP Collateral set forth on Schedule A to such IP Supplement. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to modify this Agreement without the signature or consent of any Grantor by attaching Schedules 1(f)(i), 1(f)(ii) and 1(f)(iii), as applicable, that have been modified to include such IP Collateral or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any IP Collateral in which any Grantor no longer has or claims any right, title or interest; provided, the failure of any Grantor to execute an IP Supplement with respect to any additional IP Collateral pledged pursuant to this Agreement shall not impair the security interest of the Secured Party therein or otherwise adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantor shall not be required to record the security interest of the Secured Party in any IP Collateral, if such recordation would result in the grant of a Trademark Registration, Patent or Copyright Registration, or any application therefor, in the name of the Secured Party.

SECTION 6. Certain Covenants of the Grantors.

Each Grantor shall:

(a) not use or permit any Collateral to be used unlawfully or in violation of any provision of this Agreement or any applicable statute, regulation or ordinance or any policy of insurance covering the Collateral, except where such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) notify the Secured Party of any change in such Grantor's name, identity or corporate structure within 30 days of such change;

12 Pledge and Security Agreement


(c) give the Secured Party 30 days' prior written notice of any change in such Grantor's chief place of business, chief executive office or residence or the office where such Grantor keeps its records regarding the Accounts and all originals of all chattel paper that evidence Accounts or a reincorporation, reorganization or other action that results in a change of the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor; and

(d) if the Secured Party gives value to enable such Grantor to acquire rights in or the use of any Collateral, use such value for such purposes.

SECTION 7. Special Covenants With Respect to Equipment and Inventory.

Each Grantor shall:

(a) If such Grantor is a Subsidiary Grantor or an Additional Grantor, keep the Equipment and Inventory owned by such Subsidiary Grantor at the places therefor set forth on Schedule 4(b) attached hereto or, provided that such Subsidiary Grantor gives the Secured Party notice of any transfer of Equipment or Inventory within 60 days after such transfer, at such other places in jurisdictions where all action that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby, or to enable the Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder, with respect to such Equipment and Inventory shall have been taken;

(b) except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, cause the Equipment owned by such Grantor to be maintained and preserved in the same condition, repair and working order as when new, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and in accordance with such Grantor's past practices, and shall forthwith make or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and other improvements in connection therewith that are necessary or desirable to such end; and Grantor shall promptly furnish to the Secured Party a statement respecting any material loss or damage to any of the Equipment owned by such Grantor, but only to the extent that such loss or damage is material to the Equipment owned by Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(c) keep correct and accurate records of Inventory owned by such Grantor, itemizing and describing the kind, type and quantity of such Inventory, such Grantor's cost therefor and (where applicable) the current list prices for such Inventory;

(d) notify all of any of such Grantor's agents or processors possessing or controlling any Inventory and all public warehouses in which Inventory is maintained of the Lien of the Secured Party in such Inventory;

(e) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, instruct all agents or processors of such Grantor possessing or controlling any Inventory and all public warehouses in which Inventory is maintained to hold all such Inventory for the account of the Secured Party and subject to the instructions of the Secured Party; and

(f) such Grantor shall, at its own expense, maintain insurance with respect to the Equipment and Inventory in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

13 Pledge and Security Agreement


SECTION 8. Special Covenants with respect to Accounts and Related Contracts.

(a) Each Grantor shall keep its chief place of business and chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Accounts and Related Contracts, and all originals of all chattel paper that evidence Accounts, at the locations therefor set forth on Schedule 4(d) attached hereto, upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Secured Party, at such other location in a jurisdiction where all action that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby, or to enable the Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder, with respect to such Accounts and Related Contracts shall have been taken. Each Grantor will hold and preserve such records and chattel paper and will permit representatives of the Secured Party at any time during normal business hours to inspect and make abstracts from such records and chattel paper, and each Grantor agrees to render to the Secured Party, at Grantor's cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto. Promptly upon the request of the Secured Party, each Grantor shall deliver to the Secured Party complete and correct copies of each Related Contract.

(b) Each Grantor shall, for not less than three years from the date on which each Account of such Grantor arose, maintain (i) complete records of such Account, including records of all payments received, credits granted and merchandise returned, and (ii) all documentation relating thereto.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8(c), each Grantor shall continue to collect, at its own expense, all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor under the Accounts and Related Contracts. In connection with such collections, each Grantor may take (and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default at the Secured Party's direction, shall take) such action as such Grantor or the Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to enforce collection of amounts due or to become due under the Accounts; provided, however, that the Secured Party shall have the right at any time, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and upon written notice to such Grantor of its intention to do so, to notify the account debtors or obligors under any Accounts of the assignment of such Accounts to the Secured Party and to direct such account debtors or obligors to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor thereunder directly to the Secured Party, to notify each Person maintaining a lockbox or similar arrangement to which account debtors or obligors under any Accounts have been directed to make payment to remit all amounts representing collections on checks and other payment items from time to time sent to or deposited in such lockbox or other arrangement directly to the Secured Party and, upon such notification and at the expense of the Grantors, to enforce collection of any such Accounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done. After receipt by such Grantor of the notice from the Secured Party referred to in the proviso to the preceding sentence, (i) all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by such Grantor in respect of the Accounts and the Related Contracts shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Secured Party in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied as provided by Section 17 hereof, and (ii) such Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Account,

14 Pledge and Security Agreement


or release wholly or partly any account debtor or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon.

SECTION 9. Special Covenants With Respect to the Securities Collateral.

(a) Delivery. Each Grantor agrees that all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Secured Party pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or, as applicable, shall be accompanied by such Grantor's endorsement, where necessary, or duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party. The Secured Party shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

(b) Covenants. Each Grantor shall, except as otherwise not prohibited by the Credit Agreement, (i) not permit any issuer of Pledged Interests to merge or consolidate unless all the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the surviving or resulting Person is, upon such merger or consolidation, pledged hereunder and no cash, securities or other property is distributed in respect of the outstanding shares of any other constituent corporation; provided, if the surviving or resulting Person upon any such merger or consolidation involving an issuer of Pledged Interests which is a Material Foreign Subsidiary, then such Grantor shall only be required to pledge outstanding capital stock of such surviving or resulting Person possessing up to but not exceeding 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such issuer entitled to vote; (ii) cause each issuer of Pledged Interests not to issue any stock, other equity interests or other securities in addition to or in substitution for the Pledged Interests issued by such issuer, except to such Grantor; (iii) pledge hereunder, immediately upon its acquisition (directly or indirectly) thereof, any and all additional shares of stock, other equity interests or other securities of each issuer of Pledged Interests; (iv) pledge hereunder, immediately upon its acquisition (directly or indirectly) thereof, any and all shares of stock or other equity interests of any Person that, after the date of this Agreement, becomes, as a result of any occurrence, a direct Subsidiary of such Grantor; provided, notwithstanding anything contained in this clause (iv) to the contrary, such Grantor shall only be required to pledge the outstanding capital stock of a Material Foreign Subsidiary possessing up to but not exceeding 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Material Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote and any such Grantor shall not be required to pledge the capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) pledge hereunder, immediately upon their issuance, any and all instruments or other evidences of additional indebtedness from time to time owed to such Grantor by any obligor on the Pledged Indebtedness; provided, notwithstanding anything contained in this clause (v) to the contrary, any such Grantor shall not be required to pledge any such instruments or other evidences of additional indebtedness owed to such Grantor by any Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) pledge hereunder, immediately upon their issuance, any and all instruments or other evidences of indebtedness from time to time owed to such Grantor by any Person that after the date of this Agreement becomes, as a result of any occurrence, a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Grantor; provided, notwithstanding anything contained in this clause (vi) to the contrary, any such Grantor shall not be required to pledge any such instruments or other evidences of indebtedness owed to such Grantor by any Restricted Subsidiary; (vii) promptly notify the Secured Party of any event of which such Grantor becomes aware causing loss or depreciation in

15 Pledge and Security Agreement


the value of the Securities Collateral that has a Material Adverse Effect; and
(viii), at the request of the Secured Party, promptly execute and deliver to the Secured Party an agreement providing for the control, as that term is defined in the UCC, by the Secured Party of all securities entitlements and securities accounts of such Grantor.

(c) Voting and Distributions. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; provided, no Grantor shall exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if the Secured Party shall have notified such Grantor that, in the Secured Party's reasonable judgment, such action would have a Material Adverse Effect; and provided further, such Grantor shall give the Secured Party at least five Business Days' prior written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or the reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right (it being understood, however, that neither (A) the voting by such Grantor of any Pledged Interests for or such Grantor's consent to the election of directors or other members of a governing body of an issuer of Pledged Interests at a regularly scheduled annual or other meeting of stockholders or holders of equity interests or with respect to incidental matters at any such meeting, nor (B) such Grantor's consent to or approval of any action otherwise not prohibited under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement shall be deemed inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement within the meaning of this Section 9(c), and no notice of any such voting or consent need be given to the Secured Party); (ii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the lien of this Agreement, any and all dividends, other distributions and interest paid in respect of the Securities Collateral; provided, any and all (A) dividends, distributions and interest paid or payable other than in cash in respect of, and instruments and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Securities Collateral, (B) dividends and other distributions paid or payable in cash in respect of any Securities Collateral in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution or in connection with a reduction of capital, capital surplus or paid-in-surplus, and (C) cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect of principal or in redemption of or in exchange for any Securities Collateral, shall be, and shall forthwith be delivered to the Secured Party to hold as, Securities Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Secured Party as Securities Collateral in the same form as so received (with all necessary endorsements); and (iii) the Secured Party shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as such Grantor may from time to time reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (i) above and to receive the dividends, distributions, principal or interest payments which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to clause (ii) above.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (x) upon written notice from the Secured Party to any Grantor, all rights of such Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Secured Party who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; (y) all rights of such Grantor to receive the dividends, other distributions and interest payments which it

16 Pledge and Security Agreement


would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant hereto shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Secured Party who shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Securities Collateral such dividends, other distributions and interest payments; and (z) all dividends, principal, interest payments and other distributions which are received by such Grantor contrary to the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph or clause (y) above shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall forthwith be paid over to the Secured Party as Securities Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements).

In order to permit the Secured Party to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder, (I) each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Secured Party all such proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Secured Party may from time to time reasonably request, and (II) without limiting the effect of clause (I) above, each Grantor hereby grants to the Secured Party an irrevocable proxy to vote the Pledged Interests and to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of the Pledged Interests would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of shareholders or other holders of equity interests, calling special meetings of shareholders or other holders of equity interests and voting at such meetings), which proxy shall be effective, automatically and without the necessity of any action (including any transfer of any Pledged Interests on the record books of the issuer thereof) by any other Person (including the issuer of the Pledged Interests or any officer or agent thereof), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and which proxy shall only terminate upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations.

SECTION 10. Special Covenants With Respect to the IP Collateral.

(a) Each Grantor shall:

(i) diligently keep reasonable records respecting the IP Collateral and at all times keep at least one complete set of its records concerning such Collateral at its chief executive office or principal place of business;

(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts so as not to permit the inclusion in any contract to which it hereafter becomes a party of any provision that could or might in any way impair or prevent the creation of a security interest in, or the assignment of, such Grantor's rights and interests in any property included within the definitions of any IP Collateral acquired under such contracts;

(iii) take any and all reasonable steps to protect the secrecy of all trade secrets relating to the products and services sold or delivered under or in connection with the IP Collateral, including where appropriate entering into confidentiality agreements with employees and labeling and restricting access to secret information and documents;

(iv) use proper statutory notice in connection with its use of any of the IP Collateral, except where the failure to give such notice would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

17 Pledge and Security Agreement


(v) use a commercially appropriate standard of quality (which may be consistent with such Grantor's past practices) in the manufacture, sale and delivery of products and services sold or delivered under or in connection with the Trademarks; and

(vi) furnish to the Secured Party from time to time at the Secured Party's reasonable request statements and schedules further identifying and describing any IP Collateral and such other reports in connection with such Collateral, all in reasonable detail.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, each Grantor shall continue to collect, at its own expense, all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of the IP Collateral or any portion thereof. In connection with such collections, each Grantor may take (and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default at the Secured Party's reasonable direction, shall take) such action as such Grantor or the Secured Party may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to enforce collection of such amounts; provided, the Secured Party shall have the right at any time, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and upon written notice to such Grantor of its intention to do so, to notify the obligors with respect to any such amounts of the existence of the security interest created hereby and to direct such obligors to make payment of all such amounts directly to the Secured Party, and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such amounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done. After receipt by any Grantor of the notice from the Secured Party referred to in the proviso to the preceding sentence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, (i) all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by each Grantor in respect of amounts due to such Grantor in respect of the IP Collateral or any portion thereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Secured Party in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied as provided by Section 17 hereof, and (ii) such Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any such amount or release wholly or partly any obligor with respect thereto or allow any credit or discount thereon.

(c) Each Grantor shall have the duty diligently, through counsel reasonably acceptable to the Secured Party, to prosecute, file and/or make, unless and until such Grantor, in its commercially reasonable judgment, decides otherwise, (i) any application relating to any of the IP Collateral owned, held or used by such Grantor and set forth on Schedules 1(f)(i), 1(f)(ii) or 1(f)(iii) attached hereto, as applicable, that is pending as of the date of this Agreement, (ii) any Copyright Registration on any existing or future unregistered but copyrightable works (except for works of nominal commercial value or with respect to which such Grantor has determined in the exercise of its commercially reasonable judgment that it shall not seek registration), (iii) application on any future patentable but unpatented innovation or invention comprising IP Collateral, and (iv) any Trademark opposition and cancellation proceedings, renew Trademark Registrations and Copyright Registrations and do any and all acts which are necessary or desirable to preserve and maintain all rights in all IP Collateral. Any expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be borne solely by the Grantors. Subject to the foregoing, each Grantor shall, within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, give the

18 Pledge and Security Agreement


Secured Party written notice of any abandonment of any IP Collateral registered with a Governmental Authority or any pending patent application or any Patent.

(d) Except as provided herein, each Grantor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as real party in interest, for its own benefit and at its own expense, such suits, proceedings or other actions for infringement, unfair competition, dilution, misappropriation or other damage, or reexamination or reissue proceedings as are necessary to protect the IP Collateral. The Secured Party shall provide, at such Grantor's expense, all reasonable and necessary cooperation in connection with any such suit, proceeding or action including joining as a necessary party. Each Grantor shall, within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, notify the Secured Party of the institution of, or of any adverse determination that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect in, any proceeding (whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any federal, state, local or foreign court) or regarding such Grantor's ownership, right to use, or interest in any IP Collateral. Each Grantor shall provide to the Secured Party any information with respect thereto requested by the Secured Party.

(e) In addition to, and not by way of limitation of, the granting of a security interest in the Collateral pursuant hereto, each Grantor, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, hereby assigns, transfers and conveys to the Secured Party the nonexclusive right and license to use all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents or technical processes (including the IP Collateral) owned or used by such Grantor that relate to the Collateral and any other collateral granted by such Grantor as security for the Secured Obligations, together with any goodwill associated therewith, all to the extent necessary to enable the Secured Party to realize on the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and to enable any transferee or assignee of the Collateral to enjoy the benefits of the Collateral; provided, however, the license granted under this Section 10(e) shall not be construed to limit such Grantor's ability to take reasonable steps, in accordance with its then current business practices, to protect and preserve the Trademarks, the Trademark Registrations, the Trademark Rights and the Associated Goodwill. This right shall inure to the benefit of all successors, assigns and transferees of the Secured Party and its successors, assigns and transferees, whether by voluntary conveyance, operation of law, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise. Such right and license shall be granted free of charge, without requirement that any monetary payment whatsoever be made to such Grantor. In addition, each Grantor hereby grants to the Secured Party and its employees, representatives and agents the right to visit such Grantor's and any of its Affiliate's or subcontractor's plants, facilities and other places of business that are utilized in connection with the manufacture, production, inspection, storage or sale of products and services sold or delivered under any of the IP Collateral (or which were so utilized during the prior six month period), and to inspect the quality control and all other records relating thereto upon reasonable advance written notice to such Grantor and at reasonable dates and times and as often as may be reasonably requested. If and to the extent that any Grantor is permitted to license the IP Collateral, the Secured Party shall promptly enter into a non-disturbance agreement or other similar arrangement, at such Grantor's request and expense, with such Grantor and any licensee of any IP Collateral permitted hereunder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Party pursuant to which (i) the Secured Party shall agree not to disturb or interfere with such licensee's rights under its license agreement with such Grantor so long as such licensee is not in default thereunder, and

19 Pledge and Security Agreement


(ii) such licensee shall acknowledge and agree that the IP Collateral licensed to it is subject to the security interest created in favor of the Secured Party and the other terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 11. Cash Collateral Accounts.

The Secured Party is hereby authorized to establish and maintain as blocked accounts in the name of the Borrower and under the sole dominion and control of the Secured Party, a restricted deposit account designated as "Levi Strauss & Co. Cash Collateral Account" (the "Cash Collateral Account") and a restricted deposit account designated as "Levi Strauss & Co. L/C Cash Collateral Account" the "L/C Cash Collateral Account"). All amounts at any time held in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be beneficially owned by the Grantors but shall be held in the name of the Secured Party hereunder, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Grantors shall have no right to withdraw, transfer or, except as expressly set forth herein, otherwise receive any funds deposited into the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be subject to such applicable laws, and such applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any other appropriate banking or governmental authority, as may now or hereafter be in effect. All deposits of funds in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be made by wire transfer (or, if applicable, by intra-bank transfer from another account of a Grantor) of immediately available funds, in each case addressed in accordance with instructions of the Secured Party. Each Grantor shall, promptly after initiating a transfer of funds to the Cash Collateral Account, give notice to the Secured Party by telefacsimile of the date, amount and method of delivery of such deposit. Cash held by the Secured Party in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall not be invested by the Secured Party but instead shall be maintained as a cash deposit in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account pending application thereof as elsewhere provided in this Agreement. To the extent permitted under Regulation Q of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any cash held in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall bear interest at the standard rate paid by the Secured Party to its customers for deposits of like amounts and terms. Subject to the Secured Party's rights hereunder, any interest earned on deposits of cash in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be deposited directly in, and held in the Cash Collateral Account and the L/C Cash Collateral Account.

SECTION 12. Secured Party Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.

Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Secured Party as such Grantor's attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, the Secured Party or otherwise, from time to time in the Secured Party's discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:

(a) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor or paid to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

20 Pledge and Security Agreement


(b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral;

(c) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to receive, endorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clauses (a) and (b) above;

(d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Secured Party may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Secured Party with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, to pay or discharge taxes or Liens (other than Liens permitted under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Secured Party in its sole discretion, any such payments made by the Secured Party to become Obligations of such Grantor to the Secured Party, due and payable immediately without demand;

(f) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with Accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; and

(g) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, generally to sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Secured Party were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Secured Party's option and the Grantors' expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Secured Party deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Secured Party's security interest therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

SECTION 13. Secured Party May Perform.

If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Secured Party may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Secured Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Grantors under Section 18(b) hereof.

SECTION 14. Standard of Care.

The powers conferred on the Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Secured Party shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Secured Party shall be deemed to

21 Pledge and Security Agreement


have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Secured Party accords its own property.

SECTION 15. Remedies.

(a) Generally. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Secured Party may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral), and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Secured Party forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Secured Party and make it available to the Secured Party at a place to be designated by the Secured Party that is reasonably convenient to both parties, (ii) enter onto the property where any Collateral is located and take possession thereof with or without judicial process, (iii) prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare the Collateral for disposition in any manner to the extent the Secured Party deems appropriate,
(iv) take possession of any Grantor's premises or place custodians in exclusive control thereof, remain on such premises and use the same and any of such Grantor's equipment for the purpose of completing any work in process, taking any actions described in the preceding clause (iii) and collecting any Secured Obligation, (v) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Secured Party's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable, (vi) exercise dominion and control over and refuse to permit further withdrawals from any Deposit Account maintained with the Secured Party or any Lender and provide instructions directing the disposition of funds in Deposit Accounts not maintained with Secured Party or any Lender, (vii) provide entitlement orders with respect to security entitlements and other investment property] constituting a part of the Collateral, and (viii) without notice to any Grantor, transfer to or to register in the name of the Secured Party or any of its nominees any or all of the Securities Collateral. The Secured Party or any Lender or Selected Revolving Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and the Secured Party, as agent for and representative of the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders (but not any Lender or Selected Revolving Lender in its individual capacity unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing), shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Secured Party at such sale. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days' notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Secured Party shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed

22 Pledge and Security Agreement


therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Secured Party arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Secured Party accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. If the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations, the Grantors shall be jointly and severally liable for the deficiency and the fees of any attorneys employed by the Secured Party to collect such deficiency. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 15 will cause irreparable injury to the Secured Party, that the Secured Party has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 15 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no default has occurred giving rise to the Secured Obligations becoming due and payable prior to their stated maturities.

(b) Securities Collateral.

(i) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933 and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws, the Secured Party may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral conducted without prior registration or qualification of such Securities Collateral under the Securities Act and/or such state securities laws, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Securities Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act) and, notwithstanding such circumstances and the registration rights granted to the Secured Party by such Grantor pursuant hereto and notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9-610(c) of the UCC, which each Grantor hereby waives, each Grantor agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Secured Party shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would, or should, agree to so register it. If the Secured Party determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral, upon written request, each Grantor shall and shall cause each issuer of any Pledged Interests to be sold hereunder from time to time to furnish to the Secured Party all such information as the Secured Party may request in order to determine the number of shares and other instruments included in the Securities Collateral which may be sold by the Secured Party in exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

23 Pledge and Security Agreement


(ii) If the Secured Party shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Securities Collateral pursuant to this Section 15, each Grantor agrees that, upon request of the Secured Party (which

request may be made by the Secured Party in its sole discretion), such Grantor will, at its own expense (A) execute and deliver, and cause each issuer of the Securities Collateral contemplated to be sold and the directors and officers thereof to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts and things, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Secured Party, advisable to register such Securities Collateral under the provisions of the Securities Act and to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for such period as prospectuses are required by law to be furnished, and to make all amendments and supplements thereto and to the related prospectus which, in the opinion of the Secured Party, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto; (B) use its best efforts to qualify the Securities Collateral under all applicable state securities or "Blue Sky" laws and to obtain all necessary governmental approvals for the sale of the Securities Collateral, as requested by the Secured Party; (C) cause each such issuer to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement which will satisfy the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; (D) do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary to make such sale of the Securities Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law; and (E) bear all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of carrying out its Obligations under this Section 15.

(iii) Without limiting the generality of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement, in the event of any public sale described herein, each Grantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (to the maximum extent permitted under the Securities Act or other applicable law) the Secured Party, and each Lender and each Selected Revolving Lender and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any loss, fee, cost, expense, damage, liability or claim, joint or several, to which any such Persons may become subject or for which any of them may be liable, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, fees, costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims (or any litigation commenced or threatened in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, registration statement, prospectus or other such document published or filed in connection with such public sale, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will (to the maximum extent permitted under the Securities Act or other applicable law) reimburse the Secured Party and such other Persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Secured Party and such other Persons in connection with any litigation, of any nature whatsoever, commenced or threatened in respect thereof (including any and all fees, costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred by the Secured Party and such other Persons and counsel for the Secured Party and such other Persons in investigating, preparing for, defending against or providing evidence, producing documents or taking any other action in respect of, any such commenced or threatened litigation or any claims asserted). This

24 Pledge and Security Agreement


indemnity shall be in addition to any liability which any Grantor may otherwise have and shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to each Person, if any, that controls the Secured Party or such Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(c) L/C Cash Collateral Account. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower is required to pay to the Secured Party an amount (the "Aggregate Available Amount") equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver funds in such an amount for deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account. If for any reason the aggregate amount delivered by the Borrower for deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account as aforesaid is less than the Aggregate Available Amount, the aggregate amount so delivered by the Borrower shall be apportioned among all outstanding Letters of Credit for purposes of this Section 15 in accordance with the ratio of the maximum amount available for drawing under each such Letter of Credit (as to such Letter of Credit, the "Maximum Available Amount") to the Aggregate Available Amount. Upon any drawing under any outstanding Letter of Credit in respect of which the Borrower has deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account any amounts described above, the Secured Party shall apply such amounts to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of such drawing. In the event of cancellation or expiration of any Letter of Credit in respect of which the Borrower has deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account any amounts described above, or in the event of any reduction in the Maximum Available Amount under such Letter of Credit, the Secured Party shall apply the amount then on deposit in the L/C Collateral Account in respect of such Letter of Credit (less, in the case of such a reduction, the Maximum Available Amount under such Letter of Credit immediately after such reduction) first, to the payment of any amounts payable to the Secured Party pursuant to Section 17 hereof, second, to the extent of any excess, to the cash collateralization pursuant to the terms of this Agreement of any outstanding Letters of Credit in respect of which the Borrower has failed to pay all or a portion of the amounts described above (such cash collateralization to be apportioned among all such Letters of Credit in the manner described above), third, to the extent of any further excess, to the payment of any other outstanding Secured Obligations in such order as the Secured Party shall elect, and fourth, to the extent of any further excess, to the payment to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to receive such funds.

(d) Cash Collateral Account. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall deliver any and all cash dividends paid or payable to it or any of its Subsidiaries from any of its Subsidiaries from time to time for deposit in the Cash Collateral Account. Amounts in the Cash Collateral Account shall be applied in accordance with Section 17 hereof.

SECTION 16. Additional Remedies for IP Collateral.

(a) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Secured Party shall have the right (but not the obligation) to bring suit, in the name of any Grantor, the Secured Party or otherwise, to enforce any IP Collateral, in which event each Grantor shall, at the request of the Secured Party, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents required by the Secured Party in aid of such enforcement and each Grantor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify the Secured Party as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit

25 Pledge and Security Agreement


Agreement and Section 18 hereof, as applicable, in connection with the exercise of its rights under this Section 16, and, to the extent that the Secured Party shall elect not to bring suit to enforce any IP Collateral as provided in this
Section 16, each Grantor agrees to use all reasonable measures, whether by action, suit, proceeding or otherwise, to prevent the infringement of any of the IP Collateral by others and for that purpose agrees to use its commercially reasonable judgment in maintaining any action, suit or proceeding against any Person so infringing reasonably necessary to prevent such infringement; (ii) upon written demand from the Secured Party, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Secured Party an assignment or assignments of the IP Collateral and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement; (iii) each Grantor agrees that such an assignment and/or recording shall be applied to reduce the Secured Obligations outstanding only to the extent that the Secured Party (or any Lender) receives cash proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, the IP Collateral; and (iv) within five Business Days after written notice from the Secured Party, each Grantor shall make available to the Secured Party, to the extent within such Grantor's power and authority, such personnel in such Grantor's employ on the date of such Event of Default as the Secured Party may reasonably designate, by name, title or job responsibility, to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold or delivered by such Grantor under or in connection with the Trademarks, Trademark Registrations and Trademark Rights, such persons to be available to perform their prior functions on the Secured Party's behalf and to be compensated by the Secured Party at such Grantor's expense on a per diem, pro-rata basis consistent with the salary and benefit structure applicable to each as of the date of such Event of Default.

(b) If (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and, by reason of cure, waiver, modification, amendment or otherwise, no longer be continuing,
(ii) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) an assignment to the Secured Party of any rights, title and interests in and to the IP Collateral shall have been previously made, and (iv) the Secured Obligations shall not have become immediately due and payable, upon the written request of any Grantor, the Secured Party shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor such assignments as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor any such rights, title and interests as may have been assigned to the Secured Party as aforesaid, subject to any disposition thereof that may have been made by the Secured Party; provided, after giving effect to such reassignment, the Secured Party's security interest granted pursuant hereto, as well as all other rights and remedies of the Secured Party granted hereunder, shall continue to be in full force and effect; and provided further, the rights, title and interests so reassigned shall be free and clear of all Liens other than Liens (if any) encumbering such rights, title and interest at the time of their assignment to the Secured Party and Liens expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 17. Application of Proceeds.

Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, all proceeds received by the Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied as provided in Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.

26 Pledge and Security Agreement


SECTION 18. Indemnity and Expenses.

(a) The Grantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify the Secured Party, each Lender and each Selected Revolving Lender from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities in any way relating to, growing out of or resulting from this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including enforcement of this Agreement), except to the extent such claims, losses or liabilities result solely from the Secured Party's or such Lender's or Selected Revolving Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) The Grantors jointly and severally agree to pay to the Secured Party upon demand the amount of any and all costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, that the Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, or
(iv) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

(c) The obligations of the Grantors in this Section 18 shall (i) survive the termination of this Agreement and the discharge of the Grantors' other Obligations under this Agreement, the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii), as to any Grantor that is a party to a Guaranty, be subject to the provisions of Section 1(b) thereof.

SECTION 19. Continuing Security Interest; Transfer of Loans; Termination and

Release.

(a) This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of the Obligations, the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding Letters of Credit, (ii) be binding upon the Grantors and their respective successors and assigns, and (iii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Secured Party hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Party and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), (A) but subject to the provisions of Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Loans held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Lenders herein or otherwise and (B) any Selected Revolving Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts to which it is a party to any other Person in accordance with the terms of such Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Selected Revolving Lenders herein or otherwise.

(b) Upon the payment in full of all Obligations, the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding Letters of Credit, the security interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable the Grantors. Upon any such termination the Secured Party will, at the Grantors' expense, execute and deliver to the Grantors such documents as the Grantors shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

27 Pledge and Security Agreement


(c) In addition, upon the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral by a Grantor in accordance with the Credit Agreement for which such Grantor desires to obtain a security interest release from the Secured Party, a security interest release may be obtained pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.19 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 20. Secured Party as Agent.

(a) The Secured Party has been appointed to act as the Secured Party hereunder by the Lenders and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the Selected Revolving Lenders. The Secured Party shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement; provided that the Secured Party shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for in Section 15 hereof in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 20(a), each Selected Revolving Lender, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Selected Revolving Lender that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Secured Party for the benefit of the Lenders and the Selected Revolving Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Section 20(a).

(b) The Secured Party shall at all times be the same Person that is Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as the Secured Party under this Agreement; and appointment of a successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Secured Party under this Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent under Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement by a successor administrative agent, that successor administrative agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Secured Party under this Agreement, and the retiring Secured Party under this Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Secured Party all sums, securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Secured Party under this Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Secured Party such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Secured Party of the security interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring Secured Party shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring administrative agent's resignation hereunder as the Secured Party, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was the Secured Party hereunder.

(c) The Secured Party shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Selected Revolving Lender until it shall have received written notice in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party from a Grantor or the Selected Revolving Lender as to the existence and terms of the applicable Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract or Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

28 Pledge and Security Agreement


SECTION 21. Additional Grantors.

The initial Subsidiary Grantors hereunder shall be such of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower as are signatories hereto on the date hereof. From time to time subsequent to the date hereof, additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become parties hereto as additional Grantors (each an "Additional Grantor"), by executing a counterpart substantially in the form of Exhibit VI annexed hereto. Upon delivery of any such counterpart to the Secured Party, notice of which is hereby waived by the Grantors, each such Additional Grantor shall be a Grantor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Grantor were an original signatory hereto. Each Grantor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Grantor hereunder, nor by any election of Administrative Agent not to cause any Subsidiary of the Borrower to become an Additional Grantor hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to any Grantor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 22. Amendments; Etc.

No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Secured Party and, in the case of any such amendment or modification, by the Grantors; provided that Schedule 2(a) may be amended with respect to the description of the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services of any Selected Revolving Lender or the maximum amount secured in connection therewith by a writing delivered to the Secured Party signed solely by the Borrower and such Selected Revolving Lender; provided further that this Agreement may be modified by the execution of a counterpart by an Additional Grantor in accordance with Section 21 hereof and the Grantors hereby waive any requirement of notice of or consent to any such amendment. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

SECTION 23. Notices.

Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address or facsimile number and shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; and (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; provided, however, that notices and other communications to the Secured Party shall not be effective until actually received. For the purposes hereof, the address and facsimile number of each party hereto shall be as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement or as set forth under such party's name on the signature pages hereof or as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, as Schedule A may be updated upon the execution of this Agreement by an Additional Grantor, or such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice delivered to the other parties hereto.

29 Pledge and Security Agreement


SECTION 24. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.

No failure or delay on the part of the Secured Party in the exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

SECTION 25. Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 26. Headings.

Section headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 27. Governing Law; Terms; Rules of Construction.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, the LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, terms used in Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in the State of New York are used herein as therein defined. The rules of construction set forth in Sections 1.02, 1.05 and 1.07 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 28. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE GRANTORS, THE SECURED PARTY, EACH LENDER AND EACH SELECTED REVOLVING LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE GRANTORS, THE SECURED PARTY, EACH LENDER AND EACH SELECTED REVOLVING LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS

30 Pledge and Security Agreement


AGREEMENT. THE GRANTORS, THE SECURED PARTY, EACH LENDER AND EACH SELECTED REVOLVING LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.

SECTION 29. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THE AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 30. Counterparts; Effectiveness.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. Any counterpart of this Agreement may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of such counterpart and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all parties to this Agreement. The Secured Party may also require that any such counterpart and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile counterpart or signature.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

31 Pledge and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Secured Party have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By:___________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

BATTERY STREET ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:___________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

LEVI STRAUSS FINANCIAL CENTER CORPORATION

By:___________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

LEVI STRAUSS GLOBAL FULFILLMENT SERVICES, INC.

By:___________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

S-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


LEVI STRAUSS GLOBAL OPERATIONS, INC.


By:_________________________________
Name:  Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer


LEVI STRAUSS INTERNATIONAL


By:_________________________________
Name:  Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer


LEVI STRAUSS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


By:_________________________________
Name:  Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer


LEVI'S ONLY STORES, INC.


By:_________________________________
Name:  Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer


NF INDUSTRIES, INC.


By:_________________________________
Name:  Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

S-2 Pledge and Security Agreement


CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent as Secured
Party

By:_______________________________
Name:  Robert Chen
Title: Vice President

S-3 Pledge and Security Agreement


                                   Schedule A

Name                                     Notice Address and Facsimile Number for
----                                     ---------------------------------------
                                         each Subsidiary Grantor
                                         -----------------------

Schedule A-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(d) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Deposit Accounts

Schedule 1(d)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(e)(i) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Class of Stock                                                            Percentage of
                               or Equity             Stock             Par          Number of          Outstanding
      Stock Issuer             Interest        Certificate Nos.       Value           Shares         Shares Pledged
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Schedule 1(e)(i)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(e)(ii) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Amount of
                     Debt Issuer                          Indebtedness
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Schedule 1(e)(ii)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(f)(i) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. Trademarks:
---------------

                                   Trademark              Registration        Registration
       Registered Owner           Description                Number               Date
       ----------------           -----------                ------               ----

Foreign Trademarks:
------------------
                                   Trademark              Registration        Registration
       Registered Owner           Description                Number               Date
       ----------------           -----------                ------               ----

Schedule 1(f)(i)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(f)(ii) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. Patents Issued:
-------------------

     Patent No.                Issue Date                Invention                Inventor
     ----------                ----------                ---------                --------

U.S. Patents Pending:
--------------------

  Applicant's             Date            Application
      Name                Filed             Number            Invention          Inventor
      -----               -----             ------            ---------          --------

Foreign Patents Issued:
----------------------

     Patent No.                Issue Date                Invention                Inventor
     ----------                ----------                ---------                --------

Foreign Patents Pending:
-----------------------

  Applicant's             Date            Application
      Name                Filed             Number            Invention          Inventor
      -----               -----             ------            ---------          --------

Schedule 1(f)(ii)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 1(f)(iii) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. Copyrights:

Title Registration No. Date of Issue Registered Owner

Foreign Copyright Registrations:

Country Title Registration No. Date of Issue

Pending U.S. Copyright Registrations & Applications:

Title Reference No. Date of Application Copyright Claimant

Pending Foreign Copyright Registrations & Applications:

Country      Title     Registration No.       Date of Issue
-------      -----     ----------------       -------------

                        Schedule 1(f)(iii)-1       Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 2(a) TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                                  Maximum Amount Secured in
    Selected            Description of Cash       Connection with such Cash
Revolving Lender        Management Services          Management Services
----------------        -------------------          -------------------

                             Schedule 2(a)-1   Pledge and Security Agreement

                              SCHEDULE 4(b)
                                   TO

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Locations of Equipment and Inventory

Name of Grantor Locations of Equipment and Inventory

Schedule 4(b)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 4(c)
TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Office Locations, Type and Jurisdiction of Organization

                       Type of                              Jurisdiction
Name of Grantor     Organization     Office Locations      of Organization
---------------     ------------     ----------------      ---------------

Schedule 4(c)-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE 4(d)
TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                               Other Names
                               -----------

Name of Grantor                     Other Names
---------------                     -----------

                             Schedule 4(d)-1   Pledge and Security Agreement

                              SCHEDULE 4(h)
                                   TO
                      PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                             Filing Offices
                             --------------

 Grantor                                              Filing Offices
 -------                                              --------------

                             Schedule 4(h)-1   Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT I TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[FORM OF GRANT OF TRADEMARK SECURITY INTEREST]

GRANT OF TRADEMARK SECURITY INTEREST

WHEREAS, [NAME OF GRANTOR], a ___________ corporation ("Grantor"), owns and uses in its business, and will in the future adopt and so use, various intangible assets, including the Trademark Collateral (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent") for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), the Lenders have made certain commitments, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services Comm V.A., a Belgian corporation, or any successor thereto ("LSIFCS") and certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Pledge and Security Agreement"), among Grantor, the Secured Party and the other grantors named therein, Grantor has agreed to create in favor of the Secured Party a secured and protected interest in, and the Secured Party has agreed to become a secured creditor with respect to, the Trademark Collateral;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement, Grantor hereby grants to the Secured Party a security interest in all of Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located (the "Trademark Collateral"):

I-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


(i) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) in and to all trademarks, service marks, designs, logos, indicia, tradenames, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles and/or other source and/or business identifiers and applications pertaining thereto, owned by Grantor, or hereafter adopted and used, in its business
(including the trademarks set forth on Schedule A attached hereto) (collectively, the "Trademarks"), all registrations that have been or may hereafter be issued or applied for thereon in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (including the registrations and applications specifically set forth on Schedule A attached hereto) (the "Trademark Registrations"), all common law and other rights in and to the Trademarks in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (the "Trademark Rights"), and all goodwill of Grantor's business symbolized by the Trademarks and associated therewith (the "Associated Goodwill"), it being understood that the rights and interests included in the Trademark Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of Grantor pertaining to Trademark applications and Trademarks presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties; and

(ii) all proceeds, products, rents and profits of or from any and all of the foregoing Trademark Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the Secured Party is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Trademark Collateral. For purposes of this Grant of Trademark Security Interest, the term "proceeds" includes whatever is receivable or received when Trademark Collateral or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary.

Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Secured Party with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

I-2 Pledge and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Grant of Trademark Security Interest to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the __ day of _______, _____.

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

By:____________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:______________________

I-3 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE A
TO
GRANT OF TRADEMARK SECURITY INTEREST

                        United States
                          Trademark          Registration           Registration
Registered Owner         Description           Number                   Date
----------------         -----------           ------                   ----

I-4 Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT II TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[FORM OF GRANT OF PATENT SECURITY INTEREST]

GRANT OF PATENT SECURITY INTEREST

WHEREAS, [NAME OF GRANTOR], a ___________ corporation ("Grantor"), owns and uses in its business, and will in the future adopt and so use, various intangible assets, including the Patent Collateral (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent") for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), the Lenders have made certain commitments, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services Comm V.A., a Belgian corporation, or any successor thereto ("LSIFCS") and certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Pledge and Security Agreement"), among Grantor, the Secured Party and the other grantors named therein, Grantor has agreed to create in favor of the Secured Party a secured and protected interest in, and the Secured Party has agreed to become a secured creditor with respect to, the Patent Collateral;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement, Grantor hereby grants to the Secured Party a security interest in all of Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located (the "Patent Collateral"):

II-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


(i) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) in and to all patents and patent applications and rights and interests in patents and patent applications under any domestic or foreign law that are presently, or in the future may be, owned or held by Grantor and all patents and patent applications and rights, title and interests in patents and patent applications under any domestic or foreign law that are presently, or in the future may be, owned by Grantor in whole or in part (including the patents and patent applications set forth on Schedule A attached hereto), all rights (but not obligations) corresponding thereto (including the right, exercisable only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to sue for past, present and future infringements in the name of Grantor or in the name of the Secured Party or the Lenders), and all re-issues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as the "Patents"), it being understood that the rights and interests included in the Patent Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of Grantor pertaining to patent applications and patents presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties; and

(ii) all proceeds, products, rents and profits of or from any and all of the foregoing Patent Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the Secured Party is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Patent Collateral. For purposes of this Grant of Patent Security Interest, the term "proceeds" includes whatever is receivable or received when Patent Collateral or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary.

Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Secured Party with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

II-2 Pledge and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Grant of Patent Security Interest to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the ___ day of ____________, _____.

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

By:_____________________________
Name:_________________________
Title:________________________

II-3 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE A
TO
GRANT OF PATENT SECURITY INTEREST

Patents Issued:
--------------

    Patent No.              Issue Date               Invention                Inventor
    ----------              ----------               ---------                --------







Patents Pending:
---------------

      Applicant's          Date           Application
          Name             Filed            Number            Invention             Inventor
          ----             -----            ------            ---------             --------

III-4 Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT III TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[FORM OF GRANT OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY INTEREST]

GRANT OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY INTEREST

WHEREAS, [NAME OF GRANTOR], a ___________ corporation ("Grantor"), owns and uses in its business, and will in the future adopt and so use, various intangible assets, including the Copyright Collateral (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent") for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), the Lenders have made certain commitments, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services Comm V.A., a Belgian corporation, or any successor thereto ("LSIFCS") and certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Pledge and Security Agreement"), among Grantor, the Secured Party and the other grantors named therein, Grantor has agreed to create in favor of the Secured Party a secured and protected interest in, and the Secured Party has agreed to become a secured creditor with respect to, the Copyright Collateral;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement, Grantor hereby grants to the Secured Party a security interest in all of Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now or hereafter

III-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


existing or in which Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located (the "Copyright Collateral"):

(i) all rights, title and interest (including rights acquired pursuant to a license or otherwise) under copyright in various published and unpublished works of authorship including computer programs, computer data bases, other computer software, layouts, trade dress, drawings, designs, writings and formulas owned by Grantor (including the works set forth on Schedule A attached hereto) (collectively, the "Copyrights"), all copyright registrations issued to Grantor and applications for copyright registration that have been or may hereafter be issued or applied for thereon by Grantor in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries (including the registrations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, as the same may be amended pursuant hereto from time to time) (collectively, the "Copyright Registrations"), all common law and other rights in and to the Copyrights in the United States and any state thereof and in foreign countries including all copyright licenses (but with respect to such copyright licenses, only to the extent permitted by such licensing arrangements) (the "Copyright Rights"), including each of the Copyrights, rights, titles and interests in and to the Copyrights, all derivative works and other works protectable by copyright, which are presently, or in the future may be, owned, created (as a work for hire for the benefit of Grantor), authored (as a work for hire for the benefit of Grantor) or acquired by Grantor, in whole or in part, and all Copyright Rights with respect thereto and all Copyright Registrations therefor, heretofore or hereafter granted or applied for, and all renewals and extensions thereof, throughout the world, including the right to renew and extend such Copyright Registrations and Copyright Rights and to register works protectable by copyright and the right, exercisable only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to sue for past, present and future infringements of the Copyrights and Copyright Rights in the name of Grantor or in the name of the Secured Party or the Lenders, it being understood that the rights and interests included in the Copyright Collateral hereby shall include, without limitation, all rights and interests pursuant to licensing or other contracts in favor of Grantor pertaining to Copyright applications and Copyrights presently or in the future owned or used by third parties but, in the case of third parties which are not Affiliates of Grantor, only to the extent permitted by such licensing or other contracts and, if not so permitted, only with the consent of such third parties; and

(ii) all proceeds, products, rents and profits of or from any and all of the foregoing Copyright Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the Secured Party is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Copyright Collateral. For purposes of this Grant of Copyright Security Interest, the term "proceeds" includes whatever is receivable or received when Copyright Collateral or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary.

Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Secured Party with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

III-2 Pledge and Security Agreement


[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

III-3 Pledge and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Grant of Copyright Security Interest to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the ___ day of ___________, _____.

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

By:_____________________________
Name:_________________________
Title:__________________________

III-4 Pledge and Security Agreement


SCHEDULE A
TO
GRANT OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY INTEREST

U.S. Copyrights:

Title Registration No. Date of Issue Registered Owner

Pending U.S. Copyright Registrations & Applications:

Title Reference No. Date of Application Copyright Claimant

III-5 Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT IV TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

This Pledge Supplement, dated as of __________________, is delivered pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003 between ____________________, a _______________ ("Grantor"), the other Grantors named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent as the Secured Party (said Pledge and Security Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Pledge and Security Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined).

Grantor hereby agrees that the [Pledged Interests] [Pledged Indebtedness] set forth on the schedule attached hereto shall be deemed to be part of the [Pledged Interests] [Pledged Indebtedness] and shall become part of the Securities Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of _______________.

[GRANTOR]

By: ___________________________
Title:

IV-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT V TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

IP SUPPLEMENT

This IP SUPPLEMENT, dated as of _______, is delivered pursuant to and supplements (i) the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003 (said Pledge and Security Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Pledge and Security Agreement"), among Levi Strauss & Co., the other Grantors named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent as the Secured Party, and (ii) the [Grant of Trademark Security Interest] [Grant of Patent Security Interest] [Grant of Copyright Security Interest] dated as of January 31, 2003 (said [Grant of Trademark Security Interest] [Grant of Patent Security Interest] [Grant of Copyright Security Interest], as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Grant"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined) executed by Grantor.

["Grantor"] grants to the Secured Party a security interest in all of Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the [Trademark Collateral] [Patent Collateral] [Copyright Collateral] set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. All such [Trademark Collateral] [Patent Collateral] [Copyright Collateral] shall be deemed to be part of the [Trademark Collateral] [Patent Collateral] [Copyright Collateral] and shall be hereafter subject to each of the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Grant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of ______________.

[GRANTOR]

By:______________________________
Name:
Title:

V-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT VI TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

[FORM OF COUNTERPART]

COUNTERPART (this "Counterpart"), dated as of _______, is delivered pursuant to Section 21 of the Pledge and Security Agreement referred to below. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Counterpart may be attached to the Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003 (said Pledge and Security Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Pledge and Security Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among Levi Strauss & Co., the other Grantors named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent as the Secured Party. The undersigned by executing and delivering this Counterpart hereby becomes a Grantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement in accordance with Section 21 thereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

(i) authorizes the Secured Party to add the information set forth on the Schedules to this Agreement to the correlative Schedules attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement/1/;

(ii) agrees that all Collateral of the undersigned, including the items of property set forth on the Schedules hereto, shall become part of the Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations; and

(iii) makes the representations and warranties set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, as amended hereby, to the extent relating to the undersigned.

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]

By:______________________________
Name:
Title:


/1/ The Schedules to the Counterpart should include copies of all Schedules that identify collateral to be granted by the Additional Grantor.

VI-1 Pledge and Security Agreement


Exhibit 10.68

GUARANTY

This GUARANTY is dated as of January 31, 2003 and entered into by THE UNDERSIGNED (each a "Guarantor", and together with any future Subsidiaries executing this Guaranty, being collectively referred to herein as the "Guarantors") in favor of and for the benefit of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent for and representative of (in such capacity herein called the "Guarantied Party") the several financial institutions (the "Lenders") from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to below and any Selected Revolving Lender, and for the benefit of the other Beneficiaries (as hereinafter defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), has entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined).

B. The Borrower, Levi Strauss International Group Finance Coordination Services Comm V.A., a Belgian corporation, or any successor thereto ("LSIFCS") and certain Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and it is desired that the obligations of the Borrower, LSIFCS and such Material Domestic Subsidiaries under the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, including the obligation of the Borrower, LSIFCS and such Material Domestic Subsidiaries to make payments thereunder in the event of early termination or close out thereof, together with all obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, be guarantied hereunder until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

C. The Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and it is desired that the obligations of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries arising in connection with such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, together with all obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, be guarantied hereunder until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

1 Guaranty


D. The Guarantied Party, the Lenders and each Selected Revolving Lender for which the Guarantied Party has received the notice required by Section 17(c) hereof are sometimes referred to herein as the "Beneficiaries."

E. A portion of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions may be advanced to the Guarantors, and thus the Guarantied Obligations (as hereinafter defined) are being incurred for and will inure to the benefit of the Guarantors (which benefits are hereby acknowledged).

F. It is a condition precedent to the initial extensions of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that the Borrower's obligations thereunder be guarantied by the Guarantors.

G. The Guarantors are willing irrevocably and unconditionally to guaranty such obligations of the Borrower.

NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and the Guarantied Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Selected Revolving Lenders to enter into the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and to provide the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, the Guarantors hereby agree as follows:

1. Guaranty. (a) In order to induce (i) the Lenders to extend credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (ii) the entry by the Selected Revolving Lenders into the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and (iii) the provision by the Selected Revolving Lenders of the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, the Guarantors jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, the due and punctual payment in full of all Guarantied Obligations (as hereinafter defined) when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. (S) 362(a)). The term "Guarantied Obligations" is used herein in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all Obligations of the Borrower, any and all obligations of the Borrower, LSIFCS and each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower under the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and any and all obligations of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, whether due or not due, and however arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, including those arising under successive borrowing transactions under the Credit Agreement which shall either continue the Obligations of the Borrower or from time to time renew them after they have been satisfied; provided, however, that obligations arising under or in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services shall be Guarantied Obligations only until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

2 Guaranty


Each Guarantor acknowledges that a portion of the Credit Extensions may be advanced to it, that Letters of Credit may be issued for the benefit of its business and that the Guarantied Obligations are being incurred for and will inure to its benefit.

Any interest on any portion of the Guarantied Obligations that accrues after the commencement of any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower, LSIFCS or any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower (or, if interest on any portion of the Guarantied Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of said proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guarantied Obligations if said proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guarantied Obligations because it is the intention of each Guarantor and the Guarantied Party that the Guarantied Obligations should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order that may relieve the Borrower, LSIFCS or any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower of any portion of such Guarantied Obligations.

In the event that all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations is paid, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) is rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from the Guarantied Party or any other Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments that are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guarantied Obligations.

Subject to the other provisions of this Section 1, upon the failure of the Borrower, LSIFCS or any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower to pay any of the Guarantied Obligations when and as the same shall become due, each Guarantor will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Guarantied Party for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the aggregate of the unpaid Guarantied Obligations.

(b) Anything contained in this Guaranty to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable provisions of comparable state law (collectively, the "Fraudulent Transfer Laws"), in each case after giving effect to all other liabilities of such Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, that are relevant under the Fraudulent Transfer Laws (specifically excluding, however, any liabilities of such Guarantor (i) in respect of intercompany indebtedness to the Borrower or other affiliates of the Borrower to the extent that such indebtedness would be discharged in an amount equal to the amount paid by such Guarantor hereunder and
(ii) under any guaranty which contains a limitation as to maximum amount similar to that set forth in this Section 1(b), pursuant to which the liability of such Guarantor hereunder is included in the liabilities taken into account in determining such maximum amount) and after giving effect as assets to the value
(as determined under the applicable provisions of the Fraudulent Transfer Laws)
of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution of such Guarantor pursuant to applicable law or pursuant to the terms of any agreement.

3 Guaranty


(c) Each Guarantor under this Guaranty and each guarantor under other guaranties, if any, relating to the Credit Agreement (the "Related Guaranties") that contain a contribution provision similar to that set forth in this Section
1(c), together desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the

"Contributing Guarantors"), in a fair and equitable manner, their obligations arising under this Guaranty and the Related Guaranties. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor under this Guaranty or a guarantor under a Related Guaranty, each such Guarantor or such other guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in the maximum amount permitted by law so as to maximize the aggregate amount of the Guarantied Obligations paid to the Beneficiaries.

2. Guaranty Absolute; Continuing Guaranty. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees that: (a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectibility; (b) the Guarantied Party may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower, LSIFCS, any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower, or any Guarantor and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such event; (c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of each of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, of the Borrower, LSIFCS or any Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower under the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower or any of such other Guarantors and whether or not the Borrower, LSIFCS, any of the other Subsidiaries of the Borrower or any other Guarantor is joined in any such action or actions; and (d) a payment of a portion, but not all, of the Guarantied Obligations by one or more Guarantors shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge the liability of such or any other Guarantor for any portion of the Guarantied Obligations that has not been paid. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns, and each Guarantor irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guarantied Obligations.

3. Actions by the Beneficiaries. Any Beneficiary may from time to time, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or giving rise to any limitation, impairment or discharge of any Guarantor's liability hereunder, (a) renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guarantied Obligations, (b) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations, (c) request and accept other guaranties of the Guarantied Obligations and take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Guarantied Obligations, (d) release, exchange, compromise, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guarantied Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guarantied Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person with respect to the Guarantied Obligations, (e) enforce and

4 Guaranty


apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of any Beneficiary in respect of this Guaranty or the Guarantied Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, may have against any such security, as Guarantied Party in its discretion may determine consistent with the Credit Agreement, the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts or the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable and (f) exercise any other rights available to the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, under the Loan Documents, the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts or the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

4. No Discharge. This Guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any limitation, impairment or discharge for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (a) any failure to assert or enforce or agreement not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guarantied Obligations, (b) any waiver or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guarantied Obligations, (c) the Guarantied Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, (d) the application of payments received from any source to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guarantied Obligations, even though the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guarantied Obligations, (e) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guarantied Obligations, (f) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower may assert against the Guarantied Party or any Beneficiary in respect of the Guarantied Obligations, including but not limited to failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury and (g) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of a Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guarantied Obligations.

5. Waivers. Each Guarantor waives, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries:
(a) any right to require the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Borrower or LSIFCS, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guarantied Obligations, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower or LSIFCS, any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any

5 Guaranty


other Guarantor, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person, or
(iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower from any cause other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon the Guarantied Party's or any other Beneficiary's errors or omissions in the administration of the Guarantied Obligations, except behavior that amounts to gross negligence or willful misconduct; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, that are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor's obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor's liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty, notices of default under the Credit Agreement, notices of default, close out or early termination under any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices in connection with any event relating to any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Sections 3 and 4 hereof and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Guaranty.

As used in this paragraph, any reference to "the principal" includes the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Material Domestic Subsidiary party to any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts and any other Subsidiary of the Borrower party to any arrangement relating to Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and any reference to "the creditor" includes the Guarantied Party and each other Beneficiary. In accordance with Section 2856 of the California Civil Code each Guarantor waives any and all rights and defenses available to it by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433 of the California Civil Code, including any and all rights or defenses such Guarantor may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property or by reason of protection afforded to the principal with respect to any of the Guarantied Obligations, or to any other guarantor of any of the Guarantied Obligations with respect to any of such guarantor's obligations under its guaranty, in either case pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of the State of California limiting or discharging the principal's indebtedness or such guarantor's obligations, including Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Consequently, among other things: (1) the creditor may collect from such Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the principal; and (2) if the creditor forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the principal: (A) the amount of the Guarantied Obligations may be reduced only by the price

6 Guaranty


for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price and (B) the creditor may collect from such Guarantor even if the creditor, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Guarantor may have to collect from the principal. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any right and defenses such Guarantor may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. Each Guarantor also waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the creditor, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a Guarantied Obligation, has destroyed such Guarantor's rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise; and even though that election of remedies by the creditor, such as nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for an obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guarantied Obligations, has destroyed such Guarantor's rights of contribution against such other guarantor. No other provision of this Guaranty shall be construed as limiting the generality of any of the covenants and waivers set forth in this paragraph. As provided below, this Guaranty shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. This paragraph is included solely out of an abundance of caution, and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way applicable to this Guaranty or to any of the Guarantied Obligations.

6. Guarantors' Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.; Subordination of
Other Obligations. Each Guarantor waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor, any other Subsidiary of Borrower or their respective assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute (including under California Civil Code Section 2847, 2848 or 2849), under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guarantied Obligations shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor of any of the Guarantied Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have against the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, to all right, title and interest the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have in any such collateral

7 Guaranty


or security, and to any right the Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have against such other guarantor.

Any indebtedness of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower now or hereafter held by any Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantied Obligations, and any such indebtedness of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower to a Guarantor collected or received by such Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and any amount paid to a Guarantor on account of any subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights referred to in the preceding paragraph when all Guarantied Obligations have not been paid in full, shall be held in trust for the Guarantied Party on behalf of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Guarantied Party for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guarantied Obligations.

7. Expenses. The Guarantors jointly and severally agree to pay or reimburse the Guarantied Party and each Beneficiary for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Guaranty, including all Attorney Costs.

8. Financial Condition of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any
other Subsidiary of the Borrower. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation, and each Guarantor waives any duty on the part of any Beneficiary, to disclose or discuss with such Guarantor its assessment, or such Guarantor's assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or any matter or fact relating to the business, operations or condition of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts, and in connection with any Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, as the case may be, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower, LSIFCS, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations.

9. Representations and Warranties. Each Guarantor makes, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, each of the representations and warranties made in the Credit Agreement by the Borrower as to such Guarantor, its assets, financial condition, operations, organization, legal status, business and the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

10. Covenants. Each Guarantor agrees that, so long as any part of the Guarantied Obligations shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and any Lender shall have any Commitment, such Guarantor will, unless Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, perform or observe, and cause its Subsidiaries to perform or observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements that the Loan Documents and any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts state that the Borrower is to cause a Guarantor and such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

8 Guaranty


11. Set Off. In addition to any other rights any Beneficiary may have under law or in equity, if any amount shall at any time be due and owing by a Guarantor to any Beneficiary under this Guaranty, such Beneficiary is authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice (any such notice being expressly waived), to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including but not limited to indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured) and any other indebtedness of such Beneficiary owing to a Guarantor and any other property of such Guarantor held by a Beneficiary to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor against and on account of the Guarantied Obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor to any Beneficiary under this Guaranty.

12. Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor. If all of the stock of a Guarantor or any of its successors in interest under this Guaranty shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in any sale or other disposition to a Person (other than a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Borrower) not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or otherwise consented to by Required Lenders, the obligations of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Beneficiary or any other Person effective as of the time of such sale; provided that, if the sale of such stock constitutes a disposition of assets as a condition precedent to such discharge and release, the Guarantied Party shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that arrangements satisfactory to it have been made for delivery to the Guarantied Party of the Net Cash Proceeds (if any) as required by the Credit Agreement.

13. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Guarantied Party and, in the case of any such amendment or modification, the Guarantors. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

14. Miscellaneous. It is not necessary for the Beneficiaries to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor, the Borrower, LSIFCS or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

The rights, powers and remedies given to the Beneficiaries by this Guaranty are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies given to the Beneficiaries by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the Loan Documents or Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts or any agreement between one or more Guarantors and one or more Beneficiaries or between the Borrower, LSIFCS, any Material Domestic Subsidiary party to any Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contracts or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower and one or more Beneficiaries. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay by any Beneficiary in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty shall not be

9 Guaranty


affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, the LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State.

The rules of construction set forth in Sections 1.02 and 1.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement mutatis mutandis.

This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of the Beneficiaries and their respective successors and assigns.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE GUARANTORS, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE GUARANTORS, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS GUARANTY. THE GUARANTORS, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.

EACH PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THE GUARANTY OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert Original Currency into Other Currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by

10 Guaranty


law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Guarantied Party or a Beneficiary could purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency in New York, New York on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is given. The obligations of any Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to the Guarantied Party or any Beneficiary hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in such Other Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Other Currency such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency; if the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary in the Original Currency, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary against such loss, and if the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary in the Original Currency, such agent or Lender shall remit such excess to such Guarantor.

15. Additional Guarantors. The initial Guarantor(s) hereunder shall be such of the Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower as are signatories hereto on the date hereof. From time to time subsequent to the date hereof, Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become parties hereto, as additional Guarantors (each an "Additional Guarantor"), by executing a counterpart, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, of this Guaranty. Upon delivery of any such counterpart to the Guarantied Party, notice of which is hereby waived by the Guarantors, each such Additional Guarantor shall be a Guarantor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Guarantor were an original signatory hereof. Each Guarantor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Guarantor hereunder, nor by any election of the Guarantied Party not to cause any Subsidiary of the Borrower to become an Additional Guarantor hereunder. This Guaranty shall be fully effective as to any Guarantor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Guarantor hereunder.

16. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Guaranty may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Guaranty shall become effective as to each Guarantor upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by such Guarantor (whether or not a counterpart hereof shall have been executed by any other Guarantor). Any counterpart of this Guaranty may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of such counterpart and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Guarantors. The Guarantied Party may also require that any such counterpart and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile counterpart or signature.

11 Guaranty


17. The Guarantied Party as Agent.

(a) The Guarantied Party has been appointed to act as Guarantied Party hereunder by the Lenders. The Guarantied Party shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights and to take or refrain from taking any action, solely in accordance with this Guaranty and the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Guarantied Party shall at all times be the same Person that is the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Guarantied Party under this Guaranty; and appointment of a successor administrative agent pursuant to
Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Guarantied Party under this Guaranty. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as administrative agent under Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement by a successor administrative agent, that successor administrative agent shall thereupon succeed to become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Guarantied Party under this Guaranty, and the retiring Guarantied Party under this Guaranty shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Guarantied Party all sums held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Guarantied Party under this Guaranty and (ii) take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Guarantied Party of the rights created hereunder, whereupon such retiring Guarantied Party shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Guaranty. After any retiring Guarantied Party's resignation hereunder as Guarantied Party, the provisions of this Guaranty shall inure to its benefits as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Guaranty while it was the Guarantied Party hereunder.

(c) The Guarantied Party shall not be deemed to have any duty whatsoever with respect to any Selected Revolving Lender until it shall have received written notice in form and substance satisfactory to the Guarantied Party from the Borrower, a Guarantor or the Selected Revolving Lender as to the existence and terms of the applicable Selected Revolving Lender Swap Contract or Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

12 Guaranty


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

BATTERY STREET ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:_____________________________________________
Name:    Joseph M. Maurer
Title:   Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
         1155 Battery Street
         San Francisco, CA 94111

LEVI STRAUSS FINANCIAL CENTER CORPORATION

By:_____________________________________________
Name:    Joseph M. Maurer
Title:   Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
         1155 Battery Street
         San Francisco, CA 94111

LEVI STRAUSS GLOBAL FULFILLMENT
SERVICES, INC.

By:_____________________________________________
Name:    Joseph M. Maurer
Title:   Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
         1155 Battery Street
         San Francisco, CA 94111

S-1 Guaranty


LEVI STRAUSS GLOBAL
OPERATIONS, INC.

By:_________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

LEVI STRAUSS INTERNATIONAL

By:_________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

LEVI STRAUSS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:_________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

S-2 Guaranty


LEVI'S ONLY STORES, INC.

By:_________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

NF INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:_________________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

S-3 Guaranty


ACKNOWLEDGED AND FOR PURPOSES OF
THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL SET FORTH
IN SECTION 14 HEREOF ONLY, AGREED AS
OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent as Guarantied Party

By:__________________________________
Name: Robert Chen
Title: Vice President

S-4 Guaranty


Exhibit A to

Subsidiary Guaranty

Form of Counterpart for Additional Guarantors

This COUNTERPART (this "Counterpart"), dated as of _______, _____, is delivered pursuant to Section 15 of the Guaranty referred to below. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Counterpart may be attached to the Guaranty, dated as of January 31, 2003 (as it may be from time to time amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the "Guaranty"; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Guarantors named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Guarantied Party. The undersigned, by executing and delivering this Counterpart, hereby becomes an Additional Guarantor under the Guaranty in accordance with Section 15 thereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Counterpart to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of ______________, ____.

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

By:__________________________
Name:__________________________
Title:__________________________

Address: ______________________________

A-1 Guaranty


EXHIBIT 10.69

PARENT GUARANTY

This COMPANY GUARANTY is entered into as of January 31, 2003, by LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Guarantor"), in favor of and for the benefit of CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Administrative Agent for and representative of (in such capacity herein called "Guarantied Party") the Selected Revolving Lenders (as hereinafter defined).

RECITALS.

A. Levi Strauss & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), has entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among the Guarantor, the several financial institutions (the "Lenders") from time to time party thereto, the several financial institutions party thereto as L/C Issuers, the several financial institutions party thereto as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, the financial institutions party thereto as Co-Syndication Agents, the financial institution party thereto as Documentation Agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent for the Lenders (said Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined).

B. The Guarantor and certain of its Subsidiaries (each, a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") may from time to time enter, or may from time to time have entered, into one or more arrangements for Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and it is desired that the obligations of the Guarantor and such Subsidiaries arising in connection with such Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services be guarantied hereunder until the payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

C. Guarantied Party and Selected Revolving Lenders are sometimes referred to herein as "Beneficiaries".

D. The Guarantied Obligations (as hereinafter defined) are being incurred for and will inure to the benefit of Guarantor (which benefits are hereby acknowledged).

E. It is a condition precedent to the making of the initial Loans under the Credit Agreement that the Subsidiaries' obligations in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services be guarantied by Guarantor.

F. Guarantor is willing irrevocably and unconditionally to guaranty such obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and the Guarantied Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Selected Revolving Lenders to provide the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1 Parent Guaranty


1. Guaranty. Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, the due and punctual payment in full of all Guarantied Obligations (as hereinafter defined) when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. (S) 362(a)). The term "Guarantied Obligations" means any and all obligations of the Subsidiaries, now or hereafter incurred and however arising in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

Any interest on any portion of the Guarantied Obligations that accrues after the commencement of any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of any Subsidiary (or, if interest on any portion of the Guarantied Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of said proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guarantied Obligations if said proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guarantied Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantor and Guarantied Party that the Guarantied Obligations should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order that may relieve any Subsidiary of any portion of such Guarantied Obligations.

In the event that all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations is paid by any Subsidiary, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) is rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from Guarantied Party or any other Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments that are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guarantied Obligations.

Subject to the other provisions of this Section 1, upon the failure of any Subsidiary to pay any of the Guarantied Obligations when and as the same shall become due, Guarantor will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to Guarantied Party for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the aggregate of the unpaid Guarantied Obligations.

2. Guaranty Absolute; Continuing Guaranty. The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, Guarantor agrees that: (a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectibility; (b) Guarantied Party may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of any defaults with respect to the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between a Subsidiary and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such default; (c) the obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Subsidiaries in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and the obligations of any other guarantor of the obligations of the Subsidiaries under the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against any Subsidiary or any of such other guarantors and whether or not any Subsidiary is joined in any such action or actions; and (d) Guarantor's payment of a portion, but not all, of the Guarantied Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge

2 Parent Guaranty


Guarantor's liability for any portion of the Guarantied Obligations that has not been paid. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns, and Guarantor irrevocably waives any right (including without limitation any such right arising under California Civil Code Section 2815) to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guarantied Obligations.

3. Actions by Beneficiaries. Any Beneficiary may from time to time, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or giving rise to any limitation, impairment or discharge of Guarantor's liability hereunder, (a) renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guarantied Obligations, (b) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations, (c) request and accept other guaranties of the Guarantied Obligations and take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Guarantied Obligations, (d) release, exchange, compromise, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guarantied Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guarantied Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person with respect to the Guarantied Obligations, (e) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of any Beneficiary in respect of this Guaranty or the Guarantied Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, may have against any such security, as Guarantied Party in its discretion may determine consistent with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and (f) exercise any other rights available to Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

4. No Discharge. This Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any limitation, impairment or discharge for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations), including without limitation the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (a) any failure to assert or enforce or agreement not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guarantied Obligations, (b) any waiver or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions governing the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guarantied Obligations, (c) the Guarantied Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, (d) the application of payments received from any source to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guarantied Obligations, even though Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, or any of them, might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guarantied Obligations, (e) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guarantied Obligations, (f) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which any Subsidiary may assert against Guarantied Party or

3 Parent Guaranty


any Beneficiary in respect of the Guarantied Obligations, including but not limited to failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, and (g) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guarantied Obligations.

5. Waivers. Guarantor waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries, as a condition of payment or performance by Guarantor, to (i) proceed against any Subsidiary, any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any Subsidiary, any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of any Subsidiary including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of any Subsidiary from any cause other than payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon Guarantied Party's or any other Beneficiary's errors or omissions in the administration of the Guarantied Obligations, except behavior that amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, that are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty and any legal or equitable discharge of Guarantor's obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor's liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof,
(iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty, notices of defaults in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guarantied Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to any Subsidiary and notices of any of the matters referred to in Sections 3 and 4 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Guaranty.

As used in this paragraph, any reference to "the principal" includes the Subsidiaries, and any reference to "the creditor" includes Guarantied Party and each other Beneficiary. In accordance with Section 2856 of the California Civil Code Guarantor waives any and all rights and defenses available to Guarantor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code, including without limitation any and all rights or defenses Guarantor or any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things: (1) the creditor may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the principal; and (2) if the creditor forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the

4 Parent Guaranty


principal: (A) the amount of the Guarantied Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price and (B) the creditor may collect from Guarantor even if the creditor, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from the principal. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any right and defenses Guarantor may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Guarantor also waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the creditor, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a Guarantied Obligation, has destroyed Guarantor's rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise; and even though that election of remedies by the creditor, such as nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for an obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guarantied Obligations, has destroyed Guarantor's rights of contribution against such other guarantor. No other provision of this Guaranty shall be construed as limiting the generality of any of the covenants and waivers set forth in this paragraph. As provided below, this Guaranty shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. This paragraph is included solely out of an abundance of caution, and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way applicable to this Guaranty or to any of the Guarantied Obligations.

6. Guarantor's Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.; Subordination of Other Obligations. Guarantor waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any Subsidiary or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute (including under California Civil Code ss.2847, 2848, or 2849) under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any Subsidiary, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against any Subsidiary, and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guarantied Obligations shall have been paid in full or terminated, Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution Guarantor may have against any other guarantor of any of the Guarantied Obligations. Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification Guarantor may have against any Subsidiary or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have against any Subsidiary, to all right, title and interest Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right Guarantied Party or the other Beneficiaries may have against such other guarantor.

5 Parent Guaranty


Any indebtedness of any Subsidiary now or hereafter held by Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantied Obligations, and any such indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Guarantor collected or received by Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and any amount paid to Guarantor on account of any subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights referred to in the preceding paragraph when all Guarantied Obligations have not been paid in full, shall be held in trust for Guarantied Party on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Guarantied Party for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guarantied Obligations.

7. Expenses. Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse Guarantied Party and each Beneficiary for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Guaranty, including all Attorney Costs.

8. Financial Condition of Subsidiaries. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation, and Guarantor waives any duty on the part of any Beneficiary, to disclose or discuss with Guarantor its assessment, or Guarantor's assessment, of the financial condition of any Subsidiary or any matter or fact relating to the business, operations or condition of any Subsidiary. Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Subsidiaries on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of all such Subsidiaries and their ability to perform their obligations in connection with the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services, and Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Subsidiaries and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations.

9. Set Off. In addition to any other rights any Beneficiary may have under law or in equity, if any amount shall at any time be due and owing by Guarantor to any Beneficiary under this Guaranty, such Beneficiary is authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice (any such notice being expressly waived), to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including but not limited to indebtedness evidence by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured) and any other indebtedness of such Beneficiary owing to Guarantor and any other property of Guarantor held by a Beneficiary to or for the credit or the account of Guarantor against and on account of the Guarantied Obligations and liabilities of Guarantor to any Beneficiary under this Guaranty.

10. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, and no consent to any departure by Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Guarantied Party and, in the case of any such amendment or modification, Guarantor. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

11. Miscellaneous. It is not necessary for Beneficiaries to inquire into the capacity or powers of Guarantor or any Subsidiary or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

6 Parent Guaranty


The rights, powers and remedies given to Beneficiaries by this Guaranty are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies given to Beneficiaries by virtue of any statute or rule of law or under the terms or provisions of the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services or any agreement between Guarantor and one or more Beneficiaries or between any Subsidiary and one or more Beneficiaries. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay by any Beneficiary in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

The rules of construction set forth in Sections 1.02 and 1.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement mutatis mutandis.

This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of the Beneficiaries and their respective successors and assigns.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE GUARANTOR, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE GUARANTOR, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS GUARANTY. THE GUARANTOR, THE GUARANTIED PARTY AND EACH BENEFICIARY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.

EACH PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THE GUARANTY OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO, IN EACH

7 Parent Guaranty


CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert Original Currency into Other Currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Guarantied Party or a Beneficiary could purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency in New York, New York on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is given. The obligations of the Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to the Guarantied Party or any Beneficiary hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in such Other Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Other Currency such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency; if the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary in the Original Currency, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary against such loss, and if the Original Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary in the Original Currency, such Guarantied Party or Beneficiary shall remit such excess to such Guarantor.

12. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Guaranty may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Guaranty shall become effective as to the Guarantor upon the execution hereof by the Guarantor. Any counterpart of this Guaranty may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of such counterpart and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on the Guarantor. The Guarantied Party may also require that any such counterpart and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile counterpart or signature.

13. The Guarantied Party as Agent.

(a) The Guarantied Party has been appointed to act as Guarantied Party hereunder by the Selected Revolving Lenders. The Guarantied Party shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights and to take or refrain from taking any action, solely in accordance with

8 Parent Guaranty


this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement and the Selected Revolving Lender Cash Management Services.

(b) The Guarantied Party shall at all times be the same Person that is the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Guarantied Party under this Guaranty; and appointment of a successor administrative agent pursuant to
Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Guarantied Party under this Guaranty. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as administrative agent under Section 9.09 of the Credit Agreement by a successor administrative agent, that successor administrative agent shall thereupon succeed to become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Guarantied Party under this Guaranty, and the retiring Guarantied Party under this Guaranty shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Guarantied Party all sums held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Guarantied Party under this Guaranty and (ii) take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Guarantied Party of the rights created hereunder, whereupon such retiring Guarantied Party shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Guaranty. After any retiring Guarantied Party's resignation hereunder as Guarantied Party, the provisions of this Guaranty shall inure to its benefits as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Guaranty while it was the Guarantied Party hereunder.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

9 Parent Guaranty


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By:___________________________________
Name: Joseph M. Maurer
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Address: Levi's Plaza
1155 Battery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111

S-1 Parent Guaranty


ACKNOWLEDGED AND FOR PURPOSES OF
THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL SET FORTH
IN SECTION 14 HEREOF ONLY, AGREED AS
OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent as Guarantied Party

By: _______________________________
Name: Robert Chen
Title: Vice President

S-2 Parent Guaranty


Exhibit 10.70

SECOND AMENDMENT

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN OF
LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

WHEREAS, LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (the "Company") maintains the Employee Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (the "EIP"); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18.1 of the EIP, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to amend the EIP at any time and for any reason; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the EIP effective as of January 1, 2002 to correct certain scrivener's errors relating to the direct rollover provisions implemented under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the EIP, effective as of January 1, 2002, by adopting the final regulations issued under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code relating to minimum required distributions; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the EIP, effective as of September 9, 2002, to change the method for applying loan repayments to participants' accounts; and

WHEREAS, by resolutions duly adopted on June 22, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized Philip A. Marineau, President and Chief Executive Officer, to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and to further delegate to certain officers of the Company the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP; and

WHEREAS, on June 22, 2000, Philip A. Marineau delegated to any Senior Vice President, Human Resources, including Fred D. Paulenich, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources, the authority to take certain actions with respect to the EIP and such delegation has not been amended, rescinded or superseded as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, the amendment herein is within the delegated authority of Fred D. Paulenich; and

NOW THEREFORE, effective as of the dates specified herein, the EIP is hereby amended as follows:

1. Effective as of September 9, 2002, the last full paragraph of Section 10.3 of the EIP is hereby amended to read as follows:

"If the Investment Committee determines that it is not feasible for the Trustee to prudently liquidate the necessary amount invested in any Fund in accordance with Members' loan requests, the Investment Committee will so advise the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee will direct that such steps be taken as it considers necessary or desirable for the protection of Members' Accounts, including the reordering of liquidation priorities or a pro rata reduction in the amount of each Member's loan. The promissory note executed by the Member will be reflected in reporting the


balance of the Member's Account or Accounts that funded the loan. Principal and interest payments will be credited to the Member's Account or Accounts in proportion to the extent that such Account or Accounts funded the loan. Further, such principal and interest payments shall be invested in the Funds in proportion to the Member's investment directions as in effect at the time the principal and interest payments are credited to such Member's Account or Accounts."

2. Effective as of January 1, 2002, paragraph (d) of Section 11.4 of the EIP is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"(d) Direct Transfer. Effective January 1, 1993, a Member (or eligible Beneficiary) may elect to have the Member's Plan Benefit, including his or her Post-Tax Account effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2002 (subject to the limitations specified below), paid by a direct transfer to any of the following eligible retirement plans:

(i) A qualified trust forming part of another employer's plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Code, which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Code;

(ii) An individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code;

(iii) An individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract);

(iv) A qualified annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code;

(v) With respect to distributions on or after January 1, 2002, an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code; or

(vi) With respect to distributions on or after January 1, 2002, an eligible plan under section 457 of the Code which is maintained by a State, a political subdivision of a State, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan,

provided that such Plan Benefit otherwise qualifies for transfer under the Code, that such eligible retirement plan accepts direct transfer contributions from the Plan, and in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the Member's Surviving Spouse, subparagraphs (i), (iv),
(v), and (vi) shall not apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, with respect to distributions on or after January 1, 2002, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the Member's Surviving Spouse after the Member's death, subparagraphs (i) through (vi) shall apply. In the case of a direct transfer of a Member's Post-Tax Account: (1) subparagraphs (v) and (vi), above, shall not apply, and (2) an eligible retirement plan described in subparagraphs (i) and (iv), above, must agree to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such


distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

The Administrative Committee will provide each Member with notice of the direct transfer option as required by section 402(f) of the Code (the "Section 402(f) Notice") at least ninety (90) days and not less than thirty (30) days before the Annuity Starting Date. The Member will have at least thirty (30) days after the 402(f) Notice is provided to elect to have his or her Plan Benefit paid in the form of a direct transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Member may elect to waive the thirty (30)-day election period by affirmatively electing, before the expiration of such thirty (30)-day period, to have his or her Plan Benefit paid in the form of a direct transfer. If the Member makes such election, no other Plan Benefit will be payable from the Plan to the Member and his or her Beneficiary."

3. Effective for minimum required distributions for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the last full paragraph of
Section 11.6 of the EIP is hereby amended to read as follows:

"Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to distributions under the Plan made for the calendar year beginning on January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001; provided, however, that with respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were finalized on April 17, 2002."

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed this ______ day of ________________________, 2002.

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.

By: ______________________________________________
Fred D. Paulenich
Senior Vice President of Worldwide Human Resources


EXHIBIT 12

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
For Fiscal Years Ended 1998 - 2002
(000's)

                                                                              Fiscal Year Ended
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   11/24/2002    11/25/2001    11/26/2000    11/28/1999    11/29/1998
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed Charges:
Interest:
   Interest expense (includes amortization
      of debt discount and costs)                  $186,493       $230,772      $234,098      $182,978      $178,035
   Capitalized debt costs                            33,918         49,730        34,769        15,729        27,447
   Interest factor in rental expense                 25,402         24,652        26,026        28,700        26,733
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total fixed charges                           245,813        305,154       294,893       227,407       232,215
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------

Earnings:
Income before income taxes                           49,958        239,689       343,680         8,499       162,700

Add:  Fixed charges                                 245,813        305,154       294,893       227,407       232,215

                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Total Earnings                 $295,771       $544,843      $638,573      $235,906      $394,915
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Assets                       1.2            1.8           2.2           1.0           1.7

For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges are defined as the sum of interest on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance cost (including amounts capitalized) and that portion of rental expense which we believe to be representative of an interest factor.

Page 1

Exhibit 21

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
         Battery Street Enterprises
                  Levi Strauss Services Inc.
         Hartwell Commodities Group
         Levi Strauss (Hong Kong) Limited
                  Fancy Capital Limited
         Levi Strauss Dominicana, S.A.
         Levi Strauss Eximco de Columbia Limitada
         Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation
                  Levi Strauss Securitization Corp.
         Levi Strauss Global Fulfillment Services, Inc.
         Levi Strauss International, Inc.
                  Levi Strauss International
                           Levi Strauss & Co. (Canada) Inc.
                           Levi Strauss (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
                           Levi Strauss (Far East) Limited
                                    Levi Strauss do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda
                           Levi Strauss (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
                           Levi Strauss (New Zealand) Limited
                           Levi Strauss (Phil.) Inc. II
                           Levi Strauss (Philippines) Inc.
                           Levi Strauss (Suisse) SA
                           Levi Strauss Asia Pacific Division Pte Ltd
                                    PT Levi Strauss Indonesia
                           Levi Strauss Belgium SA/NV
                           Levi Strauss Chile Limitada
                           Levi Strauss Continental SA/NV
                                    Levi Strauss & Co. Europe SCA/CVA
                                            Casualwear Direct B.V.
                                            Levi Strauss International Group Finance
                                              Coordination Services SCA/CVA
                                    Levi Strauss (U.K.) Ltd.
                                            Levi Strauss Pension Trustee Ltd.
                                    Levi Strauss International Group Finance SPRL/BVBA
                                    Paris - O.L.S. S.A.R.L.
                           Levi Strauss de Espana, S.A.
                           Levi Strauss de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
                           Levi Strauss Germany GmbH
                           Levi Strauss Global Operations, Inc.


                           Levi Strauss Nederland B.V.
                                   Dockers Europe B.V.
                                            Casual Wear Company A/S
                                            Dockers Portugal Clothing, Lda
                                   Levi Strauss Hellas AEBE
                                   Levi Strauss Polska Sp. z.o.o.
                                   Levi Strauss Praha, spol. s.r.o.
                                   Levi Strauss South Africa (Proprietary) Ltd.
                  Levi Strauss Hungary Trading Limited Liability Company
                  Levi Strauss Istanbul Konfeksiyon Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S.
                  Levi Strauss Italia S.R.L.
                           Flagstore S.R.L.
                  Levi Strauss Korea Ltd.
                  Levi Strauss Mauritius Ltd.
                           Dongguan Levi Apparel Company Limited
                           Levi Strauss (India) Private Limited
                           Levi Strauss Pakistan (Private) Limited
                           Levi Strauss Trading (Shanghai) Limited
                  Levi Strauss Norway A/S
                           Buksehjornet A/S
                  Levi Strauss, U.S.A., LLC
                  Levi Strauss-Argentina, LLC
                  Suomen Levi Strass Oy
         Majestic Insurance International Ltd.
Levi Strauss Japan Kabushiki Kaisha
Levi's Only Stores, Inc.
Miratrix, S.A.
NF Industries, Inc.
         Levi Strauss Receivables Funding, LLC

Page 2